WO2009067600A2 - Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating inflammation - Google Patents

Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating inflammation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009067600A2
WO2009067600A2 PCT/US2008/084193 US2008084193W WO2009067600A2 WO 2009067600 A2 WO2009067600 A2 WO 2009067600A2 US 2008084193 W US2008084193 W US 2008084193W WO 2009067600 A2 WO2009067600 A2 WO 2009067600A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
nhc
mmol
alkyl
chosen
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2008/084193
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2009067600A3 (en
Inventor
Jasbir Singh
Mark E. Gurney
Alex Burgin
Vincent Sandanayaka
Alexander Kiselyov
Adalie Motta
Gary Schultz
Georgeta Hategan
Timothy Hagen
Original Assignee
Decode Genetics Ehf
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Decode Genetics Ehf filed Critical Decode Genetics Ehf
Priority to CN2008801251758A priority Critical patent/CN102089279A/en
Priority to AU2008326381A priority patent/AU2008326381B2/en
Priority to JP2010535064A priority patent/JP2011505341A/en
Priority to EP08851045A priority patent/EP2222638A2/en
Priority to CA2722582A priority patent/CA2722582A1/en
Priority to PCT/US2008/084193 priority patent/WO2009067600A2/en
Publication of WO2009067600A2 publication Critical patent/WO2009067600A2/en
Publication of WO2009067600A3 publication Critical patent/WO2009067600A3/en
Priority to IL205881A priority patent/IL205881A0/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/28—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C275/32—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08—Bronchodilators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/06—Anti-spasmodics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/12—Antidiuretics, e.g. drugs for diabetes insipidus
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/46—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups containing any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom, e.g. acylureas
    • C07C275/58—Y being a hetero atom
    • C07C275/62—Y being a nitrogen atom, e.g. biuret
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C305/00—Esters of sulfuric acids
    • C07C305/22—Esters of sulfuric acids having oxygen atoms of sulfate groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C305/24—Esters of sulfuric acids having oxygen atoms of sulfate groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C307/00—Amides of sulfuric acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfate groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C307/04—Diamides of sulfuric acids
    • C07C307/10—Diamides of sulfuric acids having nitrogen atoms of the sulfamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/16—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/38—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms having only hydrogen or hydrocarbon radicals attached to the substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/40—Acylated substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/64—One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/74—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/75—Amino or imino radicals, acylated by carboxylic or carbonic acids, or by sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof, e.g. carbamates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/76—Nitrogen atoms to which a second hetero atom is attached
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/79—Acids; Esters
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/84—Nitriles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/89—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/66—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/90—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32—One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/42—One nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D275/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings
    • C07D275/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D275/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring sulfur atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D285/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
    • C07D285/01—Five-membered rings
    • C07D285/02—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/04—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles not condensed with other rings
    • C07D285/12—1,3,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-thiadiazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D285/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
    • C07D285/01—Five-membered rings
    • C07D285/02—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/04—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles not condensed with other rings
    • C07D285/12—1,3,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/125—1,3,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-thiadiazoles with oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atoms, directly attached to ring carbon atoms, the nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C07D285/135—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • C07D473/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6
    • C07D473/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6 one oxygen and one nitrogen atom, e.g. guanine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • C07D473/40—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with halogen atoms or perhalogeno-alkyl radicals directly attached in position 2 or 6
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C07B2200/00—Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
    • C07B2200/05—Isotopically modified compounds, e.g. labelled

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a chemical genus of biaryl inhibitors of phosphodiesterase-4 (PDE4) useful for the treatment and prevention of stroke, myocardial infarct, cardiovascular inflammatory diseases and central nervous system disorders.
  • PDE4 phosphodiesterase-4
  • PDE4 is the major cAMP-metabolizing enzyme found in inflammatory and immune cells.
  • PDE4 inhibitors have proven potential as anti- inflammatory drugs, especially in inflammatory pulmonary diseases such as asthma, COPD and rhinitis. They suppress the release of cytokines and other inflammatory signals and inhibit the production of reactive oxygen species.
  • a large number of PDE4 inhibitors have been developed for a variety of clinical indications (Torphy and Page. 2000. TIPS 21, 157- 159; Burnouf and Pruniaux. 2002. Curr. Pharm. Design 8, 1255-1296; Lipworth. 2005. Lancet 365, 167-175).
  • PDE4 inhibitors have been in development as a novel anti-inflammatory therapy since the 1980s with asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) being primary indications.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • PDE4 inhibitors of various structural classes including cilomilast, filaminast, lirimilast, piclamilast, tofimilast has been discontinued due to lack of efficacy.
  • a primary problem is the low therapeutic ratio of these compounds, which severely limits the dose that can be given.
  • the compounds of the present invention are non-competitive inhibitors of cAMP while being gene-specific inhibitors (PDE4D), and, based on the target rationale and in vitro potency, a person of skill in the art would expect the compounds to be useful as anti- inflammatory agents for the treatment, amelioration or prevention of inflammatory diseases and of complications arising therefrom and useful as CNS agents for amelioration of the cognitive decline in Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, the treatment of schizophrenia and depression, and neuroprotective in Huntington's disease.
  • PDE4D gene-specific inhibitors
  • the present invention relates to compounds exhibiting PDE4 enzyme inhibition, having the general formula I
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted carbocycle or optionally substituted heterocycle of three or fewer rings;
  • R 2 is an optionally substituted carbocycle or optionally substituted heterocycle of two or fewer rings;
  • R 3 is chosen from H, -C(O)NH 2 , -(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, halo(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, -(Ci-C 6 )alkyl-R 30 ,
  • R 31 is chosen from (Ci-C/Oalkoxy, amino, hydroxy, (Ci-C6)alkylamino and di(Ci-
  • R 4 is chosen from H and F;
  • R 6 is chosen from H, (Ci-Ce)alkyl and halogen;
  • X is N, N ⁇ O, or C-R 5 ;
  • RR 55 iiss cchhoosseenn ffrroomm HH,, hhaallogen, OH, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (d-C 6 )alkoxy, CF 3 , CN, NH 2 ,
  • n is zero, one or two; and R 20 , R 21 and R 22 are selected independently in each occurrence from H and (Ci-C/Oalkyl.
  • the present invention also relates to two subgenera of compounds of formula I.
  • the present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the general formula I described above.
  • the salt should be a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the invention relates to methods for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition mediated by phosphodiesterase-4.
  • the methods comprise administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the general formula I.
  • the disease or condition may be related to allergic, acute or chronic inflammation.
  • the disease may be, for example, atherosclerosis, thrombosis, stroke, acute coronary syndrome, stable angina, peripheral vascular disease, critical leg ischemia, intermittent claudication, abdominal aortic aneurysm or myocardial infarction.
  • Selective PDE4 inhibitors of the invention are expected to be useful in improving cognition and thus useful for treating learning disorders, memory loss and other cognitive dysfunctions.
  • Selective PDE4 inhibitors of the invention are also useful for treating asthma and Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD).
  • COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
  • Compounds of the invention, which inhibit tumor growth and metastases, also find utility in the treatment and prevention of cancer, including esophageal cancer, brain cancer, pancreatic cancer, and colon cancer.
  • alkyl is intended to include linear, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon structures and combinations thereof. A combination would be, for example, cyclopropylmethyl.
  • Lower alkyl refers to alkyl groups of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of lower alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, s- and t-butyl and the like. Preferred alkyl groups are those of C 2 0 or below; Ci to Cg are more preferred.
  • Cycloalkyl is a subset of alkyl and includes cyclic hydrocarbon groups of from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include c-propyl, c-butyl, c- pentyl, norbornyl and the like.
  • Ci to C 20 hydrocarbon includes alkyl, cycloalkyl, polycycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and combinations thereof. Examples include benzyl, phenethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, camphoryl and naphthylethyl. Hydrocarbon refers to any substituent comprised of hydrogen and carbon as the only elemental constituents.
  • carbocycle is intended to include ring systems in which the ring atoms are all carbon but of any oxidation state.
  • C3-C 1 0) carbocycle refers to both non-aromatic and aromatic systems, including such systems as cyclopropane, benzene, cyclopentene and cyclohexene;
  • Cs-Ci 2 ) carbopolycycle refers to such systems as norbornane, decalin, indane and naphthalene.
  • Carbocycle if not otherwise limited, refers to monocycles, bicycles and polycycles.
  • Alkoxy or alkoxyl refers to groups of from 1 to 8 carbon atoms of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration and combinations thereof attached to the parent structure through an oxygen. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropyloxy, cyclohexyloxy and the like. Lower-alkoxy refers to groups containing one to four carbons. For the purpose of this application, alkoxy and lower alkoxy include methylenedioxy and ethyl enedioxy. Alkoxyalkyl refers to ether groups of from 3 to 8 atoms of a straight, branched, cyclic configuration and combinations thereof attached to the parent structure through an alkyl.
  • Alkoxyaryl refers to alkoxy substituents attached to an aryl, wherein the aryl is attached to the parent structure.
  • Arylalkoxy refers to aryl substituents attached to an oxygen, wherein the oxygen is attached to the parent structure.
  • Substituted arylalkoxy refers to a substituted aryl substituent attached to an oxygen, wherein the oxygen is attached to the parent structure.
  • Oxaalkyl refers to alkyl residues in which one or more carbons (and their associated hydrogens) have been replaced by oxygen. Examples include methoxypropoxy; 3,6,9-trioxadecyl; 2,6,7-trioxabicyclo[2.2.2]octane and the like.
  • the term oxaalkyl is intended as it is understood in the art [see Naming and Indexing of Chemical Substances for Chemical Abstracts, published by the American Chemical Society, 196, but without the restriction of 127(a)], i.e. it refers to compounds in which the oxygen is bonded via a single bond to its adjacent atoms (forming ether bonds); it does not refer to doubly bonded oxygen, as would be found in carbonyl groups.
  • thiaalkyl and azaalkyl refer to alkyl residues in which one or more carbons has been replaced by sulfur or nitrogen, respectively. Examples include ethylaminoethyl and methylthiopropyl.
  • acyl refers to formyl and to groups of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 carbon atoms of a straight, branched, cyclic configuration, saturated, unsaturated and aromatic and combinations thereof, attached to the parent structure through a carbonyl functionality.
  • One or more carbons in the acyl residue may be replaced by nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur as long as the point of attachment to the parent remains at the carbonyl. Examples include acetyl, benzoyl, propionyl, isobutyryl, t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl and the like.
  • Lower-acyl refers to groups containing one to four carbons.
  • the double bonded oxygen, when referred to as a substituent itself is called "oxo".
  • Aryl and heteroaryl mean (i) a phenyl group (or benzene) or a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S; (ii) a bicyclic 9- or 10-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring system containing 0-4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S; or (iii) a tricyclic 13- or 14-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring system containing 0-5 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S.
  • Aryl, as understood herein, includes residues in which one or more rings are aromatic, but not all need be.
  • aromatic 6- to 14-membered carbocyclic rings include, e.g., benzene, naphthalene, indane, tetralin, and fluorene and the 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic rings include, e.g., imidazole, pyridine, indole, thiophene, benzopyranone, thiazole, furan, benzimidazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, pyrimidine, pyrazine, tetrazole and pyrazole.
  • Arylalkyl refers to a substituent in which an aryl residue is attached to the parent structure through alkyl. Examples are benzyl, phenethyl and the like. Heteroarylalkyl refers to a substituent in which a heteroaryl residue is attached to the parent structure through alkyl.
  • the alkyl group of an arylalkyl or a heteroarylalkyl is an alkyl group of from 1 to 6 carbons. Examples include, e.g., pyridinylmethyl, pyrimidinylethyl and the like.
  • Heterocycle means a cycloalkyl or aryl carbocycle residue in which from one to three carbons is replaced by a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
  • the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
  • a heterocycle may be non-aromatic or aromatic. It is to be noted that heteroaryl is a subset of heterocycle in which the heterocycle is aromatic.
  • heterocyclic residues that fall within the scope of the invention include pyrazole, pyrrole, indole, quinoline, isoquinoline, tetrahydroisoquinoline, benzofuran, benzodioxan, benzodioxole (commonly referred to as methylenedioxyphenyl, when occurring as a substituent), morpholine, thiazole, pyridine (including 2-oxopyridine), pyridine N-oxide, pyrimidine, thiophene (i.e.
  • furan oxazole, oxazoline, oxazolidine, isoxazolidine, isoxazole, dioxane, azetidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, pyridazine, azepine, pyrazolidine, imidazole, imidazoline, imidazolidine, imidazolopyridine, pyrazine, thiazolidine, isothiazole, 1,2-thiazine- 1,1 -dioxide, quinuclidine, isothiazolidine, benzimidazole, thiadiazole, benzopyran, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, benzothiene, thiamorpholine, thiamorpholine sulfoxide, thiamorpholine sulfone, oxadiazole, triazo
  • An oxygen heterocycle is a heterocycle containing at least one oxygen in the ring; it may contain additional oxygens, as well as other heteroatoms.
  • Oxygen heterocycles found in the examples of the invention include tetrahydro furan, benzodioxole, morpholine, isoxazole and 2,6,7-trioxabicyclo[2.2.2]octane.
  • a sulphur heterocycle is a heterocycle containing at least one sulphur in the ring; it may contain additional sulphurs, as well as other heteroatoms.
  • a nitrogen heterocycle is a heterocycle containing at least one nitrogen in the ring; it may contain additional nitrogens, as well as other heteroatoms.
  • substituted refers to the replacement of one or more hydrogen atoms in a specified group with a specified radical.
  • substituted alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl etc. refer to alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl wherein up to three H atoms in each residue are replaced with halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, acyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, carbonyl (i.e.
  • oxo is included among the substituents referred to in "optionally substituted", it will be appreciated by persons of skill in the art that, because oxo is a divalent radical, there are circumstances in which it will not be appropriate as a substituent (e.g. on phenyl). Additional substituents that are considered within the scope of the term, particularly for R 1 , are the are the residues of amino acids, amino acid amides, protected residues of aminoacids and their amides, and N-methylated (mono- or di-, as appropriate) amino acids and amino acid amides.
  • R 1 For the purpose of R 1 , the substituents alkyl, acyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyloweralkyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, benzenesulfonyl, loweralkoxy, haloalkoxy, oxaalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, carboxamido, alkylaminocarbonyl, amino, alkylamino, (alkyl)(aryl)aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclylalkoxy, alkylthio, sulfonylamino, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, acylaminoalkyl, acylaminoalkoxy, acylamino, amidino, aryl, benzyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy,
  • a residue of an amino acid, amino acid amide refers to an amino acid etc. minus the functional groups that are considered part of the bond to the parent structure.
  • P- 143 illustrated below:
  • haloalkyl and “haloalkoxy” mean alkyl or alkoxy, respectively, substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. In one embodiment, halogen may be fluorine or chlorine.
  • the compounds of this invention can exist in radiolabeled form, i.e., the compounds may contain one or more atoms containing an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • Radioisotopes of hydrogen, carbon, phosphorous, fluorine, and chlorine include 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 35 S, 18 F, and 36 Cl, respectively.
  • Compounds that contain those radioisotopes and/or other radioisotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention.
  • Tritiated, i.e. 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14 C, radioisotopes are particularly preferred for their ease in preparation and detectability.
  • Radiolabeled compounds of formula I of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art. Conveniently, such radiolabeled compounds can be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the Examples and Schemes by substituting a readily available radiolabeled reagent for a non-radiolabeled reagent.
  • a compound is intended to include salts, solvates, co-crystals and inclusion complexes of that compound as well as any stereoisomeric form, or a mixture of any such forms of that compound in any ratio.
  • a compound as described herein including in the contexts of pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and compounds per se, is provided as the salt form.
  • the recitation "a compound of formula I" as depicted above, in which R 1 is imidazolyl would include imidazolium salts.
  • the term “compound of formula I” refers to the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compounds described herein may contain asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms.
  • Each chiral center may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-.
  • the present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, in any ratio from racemic to optically pure forms.
  • Optically active (R)- and (S)- isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques.
  • the prefix "rac" refers to a racemate.
  • solvate refers to a compound of Formula I in the solid state, wherein molecules of a suitable solvent are incorporated in the crystal lattice.
  • a suitable solvent for therapeutic administration is physiologically tolerable at the dosage administered.
  • suitable solvents for therapeutic administration are ethanol and water. When water is the solvent, the solvate is referred to as a hydrate.
  • solvates are formed by dissolving the compound in the appropriate solvent and isolating the solvate by cooling or using an antisolvent. The solvate is typically dried or azeotroped under ambient conditions.
  • Inclusion complexes are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 19 th Ed. (1995) volume 1, page 176-177, which is incorporated herein by reference. The most commonly employed inclusion complexes are those with cyclodextrins, and all cyclodextrin complexes, natural and synthetic, are specifically encompassed within the claims.
  • salts refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids or bases including inorganic acids and bases and organic acids and bases.
  • salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids including inorganic and organic acids.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable anions for the compounds of the present invention include acetate, benzenesulfonate (besylate), benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, carbonate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, gluconate, glutamate, glycolate, bromide, chloride, isethionate, lactate, maleate, malate, mandelate, methanesulfonate, mucate, nitrate, pamoate, pantothenate, phosphate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, trifluoroacetate, p-toluenesulfonate, acetamidobenzoate, adipate, alginate, aminosalicylate, anhydromethylenecitrate, ascorbate, aspartate, calcium edetate, camphorate, camsylate, caprate, caproate, caprylate, cinnamate,
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts for the compounds of the present invention include metallic salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc or organic salts made from lysine, N,N'- dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procaine.
  • a protecting group refers to a group, which is used to mask a functionality during a process step in which it would otherwise react, but in which reaction is undesirable.
  • the protecting group prevents reaction at that step, but may be subsequently removed to expose the original functionality. The removal or "deprotection” occurs after the completion of the reaction or reactions in which the functionality would interfere.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants that are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here.
  • the starting materials are either commercially available, synthesized as described in the examples or may be obtained by the methods well known to persons of skill in the art.
  • PDE4 inhibitors have been shown to be effective therapeutic agents in clinical studies. For example, administration of cilomilast and roflumilast (PDE4 inhibitors) to patients suffering from asthma and COPD showed initially excellent results, although the effect of cilomilast disappeared on long-term trial [Lipworth, Lancet 365, 167-175 (2005)]. Genetic studies have clearly demonstrated an association between PDE4D and ischemic stroke (Gretarsdottir et al. 2003. Nature Genetics. 35, 1-8). L-454,560, a selective PDE4 inhibitor has been shown to improve learning in a rat model in vivo [Huang et al. Biochemical Pharmacology 73, 1971-1981 (2007)].
  • Rolipram another selective PDE4 inhibitor, has been shown to enhance cognition in multiple rodent models [Blokland et al., Current Pharmaceutical Design 12, 2511-2523 (2006)] as well as in primates [Rutten et al., 2008, Psychopharmacology 196, 643-648 (2008)]. Rolipram also improves the outcome in two separate studies in mice in vivo in models accepted by persons of skill in the art as predictive of utility in schizophrenia [Kanes et al., Neuroscience 144. 239-246 (2007); Davis and Gould, Behav.Neurosci. 119. 595-602 (2005)].
  • Rolipram has also been shown to exhibit a neuroprotective effect in a rat model of Huntington's disease [DeMarch et al. Neurobiol.Dis. 25, 266-273 (2007)]. This suggests that PDE4 modulators will be useful for treating many CNS disorders. Selective PDE4 inhibitors (e.g. rolipram) are also useful for treating bone loss [Yao et al., J.Musculoskelet.Neuronal Interact. 7. 119-130 (2007)].
  • a PDE4 inhibitor YM976 was shown to ameliorate the effects of experimentally-induced interstitial cystitis in rats, resulting in a decrease in the frequency of urination and an increase in the volume of urine at each time of urination [Kitta et al., BJU Int. 102. 1472-1476 (2008)].
  • the compounds, compositions and methods of the present invention may be useful in treating cancer.
  • Phosphodiesterase activity has been shown to be associated with hematological malignancies [Lerner et al., Biochem.J. 393, 21-41 (2006); Ogawa et al., Blood 99. 3390-3397 (2002)1.
  • the compounds may also be administered to overcome cognitive impairment induced by one or more of the following agents, alcohol, amphetamine, antipsychotic medication, anti-retroviral therapy, MDMA ( 3,4-methylenedioxy-N-methylamphetamine, cannabis, cocaine, delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol, dexamphetamine, haloperidol, heroin and other opiates, ketamine and metamphetamine.
  • MDMA 3,4-methylenedioxy-N-methylamphetamine
  • cannabis cocaine, delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol, dexamphetamine, haloperidol, heroin and other opiates, ketamine and metamphetamine.
  • the compounds, compositions and methods of the present invention may be employed as imaging agents and in other ways for diagnosis and/or treatment.
  • immobilization of compounds of the invention on solid support could be of utility for affinity purification and modification of compounds of the invention with chemically active groups may be used for protein labeling.
  • cholinesterase inhibitors e.g. tacrine, huperzine, donepezil
  • NMDA antagonists e.g. lanicemine, remacemide, neramexane, memantine
  • calpain inhibitors e.g. CEP-3122
  • antioxidants e.g. vitamin E, coenzyme QlO
  • agents that have shown clinical efficacy but whose mechanism is unclear e.g. dimebon).
  • Compounds of formula I may also be administered together with one or more of the following agents to improve cognition: amisulpride, atomoxetine, bromocryptine, buspirone, caffeine, chlorpromazine, clonidine, clozapine, diazepam, flumazenil, fluoxetine, galantamine, guanfacine, methylphenidate, idazoxan, modafinil, olanzapine, paroxetine, pergolide, phenserine, quetiapine, risperidone, rivastigmine, SGS742 and sulpiride.
  • the terms "methods of treating or preventing” mean amelioration, prevention or relief from the symptoms and/or effects associated with disorders.
  • preventing refers to administering a medicament beforehand to forestall or obtund an acute episode.
  • prevent is not an absolute term.
  • prophylactic administration of a drug to substantially diminish the likelihood or seriousness of a condition, and this is the sense intended in applicants' claims.
  • treatment of a patient is intended to include prophylaxis.
  • mamal is used in its dictionary sense. Humans are included in the group of mammals, and humans would be the preferred subjects of the methods.
  • the cognitive impairment to be treated may arise from one or more of the following disorders, which may not in themselves be necessarily associated with PDE4 abnormality: acute pain, AD/HD - Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, AIDS dementia complex, alcoholism, amphetamine addiction, amygdalo-hippocampectomy, anorexia nervosa, anterior parietal damage, antisocial behavior, antisocial personality disorder, anxiety, autism, basal ganglia lesions, bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, camptocormia, capgras syndrome, carcinoid syndrome, carotid endarterectomy surgery, chronic drug misuse, chronic fatigue syndrome, chronic occupational solvent encephalopathy, chronic pain, brain ischemia, coronary artery bypass surgery, critical illness requiring intensive care, dementia Alzheimer-type (DAT), dementia Lewy Body type, dementia of frontal type, dementia caused by ischemia, dental pain, developmental dyslexia, diabetes, dorsolateral frontal cortical compression, Down's Syndrome, drug abuse, dysexecutive syndrome,
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically carriers thereof and optionally one or more other therapeutic ingredients.
  • the carrier(s) must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • the formulations include those suitable for oral, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous and intraarticular), rectal and topical (including dermal, buccal, sublingual and intraocular) administration. The most suitable route may depend upon the condition and disorder of the recipient.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and maybe prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • Such methods include the step of bringing into association a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof ("active ingredient") with the carrier, which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
  • active ingredient a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof
  • the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
  • Formulations suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • a tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agent.
  • Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide sustained, delayed or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may include a "pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier", and this expression is intended to include one or more inert excipients, which include starches, polyols, granulating agents, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like. If desired, tablet dosages of the disclosed compositions may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques, "Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” also encompasses controlled release means. [0050] Pharmaceutical compositions may also optionally include other therapeutic ingredients, anti-caking agents, preservatives, sweetening agents, colorants, flavors, desiccants, plasticizers, dyes, and the like.
  • composition may contain other additives as needed, including for example lactose, glucose, fructose, galactose, trehalose, sucrose, maltose, raffinose, maltitol, melezitose, stachyose, lactitol, palatinite, starch, xylitol, mannitol, myoinositol, and the like, and hydrates thereof, and amino acids, for example alanine, glycine and betaine, and peptides and proteins, for example albumen.
  • excipients for use as the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and the pharmaceutically acceptable inert carriers and the aforementioned additional ingredients include, but are not limited to binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, antimicrobial agents, and coating agents.
  • the dose range for adult humans is generally from 0.005 mg to 10 g/day orally. Tablets or other forms of presentation provided in discrete units may conveniently contain an amount of compound of formula I which is effective at such dosage or as a multiple of the same, for instance, units containing 5 mg to 500 mg, usually around 10 mg to 200 mg.
  • the precise amount of compound administered to a patient will be the responsibility of the attendant physician. However, the dose employed will depend on a number of factors, including the age and sex of the patient, the precise disorder being treated, and its severity.
  • a dosage unit (e.g. an oral dosage unit) can include from, for example, 1 to 30 mg, 1 to 40 mg, 1 to 100 mg, 1 to 300 mg, 1 to 500 mg, 2 to 500 mg, 3 to 100 mg, 5 to 20 mg, 5 to 100 mg (e.g.
  • the agents can be administered, e.g., by intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, subcutaneous injection, intraperitoneal injection, topical, sublingual, intraarticular (in the joints), intradermal, buccal, ophthalmic (including intraocular), intranasaly (including using a cannula), or by other routes.
  • the agents can be administered orally, e.g., as a tablet or cachet containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, gel, pellet, paste, syrup, bolus, electuary, slurry, capsule, powder, granules, as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion, via a micellar formulation (see, e.g. WO 97/11682) via a liposomal formulation (see, e.g., EP 736299,WO 99/59550 and WO 97/13500), via formulations described in WO 03/094886 or in some other form.
  • a micellar formulation see, e.g. WO 97/11682
  • a liposomal formulation see, e.g., EP 736299,WO 99/59550 and WO 97/13500
  • the agents can also be administered transdermally (i.e. via reservoir-type or matrix-type patches, microneedles, thermal poration, hypodermic needles, iontophoresis, electroporation, ultrasound or other forms of sonophoresis, jet injection, or a combination of any of the preceding methods (Prausnitz et al. 2004, Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 3:1 15)).
  • the agents can be administered locally, for example, at the site of injury to an injured blood vessel.
  • the agents can be coated on a stent.
  • the agents can be administered using high- velocity transdermal particle injection techniques using the hydrogel particle formulation described in U.S. 20020061336. Additional particle formulations are described in WO 00/45792, WO 00/53160, and WO 02/19989.
  • WO 96/11705 provides formulations suitable for transdermal administration.
  • the agents can be administered in the form a suppository or by other vaginal or rectal means.
  • the agents can be administered in a transmembrane formulation as described in WO 90/07923.
  • the agents can be administered non-invasively via the dehydrated particles described in U.S. 6,485,706.
  • the agent can be administered in an enteric-coated drug formulation as described in WO 02/49621.
  • the agents can be administered intranasaly using the formulation described in U.S. 5,179,079.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral injection are described in WO 00/62759.
  • the agents can be administered using the casein formulation described in U.S. 20030206939 and WO 00/06108.
  • the agents can be administered using the particulate formulations described in U.S. 20020034536.
  • the agents alone or in combination with other suitable components, can be administered by pulmonary route utilizing several techniques including but not limited to intratracheal instillation (delivery of solution into the lungs by syringe), intratracheal delivery of liposomes, insufflation (administration of powder formulation by syringe or any other similar device into the lungs) and aerosol inhalation.
  • Aerosols e.g., jet or ultrasonic nebulizers, metered-dose inhalers (MDIs), and dry-Powder inhalers (DPIs)
  • MDIs metered-dose inhalers
  • DPIs dry-Powder inhalers
  • Aerosol formulations are stable dispersions or suspensions of solid material and liquid droplets in a gaseous medium and can be placed into pressurized acceptable propellants, such as hydrofluoroalkanes (HFAs, i.e. HFA-134a and HFA-227, or a mixture thereof), dichlorodifluoromethane (or other chlorofluorocarbon propellants such as a mixture of Propellants 11, 12, and/or 114), propane, nitrogen, and the like.
  • HFAs hydrofluoroalkanes
  • HFA-134a and HFA-227 or a mixture thereof
  • dichlorodifluoromethane or other chlorofluorocarbon propellants such as a
  • Pulmonary formulations may include permeation enhancers such as fatty acids, and saccharides, chelating agents, enzyme inhibitors (e.g., protease inhibitors), adjuvants (e.g., glycocholate, surfactin, span 85, and nafamostat), preservatives (e.g., benzalkonium chloride or chlorobutanol), and ethanol (normally up to 5% but possibly up to 20%, by weight). Ethanol is commonly included in aerosol compositions as it can improve the function of the metering valve and in some cases also improve the stability of the dispersion. Pulmonary formulations may also include surfactants which include but are not limited to bile salts and those described in U.S.
  • the surfactants described in U.S. 6,524,557 e.g., a C8-C 1 6 fatty acid salt, a bile salt, a phospholipid, or alkyl saccharide are advantageous in that some of them also reportedly enhance absorption of the compound in the formulation.
  • dry powder formulations comprising a therapeutically effective amount of active compound blended with an appropriate carrier and adapted for use in connection with a dry-Powder inhaler.
  • Absorption enhancers which can be added to dry powder formulations of the present invention include those described in U.S. 6,632,456.
  • WO 02/080884 describes new methods for the surface modification of powders. Aerosol formulations may include U.S.
  • Pulmonary formulations containing stable glassy state powder are described in U.S. 20020141945 and U.S. 6,309,671.
  • Other aerosol formulations are described in EP 1338272A1 WO 90/09781, U. S. 5,348,730, U.S. 6,436,367, WO 91/04011, and U.S. 6,294,153 and U.S. 6,290,987 describes a liposomal based formulation that can be administered via aerosol or other means.
  • Powder formulations for inhalation are described in U.S. 20030053960 and WO 01/60341.
  • the agents can be administered intranasally as described in U.S. 20010038824.
  • Solutions of medicament in buffered saline and similar vehicles are commonly employed to generate an aerosol in a nebulizer.
  • Simple nebulizers operate on Bernoulli's principle and employ a stream of air or oxygen to generate the spray particles.
  • More complex nebulizers employ ultrasound to create the spray particles. Both types are well known in the art and are described in standard textbooks of pharmacy such as Sprowls' American Pharmacy and Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy.
  • Other devices for generating aerosols employ compressed gases, usually hydrofluorocarbons and chlorofluorocarbons, which are mixed with the medicament and any necessary excipients in a pressurized container, these devices are likewise described in standard textbooks such as Sprowls and Remington.
  • the agent can be incorporated into a liposome to improve half-life.
  • the agent can also be conjugated to polyethylene glycol (PEG) chains.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • Methods for pegylation and additional formulations containing PEG-conjugates i.e. PEG-based hydrogels, PEG modified liposomes
  • the agent can be administered via a nanocochleate or cochleate delivery vehicle (BioDelivery Sciences International).
  • the agents can be delivered transmucosally (i.e. across a mucosal surface such as the vagina, eye or nose) using formulations such as that described in U.S. 5,204,108.
  • the agents can be formulated in microcapsules as described in WO 88/01165.
  • the agent can be administered intra-orally using the formulations described in U.S. 20020055496, WO 00/47203, and U.S. 6,495,120.
  • the agent can be delivered using nanoemulsion formulations described in WO 01/91728A2.
  • compounds of formula I may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants that are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here.
  • the present invention relates to compounds exhibiting PDE4 enzyme inhibition, having the general formula I
  • X is CR 5
  • R 2 is pyrazolyl or substituted phenyl and R 3 is other than H.
  • R 1 is a substituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R 1 is phenyl and R 2 is pyrazolyl or substituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R 1 is substituted phenyl and R 2 is pyrazolyl or substituted phenyl.
  • R 1 is an unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • R 1 is a substituted heterocycle.
  • the heterocycle may be chosen from pyrazole, pyrrole, indole, quinoline, isoquinoline, tetrahydroisoquinoline, benzofuran, benzodioxan, benzodioxole, morpholine, thiazole, pyridine, pyridine N-oxide, pyrimidine, thiene, furan, oxazole, oxazoline, oxazolidine, isoxazolidine, isoxazole, dioxane, azetidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, pyridazine, azepine, pyrazolidine, imidazole, imidazoline, imidazolidine, purine, imidazolopyridine, pyrazine, thiazolidine
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted heterocycle chosen from pyrazole, benzodioxole, morpholine, thiazole, pyridine, pyridine N-oxide, pyrimidine, thiene, oxazolidine, isoxazole, azetidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, imidazole, imidazolidine, imidazolopyridine, pyrazine, 1,2- thiazine- 1 , 1 -dioxide, benzimidazole, thiadiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, oxadiazole, triazole, tetrazole, isoindole, pyrrolopyridine, triazolopyridine and their dihydro
  • the substituted phenyl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with a substituent chosen from halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, acyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, carbonyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, benzenesulfonyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, oxaalkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl, carboxyalkylcarbonylamino, carboxamido, aminocarbonyloxy, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, cyano, acetoxy, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, (alkyl)(aryl)aminoalkyl, alkylamin
  • One embodiment of compounds of the first genus are those in which R is methyl or fluoromethyl; R 6 is H; and M is -CH 2 - or -CH 2 O-.
  • R 2 is chosen from optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted monocyclic unsaturated heterocycle, unsubstituted bicyclic unsaturated heterocycle and fluoro-substituted bicyclic unsaturated heterocycle.
  • R 2 is chosen from optionally substituted phenyl, indole, benzodioxole, benzoxadiazole, benzodioxan, benzimidazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, pyridine and pyridine N-oxide.
  • R 2 is chosen from meta- substituted phenyl, indole, benzodioxole, 2,2-difluorobenzodioxole, benzooxadiazole, benzimidazole, 5 -(pyridin-4-yl) [1,2,4] oxadiazole, 5 -(pyridin-4-yl) [1,3,4] oxadiazole, benzodioxan, 4-chloropyrazole, 4-(pyridin-4-yl)pyrazole, 6-chloropyridine, 3- (trifluoromethyl)pyrazole, and pyridine N-oxide.
  • R 2 is substituted phenyl:
  • R 7 is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, halo(Ci-Ce)alkyl, hydroxy, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (Ci-Ce)oxaalkyl, carboxy, (Ci-Ce)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl (- CONH 2 ), (Ci-C 6 )alkylaminocarbonyl, acyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, halo(Ci-Ce)alkoxy, amino(Ci-C6)alkyl, , amino, (Ci-C6)alkylamino, di[(Ci-C6)alkyl]amino, mercapto, (Ci- C 6 )alkylthio, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulfinyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkylsulfonamido,
  • R 8 and R 13 are chosen independently from H and F.
  • R 8 and R 1 are H and R 7 is chosen from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, oxadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, methylthio, methanesulfinyl, methanesulfonyl, methansulfonamido, amino, methoxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, and morpholinyl.
  • R 1 is chosen from optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted five membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted six-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted 4-7 membered non-aryl heterocycle, and optionally substituted fused bicycle.
  • R 1 may be chosen from optionally substituted phenyls; optionally substituted five membered heteroaryls selected from thiazoles, thiadiazoles, pyrazoles, oxadiazole, isoxazoles, triazoles, imidazoles, thiophenes, tetrazoles and oxazoles; optionally substituted six membered hereroaryls selected from pyridines, pyrimidines, pyridazinones, pyrimidinone, pyridinone, pyrazines and diazines; optionally substituted 5-and 6- membered non-aryl heterocyclics selected from tetrahydrothiophenes, piperazine, oxazolidinones, imidazolidinones, morpholines, piperidines, pyrrolidinones, pyrrolidinediones, pyrrolidines, piperidinones, piperidinediones and trio
  • R 3 is chosen from -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CF 3 , -CHF 2 and -CH 2 F;
  • R 5 is chosen from H, -F, -OH, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -CN, -NH 2 and -C ⁇ CH;
  • phenyl and R 7 is chosen from H, halogen, nitro, acetyl, hydroxyethyl, -NH 2 , -
  • R 9 is chosen from H, (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, halo(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkoxycarboxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl;
  • R 10 is H, (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, or taken together, or
  • R 9 and R 10 together form a heterocycle optionally substituted with (Ci-Ce)alkyl; p is 0 or 1, q is 0, 1 or 2,
  • R 11 is linear (Ci-C 6 )alkyl
  • R 12 is H or (Ci-C 6 )alkyl; or two adjacent substituents together form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring.
  • R 5 is H
  • R 3 is -CH 3 and R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyrazole
  • compounds that have been tested and found active are those in which R 8 is -NO 2 or R 8 represents two adjacent substituents that form an optionally substituted, fused heterocycle.
  • R 3 is -CH 3
  • R 2 is -CF 3
  • R 1 is ⁇ / , the compound does not appear to be active in initial screening.
  • R 5 is H
  • R 3 is -CH 3
  • R 2 is -NO 2
  • R 1 is
  • the compound does not appear to be active in initial screening.
  • R 5 when R 5 is H, R 3 is -CH 3 , R 2 is -OCH 3 or -COCH 3 , and R 1 is , the compound does not appear to be active in initial screening.
  • One embodiment of compounds of the second genus has the formula
  • R la is phenyl, five-membered heteroaryl, six-membered heteroaryl, 4-7 membered non- aryl heterocycle or fused bicycle;
  • R . 1 1 5 3 is chosen from H, NO 2 , OH, NH 2 , and -NHSO 2 NH 2 ; or
  • R 27 is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, halo(Ci-Ce)alkyl, hydroxy, (Ci-
  • R 28 is chosen from H and F, or
  • R together with R forms a five-membered ring.
  • R 27 and R 28 represent a fused heterocycle at 3- and 4- ppoossiittiioonnss ssoo tthhaatt tthhee rreessiidduuee ffoorrmmsed from R 27 and R 28 together with the phenyl to which they are attached is chosen from:
  • R ,27 is chosen from halogen, nitro, acetyl, hydroxyethyl, amino, methylthio, trifluoromethyl, methoxymethyl, methoxycarbonyl, trifluoromethoxy, cyano and l,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, or taken together R 7 and R 8 are methylenedioxy or difluoromethylenedioxy.
  • R la may be chosen from a benzene ring, a triazole, a pyridine or pyridine-N-oxide, a pyrazole, a tetrahydrothiophene, an imidazole, a pyrimidine, a thiadiazole, and an imidazopyridine.
  • R is fluoro, H, CN or OH. In other embodiments, R 3 is methyl or fluoromethyl.
  • R 3 is methyl or fluorinated methyl
  • Y is CH or N
  • R 27a is chosen from halogen, cyano, acetyl, methylthio, nitro and trifluoromethyl
  • R 16 is
  • R . 17 , and R are independently chosen from H, (Ci-Ce)alkyl and halo(Ci- C 6 )alkyl;
  • R 19 is chosen from H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, halo(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, -[(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl]COOH, and -[(Ci-C6)alkyl]COO(Ci-C6)alkyl;
  • R 20 is chosen from a carboxylic acid, a carboxamide, a carboxylic ester, a primary, secondary or tertiary alcohol and a primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
  • Examples of a carboxylic acid, a carboxamide, a carboxylic ester, a primary, secondary or tertiary alcohol and a primary, secondary or tertiary amine include -COOH, -CONH 2 , -CONHCH 3 , -CON(CH 3 ) 2 , -COOCH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 )OH, -C(CHs) 2 OH, -CH 2 NH 2 , -CH(CH 3 )NH 2 and -C(CH 3 ) 2 NH 2 .
  • X is CH, CF or N->O; M is -CH 2 - or -S-; R 2 7a a is chosen from chloro, cyano, acetyl and methylthio; and R is chosen from -NR C(O)NR R
  • Y is
  • R 16 is -NR 17 C(K))NR 18 R 19 .
  • R 16 is -NR 17 C(O)NR 18 R 19 and R 17 , R 18 and R 19 are all hydrogen.
  • R 15 is chosen from H, NO 2 , OH, NH 2 , and -NHSO 2 NH 2 ; or R 15 together with R 14 forms methylene dioxy.
  • R 3 is chosen from -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CF 3 , -CHF 2 and - CH 2 F.
  • R 5 is chosen from H, -F, -OH, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -CN, -NH 2 and -C ⁇ CH.
  • R 7 is chosen from H, halogen, nitro, acetyl, hydroxyethyl, -NH 2 , -SCH 3 , methoxycarbonyl, -SOCH 3 , -SO 2 CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCF 3 , -CN, -CF 3 , -CH 2 OCH 3 and oxadiazole, and a fused heterocycle at 3- and 4- positions.
  • R 5 may be fluoro, H, CN or OH. In certain embodiments of the compounds I, R may be methyl or fluoromethyl. (Fluoromethyl is intended to include CHF 2 , CH 2 F and CF 3 .)
  • the invention in a composition aspect, is all active compounds of formula I except those that are in the public's possession.
  • a search of the literature indicates that certain compounds in which X is N, R 3 is methyl, M is CH 2 , R 2 is a five-membered ring heterocycle, and R 1 is a substituted tetralin are known.
  • certain compounds in which X is N, R is methyl, M is CH 2 , R 1 is a five-membered ring heterocycle, and R 2 is a substituted tetralin are known.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures.
  • Generally compounds of the Formula I, where R 2 is a substituted aryl / heteroaryl and the two biaryl groups are linked by a C-C bond, may be prepared from appropriately functionalized alkoxy-aryl ether derivatives containing desirable functionalities W, where W may for example be CH, N, COH, CF, etc (Route A, Scheme Al).
  • the biaryl portion can be constructed first, typically via Suzuki or Stille coupling (Gl -> G2).
  • Y halogen or OSO2R (OTf, ONf) and the other reagent would be R2- B(OR)2 or R2-SnR3' or vise versa, where R2 -halogen is coupled with Gl containing boronate/boronic acid or trialkyltin as Y.
  • A is a carbon derived substituent, e.g. CH3, CH2OH, CO2R", CN etc. these groups are converted to provide intermediate G3 where D is either a halogen or OTf, ONf, or OCOOR” (carbonate) such that substituent (Rl) is introduced by employing a transition-metal catalyzed coupling reactions such as Suzuki, Stille or Negishi reaction.
  • Rl which may be aryl, heterocyclic, acyclic, aliphatic, or any other desirable variety of functionality, to the central aromatic ring (Ar) by a wide rage of tether groups M.
  • the central aromatic ring (Ar) may be a biaryl ring system with a R2 group already attached, or the R2 group may be attached subsequent to that of Rl .
  • the linker group M may be a linear chain of one or more atoms consisting of C, N, O, or S.
  • the linker group M may also consist of functionalities including, but not limited to amide, sulfonamide, sulfone, or ketone.
  • halogen allows susceptibility of the aromatic halogen for nucleophilic displacement.
  • ArI group containing NO2, CO2R, ketone, CN etc. would allow formation of aryl-M-aryl(heteroaryl) intermediates.
  • the linker group M may also be subject to further elaboration.
  • sulfides may be oxidized to sulfoxides and sulfones and amines may be subjected to alkylation or reductive amination.
  • Well known synthetic transformations can be used to create tether groups M such as ether amide, sulfonamide, and the like.
  • the functional group location in the precursor Ar and Rl groups can be used to dictate the nature and type of the linkage (e.g. alternative ethers), as mentioned above.
  • aldehyde functionality can subsequently be transformed into a suitable transition-metal catalyzed coupling reaction partner.
  • the aldehye could be used for Wittig reaction forming olefin or CH2CH2 linkage to incorporate Rl.
  • substituent "A” can be various types of carbonyl (aldehyde or ketone) or imine groups.
  • Rl-MgX organometallic Rl group
  • aldehyde G9 CHO
  • Similar types of transformations could be employed by one skilled in the art if G9 contained A : ketone or imine.
  • the C-C bond forming reaction between the Ar and Rl groups could be accomplished by displacement of a leaving group on the Rl by a nucleophile present in the tether region M (Scheme G4) of G 12.
  • M-Z is CH2-halide or CH2-O-sulfonate
  • Rl fragment can be introduced via formation of ether linkage. This allows attachment of Rl to the central aromatic ring by spacers (M) of varying lengths and compositions. (Scheme A4)
  • the Rl group could also be assembled form an acyclic intermediate to form a heterocylic or heteroaromatic ring.
  • these chemistries include formation of 5-membered heteroaryls such as oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole (G 17) form acyl hydrazide (G 16); thiazole from 2-halo-ketone or dipolar cycloaddition reactions from olefin or acetylic group to form 5-membered heterocycles or 5-membered heteroaryls (Gl 8) [Scheme A5].
  • 6-membered heteroaryl or heterocyclic rings could be formed using Diels-Alder or hetero- Diels-Alder chemistries using appropriately substituted alkyl aryl ether bearing either a dienophile or a diene functionalities.
  • the necessary acyclic precursors could be synthesized by standard methods according to previously described intermediates (e.g. aldehyde, alkyl halide) schemes.
  • Rl and R2 The diverse selection of substituents present in Rl and R2 could be formed by standard functional group transformations that are well know in the art. Some of these include formation of amide, sulfonamide, ureas, imidazolone, oxazolones, carbamates from the R2, R3, or Ar ring fragments bearing appropriate amine, carboxylic acid, alcohol, or phenol groups.
  • a particularly useful aromatic ring functionalization technique, in which either the R2 or Rl rings can be employed, is the nucleophilic displacement of ortho-halo N-containing aromatic rings (G20, scheme A7). Examples of ring substrates useful in this type of transformation include 2-halo-pyridine, 2-halo- pyrimidine and 2-halo-imidazole.
  • nucleophiles (R) useful in this type of transformation include amines (primary, secondary, acyclic, or cyclic), alcohols, phenols, NH-containing heterocycle groups (imidazole, or pyrrazole) groups capable of performing nucleophilic displacement.
  • Rl group contains additional functional groups, such as amine, ester/acid /alcohols many of which may have be masked or protected during the previous chemistries, these could be used for further functional group manipulations.
  • additional functional groups such as amine, ester/acid /alcohols many of which may have be masked or protected during the previous chemistries
  • Rl functionalities may be achieved using well established synthetic procedures including, but not limited to, alkylation, reductive amination, nucleophilic displacement, cyclization, saponification, and oxidation/reduction.
  • ArI mono-cyclic may be further transformed to a bi-cyclic ring.
  • Examples of such ring transformations may be represented by elaboration of pyridine derivatives to imidazo[l,2-a]pyridine and imidazo[l,5-a]pyridine. These functional group manipulations and bicyclic ring elaborations maybe accomplished at any chemically suitable point in the synthesis prior to or post incorporation of R2 or other synthetic transformations.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound as described above.
  • Methods of the invention parallel the compositions and formulations.
  • the methods comprise administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the invention.
  • the present invention also provides a method for inhibiting phosphodiesterase 4.
  • Buffer A containing 50 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 16 mM MgCl 2 and 80 mM KCl is prepared and stored at room temperature.
  • Buffer B containing 50 mM Tris, pH 8.0 is prepared and stored at toom temperature.
  • Stock solutions of the following reagents are prepared in Buffer B and stored at -20 0 C: Adenosine-5 '-triphosphate (ATP), cyclic adenosine-5' -monophosphate (cAMP), phosphoenolpyruvate (PEP) and NADH.
  • ATP Adenosine-5 '-triphosphate
  • cAMP cyclic adenosine-5' -monophosphate
  • PEP phosphoenolpyruvate
  • An assay mix is prepared by mixing Buffer A, trichloroethylphosphine (TCEP), ATP, PEP, NADH, myokinase (MK), pyruvate kinase (PK), lactate dehydroganese (LDH) and PDE4 to a final volume of 20 mL, which is enough for a single 96-well assay plate.
  • Assay mix 180 ⁇ L
  • test article (10 ⁇ L ) in 1: 1 DMSO/H2O mixture is pre-incubated at room temperature for 10 min. The enzymatic reaction is initiated by addition of cAMP (10 ⁇ L).
  • Final concentration of all components in the assay (200 ⁇ L/well) are as follows: 10 mM MgCl 2 , 50 mM KCl, 5 mM TCEP, 2.5% DMSO, 0.4 mM NADH, 1 mM PEP, 0.04 mM ATP, 5 units MK, 1 unit PK, 1 unit LDH and appropriate amount of PDE4.
  • Reaction progress curves are monitored in a plate reader capable of measuring light absorbance at 340 nM. A decrease in light absorbance at 340 nm is due to oxidation of NADH.
  • Positive controls containing no test article and negative controls containing no test article and no cAMP are included on every assay plate. Reaction rates are determined from the slopes of the linear portions of the progress curves. All data is percent normalized with respect to controls and presented as percent inhibition.
  • the activity of PDE4 inhibitors decribed in the present invention was also measured using in an ex- vivo assay measuring leukotriene E4 (LTE4) in human whole blood after Sephadex stimulation.
  • LTE4 leukotriene E4
  • the anti- inflammatory activity of therapeutic agents of the present invention is demonstrated by the inhibition of eosinophil activation as measured by sephadex bead stimulated LTE4 production in whole human blood.
  • 356 ⁇ l of heparinized human whole blood (Vacutainer tube #6480) is added to wells of a 96 well plate.
  • Persons of skill in the art accept that positive results in PDE4 models are predictive of therapeutic utility as discussed above.
  • reaction mixture was then heated to 60 0 C for 15 minutes, and allowed to cool naturally to room temperature, and stirred for 16 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was then extracted with two portions of diethyl ether, and the combined ethereal layers washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered through a layer of celite and concentrated.
  • the resultant mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 10 minutes, and to it was added a solution of 4-fluorobenzonitrile (18.2 mmol; 2 eq.) in tetrachloroethane and aluminum chloride (10.0 mmol; 1.1 eq.).
  • the reaction was heated to 110 0 C for 5 hours, and allowed to cool to room temperature and stir for 16 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was added 10 mL of 3N HCl, and the resultant mixture was heated to 90 0 C for 1 hour, and cooled to room temperature.
  • the pH was adjusted with 6N NaOH to 11-12, and extracted with dichloromethane. The organics were washed with a brine solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered.
  • the reaction was stirred at 70 0 C for 16 hours, and cooled to room temperature.
  • the reaction was diluted with water, and extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate.
  • the combined organics were washed with three portions of water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered through celite.
  • reaction mixture was cooled to 0 0 C, diluted with water (3 mL), basified with ammonium hydroxide solution (28%), filtered, washed with water dried to afford 0.08 g (81%) of l-[4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-phenyl]-lH-tetrazole (P-404) as off-white solid.
  • the mixture was heated to 90 0 C for 18 hours and then cooled to room temperature. After water (30 mL) and 5% aqueous potassium carbonate (30 mL) were added, the aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 35 mL) and the organic portions were combined, washed brine (30 mL), dried (magnesium sulfate) and concentrated.
  • the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and the organic extracts were combined.
  • the organic solution was washed with water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum .
  • the residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10-33% acetone in dichloromethane), triturated in diethyl ether (5 mL), filtered, washed with hexanes (5 mL) and diethyl ether (2 mL) to give P-252 (190 mg, 15 % yield) as a beige powder.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with water, neutralized with 6N HCl, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After it was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by a chromatography on silica gel to yield N-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro- 6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-methanesulfonamide (P-258) (25 mg, 32%).
  • reaction mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for 5 minutes. Then the yellow reaction mixture was stirred at 80 0 C. After overnight stirring the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in-vacuo. The residue was diluted in EtOAc (2OmL) and washed with water (30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 2OmL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in-vacuo.
  • the mixture was heated to 90 0 C for 16 hours and then cooled to room temperature.
  • the palladium catalyst was removed via filtration and to the filtrate was added IM HCl (50 mL) and water (50 mL).
  • the aqueous portion was Extracted with ethyl acetate(2 x 75 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (75 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated.
  • the crude material was purified by column chromatography utilizing 75% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 207 mg of the free base as a dark orange oil in 82% yield.
  • the free base was treated with 4.0 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1.0 mL) and stirred for 3 hours at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was treated with diethyl ether (4 mL) and the solid was collected via suction filtration.
  • the aqueous wash was extracted into ethyl acetate (50 mL), and the organic extracts combined.
  • the ethyl acetate solution was washed with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 mL), water (2 x 50 mL), and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum.
  • the resultant solid was triturated with diethyl ether (5 mL), filtered, washed with diethyl ether (2 x 3 mL), and dried to give product (P-448) (109.2 mg, 51% yield).
  • [00175] 1 -[4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-sulfonyl)-phenyl]-3 -ethyl-urea (P- 450).
  • To the solution was added 290 uL of 10% v/v (30% w/w hydrogen peroxide in water) in acetic acid.
  • R2 R4 Cl, 4-pyr ⁇ dyl
  • the mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 30 minutes and then added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (5.17 g, 4.48 mmol).
  • the mixture was heated to 60 0 C for 4 hours and then the palladium catalyst was filtered off.
  • To the filtrate were added water (100 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (150 mL). After extracting with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (150 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated.
  • the mixture was heated to 190 0 C in a Biotage Initiator microwave reactor for 1 hour.
  • the mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) followed by an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL).
  • the organic portions were combined, dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified via column chromatography utilizing 15% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent. After a failed recrystallization attempt with dichlormethane/hexanes, 41 mg of P- 389 as a viscous, yellow oil in 13% yield.
  • the mixture was heated to 190 0 C in a Biotage Initiator microwave reactor for 1 hour.
  • the mixture was quenched with water (30 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) followed by an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL).
  • the organic portions were combined, dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified via column chromatography utilizing 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 20 mg of P-396 as a viscous, yellow oil in 7% yield.
  • R1 H, Me, CHF2, CF3 I-62
  • R2 Cl, CH3CO, CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle
  • reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL) and washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . After removal of solvent, the residue was triturated with Et 2 O (20 mL) to give 2.18 g of product; Yield: 81 %.
  • R1 H, Me, CHF2, CF3
  • R2 Cl, CH3CO, CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle
  • R2 R3 substituted aryl groups
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at rt. After overnight stirring the reaction mixture was quenched with water (20 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated in- vacuo. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with dichloromethane/MeOH (200:5) to produce 77.1 mg (39% yield) of the product (P-479) as a pale yellow solid.
  • R1 H, Me, CHF2, CF3
  • R2 Cl, CH3CO, CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle
  • Y H, F, OH, NH2, CN, OCH3, OEt
  • R1 H, Me, CHF2, CF3
  • R2 Cl, CH3CO, CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle
  • R1 H, Me, CHF2, CF3
  • R2 Cl, CH3CO, CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle
  • R3 substituted aryl groups
  • Reaction mixture was diluted with water (40 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with water (2 x 30 mL), brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate/hexane as eluent to give 39 mg g of the product (P-015) Yield: 40 %.
  • the reaction was heated to 108 0 C and stirred at this temperature overnight.
  • the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and water (200 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with water (400 mL) and brine (300 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude product.
  • the crude material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (0-5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give I-89a (1.53 g, 77% yield) as a beige powder.
  • Reaction mixture was concentrated to a 1/3, and then it was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 ml) and washed with 0.6 N sodium hydrogen sulfate solution (300 ml), water (2x 150 ml), brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . After removal of solvent, 7.75 g of product (1-100) was obtained as oil. Yield: 100 %.
  • the reaction was heated to 80 0 C over night. Additional palladium acetate (8.9 mg, 0.039 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (20.6 mg, 0.0788 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred an additional night at 80 0 C. The solvent was removed under vacuum and taken up in ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 75 mL), water (3 x 75 mL) water, and the combined aqueous layers were extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL).
  • the organic suspension was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 50 mL), 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (3 x 50 mL), water (50 mL), and brine (50 mL), decolorized over activated carbon, dried over sodium sulfate, and removed under vacuum to give crude product.
  • the product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to give P-014 (102.1 mg, 36% yield) as an off white powder.
  • the aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 150 mL), and all the ethyl acetate extracts combined, washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3 x 300 mL), water (2 x 300 mL), and brine (300 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-110 as a yellow oil (11.39 g; 77% yield) which solidified to a greasy yellow solid.
  • the reaction was stirred at 80 0 C under argon for 20 h.
  • the reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and H2O (60 mL) and dichloromethane (80 mL) were added.
  • the layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 40 mL).
  • the combined organic extracts were dried with Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes as eluent to afford 1.69 g (65%) of 1-81 as a white solid.
  • the reaction was stirred at 80 0 C under argon for 18 h.
  • the reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and diluted with H 2 O and dichloromethane (40 mL each).
  • the organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL).
  • the combined organic extracts were dried with Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by preparative TLC using 3% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 0.051 g (51%) of P-019 as a light brown viscous liquid.
  • the reaction was stirred at 80 0 C under argon for 18 h.
  • the reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and diluted with H2O and dichloromethane (40 mL each).
  • the organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL).
  • the combined organic extracts were dried with Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 0.08 g (71%) of P-021 as a light brown viscous liquid.
  • the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 h.
  • the reaction was poured on to crushed ice-water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL).
  • the combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane to afford 0.027 g (47%) of P-030 as a viscous liquid.
  • the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 h.
  • the reaction was poured on to crushed ice-water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL).
  • the combined organic extracts were dried with Na 2 SO4, filtered, and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane to afford 0.047 g (77%) of P-038 as a viscous liquid.
  • the reaction was stirred at 80 0 C under argon for 20 h.
  • the reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and H 2 O and dichloromethane (40 mL each) were added.
  • the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL).
  • the combined organic extracts were dried with Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 1.36 g (86%) of 1-117 as a light yellow solid.
  • the reaction was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL) and the suspension was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL).
  • the purple organic extract was washed with water (3 x 50 mL) water, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3 x 50 mL), brine (50 mL) dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to afford 476.1 mg of 1-119 as a purple powder in 72% yield.
  • triphenylphosphine (33.5 mg, 0.128 mmol), solid potassium carbonate (265 mg, 1.92 mmol) and a mixture of ethanol and water (1: 1, 1 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred under nitrogen for 10 min.
  • To the reaction was added palladium(II)acetate, and the reaction heated to 80 0 C with stirring overnight.
  • the solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was suspended in saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), and the aqueous slurry was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL).
  • the reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL).
  • the organic solution was washed with water (5 x 100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum.
  • the residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 0-2% methanol in dichloromethane followed by flash silica gel column chromatography with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes, and the residue wash dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL).
  • the organic solution was washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and the wash extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL).
  • triphenylphosphine (58.8 mg, 0.112 mmol), solid potassium carbonate (463 mg, 3.36 mmol), ethanol (1 mL), water (1 mL), and palladium(II)acetate (25.1 mg, 0.112 mmol) under nitrogen.
  • the reaction was stirred at 100 0 C for 18 h.
  • the solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue taken up in ethyl acetate (50 mL).
  • the organic solution was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), the residual palladium was filtered, and the organic extract was washed with water (2 x 50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and removed under vacuum.
  • the crude product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane, followed by a second flash silica gel column eluting with 5% acetone in dichloromethane.
  • the solid thus obtained was recrystallized in diethyl ether (5 mL) and hexanes (10 mL), filtered, and washed with hexanes (5 mL) to give P-058 (65 mg; 21% yield) as a white powder.
  • P-084 Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-trifluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH- [l,2,4]triazole (P-084).
  • P-084 was synthesized from 1-110 (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 3-trifluoromethoxyphenylboronic acid (169 mg, 0.821 mmol) by the same reaction conditions that were used for P-081. After removal of the solvent under vacuum, the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with water (30 mL).
  • the aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 50 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized over activated charcoal, and the solvent removed under vacuum.
  • the residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% acetone in dichloromethane to give P-084 as a yellow oil (187.3 mg, 54% yield).
  • P-085 [00335] Synthesis of 1 -(6-Methoxy-3 '-methylsulfanyl-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H- [l,2,4]triazole (P-085).
  • P-085 was synthesized from 1-110 (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 3-methylsulfanylphenylboronic acid (138 mg, 0.821 mmol) using the same conditions as P-081. The reaction was worked up by diluting with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washing with water (30 mL).
  • the aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), and the organic extractions combined, washed with water (2 x 50 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (50 mL), decolorized with activated carbon, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum.
  • the residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% acetone in dichloromethane to give P-085 (117.1 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow gum.
  • the organic extracts were washed with water (3 x 30 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 30 mL), brine (30 mL), decolorized with activated carbon, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum.
  • the product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 0-25% acetone in dichloromethane, and was run on a silica gel preparatory plate eluting with 1% acetone in dichloromethane for three developments to obtain P-108 (49.0 mg, 19% yield) as a yellow oil.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min at 0 0 C, then added to a suspension of Cu(I)CN (0.031 g, 1.2 mmol) in water (0.5 mL) and toluene (1 mL) over 5 min at 0 0 C.
  • the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, stirred at room temperature for 2 h, then at 50 0 C for 30 min.
  • the reaction was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 5 mL), and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried with Na 2 SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum.
  • the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 1-123 (0.201 g, 61% yield) as white solid.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen- Or Sulfur-Containing Heterocyclic Ring Compounds With Rings Of Six Or More Members (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Compounds Containing Sulfur Atoms (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a genus of biaryl compounds containing at least one further ring. The compounds are PDE4 inhibitors useful for the treatment and prevention of stroke, myocardial infarct and cardiovascular inflammatory diseases and disorders. The compounds have general formula I: (formula should be inserted here). A particular embodiment is (a second formula should be inserted here)

Description

BIARYL PDE4 INHIBITORS FOR TREATING INFLAMMATION
Field of the Invention
[0001] The present invention relates to a chemical genus of biaryl inhibitors of phosphodiesterase-4 (PDE4) useful for the treatment and prevention of stroke, myocardial infarct, cardiovascular inflammatory diseases and central nervous system disorders.
Background of the Invention
[0002] PDE4 is the major cAMP-metabolizing enzyme found in inflammatory and immune cells. PDE4 inhibitors have proven potential as anti- inflammatory drugs, especially in inflammatory pulmonary diseases such as asthma, COPD and rhinitis. They suppress the release of cytokines and other inflammatory signals and inhibit the production of reactive oxygen species. A large number of PDE4 inhibitors have been developed for a variety of clinical indications (Torphy and Page. 2000. TIPS 21, 157- 159; Burnouf and Pruniaux. 2002. Curr. Pharm. Design 8, 1255-1296; Lipworth. 2005. Lancet 365, 167-175). To quote from a recent article in the British Journal of Pharmacology, "PDE4 inhibitors have been in development as a novel anti-inflammatory therapy since the 1980s with asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) being primary indications. Despite initial optimism, none have yet reached the market. In most cases, the development of PDE4 inhibitors of various structural classes, including cilomilast, filaminast, lirimilast, piclamilast, tofimilast has been discontinued due to lack of efficacy. A primary problem is the low therapeutic ratio of these compounds, which severely limits the dose that can be given. Indeed, for many of these compounds it is likely that the maximum tolerated dose is either sub -therapeutic or at the very bottom of the efficacy dose-response curve. Therefore, the challenge is to overcome this limitation." [Giembycz, Brit.J.Pharmacol. 155, 288-290 (2008)]. Many of the PDE4 inhibitors of the prior art have not reached the market because of the adverse side effect of emesis (Giembycz 2005. Curr. Opin. Pharm. 5, 238-244). Analysis of all known PDE4 inhibitors suggests that they are competitive with cAMP and bind within the active site (Houslay et al. 2005. DDT 10, 1503-1519); this may explain their narrow therapeutic ratio. The compounds of the present invention are non-competitive inhibitors of cAMP while being gene-specific inhibitors (PDE4D), and, based on the target rationale and in vitro potency, a person of skill in the art would expect the compounds to be useful as anti- inflammatory agents for the treatment, amelioration or prevention of inflammatory diseases and of complications arising therefrom and useful as CNS agents for amelioration of the cognitive decline in Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, the treatment of schizophrenia and depression, and neuroprotective in Huntington's disease.
Summary of the Invention
[0003] The present invention relates to compounds exhibiting PDE4 enzyme inhibition, having the general formula I
Figure imgf000004_0001
[0004] In these compounds,
R1 is an optionally substituted carbocycle or optionally substituted heterocycle of three or fewer rings;
R2 is an optionally substituted carbocycle or optionally substituted heterocycle of two or fewer rings;
R3 is chosen from H, -C(O)NH2, -(C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, -(Ci-C6)alkyl-R30,
-(C2-C6)alkyl-R31, and saturated 4- or 5-membered heterocycle optionally substituted with methyl;
R30 is chosen from -C(=0)NH2 and 4- or 5-membered heterocycle optionally substituted with methyl;
R31 is chosen from (Ci-C/Oalkoxy, amino, hydroxy, (Ci-C6)alkylamino and di(Ci-
C6)alkylamino;
R4 is chosen from H and F; R6 is chosen from H, (Ci-Ce)alkyl and halogen;
X is N, N→O, or C-R5;
RR55 iiss cchhoosseenn ffrroomm HH,, hhaallogen, OH, (C1-C6)alkyl, (d-C6)alkoxy, CF3, CN, NH2 ,
CH2OH, CH2NH2 and C≡CH; and
M is chosen from direct bond, -C(R20)(R21)-, -O-, -NR22-, -S(O)n-, -C(=O)-,
-C(R20)(R21)C(R20)(R21)-, -C(R20)=C(R21)-, -C(R20)(R21)-O-, -C(R20)(R21)-NR22-, -
C(R20)(R21)-S(O)n-, -C(R20)(R21)-C(=O)-, -O-C(R20)(R21)-, -NR22-C(R20)(R21)-,
-S(O)n-C(R20)(R21)-, -C(=O)-C(R20)(R21)- and
Figure imgf000005_0001
-
Figure imgf000005_0002
a five or six-membered ring optionally substituted with methyl; n is zero, one or two; and R20, R21 and R22 are selected independently in each occurrence from H and (Ci-C/Oalkyl.
[0005] The present invention also relates to two subgenera of compounds of formula I. The first, in which X is N or N→O, is represented by the formulae:
Figure imgf000005_0003
[0006] The second, in which X is CR is represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000006_0001
[0007] The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the general formula I described above. When the compound is present as a salt, the salt should be a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
[0008] In a third aspect, the invention relates to methods for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition mediated by phosphodiesterase-4. The methods comprise administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the general formula I. The disease or condition may be related to allergic, acute or chronic inflammation. The disease may be, for example, atherosclerosis, thrombosis, stroke, acute coronary syndrome, stable angina, peripheral vascular disease, critical leg ischemia, intermittent claudication, abdominal aortic aneurysm or myocardial infarction.
[0009] Selective PDE4 inhibitors of the invention are expected to be useful in improving cognition and thus useful for treating learning disorders, memory loss and other cognitive dysfunctions. Selective PDE4 inhibitors of the invention are also useful for treating asthma and Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD). Compounds of the invention, which inhibit tumor growth and metastases, also find utility in the treatment and prevention of cancer, including esophageal cancer, brain cancer, pancreatic cancer, and colon cancer.
[0010] These and other embodiments of the present invention will become apparent in conjunction with the description and claims that follow. Detailed Description of the Invention
[0011] Throughout this specification the substituents are defined when introduced and retain their definitions.
[0012] Unless otherwise specified, alkyl is intended to include linear, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon structures and combinations thereof. A combination would be, for example, cyclopropylmethyl. Lower alkyl refers to alkyl groups of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of lower alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, s- and t-butyl and the like. Preferred alkyl groups are those of C20 or below; Ci to Cg are more preferred. Cycloalkyl is a subset of alkyl and includes cyclic hydrocarbon groups of from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include c-propyl, c-butyl, c- pentyl, norbornyl and the like.
[0013] Ci to C20 hydrocarbon includes alkyl, cycloalkyl, polycycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and combinations thereof. Examples include benzyl, phenethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, camphoryl and naphthylethyl. Hydrocarbon refers to any substituent comprised of hydrogen and carbon as the only elemental constituents.
[0014] Unless otherwise specified, the term "carbocycle" is intended to include ring systems in which the ring atoms are all carbon but of any oxidation state. Thus (C3-C10) carbocycle refers to both non-aromatic and aromatic systems, including such systems as cyclopropane, benzene, cyclopentene and cyclohexene; (Cs-Ci2) carbopolycycle refers to such systems as norbornane, decalin, indane and naphthalene. Carbocycle, if not otherwise limited, refers to monocycles, bicycles and polycycles.
[0015] Alkoxy or alkoxyl refers to groups of from 1 to 8 carbon atoms of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration and combinations thereof attached to the parent structure through an oxygen. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropyloxy, cyclohexyloxy and the like. Lower-alkoxy refers to groups containing one to four carbons. For the purpose of this application, alkoxy and lower alkoxy include methylenedioxy and ethyl enedioxy. Alkoxyalkyl refers to ether groups of from 3 to 8 atoms of a straight, branched, cyclic configuration and combinations thereof attached to the parent structure through an alkyl. Examples include methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, ethoxypropyl, and the like. Alkoxyaryl refers to alkoxy substituents attached to an aryl, wherein the aryl is attached to the parent structure. Arylalkoxy refers to aryl substituents attached to an oxygen, wherein the oxygen is attached to the parent structure. Substituted arylalkoxy refers to a substituted aryl substituent attached to an oxygen, wherein the oxygen is attached to the parent structure.
[0016] Oxaalkyl refers to alkyl residues in which one or more carbons (and their associated hydrogens) have been replaced by oxygen. Examples include methoxypropoxy; 3,6,9-trioxadecyl; 2,6,7-trioxabicyclo[2.2.2]octane and the like. The term oxaalkyl is intended as it is understood in the art [see Naming and Indexing of Chemical Substances for Chemical Abstracts, published by the American Chemical Society, 196, but without the restriction of 127(a)], i.e. it refers to compounds in which the oxygen is bonded via a single bond to its adjacent atoms (forming ether bonds); it does not refer to doubly bonded oxygen, as would be found in carbonyl groups. Similarly, thiaalkyl and azaalkyl refer to alkyl residues in which one or more carbons has been replaced by sulfur or nitrogen, respectively. Examples include ethylaminoethyl and methylthiopropyl.
[0017] Unless otherwise specified, acyl refers to formyl and to groups of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 carbon atoms of a straight, branched, cyclic configuration, saturated, unsaturated and aromatic and combinations thereof, attached to the parent structure through a carbonyl functionality. One or more carbons in the acyl residue may be replaced by nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur as long as the point of attachment to the parent remains at the carbonyl. Examples include acetyl, benzoyl, propionyl, isobutyryl, t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl and the like. Lower-acyl refers to groups containing one to four carbons. The double bonded oxygen, when referred to as a substituent itself is called "oxo".
[0018] Aryl and heteroaryl mean (i) a phenyl group (or benzene) or a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S; (ii) a bicyclic 9- or 10-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring system containing 0-4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S; or (iii) a tricyclic 13- or 14-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring system containing 0-5 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S. Aryl, as understood herein, includes residues in which one or more rings are aromatic, but not all need be. Thus aromatic 6- to 14-membered carbocyclic rings include, e.g., benzene, naphthalene, indane, tetralin, and fluorene and the 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic rings include, e.g., imidazole, pyridine, indole, thiophene, benzopyranone, thiazole, furan, benzimidazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, pyrimidine, pyrazine, tetrazole and pyrazole.
[0019] Arylalkyl refers to a substituent in which an aryl residue is attached to the parent structure through alkyl. Examples are benzyl, phenethyl and the like. Heteroarylalkyl refers to a substituent in which a heteroaryl residue is attached to the parent structure through alkyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl group of an arylalkyl or a heteroarylalkyl is an alkyl group of from 1 to 6 carbons. Examples include, e.g., pyridinylmethyl, pyrimidinylethyl and the like.
[0020] Heterocycle means a cycloalkyl or aryl carbocycle residue in which from one to three carbons is replaced by a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. Unless otherwise specified, a heterocycle may be non-aromatic or aromatic. It is to be noted that heteroaryl is a subset of heterocycle in which the heterocycle is aromatic. Examples of heterocyclic residues that fall within the scope of the invention include pyrazole, pyrrole, indole, quinoline, isoquinoline, tetrahydroisoquinoline, benzofuran, benzodioxan, benzodioxole (commonly referred to as methylenedioxyphenyl, when occurring as a substituent), morpholine, thiazole, pyridine (including 2-oxopyridine), pyridine N-oxide, pyrimidine, thiophene (i.e. thiene), furan, oxazole, oxazoline, oxazolidine, isoxazolidine, isoxazole, dioxane, azetidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, pyridazine, azepine, pyrazolidine, imidazole, imidazoline, imidazolidine, imidazolopyridine, pyrazine, thiazolidine, isothiazole, 1,2-thiazine- 1,1 -dioxide, quinuclidine, isothiazolidine, benzimidazole, thiadiazole, benzopyran, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, benzothiene, thiamorpholine, thiamorpholine sulfoxide, thiamorpholine sulfone, oxadiazole, triazole, tetrazole, isatin (dioxoindole), phthalimide (dioxoisoindole), pyrrolopyridine, triazolopyridine and the dihydro and tetrahydro congeners of the fully unsaturated ring systems among the foregoing.
[0021] An oxygen heterocycle is a heterocycle containing at least one oxygen in the ring; it may contain additional oxygens, as well as other heteroatoms. Oxygen heterocycles found in the examples of the invention include tetrahydro furan, benzodioxole, morpholine, isoxazole and 2,6,7-trioxabicyclo[2.2.2]octane. A sulphur heterocycle is a heterocycle containing at least one sulphur in the ring; it may contain additional sulphurs, as well as other heteroatoms. A nitrogen heterocycle is a heterocycle containing at least one nitrogen in the ring; it may contain additional nitrogens, as well as other heteroatoms.
[0022] As used herein, the term "optionally substituted" may be used interchangeably with "unsubstituted or substituted". The term "substituted" refers to the replacement of one or more hydrogen atoms in a specified group with a specified radical. For example, substituted alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl etc. refer to alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl wherein up to three H atoms in each residue are replaced with halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, acyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, carbonyl (i.e. oxo), phenyl, heteroaryl, benzenesulfonyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, oxaalkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl [- C(=O)O-alkyl], alkoxycarbonylamino [ -NHC(=O)O-alkyl], alkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl [ -alkyl-NHC(=O)O-alkyl], carboxyalkylcarbonylamino [ -NHC(=O)-alkyl-COOH], carboxamido [-C(=O)NH2], aminocarbonyloxy [-OC(=O)NH2], alkylaminocarbonyl [- C(=O)NH-alkyl], dialkylaminocarbonyl [-C(=O)N(alkyl)2], aminocarbonylalkyl [-alkyl- (X=O)NEy, cyano, acetoxy, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, (alkyl)(aryl)aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl (including cycloalkylaminoalkyl), dialkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkoxy, alkyl(hydroxyalkyl)amino, heterocyclylalkoxy, mercapto, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylamino, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylthio, arylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylamino, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, acylaminoalkyl, acylaminoalkoxy, acylamino, amidino, aryl, benzyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclylamino, hydroxyimino, alkoxyimino, oxaalkyl, aminosulfonyl, trityl, amidino, guanidino, ureido, -NHC(=O)NHalkyl, -NHC(=O)NH-heterocyclyl, -alkyl-NHC(=O)N(alkyl)2, heterocyclylalkylcarbonylamino, benzyloxyphenyl, and benzyloxy. Although oxo is included among the substituents referred to in "optionally substituted", it will be appreciated by persons of skill in the art that, because oxo is a divalent radical, there are circumstances in which it will not be appropriate as a substituent (e.g. on phenyl). Additional substituents that are considered within the scope of the term, particularly for R1, are the are the residues of amino acids, amino acid amides, protected residues of aminoacids and their amides, and N-methylated (mono- or di-, as appropriate) amino acids and amino acid amides.
[0023] For the purpose of R1, the substituents alkyl, acyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyloweralkyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, benzenesulfonyl, loweralkoxy, haloalkoxy, oxaalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, carboxamido, alkylaminocarbonyl, amino, alkylamino, (alkyl)(aryl)aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclylalkoxy, alkylthio, sulfonylamino, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, acylaminoalkyl, acylaminoalkoxy, acylamino, amidino, aryl, benzyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclylamino, oxaalkyl, aminosulfonyl, amidino, guanidino, ureido, benzyloxyphenyl, and benzyloxy may be further substituted with one or two substituents from the list of substituents above. Substituents that are considered within the scope of the term, particularly for R1, are the are the residues of amino acids, amino acid amides and protected residues of aminoacids and their amides, as well as the following specific residues: -CH3, -CH2CF3, -CF3, -CHO, -COOH, -CN, halogen, -OH, , -OEt, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NHEt, -C(=0)NMe2 -COOCH3, -COOEt, -CH2NHC(=O)NH2, -CH(CH3)NHC(=O)NH2, -CH2NHC(=0)H, -CH2NHC(=O)CH3, -CH2C(K))NH2, -CH2COOH, -CH2COOEt, -CH2NHC(=O)OEt, -CH2NHC(=0)0- C6H5, -CH2NHC(=O)C(=O)NH2, -CH2NHC(=O)NHEt, -C(CH3)2OH, -CH2NHC(=O)N(CH3)2, -CH2NHC(=O)NHCH3, -CH2NH2, -CH(CH3)NH2, -C(CH3)2NH2, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -CH2OC(=O)NHEt, -OCH3, -0C(=0)NH2, -OCH2CH2N(CH3)2, -OCH2CH2OCH3, -NHC(=0)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHEt, -NHCH3, -NHEt, -NH(tBoc), -NHCH2COOH ("residue of glycine"), -N(CH3)CH2COOH ("residue of N-methylglycine"), -NHC(O)NHCH2CH2Cl, -NHSO2NH2, -NHEt, -N(CH3)2, -NH2, , -NH(CH3)C(=O)NH2, -NHSO2CH3, -N(SO2CH3)2, -NHC(=0)0CH3, -NHC(=O)OtBu, -NHC(=0)CH3, -SO2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2CH2COOH, -NHC(=0)NHCH2C00H, -CH2NHCHO, -NHC(=O)NHCH2COOEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)3COOEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)2COOEt, -N(CH3)CH2CH2OH, -NHC(O)OEt, -N(Et)C(O)OEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)2COOH, -NHC(=O)CH2N(CH3)2, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)3COOH, -NHC(=O)CH2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2CH2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2NH(tBoc),
Figure imgf000012_0001
"a residue of an amino acid, amino acid amide", etc. refers to an amino acid etc. minus the functional groups that are considered part of the bond to the parent structure. For example, in the molecule P- 143 illustrated below:
Figure imgf000012_0002
after one subtracts the hydrogen that connects (BOC)glycinamide to the phenyl ring, the structure of A that remains is: O
H
N. CL
>— HN Y O tBu This is not sensu stricto a protected amino acid amide, since it lacks the hydrogen on the C-terminal amide. This and similar structures that lack atoms at the points of attachment (e.g. the OH of COOH or the H OfNH2) are referred to herein as "residues" of their respective parents.
[0024] The terms "haloalkyl" and "haloalkoxy" mean alkyl or alkoxy, respectively, substituted with one or more halogen atoms. The terms "alkylcarbonyl" and "alkoxycarbonyl" mean -C(=O)alkyl or -C(O)alkoxy, respectively.
[0025] The term "halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. In one embodiment, halogen may be fluorine or chlorine.
[0026] Substituents Rn are generally defined when introduced and retain that definition throughout the specification and in all independent claims.
[0027] In the characterization of some of the substituents, it is recited that certain substituents may combine to form rings. Unless stated otherwise, it is intended that such rings may exhibit various degrees of unsaturation (from fully saturated to fully unsaturated), may include heteroatoms and maybe substituted with lower alkyl or alkoxy.
[0028] It will be recognized that the compounds of this invention can exist in radiolabeled form, i.e., the compounds may contain one or more atoms containing an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Radioisotopes of hydrogen, carbon, phosphorous, fluorine, and chlorine include 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 35S, 18F, and 36Cl, respectively. Compounds that contain those radioisotopes and/or other radioisotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Tritiated, i.e. 3H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14C, radioisotopes are particularly preferred for their ease in preparation and detectability. Compounds that contain isotopes 11C, 13N, 15O and 18F are well suited for positron emission tomography. Radiolabeled compounds of formula I of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art. Conveniently, such radiolabeled compounds can be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the Examples and Schemes by substituting a readily available radiolabeled reagent for a non-radiolabeled reagent.
[0029] As used herein (particularly in the claims), and as would be understood by the person of skill in the art, the recitation of "a compound" is intended to include salts, solvates, co-crystals and inclusion complexes of that compound as well as any stereoisomeric form, or a mixture of any such forms of that compound in any ratio. Thus, in accordance with some embodiments of the invention, a compound as described herein, including in the contexts of pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and compounds per se, is provided as the salt form. Thus, for example, the recitation "a compound of formula I" as depicted above, in which R1 is imidazolyl, would include imidazolium salts. In a particular embodiment, the term "compound of formula I" refers to the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0030] The compounds described herein may contain asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms. Each chiral center may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-. The present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, in any ratio from racemic to optically pure forms. Optically active (R)- and (S)- isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. The prefix "rac" refers to a racemate. When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers. The representation of the configuration of any carbon-carbon double bond appearing herein is selected for convenience only, and unless explicitly stated, is not intended to designate a particular configuration. Thus a carbon-carbon double bond depicted arbitrarily as E may be Z, E, or a mixture of the two in any proportion. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
[0031] The term "solvate" refers to a compound of Formula I in the solid state, wherein molecules of a suitable solvent are incorporated in the crystal lattice. A suitable solvent for therapeutic administration is physiologically tolerable at the dosage administered. Examples of suitable solvents for therapeutic administration are ethanol and water. When water is the solvent, the solvate is referred to as a hydrate. In general, solvates are formed by dissolving the compound in the appropriate solvent and isolating the solvate by cooling or using an antisolvent. The solvate is typically dried or azeotroped under ambient conditions. Inclusion complexes are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 19th Ed. (1995) volume 1, page 176-177, which is incorporated herein by reference. The most commonly employed inclusion complexes are those with cyclodextrins, and all cyclodextrin complexes, natural and synthetic, are specifically encompassed within the claims.
[0032] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids or bases including inorganic acids and bases and organic acids and bases. When the compounds of the present invention are basic, salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids including inorganic and organic acids. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable anions for the compounds of the present invention include acetate, benzenesulfonate (besylate), benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, carbonate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, gluconate, glutamate, glycolate, bromide, chloride, isethionate, lactate, maleate, malate, mandelate, methanesulfonate, mucate, nitrate, pamoate, pantothenate, phosphate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, trifluoroacetate, p-toluenesulfonate, acetamidobenzoate, adipate, alginate, aminosalicylate, anhydromethylenecitrate, ascorbate, aspartate, calcium edetate, camphorate, camsylate, caprate, caproate, caprylate, cinnamate, cyclamate, dichloroacetate, edetate (EDTA), edisylate, embonate, estolate, esylate, fluoride, formate, gentisate, gluceptate, glucuronate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hippurate, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, lactobionate, malonate, mesylate, napadisylate, napsylate, nicotinate, oleate, orotate, oxalate, oxoglutarate, palmitate, pectinate, pectinate polymer, phenylethylbarbiturate, picrate, pidolate, propionate, rhodanide, salicylate, sebacate, stearate, tannate, theoclate, tosylate and the like. The desired salt may be obtained by ion exchange of whatever counter ion is obtained in the synthesis of the quat. These methods are well known to persons of skill. Although pharmaceutically acceptable counter ions will be preferred for preparing pharmaceutical formulations, other anions are quite acceptable as synthetic intermediates. When the compounds contain an acidic side chain, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts for the compounds of the present invention include metallic salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc or organic salts made from lysine, N,N'- dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procaine.
[0033] The graphic representations of racemic, ambiscalemic and scalemic or enantiomerically pure compounds used herein are taken from Maehr J. Chem. Ed. 62, 114-120 (1985): solid and broken wedges are used to denote the absolute configuration of a chiral element; wavy lines and single thin lines indicate disavowal of any stereochemical implication which the bond it represents could generate; solid and broken bold lines are geometric descriptors indicating the relative configuration shown but denoting racemic character; and wedge outlines and dotted or broken lines denote enantiomerically pure compounds of indeterminate absolute configuration.
[0034] Terminology related to "protecting", "deprotecting" and "protected" functionalities occurs throughout this application. Such terminology is well understood by persons of skill in the art and is used in the context of processes that involve sequential treatment with a series of reagents. In that context, a protecting group refers to a group, which is used to mask a functionality during a process step in which it would otherwise react, but in which reaction is undesirable. The protecting group prevents reaction at that step, but may be subsequently removed to expose the original functionality. The removal or "deprotection" occurs after the completion of the reaction or reactions in which the functionality would interfere. Thus, when a sequence of reagents is specified, as it is in the processes of the invention, the person of ordinary skill can readily envision those groups that would be suitable as "protecting groups". Suitable groups for that purpose are discussed in standard textbooks in the field of chemistry, such as Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis by T.W. Greene [John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991], which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0035] A comprehensive list of abbreviations utilized by organic chemists appears in the first issue of each volume of the Journal of Organic Chemistry. The list, which is typically presented in a table entitled "Standard List of Abbreviations", is incorporated herein by reference.
[0036] In general, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants that are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here. The starting materials, are either commercially available, synthesized as described in the examples or may be obtained by the methods well known to persons of skill in the art.
[0037] PDE4 inhibitors have been shown to be effective therapeutic agents in clinical studies. For example, administration of cilomilast and roflumilast (PDE4 inhibitors) to patients suffering from asthma and COPD showed initially excellent results, although the effect of cilomilast disappeared on long-term trial [Lipworth, Lancet 365, 167-175 (2005)]. Genetic studies have clearly demonstrated an association between PDE4D and ischemic stroke (Gretarsdottir et al. 2003. Nature Genetics. 35, 1-8). L-454,560, a selective PDE4 inhibitor has been shown to improve learning in a rat model in vivo [Huang et al. Biochemical Pharmacology 73, 1971-1981 (2007)]. This suggests that selective PDE4 inhibitors will be useful in treating learning disorders, memory loss (e.g. Alzheimer's disease) and other cognitive dysfunctions. Rolipram, another selective PDE4 inhibitor, has been shown to enhance cognition in multiple rodent models [Blokland et al., Current Pharmaceutical Design 12, 2511-2523 (2006)] as well as in primates [Rutten et al., 2008, Psychopharmacology 196, 643-648 (2008)]. Rolipram also improves the outcome in two separate studies in mice in vivo in models accepted by persons of skill in the art as predictive of utility in schizophrenia [Kanes et al., Neuroscience 144. 239-246 (2007); Davis and Gould, Behav.Neurosci. 119. 595-602 (2005)]. Rolipram has also been shown to exhibit a neuroprotective effect in a rat model of Huntington's disease [DeMarch et al. Neurobiol.Dis. 25, 266-273 (2007)]. This suggests that PDE4 modulators will be useful for treating many CNS disorders. Selective PDE4 inhibitors (e.g. rolipram) are also useful for treating bone loss [Yao et al., J.Musculoskelet.Neuronal Interact. 7. 119-130 (2007)].
[0038] Additionally, a PDE4 inhibitor, YM976, was shown to ameliorate the effects of experimentally-induced interstitial cystitis in rats, resulting in a decrease in the frequency of urination and an increase in the volume of urine at each time of urination [Kitta et al., BJU Int. 102. 1472-1476 (2008)]. Another PDE4 inhibitor, IC485, was shown to be equally efficacious as tolteradine tartrate, a marketed drug for treating overactive bladder, in a rodent model of obstructive bladder [Kaiho et al. BJU Int. 101, 615-20 (2008)]. These findings suggest that PDE4 inhibitors will be useful in treating symptoms of bladder overactivity, inflammation and pain.
[0039] In addition to the foregoing studies demonstrating utility in in vivo models, a number of authors have suggested connections between PDE4 inhibition and putative utilities as antidepressants [Houslay et al., Drug Discov Today 10, 1503-1519 (2005); Polesskaya et al., Biol.Psychiatr. 61, 56-64 (2007); anon. Current Opin.Invetig.Drugs 5. 34-39 (2004)] and as anxiolytics [Zhang et al, Neuropsychopharmacology Aug 15, 2007 Epub; Cherry et al., Biochim.Biophys.Acta 1518, 27-35 (2001)]. Rolipram has been shown in human clinical trials to ameliorate depression [Hebenstreit et al., Pharmacopsychiat. 22, 156-160 (1989)]. Other possible utilities may include Pick's disease and epilepsy.
[0040] Furthermore, the compounds, compositions and methods of the present invention may be useful in treating cancer. Phosphodiesterase activity has been shown to be associated with hematological malignancies [Lerner et al., Biochem.J. 393, 21-41 (2006); Ogawa et al., Blood 99. 3390-3397 (2002)1. The compounds may also be administered to overcome cognitive impairment induced by one or more of the following agents, alcohol, amphetamine, antipsychotic medication, anti-retroviral therapy, MDMA ( 3,4-methylenedioxy-N-methylamphetamine, cannabis, cocaine, delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol, dexamphetamine, haloperidol, heroin and other opiates, ketamine and metamphetamine.
[0041] Furthermore, the compounds, compositions and methods of the present invention, particularly when radiolabeled as described above or labeled by methods well-known in the art with florescent and spin labels, may be employed as imaging agents and in other ways for diagnosis and/or treatment. Moreover, immobilization of compounds of the invention on solid support could be of utility for affinity purification and modification of compounds of the invention with chemically active groups may be used for protein labeling.
[0042] For many of the utilities outlined above, it maybe advantageous to administer compounds of the general formula I together with cholinesterase inhibitors (e.g. tacrine, huperzine, donepezil); NMDA antagonists (e.g. lanicemine, remacemide, neramexane, memantine); calpain inhibitors (e.g. CEP-3122); antioxidants (e.g. vitamin E, coenzyme QlO) and agents that have shown clinical efficacy but whose mechanism is unclear (e.g. dimebon). Compounds of formula I may also be administered together with one or more of the following agents to improve cognition: amisulpride, atomoxetine, bromocryptine, buspirone, caffeine, chlorpromazine, clonidine, clozapine, diazepam, flumazenil, fluoxetine, galantamine, guanfacine, methylphenidate, idazoxan, modafinil, olanzapine, paroxetine, pergolide, phenserine, quetiapine, risperidone, rivastigmine, SGS742 and sulpiride.
[0043] The terms "methods of treating or preventing" mean amelioration, prevention or relief from the symptoms and/or effects associated with disorders. The term "preventing" as used herein refers to administering a medicament beforehand to forestall or obtund an acute episode. The person of ordinary skill in the medical art (to which the present method claims are directed) recognizes that the term "prevent" is not an absolute term. In the medical art it is understood to refer to the prophylactic administration of a drug to substantially diminish the likelihood or seriousness of a condition, and this is the sense intended in applicants' claims. As used herein, reference to "treatment" of a patient is intended to include prophylaxis.
[0044] The term "mammal" is used in its dictionary sense. Humans are included in the group of mammals, and humans would be the preferred subjects of the methods.
[0045] The cognitive impairment to be treated may arise from one or more of the following disorders, which may not in themselves be necessarily associated with PDE4 abnormality: acute pain, AD/HD - Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, AIDS dementia complex, alcoholism, amphetamine addiction, amygdalo-hippocampectomy, anorexia nervosa, anterior parietal damage, antisocial behavior, antisocial personality disorder, anxiety, autism, basal ganglia lesions, bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, camptocormia, capgras syndrome, carcinoid syndrome, carotid endarterectomy surgery, chronic drug misuse, chronic fatigue syndrome, chronic occupational solvent encephalopathy, chronic pain, brain ischemia, coronary artery bypass surgery, critical illness requiring intensive care, dementia Alzheimer-type (DAT), dementia Lewy Body type, dementia of frontal type, dementia caused by ischemia, dental pain, developmental dyslexia, diabetes, dorsolateral frontal cortical compression, Down's Syndrome, drug abuse, dysexecutive syndrome, fibromyalgia, frontal lobe damage, frontal lobe excision, frontal variant frontotemporal dementia, gluten ataxia, hallucinosis, head injury, hearing loss, heart disease, heart failure, heavy social drinking, hepatic encephalopathy, heroin addiction, herpes encephalitis, hippocampal atrophy, HIV/AIDS, Huntington's disease, hydrocephalus, hypercortisolemia, hyperostosis frontalis interna, hypertension, idiopathic pain, insomnia, Korsakoff syndrome, late paraphrenia, lead exposure, left ventricular systolic dysfunction, orbitofrontal cortex lesion, liver failure, long term health effects of diving, Machado- Joseph disease, mad hatter's disease, manic depression, melancholia, mercury poisoning, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), mild cognitive impairment (MCI) of aging, motor neuron disease, multiple sclerosis, multiple system atrophy, narcolepsy, neuronal migration disorders, normal pressure hydrocephalus, obsessive compulsive disorder, organophosphate pesticide exposure, panic disorder, paraphrenia, Parkinson's disease, periventricular brain insult, personality disorder, gasoline sniffing, phenylketonuria, post-concussion syndrome, premature birth needing intensive care, premenstrual dysphoric disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, psychopathy, psychosis, questionable dementia, renal cancer, Roifman syndrome, schizoaffective disorder, schizophrenia, seasonal affective disorder, self harm, semantic dementia, specific language impairment, social withdrawal in schizophrenia, solvent encephalopathy, spina bifida, Steele-Richardson-Olzsewski syndrome, stiff person syndrome, striatocapsular infarct, subarachnoid hemorrhage, substance abuse, tardive dyskinesia, temporal lobe excision, temporal lobe lesion, tinnitus, Tourette's syndrome, transient cerebral ischemia, traumatic brain injury, trichotillomania, tuberous sclerosis, and white matter lesions.
[0046] While it may be possible for compounds of formula I to be administered as the raw chemical, it will often be preferable to present them as part of a pharmaceutical composition. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically carriers thereof and optionally one or more other therapeutic ingredients. The carrier(s) must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof. Furthermore, when reference is made in an independent claim to a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, it will be understood that claims which depend from that independent claim which refer to such a compound also include pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound, even if explicit reference is not made to the salts in the dependent claim. [0047] The formulations include those suitable for oral, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous and intraarticular), rectal and topical (including dermal, buccal, sublingual and intraocular) administration. The most suitable route may depend upon the condition and disorder of the recipient. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and maybe prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof ("active ingredient") with the carrier, which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
[0048] Formulations suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
[0049] A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide sustained, delayed or controlled release of the active ingredient therein. The pharmaceutical compositions may include a "pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier", and this expression is intended to include one or more inert excipients, which include starches, polyols, granulating agents, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like. If desired, tablet dosages of the disclosed compositions may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques, "Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" also encompasses controlled release means. [0050] Pharmaceutical compositions may also optionally include other therapeutic ingredients, anti-caking agents, preservatives, sweetening agents, colorants, flavors, desiccants, plasticizers, dyes, and the like. Any such optional ingredient must be compatible with the compound of formula I to insure the stability of the formulation. The composition may contain other additives as needed, including for example lactose, glucose, fructose, galactose, trehalose, sucrose, maltose, raffinose, maltitol, melezitose, stachyose, lactitol, palatinite, starch, xylitol, mannitol, myoinositol, and the like, and hydrates thereof, and amino acids, for example alanine, glycine and betaine, and peptides and proteins, for example albumen.
[0051] Examples of excipients for use as the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and the pharmaceutically acceptable inert carriers and the aforementioned additional ingredients include, but are not limited to binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, antimicrobial agents, and coating agents.
[0052] The dose range for adult humans is generally from 0.005 mg to 10 g/day orally. Tablets or other forms of presentation provided in discrete units may conveniently contain an amount of compound of formula I which is effective at such dosage or as a multiple of the same, for instance, units containing 5 mg to 500 mg, usually around 10 mg to 200 mg. The precise amount of compound administered to a patient will be the responsibility of the attendant physician. However, the dose employed will depend on a number of factors, including the age and sex of the patient, the precise disorder being treated, and its severity.
[0053] A dosage unit (e.g. an oral dosage unit) can include from, for example, 1 to 30 mg, 1 to 40 mg, 1 to 100 mg, 1 to 300 mg, 1 to 500 mg, 2 to 500 mg, 3 to 100 mg, 5 to 20 mg, 5 to 100 mg (e.g. 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 25 mg, 30 mg, 35 mg, 40 mg, 45 mg, 50 mg, 55 mg, 60 mg, 65 mg, 70 mg, 75 mg, 80 mg, 85 mg, 90 mg, 95 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 350 mg, 400 mg, 450 mg, 500 mg) of a compound described herein. [0054] For additional information about pharmaceutical compositions and their formulation, see, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, 2000. The agents can be administered, e.g., by intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, subcutaneous injection, intraperitoneal injection, topical, sublingual, intraarticular (in the joints), intradermal, buccal, ophthalmic (including intraocular), intranasaly (including using a cannula), or by other routes. The agents can be administered orally, e.g., as a tablet or cachet containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, gel, pellet, paste, syrup, bolus, electuary, slurry, capsule, powder, granules, as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion, via a micellar formulation (see, e.g. WO 97/11682) via a liposomal formulation (see, e.g., EP 736299,WO 99/59550 and WO 97/13500), via formulations described in WO 03/094886 or in some other form. The agents can also be administered transdermally (i.e. via reservoir-type or matrix-type patches, microneedles, thermal poration, hypodermic needles, iontophoresis, electroporation, ultrasound or other forms of sonophoresis, jet injection, or a combination of any of the preceding methods (Prausnitz et al. 2004, Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 3:1 15)). The agents can be administered locally, for example, at the site of injury to an injured blood vessel. The agents can be coated on a stent. The agents can be administered using high- velocity transdermal particle injection techniques using the hydrogel particle formulation described in U.S. 20020061336. Additional particle formulations are described in WO 00/45792, WO 00/53160, and WO 02/19989. An example of a transdermal formulation containing plaster and the absorption promoter dimethylisosorbide can be found in WO 89/04179. WO 96/11705 provides formulations suitable for transdermal administration. The agents can be administered in the form a suppository or by other vaginal or rectal means. The agents can be administered in a transmembrane formulation as described in WO 90/07923. The agents can be administered non-invasively via the dehydrated particles described in U.S. 6,485,706. The agent can be administered in an enteric-coated drug formulation as described in WO 02/49621. The agents can be administered intranasaly using the formulation described in U.S. 5,179,079. Formulations suitable for parenteral injection are described in WO 00/62759. The agents can be administered using the casein formulation described in U.S. 20030206939 and WO 00/06108. The agents can be administered using the particulate formulations described in U.S. 20020034536. [0055] The agents, alone or in combination with other suitable components, can be administered by pulmonary route utilizing several techniques including but not limited to intratracheal instillation (delivery of solution into the lungs by syringe), intratracheal delivery of liposomes, insufflation (administration of powder formulation by syringe or any other similar device into the lungs) and aerosol inhalation. Aerosols (e.g., jet or ultrasonic nebulizers, metered-dose inhalers (MDIs), and dry-Powder inhalers (DPIs)) can also be used in intranasal applications. Aerosol formulations are stable dispersions or suspensions of solid material and liquid droplets in a gaseous medium and can be placed into pressurized acceptable propellants, such as hydrofluoroalkanes (HFAs, i.e. HFA-134a and HFA-227, or a mixture thereof), dichlorodifluoromethane (or other chlorofluorocarbon propellants such as a mixture of Propellants 11, 12, and/or 114), propane, nitrogen, and the like. Pulmonary formulations may include permeation enhancers such as fatty acids, and saccharides, chelating agents, enzyme inhibitors (e.g., protease inhibitors), adjuvants (e.g., glycocholate, surfactin, span 85, and nafamostat), preservatives (e.g., benzalkonium chloride or chlorobutanol), and ethanol (normally up to 5% but possibly up to 20%, by weight). Ethanol is commonly included in aerosol compositions as it can improve the function of the metering valve and in some cases also improve the stability of the dispersion. Pulmonary formulations may also include surfactants which include but are not limited to bile salts and those described in U.S. 6,524,557 and references therein. The surfactants described in U.S. 6,524,557, e.g., a C8-C16 fatty acid salt, a bile salt, a phospholipid, or alkyl saccharide are advantageous in that some of them also reportedly enhance absorption of the compound in the formulation. Also suitable in the invention are dry powder formulations comprising a therapeutically effective amount of active compound blended with an appropriate carrier and adapted for use in connection with a dry-Powder inhaler. Absorption enhancers which can be added to dry powder formulations of the present invention include those described in U.S. 6,632,456. WO 02/080884 describes new methods for the surface modification of powders. Aerosol formulations may include U.S. 5,230,884, U.S. 5,292,499, WO 017/8694, WO 01/78696, U.S. 2003019437, U. S. 20030165436, and WO 96/40089 (which includes vegetable oil). Sustained release formulations suitable for inhalation are described in U.S. 20010036481A1, 20030232019A1, and U.S. 20040018243A1 as well as in WO 01/13891, WO 02/067902, WO 03/072080, and WO 03/079885. Pulmonary formulations containing microparticles are described in WO 03/015750, U.S. 20030008013, and WO 00/00176. Pulmonary formulations containing stable glassy state powder are described in U.S. 20020141945 and U.S. 6,309,671. Other aerosol formulations are described in EP 1338272A1 WO 90/09781, U. S. 5,348,730, U.S. 6,436,367, WO 91/04011, and U.S. 6,294,153 and U.S. 6,290,987 describes a liposomal based formulation that can be administered via aerosol or other means. Powder formulations for inhalation are described in U.S. 20030053960 and WO 01/60341. The agents can be administered intranasally as described in U.S. 20010038824.
[0056] Solutions of medicament in buffered saline and similar vehicles are commonly employed to generate an aerosol in a nebulizer. Simple nebulizers operate on Bernoulli's principle and employ a stream of air or oxygen to generate the spray particles. More complex nebulizers employ ultrasound to create the spray particles. Both types are well known in the art and are described in standard textbooks of pharmacy such as Sprowls' American Pharmacy and Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Other devices for generating aerosols employ compressed gases, usually hydrofluorocarbons and chlorofluorocarbons, which are mixed with the medicament and any necessary excipients in a pressurized container, these devices are likewise described in standard textbooks such as Sprowls and Remington.
[0057] The agent can be incorporated into a liposome to improve half-life. The agent can also be conjugated to polyethylene glycol (PEG) chains. Methods for pegylation and additional formulations containing PEG-conjugates (i.e. PEG-based hydrogels, PEG modified liposomes) can be found in Harris and Chess, Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 2:214-221 and the references therein. The agent can be administered via a nanocochleate or cochleate delivery vehicle (BioDelivery Sciences International). The agents can be delivered transmucosally (i.e. across a mucosal surface such as the vagina, eye or nose) using formulations such as that described in U.S. 5,204,108. The agents can be formulated in microcapsules as described in WO 88/01165. The agent can be administered intra-orally using the formulations described in U.S. 20020055496, WO 00/47203, and U.S. 6,495,120. The agent can be delivered using nanoemulsion formulations described in WO 01/91728A2. [0058] In general, compounds of formula I may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants that are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here.
[0059] The present invention relates to compounds exhibiting PDE4 enzyme inhibition, having the general formula I
Figure imgf000026_0001
[0060] In one embodiment, X is CR5, R2 is pyrazolyl or substituted phenyl and R3 is other than H. In another embodiment, M is chosen from direct bond, -CH2-, -CH(OH)-, - Ct(CH3)(OH)]-, -Ct(CH3)(NH2)]-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -NH-, -N(CH3)-, -S(O)n-, -CH2NH-,
-CH2CH2-, -CH=CH-, -CH2S(O)n-, -CH2O- and
Figure imgf000026_0002
[0061] There are two subgenera of compounds of formula I. The first, in which X is N or N→O, is represented by the formulae:
Figure imgf000027_0001
[0062] The second, in which X is CR is represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000027_0002
[0063] In one embodiment, R1 is a substituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R1 is phenyl and R2 is pyrazolyl or substituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R1 is substituted phenyl and R2 is pyrazolyl or substituted phenyl.
[0064] In another embodiment, R1 is an unsubstituted heterocycle. In another embodiment, R1 is a substituted heterocycle. In both heterocycle embodiments, the heterocycle may be chosen from pyrazole, pyrrole, indole, quinoline, isoquinoline, tetrahydroisoquinoline, benzofuran, benzodioxan, benzodioxole, morpholine, thiazole, pyridine, pyridine N-oxide, pyrimidine, thiene, furan, oxazole, oxazoline, oxazolidine, isoxazolidine, isoxazole, dioxane, azetidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, pyridazine, azepine, pyrazolidine, imidazole, imidazoline, imidazolidine, purine, imidazolopyridine, pyrazine, thiazolidine, isothiazole, 1,2-thiazine- 1, 1 -dioxide, 2,6,7- trioxabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, quinuclidine, isothiazolidine, benzimidazole, thiadiazole, benzopyran, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzoxadiazole, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, benzothiene, thiamorpholine, thiamorpholine sulfoxide, thiamorpholine sulfone, oxadiazole, triazole, tetrazole, isoindole, pyrrolopyridine, triazolopyridine and the dihydro and tetrahydro congeners thereof, whether specifically named or not. For example, a dihydro congener of indole would be indoline or dihydroindole; a tetrahydro congener of pyridine would be piperidine. In a further embodiment, R1 is an optionally substituted heterocycle chosen from pyrazole, benzodioxole, morpholine, thiazole, pyridine, pyridine N-oxide, pyrimidine, thiene, oxazolidine, isoxazole, azetidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, imidazole, imidazolidine, imidazolopyridine, pyrazine, 1,2- thiazine- 1 , 1 -dioxide, benzimidazole, thiadiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, oxadiazole, triazole, tetrazole, isoindole, pyrrolopyridine, triazolopyridine and their dihydro and tetrahydro congeners.
[0065] In an embodiment, the substituted phenyl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with a substituent chosen from halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, acyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, carbonyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, benzenesulfonyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, oxaalkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl, carboxyalkylcarbonylamino, carboxamido, aminocarbonyloxy, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, cyano, acetoxy, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, (alkyl)(aryl)aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkoxy, alkyl(hydroxyalkyl)amino, heterocyclylalkoxy, mercapto, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylamino, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylthio, arylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylamino, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, acylaminoalkyl, acylaminoalkoxy, acylamino, amidino, aryl, benzyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclylamino, hydroxyimino, alkoxyimino, oxaalkyl, aminosulfonyl, trityl, amidino, guanidino, ureido, -NHC(=O)NHalkyl, -NHC(=O)NH-heterocyclyl, -alkyl-NHC(=O)N(alkyl)2, heterocyclylalkylcarbonylamino, benzyloxyphenyl, benzyloxy, the residues of amino acids, amino acid amides, protected residues of aminoacids, protected residues of amino acid amides, N-methylated amino acids and N- methylated amino acid amides. Exemplary amino acids are glycine, alanine and proline. [0066] In another embodiment, the substituted phenyl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with a substituent chosen from -CH3, -CH2CF3, -CF3, -CHO, -COOH, -CN, halogen, -OH, , -OEt, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NHEt, -C(=0)NMe2 -COOCH3, -COOEt, -CH2NHC(=O)NH2, -CH(CH3)NHC(=O)NH2, -CH2NHC(=0)H, -CH2NHC(=O)CH3, -CH2C(K))NH2, -CH2COOH, -CH2COOEt, -CH2NHC(=O)OEt, -CH2NHC(O)O- C6H5, -CH2NHC(=O)C(=O)NH2, -CH2NHC(=O)NHEt, -C(CH3)2OH, -CH2NHC(=O)N(CH3)2, -CH2NHC(=O)NHCH3, -CH2NH2, -CH(CH3)NH2, -C(CH3)2NH2, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -CH2OC(=O)NHEt, -OCH3, -0C(=0)NH2, -OCH2CH2N(CH3)2, -OCH2CH2OCH3, -NHC(=0)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHEt, -NHCH3, -NHEt, -NH(tBoc), -NHCH2COOH, -N(CH3)CH2COOH, -NHC(O)NHCH2CH2Cl, -NHSO2NH2, -NHEt, -N(CH3)2, -NH2, , -NH(CH3)C(=O)NH2, -NHSO2CH3, -N(SO2CH3)2, -NHC(=0)0CH3, -NHC(=O)OtBu, -NHC(=0)CH3, -SO2NH2, -NHC(O)CH2CH2COOH, -NHC(O)NHCH2C00H, -CH2NHCHO, -NHC(O)NHCH2COOEt, -NHC(O)NH(CH2)3C00Et, -NHC(O)NH(CH2)2C00Et, -N(CH3)CH2CH2OH, -NHC(O)OEt, -N(Et)C(O)OEt, -NHC(O)NH(CH2)2C00H, -NHC(O)CH2N(CH3)2, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)3COOH, -NHC(=O)CH2NH2, -NHC(O)CH2CH2NH2, -NHC(0)CH2NH(tBoc),
Figure imgf000029_0001
One embodiment of compounds of the first genus are those in which R is methyl or fluoromethyl; R6 is H; and M is -CH2- or -CH2O-.
[0067] In an embodiment, R2 is chosen from optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted monocyclic unsaturated heterocycle, unsubstituted bicyclic unsaturated heterocycle and fluoro-substituted bicyclic unsaturated heterocycle. In a further embodiment, R2 is chosen from optionally substituted phenyl, indole, benzodioxole, benzoxadiazole, benzodioxan, benzimidazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, pyridine and pyridine N-oxide. In a further embodiment, R2 is chosen from meta- substituted phenyl, indole, benzodioxole, 2,2-difluorobenzodioxole, benzooxadiazole, benzimidazole, 5 -(pyridin-4-yl) [1,2,4] oxadiazole, 5 -(pyridin-4-yl) [1,3,4] oxadiazole, benzodioxan, 4-chloropyrazole, 4-(pyridin-4-yl)pyrazole, 6-chloropyridine, 3- (trifluoromethyl)pyrazole, and pyridine N-oxide.
[0068] In another embodiment, R2 is substituted phenyl:
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein R7 is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, halo(Ci-Ce)alkyl, hydroxy, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (Ci-Ce)oxaalkyl, carboxy, (Ci-Ce)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl (- CONH2), (Ci-C6)alkylaminocarbonyl, acyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, halo(Ci-Ce)alkoxy, amino(Ci-C6)alkyl, , amino, (Ci-C6)alkylamino, di[(Ci-C6)alkyl]amino, mercapto, (Ci- C6)alkylthio, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonamido, acylamino, amidino, phenyl, benzyl, hetercyclyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, and heteroaryloxy; and
R8 and R13 are chosen independently from H and F. In a further embodiment, R8 and R1 are H and R7 is chosen from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, oxadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, methylthio, methanesulfinyl, methanesulfonyl, methansulfonamido, amino, methoxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, and morpholinyl.
[0069] In another embodiment, R1 is chosen from optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted five membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted six-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted 4-7 membered non-aryl heterocycle, and optionally substituted fused bicycle.
[0070] For example, R1 may be chosen from optionally substituted phenyls; optionally substituted five membered heteroaryls selected from thiazoles, thiadiazoles, pyrazoles, oxadiazole, isoxazoles, triazoles, imidazoles, thiophenes, tetrazoles and oxazoles; optionally substituted six membered hereroaryls selected from pyridines, pyrimidines, pyridazinones, pyrimidinone, pyridinone, pyrazines and diazines; optionally substituted 5-and 6- membered non-aryl heterocyclics selected from tetrahydrothiophenes, piperazine, oxazolidinones, imidazolidinones, morpholines, piperidines, pyrrolidinones, pyrrolidinediones, pyrrolidines, piperidinones, piperidinediones and trioxa-bicyclo[2.2.2]octanes; and optionally substituted fused bicycles selected from benzoxazolones, indoles, isoindolinediones, 2H- pyrrolopyridinediones, purines, indolinediones, triazolopyridinones, benzimidazoles, benzoxadiazoles, quinolines and quinolones; wherein the substituents are chosen independently from hydrogen, halogen, halo(Ci-Ce)alkyl, hydroxyl, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, carboxy, (Ci-Ce)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl (-CONH2), (Ci-C6)alkylaminocarbonyl, cyano, carbonyl (oxo), acyl, hydroxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, halo(Ci-Ce)alkoxy, amino(Ci- Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxy(Ci-C6)alkyl, nitro, amino, (Ci-C6)alkylamino, di[(Ci- C6)alkyl]amino, mercapto, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate, sulfonimide, acylamino, amidino, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, aminocarbonyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxycarbonyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, carboxy(Ci-C6)alkyl, formylamino(Ci-C6)alkyl, carboxy(Ci-C6)alkylamino, -(CH2)p-NR12CO-(CH2)q-NR9R10, -NHSO2R11, -OCH2CH2NR9R10 -NHSO2NR9R10, -SO2NR9R10, -(CH2)p-NHCOR9, OCONR9R10 and NR12COOR11;
R3 is chosen from -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3, -CHF2 and -CH2F; R5 is chosen from H, -F, -OH, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, -CN, -NH2 and -C≡CH;
R2 is
(a) phenyl and R7 is chosen from H, halogen, nitro, acetyl, hydroxyethyl, -NH2, -
SCH3, methoxycarbonyl, -SOCH3, -SO2CH3, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CN, -CF3, -CH2OCH3 ; or (b) benzoxadiazole, benzodioxole, 2,2-difluorobenzodioxole, benzoxadiazole, benzodioxan, benzimidazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, pyridine and pyridine N-oxide;
R9 is chosen from H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxycarboxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl; R10 is H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, or taken together, or
R9 and R10 together form a heterocycle optionally substituted with (Ci-Ce)alkyl; p is 0 or 1, q is 0, 1 or 2,
R11 is linear (Ci-C6)alkyl,
R12 is H or (Ci-C6)alkyl; or two adjacent substituents together form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring.
When R5 is H, R3 is -CH3 and R1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyrazole, compounds that have been tested and found active are those in which R8 is -NO2 or R8 represents two adjacent substituents that form an optionally substituted, fused heterocycle. When R5 is
H, R3 is -CH3, R2 is -CF3, and R1 is
Figure imgf000032_0001
\ / , the compound does not appear to be active in initial screening. When R5 is H, R3 is -CH3, R2 is -NO2, and R1 is
Figure imgf000032_0002
, the compound does not appear to be active in initial screening. And,
when R5 is H, R3 is -CH3, R2 is -OCH3 or -COCH3, and R1 is
Figure imgf000032_0003
, the compound does not appear to be active in initial screening.
[0071] One embodiment of compounds of the second genus has the formula
Figure imgf000033_0001
wherein
Rla is phenyl, five-membered heteroaryl, six-membered heteroaryl, 4-7 membered non- aryl heterocycle or fused bicycle;
R14 is chosen from H, -CH2NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHEt, -CH3, -CH2CF3, -CH2NHC(=O)CH3, -NHCH3, -NHEt, -NH(tBoc), -CHO, -NHC(=O)NHCH2CH2C1, -NHSO2NH2, -NHEt, -N(CH3)2, -NH2, -COOH, -C(=0)NH2, -CH2CC=O)NH2, -CH2COOH, -CH2COOEt, -CN, -OCH3, -OCC=O)NH2, -NH(CH3)CC=O)NH2, halogen, -CH2NHC(=O)OEt, -NHSO2CH3, -N(SO2CH3)2, -NHC(=0)0CH3, -OH, -CH2NHC(=O)N(CH3)2, -CH2NH2, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -SO2NH2, -NHC(=0)NHCH2C00H, -CH2NHCHO, -NHCC=O)NHCH2COOEt, -COOCH3, , -COOEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)3COOEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)2COOEt, -NH(Et)C(=O)OEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)2COOH, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -OEt, -NHC(=O)CH2N(CH3)2, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)3COOH, -NHC(=O)CH2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2CH2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2NH(tBoc), -OCH2CH2N(CH3)2, -OCH2CH2OCH3, 3 '-nitro-ό-methoxybiphenyl-S-ylmethyl, tetrahydroimidazol-2-on- 1 -yl, 3 -methyltetrahydroimidazol-2-one- 1 -yl, pyrazol-
Figure imgf000034_0001
R . 1153 is chosen from H, NO2, OH, NH2, and -NHSO2NH2; or
R together with R forms methylene dioxy;
R27 is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, halo(Ci-Ce)alkyl, hydroxy, (Ci-
Ce)alkoxy, (Ci-C6)oxaalkyl, carboxy, (Ci-C6)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl (- CONH2), (Ci-C6)alkylaminocarbonyl, acyl, hydroxy(Ci-C6)alkyl, halo(Ci- Ce)alkoxy, amino(Ci-C6)alkyl, , amino, (Ci-C6)alkylamino, di[(Ci- Ce)alkyl] amino, mercapto, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (Ci- C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonamido, acylamino, amidino, phenyl, benzyl, hetercyclyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, and heteroaryloxy;
R28 is chosen from H and F, or
R together with R forms a five-membered ring.
[0072] In further embodiments R27 and R28 represent a fused heterocycle at 3- and 4- ppoossiittiioonnss ssoo tthhaatt tthhee rreessiidduuee ffoorrmmsed from R27 and R28 together with the phenyl to which they are attached is chosen from:
Figure imgf000034_0002
a
Figure imgf000034_0003
n Ad
[0073] In other embodiments, R ,27 is chosen from halogen, nitro, acetyl, hydroxyethyl, amino, methylthio, trifluoromethyl, methoxymethyl, methoxycarbonyl, trifluoromethoxy, cyano and l,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, or taken together R7 and R8 are methylenedioxy or difluoromethylenedioxy. In the foregoing embodiments, Rla may be chosen from a benzene ring, a triazole, a pyridine or pyridine-N-oxide, a pyrazole, a tetrahydrothiophene, an imidazole, a pyrimidine, a thiadiazole, and an imidazopyridine. [0074] In an embodiment of the invention, R is fluoro, H, CN or OH. In other embodiments, R3 is methyl or fluoromethyl.
[0075] Another embodiment of compounds of the invention have the formula
Figure imgf000035_0001
[0076] In these compounds R3 is methyl or fluorinated methyl; Y is CH or N; R27a is chosen from halogen, cyano, acetyl, methylthio, nitro and trifluoromethyl; and R16 is
chosen from -NR17C(=O)NR18R19 and
Figure imgf000035_0002
wherein
Figure imgf000035_0003
is a 4-7 membered ring heterocycle attached through its nitrogen; R . 17 , and R are independently chosen from H, (Ci-Ce)alkyl and halo(Ci- C6)alkyl; R19 is chosen from H, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, -[(C1-C6)alkyl]COOH, and -[(Ci-C6)alkyl]COO(Ci-C6)alkyl; and R20 is chosen from a carboxylic acid, a carboxamide, a carboxylic ester, a primary, secondary or tertiary alcohol and a primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Examples of a carboxylic acid, a carboxamide, a carboxylic ester, a primary, secondary or tertiary alcohol and a primary, secondary or tertiary amine include -COOH, -CONH2, -CONHCH3, -CON(CH3)2, -COOCH3, -CH2OH, -CH(CH3)OH, -C(CHs)2OH, -CH2NH2, -CH(CH3)NH2 and -C(CH3)2NH2. In a further embodiment, X is CH, CF or N->O; M is -CH2- or -S-; R 27aa is chosen from chloro, cyano, acetyl and methylthio; and R is chosen from -NR C(O)NR R
Figure imgf000036_0001
. In a further embodiment, Y is
CH; M is -CH2-; R27a is chloro; and R16 is -NR17C(K))NR18R19. In yet a further embodiment, R16 is -NR17C(O)NR18R19 and R17, R18 and R19 are all hydrogen.
[0077] Examples of the foregoing substituents on phenyl, five-membered heteroaryl, six- membered heteroaryl, 4-7 membered non-aryl heterocycle or fused bicycles (Rla) may be described by the formula VI:
Figure imgf000036_0002
VI in which
R14 is chosen from H, -CH2NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=0)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHEt, -CH3, -CH2CF3, -CH2NHC(=O)CH3, -NHCH3, -NHEt, -NH(tBoc), -CHO, -NHC(=O)NHCH2CH2C1, -NHSO2NH2, -NHEt, -N(CH3)2, -NH2, -COOH, -C(=0)NH2, -CH2C(=O)NH2, -CH2COOH, -CH2COOEt, -CN, -OCH3, -0C(=0)NH2, -NH(CH3)C(=O)NH2, halogen, -CH2NHC(=O)OEt, -NHSO2CH3, -N(SO2CH3)2, -NHC(O)OCH3, -OH, -CH2NHC(O)N(CH3)2, -CH2NH2, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -SO2NH2, -NHC(O)NHCH2C00H, -CH2NHCHO, -NHC(O)NHCH2COOEt, -COOCH3, , -COOEt, -NHC(O)NH(CH2)3C00Et, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)2COOEt, -NH(Et)C(O)OEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)2COOH, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -OEt, -NHC(=O)CH2N(CH3)2, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)3COOH, -NHC(=O)CH2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2CH2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2NH(tBoc), -OCH2CH2N(CH3)2, -OCH2CH2OCH3, 3 '-nitro-ό-methoxybiphenyl-S-ylmethyl, tetrahydroimidazol-2-on- 1 -yl, 3 -methyltetrahydroimidazol-2-one- 1 -yl, pyrazol-
Figure imgf000037_0001
R15 is chosen from H, NO2, OH, NH2, and -NHSO2NH2; or R15 together with R14 forms methylene dioxy.
[0078] In certain embodiments, R3 is chosen from -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3, -CHF2 and - CH2F. In certain embodiments, R5 is chosen from H, -F, -OH, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, -CN, -NH2 and -C≡CH. In certain embodiments, R7, is chosen from H, halogen, nitro, acetyl, hydroxyethyl, -NH2, -SCH3, methoxycarbonyl, -SOCH3, -SO2CH3, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CN, -CF3, -CH2OCH3 and oxadiazole, and a fused heterocycle at 3- and 4- positions.
[0079] In certain embodiments of the compounds I, R5 may be fluoro, H, CN or OH. In certain embodiments of the compounds I, R may be methyl or fluoromethyl. (Fluoromethyl is intended to include CHF2, CH2F and CF3.)
[0080] All of the compounds, except for those identified in paragraph [0069], falling within the foregoing parent genus I and its subgenera are useful as PDE4 inhibitors, but not all the compounds are novel. In particular, certain known species fall within the genus I, although no utility in inhibiting PDE4 has been suggested for these species. It may be found upon examination that compounds that have been excluded from the claims are patentable to the inventors in this application; it may also be found that additional species and genera not presently excluded are not patentable to the inventors in this application. In either case, the exclusion of species and genera in applicants' claims are to be considered artifacts of patent prosecution and not reflective of the inventors' concept or description of their invention. The invention, in a composition aspect, is all active compounds of formula I except those that are in the public's possession. In particular, a search of the literature indicates that certain compounds in which X is N, R3 is methyl, M is CH2, R2 is a five-membered ring heterocycle, and R1 is a substituted tetralin are known. Similarly certain compounds in which X is N, R is methyl, M is CH2, R1 is a five-membered ring heterocycle, and R2 is a substituted tetralin are known.
[0081] In general, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures.
[0082] Generally compounds of the Formula I, where R2 is a substituted aryl / heteroaryl and the two biaryl groups are linked by a C-C bond, may be prepared from appropriately functionalized alkoxy-aryl ether derivatives containing desirable functionalities W, where W may for example be CH, N, COH, CF, etc (Route A, Scheme Al). The biaryl portion can be constructed first, typically via Suzuki or Stille coupling (Gl -> G2). In such case either Y = halogen or OSO2R (OTf, ONf) and the other reagent would be R2- B(OR)2 or R2-SnR3' or vise versa, where R2 -halogen is coupled with Gl containing boronate/boronic acid or trialkyltin as Y. When A is a carbon derived substituent, e.g. CH3, CH2OH, CO2R", CN etc. these groups are converted to provide intermediate G3 where D is either a halogen or OTf, ONf, or OCOOR" (carbonate) such that substituent (Rl) is introduced by employing a transition-metal catalyzed coupling reactions such as Suzuki, Stille or Negishi reaction. An alternative route to compounds of type G4 involves essentially reversing the order of incorporation of Rl and R2 fragments. The route B, as highlighted in Scheme Al, allows formation of G6, where the R2 fragment is introduced at later stage in the sequence, analogous to chemistries employed for G1-G2, for examples Suzuki, Stille coupling. [0083] Scheme Al
Figure imgf000039_0001
[0084] One may attach Rl, which may be aryl, heterocyclic, acyclic, aliphatic, or any other desirable variety of functionality, to the central aromatic ring (Ar) by a wide rage of tether groups M. The central aromatic ring (Ar) may be a biaryl ring system with a R2 group already attached, or the R2 group may be attached subsequent to that of Rl . The linker group M may be a linear chain of one or more atoms consisting of C, N, O, or S. The linker group M may also consist of functionalities including, but not limited to amide, sulfonamide, sulfone, or ketone. It is evident to one skilled in the art that many of these exemplified functional groups may be attached in more than one way, for example, Ar-CH2-O-Rl or Ar-O-CH2-Rl. Considering those compounds with M groups such as S or O, the heteroatom may originally be in the Ar or the Rl group. Some examples of how the two groups can then be joined are nucleophilic aromatic substitution, metal- promoted coupling, and nucleophilic displacement (Scheme A2). Chemical reactivity of the Ar and Rl groups should of course be considered when determining which partner contains the linker heteroatom, and which shall serve as the reaction partner. For example, it is well understood that in aromatic ring systems an electron- withdrawing group para- or ortho- to a leaving group (e.g. halogen) allows susceptibility of the aromatic halogen for nucleophilic displacement. Thus, ArI group containing NO2, CO2R, ketone, CN etc. would allow formation of aryl-M-aryl(heteroaryl) intermediates. The linker group M may also be subject to further elaboration. For example, sulfides may be oxidized to sulfoxides and sulfones and amines may be subjected to alkylation or reductive amination. Well known synthetic transformations can be used to create tether groups M such as ether amide, sulfonamide, and the like. The functional group location in the precursor Ar and Rl groups can be used to dictate the nature and type of the linkage (e.g. alternative ethers), as mentioned above.
[0085] Scheme A2
Figure imgf000040_0001
(A=OH, SH e.g.) ^- M= °- S(O)n=0-2)
[0086] The key fragments Ar and Rl could also be joined using non transition-metal catalyzed C-C bond forming coupling reactions. When A=H, Fridele-Crafts acylation or alkylation can be employed to combine the Ar and Rl groups. Given the chemical reactivity of the aromatic para-methoxy group in the Ar ring, Friedel-Crafts acylation would typically involve a suitably elaborated Rl-COCl (acid chloride) group to form compound GlO. In this case J = CO, which can be reduced to the secondary alcohol (typically with hydride-based reducing agents). If a R'MgX or other such organometallic agent is used, the J = CO group can be transformed into the tertiary alcohol with simultaneous addition of an R' group. In another variation, the J = CO group can be converted into the imine or oxime using standard procedures and addition of an R'MgX-type reagent results in the tertiary amine derivative. If desired, the J = CO group can be reduced, using a number of well established methods, to the CH2 group (M). In another variation, when A=H, an aldehyde group can be introduced using either Vilsmeier reaction or using Lewis acid (TiCW, BF3.OEt2 etc.) mediated reaction with dichloromethylmethyl. The aldehyde functionality can subsequently be transformed into a suitable transition-metal catalyzed coupling reaction partner. Alternatively the aldehye could be used for Wittig reaction forming olefin or CH2CH2 linkage to incorporate Rl. In yet another variation, substituent "A" can be various types of carbonyl (aldehyde or ketone) or imine groups. In one example, addition of a suitably elaborated organometallic Rl group (e.g. Rl-MgX) to aldehyde G9 (A = CHO) would result in GlO with J = C(H)OH. Reduction of this alcohol gives rise to Gl 1 with M = CH2. Similar types of transformations could be employed by one skilled in the art if G9 contained A : ketone or imine.
[0087] Scheme A3
Reduction, RM addition
Figure imgf000041_0002
Figure imgf000041_0001
G11
[0088] Alternatively, the C-C bond forming reaction between the Ar and Rl groups could be accomplished by displacement of a leaving group on the Rl by a nucleophile present in the tether region M (Scheme G4) of G 12. The activating group could be either removed to provide Z=H (Z=CO2R - decarboxylation of or Z=CN, decyanation) or these could be further transformed to other functional groups e.g. Z = CH2)H or CH2NH2. When M-Z is CH2-halide or CH2-O-sulfonate, Rl fragment can be introduced via formation of ether linkage. This allows attachment of Rl to the central aromatic ring by spacers (M) of varying lengths and compositions. (Scheme A4)
[0089] Scheme A4
Figure imgf000041_0003
[0090] The Rl group could also be assembled form an acyclic intermediate to form a heterocylic or heteroaromatic ring. Examples of these chemistries include formation of 5-membered heteroaryls such as oxadiazole, thiadiazole, triazole (G 17) form acyl hydrazide (G 16); thiazole from 2-halo-ketone or dipolar cycloaddition reactions from olefin or acetylic group to form 5-membered heterocycles or 5-membered heteroaryls (Gl 8) [Scheme A5]. Alternatively the 6-membered heteroaryl or heterocyclic rings could be formed using Diels-Alder or hetero- Diels-Alder chemistries using appropriately substituted alkyl aryl ether bearing either a dienophile or a diene functionalities. The necessary acyclic precursors could be synthesized by standard methods according to previously described intermediates (e.g. aldehyde, alkyl halide) schemes.
[0091] Scheme A5
Figure imgf000042_0001
[0092] When the R2 group is linked to the Ar group thru a heteroatom (N), these biaryl systems could be prepared by organometallic mediated aza-coupling reactions or other nucleophilic aromatic substitution-based procedures (Scheme G6). The Ar-(N)R2 biaryl may be formed from intermediate G6 where Rl group is already in place. Alternatively, the (N)R2 ring can be added to the central Ar ring first, Rl can be attached through a variety of means using approaches described in previous schemes. Examples of (HN)R2 heteroaryl or heterocyclic rings include, but not limited to, imidazole, pyrrole, pyrazole, pyrrolidine, or triazole. The R2 functional group can be fully elaborated prior to addition of the (N)R2 to the Ar, or suitably elaborated after formation of the key C-N bond. [0093] Scheme A6
Figure imgf000043_0001
[0094] The diverse selection of substituents present in Rl and R2 could be formed by standard functional group transformations that are well know in the art. Some of these include formation of amide, sulfonamide, ureas, imidazolone, oxazolones, carbamates from the R2, R3, or Ar ring fragments bearing appropriate amine, carboxylic acid, alcohol, or phenol groups. A particularly useful aromatic ring functionalization technique, in which either the R2 or Rl rings can be employed, is the nucleophilic displacement of ortho-halo N-containing aromatic rings (G20, scheme A7). Examples of ring substrates useful in this type of transformation include 2-halo-pyridine, 2-halo- pyrimidine and 2-halo-imidazole. Additionally, other leaving groups besides halogens (X) may be used such as sulfonate esters (OTf, ONf). These displacement reactions can be carried out using alkali or tertiary amine bases, or could be mediated through the use of an organometallic reagent such as palladium or aluminum reagents. Examples of nucleophiles (R") useful in this type of transformation include amines (primary, secondary, acyclic, or cyclic), alcohols, phenols, NH-containing heterocycle groups (imidazole, or pyrrazole) groups capable of performing nucleophilic displacement.
[0095] Scheme A7
Figure imgf000043_0002
G20 G21
[0096] When Rl group contains additional functional groups, such as amine, ester/acid /alcohols many of which may have be masked or protected during the previous chemistries, these could be used for further functional group manipulations. A wide variety of modifications of Rl functionalities may be achieved using well established synthetic procedures including, but not limited to, alkylation, reductive amination, nucleophilic displacement, cyclization, saponification, and oxidation/reduction. Additionally, like these functional group manipulations, ArI mono-cyclic may be further transformed to a bi-cyclic ring. Examples of such ring transformations may be represented by elaboration of pyridine derivatives to imidazo[l,2-a]pyridine and imidazo[l,5-a]pyridine. These functional group manipulations and bicyclic ring elaborations maybe accomplished at any chemically suitable point in the synthesis prior to or post incorporation of R2 or other synthetic transformations.
[0097] These above transformations could be carried out from alkylated phenols containing or lacking fluoro substituents in the central Ar ring. Several of these approaches are also applicable to 3 -alkoxy pyridines as the Ar ring starting materials. The non-limiting specific examples described in later schemes are meant to serve as examples of the broad scope of possible reactions. Similarly, analogs where W = CH2OH, COOH, CN, CONH2 etc. (or suitably protected precursors) could be derived by following similar chemistries (schemes A1-A7) and these functional groups could be derived form an ester or amide derived starting material.
[0098] The following examples of compounds of the invention were prepared. Table 1.
Figure imgf000044_0001
Except Examplees P-093 and P-094 where R6=F, for all other Examplees in Table 1 R6=H.
Figure imgf000044_0002
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
[0099] Table 2. Arl=Het(6)-Ra
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000050_0002
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0002
[00100] Table 3.
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000055_0003
Figure imgf000056_0002
[00101] Table 4.
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000056_0003
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0003
[00102] Table 5.
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000059_0004
[00103] Table 6.
Figure imgf000059_0002
Figure imgf000059_0005
[00104] Table 7.
Figure imgf000060_0001
All of the Examplees in the table below, R3=CH3
Figure imgf000060_0002
Figure imgf000061_0002
[00105] Table 8.
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000061_0003
Figure imgf000062_0001
[00106] In another aspect the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound as described above.
[00107] Methods of the invention parallel the compositions and formulations. The methods comprise administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the invention. The present invention also provides a method for inhibiting phosphodiesterase 4.
[00108] In- vitro assay for PDE4 enzymes. The in- vitro activity of PDE4 enzymes and the in- vitro potency of therapeutic agents described in the present invention were measured using a real-time, enzyme-coupled spectrophotometric assay. By using three different coupling enzymes, the product of the PDE4 reaction is coupled to the oxidation of the reduced form β-nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NADH), which dissipation can be monitored spectrophotmetrically at 340 nM.
Assay description. Buffer A containing 50 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 16 mM MgCl2 and 80 mM KCl is prepared and stored at room temperature. Buffer B containing 50 mM Tris, pH 8.0 is prepared and stored at toom temperature. Stock solutions of the following reagents are prepared in Buffer B and stored at -200C: Adenosine-5 '-triphosphate (ATP), cyclic adenosine-5' -monophosphate (cAMP), phosphoenolpyruvate (PEP) and NADH. An assay mix is prepared by mixing Buffer A, trichloroethylphosphine (TCEP), ATP, PEP, NADH, myokinase (MK), pyruvate kinase (PK), lactate dehydroganese (LDH) and PDE4 to a final volume of 20 mL, which is enough for a single 96-well assay plate. Assay mix (180 μL) and test article (10 μL ) in 1: 1 DMSO/H2O mixture is pre-incubated at room temperature for 10 min. The enzymatic reaction is initiated by addition of cAMP (10 μL). Final concentration of all components in the assay (200 μL/well) are as follows: 10 mM MgCl2, 50 mM KCl, 5 mM TCEP, 2.5% DMSO, 0.4 mM NADH, 1 mM PEP, 0.04 mM ATP, 5 units MK, 1 unit PK, 1 unit LDH and appropriate amount of PDE4. Reaction progress curves are monitored in a plate reader capable of measuring light absorbance at 340 nM. A decrease in light absorbance at 340 nm is due to oxidation of NADH. Positive controls containing no test article and negative controls containing no test article and no cAMP are included on every assay plate. Reaction rates are determined from the slopes of the linear portions of the progress curves. All data is percent normalized with respect to controls and presented as percent inhibition.
[00109] The results of testing of representative species are shown below in Tables 9 and 10. The activities are designated A = < 5 μM, B = 5-20 μM, C = 20-40 μM.
[00110] Table 9
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
[00111] Table 10.
PDE4B Activity, where A<5 uM, B=5-20 uM, C=21-40 uM.
Figure imgf000067_0002
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
[00112] The activity of PDE4 inhibitors decribed in the present invention was also measured using in an ex- vivo assay measuring leukotriene E4 (LTE4) in human whole blood after Sephadex stimulation. The anti- inflammatory activity of therapeutic agents of the present invention is demonstrated by the inhibition of eosinophil activation as measured by sephadex bead stimulated LTE4 production in whole human blood. For each sample, 356 μl of heparinized human whole blood (Vacutainer tube #6480) is added to wells of a 96 well plate. Then, 4 μl of a series of compound dilutions (in DMSO) are added in triplicates, suspension mixed and allowed to incubate at 370C for 15 min with gentle shaking. After that, blood samples are stimulated by adding 40 μL of Sephadex G- 15 beads (Sigma-Aldrich, Sweden). The beads are predissolved in PBS (0.16 g/ mL PBS). After mixing, the suspension is incubated at 37 0C for 90 min. Then, 8 μL of 15% EDTA/PBS is added to each sample, mixed and plate centrifuged for 5 min at 115 x g at 210C and supernatants taken. In each plate, 10 positive controls and 10 negative controls are used, containing DMSO instead of compound solution. The positive controls are stimulated with Sephadex as described for the samples, and in the negative controls (unstimulated), Sephadex solution is replaced by PBS. LTE4 levels in the resulting plasma samples are determined using a commercial enzyme-linked immunoassay (Cayman Chemical Company, Ann Arbor, MI) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Examples P-050, P-075, P-107, P-113, P-136, P-139, P-140, P-156, P-163, P-168, P-175, P-181, P-187, P-200, P-221, P-222, P-227, P-237, P-239, P-242, P-243, P- 250, P-269, P-287, P-312, P-315, P-318, P-325, P-328, P-330, P-332, P-336, P-337, P- 338, P-339, P-342, P-356, P-378, P-382, P-403, P-405, P-409, P-415, P-420 and P-439 all showed IC50 < lμM in this ex- vivo assay, whereas example P-358 had IC50 > lμM. Persons of skill in the art accept that positive results in PDE4 models are predictive of therapeutic utility as discussed above.
[00113] The following specific non-limiting examples are illustrative of the synthesis of compounds of the invention.
[00114] General Scheme 1
Figure imgf000072_0001
[00115] Example 1. Preparation of P-065
Figure imgf000072_0002
P-065
[00116] Synthesis of 2-bromo-6-methyl-pyridin-3-ol (1-2, X = Br, Y = CH3): To 6- methyl-pyridin-3-ol (1-1, Y = CH3, 5.0 g, 45.82 mmol) in pyridine (15 mL) was added bromine (3.66 g, 22.91 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature under N2 for 20 h. The crude reaction mixture was poured on to crushed ice-water (300 mL), stirred for 3 h. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (5 x 100 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 6.3 g (73%) of 2-bromo-6-methyl-pyridin-3-ol (1-2, X = Br, Y = CH3) as light yellow solid.
[00117] Synthesis of 2-bromo-3-methoxy-6-methyl-pyridine (1-3, X = Br, Y = Ri= CH3):: To the 2-bromo-6-methyl-pyridin-3-ol (1-2) 6.0 g, 31.91 mmol) and K2CO3 (8.82 g, 63.82 mmol) in acetone (100 mL) was added MeI (6.79 g, 479.87 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 45 0C under N2 for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes as eluent to afford 2.34 g (36%) of 2-bromo-3- methoxy-6-methyl-pyridine (1-3, X = Br, Y = Ri= CH3) as off-white solid.
[00118] Synthesis of 3-methoxy-6-methyl-2-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-pyridine (1-4, Y = Ri= CH3, R2= CF3): To the 2-bromo-3-methoxy-6-methyl-pyridine synthesized above (1.2 g, 5.94 mmol), 3-trifluoromethylphenylboronic acid (1.69 g, 8.91 mmol), PPh3 (0.31 g, 1.19 mmol), K2CO3 (2.46 g, 17.82 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (0.13 g, 0.59 mmol) was added DME (15 mL), and EtOH-H2O (1: 1, 6 mL). Ar gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C under Ar for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and H2O and dichloromethane (40 mL each) were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 1.36 g (86%) of 3-methoxy-6-methyl-2-(3-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-pyridine (1-4, Y = Ri= CH3, R2 = CF3) as a light yellow solid.
[00119] Synthesis of 6-bromomethyl-3-methoxy-2-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- pyridine (1-5, Ri= CH3, R2 = CF3, Y = CH2Br). To the 3-methoxy-6-methyl-2-(3- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-pyridine synthesized above (1.3 g, 4.86 mmol) and NBS (1.04 g, 5.83 mmol) in CCU (25 mL) was added benzoyl peroxide (0.12 g, 0.49 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 80 0C under N2 for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in mixture of dichloromethane and hexanes (1: 1, 8 mL) and purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes to afford 0.74 g (44%) of 6-bromomethyl-3-methoxy-2-(3- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-pyridine as off-white solid.
[00120] Synthesis of 6-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-3-methoxy-2-(3-trifluoromethyl -phenyl)- pyridine (P-065) : To the 6-bromomethyl-3-methoxy-2-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- pyridine synthesized above (0.2 g, 0.58 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (0.12 g, 0.87 mmol), PPh3 (0.03 g, 0.12 mmol), K3PO4 (0.37 g, 1.73 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (0.013 g, 0.058 mmol) was added DME (4.0 mL), and EtOH-H2O (1 : 1, 1.0 mL). The reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1: 1 dichloromethane- hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 0.056 g (22%) of 6-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-3- methoxy-2-(3-trifluoromethyl -phenyl)-pyridine (P-065) as a clear viscous liquid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.24 (s, 1 H), 8.14 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.6-7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.52-7.65 (m, 1 H), 7.2-7.34 (m, 4 H), 6.96-7.05 (m, 2 H), 4.14 (s, 2 H), 3.85 (s, 3 H); MS(APCI+): 362.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 97.2%.
[00121] The following compounds were prepared according to general scheme 1, analogous to the preparation of P-065.
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0004
[00122] General Scheme 2.
Figure imgf000075_0001
1-7 1-10
I-8 1-11
I-9
Y = NH2, CN CF3 CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle groups
Figure imgf000075_0002
1-12
1-13
Example 2. Preparation of P- 176.
Figure imgf000075_0003
P-176
[00123] Synthesis of 2-bromo-3-nitro-phenol (1-8, X = Br): (Prepared by a modification of reported procedure, J. Org. Chem. 1988, 53, ppl 170-1176). To 2-amino- 3-nitro-phenol (24.9 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in 24 mL of water and 12 mL of 1,4-dioxane at reflux, was added 13 mL of HBr (48% aq.) over 10 minutes. The resulting solution was refluxed for an additional 15 minutes, and cooled 0-50C. A solution of sodium nitrite (24.4 mmol, 0.98 eq.) in 20 mL of water was added over 10 minutes, and stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was then heated to 600C for 15 minutes, and allowed to cool naturally to room temperature, and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was then extracted with two portions of diethyl ether, and the combined ethereal layers washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered through a layer of celite and concentrated. The residue was diluted with dichloromethane (with -0.1% MeOH), and purified via silica gel plug filtration with dichloromethane to yield 2-bromo-3-nitro- phenol (1-8, X = Br) as a pale orange-brown solid. Yield: 50% 1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl3): 6.07 (s, IH), 7.25 (dd, J= 8.4, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.37 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.48 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.6 Hz, IH) ppm.
[00124] Synthesis of 2-bromo-3-nitro-anisole (1-9, X = Br, Ri = CH3): : To a solution of 2-bromo-3-nitro-phenol synthesized above (11.5 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMF at room temperature was added cesium carbonate (13.8 mmol, 1.2 eq.), followed by iodomethane (33.7 mmol, 2.9 eq.), and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water, stirred for 2 hours, filtered, the cake washed with two portions of water, and the resultant solid dried to afford 2-bromo-3- nitro-anisole (1-9, X = Br, Ri = CH3) as a pale orange solid. Yield: 97%; 1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl3): 3.97 (s, 3H), 7.07 (dd, J= 8.4, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.32 (dd, J= 8.0, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.40 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH) ppm.
[00125] Synthesis of 2-bromo-3-methoxy-aniline (I- 10, X = Br, Ri = CH3): (Prepared by a modification of reported procedure WO Patent: WO2006/7700). To a solution of 2- bromo-3-nitro-anisole synthesized above (10.3 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in absolute ethanol and glacial acetic acid at room temperature was added iron powder (42.1 mmol, 4.1 eq). The resultant mixture was heated to reflux for 1.5 hours, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, and solid sodium carbonate was added until the pH was 6-7. Dichloromethane was added, and the mixture was filtered through celite. The dried (sodium sulfate) organics were concentrated to afford 2-bromo-3-methoxy-aniline (I- 10, X = Br, Ri = CH3) as an oil. Yield: 90%; 1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl3): 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.16 (br s, 2H), 6.31 (dd, J= 8.0, 1.2 Hz, IH), 6.42 (dt, J= 8.0, 0.8, 0.4 Hz, IH), 7.05 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH) ppm.
[00126] Synthesis of 2-amino-3-bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl)-(4-fluoro-phenyl)- methanone (1-11, X = Br, Y = NH2, Ri = CH3, R2 = 4-fluorophenyl) : To a solution of boron trichloride (1.0 M in heptane; 10.0 mmol; 1.1 eq.) at 00C in tetrachloroethane was added a solution of 2-bromo-3-methoxy-aniline synthesized above (9.09 mmol; 1 eq.) in tetrachloroethane over 1 minute. The resultant mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 10 minutes, and to it was added a solution of 4-fluorobenzonitrile (18.2 mmol; 2 eq.) in tetrachloroethane and aluminum chloride (10.0 mmol; 1.1 eq.). The reaction was heated to 1100C for 5 hours, and allowed to cool to room temperature and stir for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was added 10 mL of 3N HCl, and the resultant mixture was heated to 900C for 1 hour, and cooled to room temperature. The pH was adjusted with 6N NaOH to 11-12, and extracted with dichloromethane. The organics were washed with a brine solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue purified via silica gel chromatography using 10% hexanes in dichloromethane as eluent to afford 2-amino-3-bromo-4-methoxy- phenyl)-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-methanone (1-11, X = Br, Y = NH2, Ri = CH3, R2 = 4- fluorophenyl) in 65% yield.; 1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl3): 3.95 (s, 3H), 6.25 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 6.85 (br s, 2H), 7.11-7.16 (M, 2H), 7.42 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.60-7.64 (m, 2H) ppm.
[00127] Synthesis of 2-bromo-6-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-3-methoxy-aniline (1-12, X = Br, Y = NH2, Ri = CH3, R2 = 4-fluorophenyl) : To a solution of trifluoroacetic acid (21.6 mmol; 10 eq.) in dichloromethane at -15°C was added in portions sodium borohydride (8.06 mmol; 3.7 eq.) while maintaining internal bath temperature between -15° and - 200C. (caution, strong gas evolution) The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 0- 5°C, and a solution of the above ketone (2.16 mmol; 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane was added over approximately 5 minutes. The resultant mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 hours, and was quenched with 5% aq. NaHCO3, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with water, brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. (TLC analysis indicated a mixture of starting ketone and desired methylene product) The residue was taken into THF, and treated with BH3-THF (15 mmol) at room temperature for 1 hour. The excess borane was quenched with methanol, and the mixture concentrated. Three additional portions of methanol were added, and the mixture concentrated. The residue was purified via flash chromatography on silica gel using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes as eluent to give 2- bromo-6-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-3-methoxy-aniline (1-12, X = Br, Y = NH2, Ri = CH3, R2 = A- fluorophenyl) in 40% yield.; 1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl3): 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.07 (br s, 2H), 6.33 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.93 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.98 (ddd, J= 8.8, 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (ddd, J= 8.0, 6.4, 1.0 Hz, 2H) ppm. [00128] Synthesis of 3-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-2-ylamine (P- 176): A mixture of 2-bromo-6-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-3-methoxy-aniline synthesized above (0.403 mmol; 1.0 eq.), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (0.605 mmol; 1.5 eq), and 2 M K2CO3 (650 mL, 3.2 eq) in dioxane was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes, and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium was added, and the resultant mixture degassed for an additional 5 minutes. The reaction was stirred at 700C for 16 hours, and cooled to room temperature. The reaction was diluted with water, and extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with three portions of water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered through celite. The residue was purified via flash chromatography on silica gel using 20% acetone in hexane as eluent to give 3-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-2-ylamine (P- 176) in 46 % yield.; 1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl3): 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 6.42 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.97- 7.02 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.17 (dd, J= 5.2, 3.2 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.67 (m, 2H), 8.18-8.20 (m, 2H) ppm; LC/MS (86.9 %); (ESI+): Found 353.6 (M + 1), Calcd 352.4 m/z.
[00129] General Scheme 3.
Figure imgf000078_0001
Example 3. Preparation of P-404.
Figure imgf000079_0001
[00130] Synthesis of 3'-chloro-6-fluoro-2-methoxy-biphenyl (1-16, Ri = CH3, R2 = Cl, Y = F): To 2-bromo-3-fluoroanisole (1.0 g, 4.88 mmol), 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (0.91 g, 5.88 mmol), PPh3 (0.64 g, 2.44 mmol), K2CO3 (0.27 g, 1.95 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (0.13 g, 0.58 mmol) was added dioxane (8 mL), and EtOH-H2O (1 : 1, 4 mL). Ar gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was heated at 180 0C using microwave oven (Biotage Intiator II) for 20 min. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, combined with another 0.5 g scale run, concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes to afford 1.33 g (77%) 3'-chloro-6-fluoro-2-methoxy-biphenyl (1-16, Ri = CH3, R2 = Cl, Y = F) as a viscous liquid.
[00131] Synthesis of N-[4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-carbonyl)- phenyl]-acetamide (1-19, Ri = CH3, R2 = Cl, Y = F, R3 = 4-acetylaminophenyl): To a stirred suspension of 4-acetylaminobenzoic acid (Aldrich, 1.32 g, 5.58 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 mL) was added SOCl2 (1.19 g, 10.04 mmol) and DMF (4 drops). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, concentrated under vacuum to afford 4-acetylaminobenzoyl chloride (1-18, R3 = 4-acetylaminophenyl) as a light yellow solid.
[00132] To a stirred solution of nitrobenzene (12 mL) was added AlCl3 (2.23 g, 16.73 mmol) portion wise over 10 min, then the solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 min. A solution of 4-acetylaminobenzoyl chloride synthesized above (1.32 g, 5.58 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added one portion to this reaction mixture, stirred for 72 h. The reaction mixture was poured on to crushed ice-water (250 mL), Extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 60 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (60 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and then purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane then 3% methanol-dichloromethane to afford 1.97 g (89%) N-[4-
Figure imgf000080_0001
= R2 = Cl, Y = F, R3 = 4-acetylaminophenyl) as light brown solid.
[00133] Synthesis of (4-amino-phenyl)-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)- methanone hydrochloride (1-19, R3 = 4-aminophenyl). To a stirred suspension of N-[4- (S'-chloro^-fluoro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S-carbony^-pheny^-acetamide synthesized above (1.75 g, 4.44 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was added con. HCl (40 mL). The reaction was refluxed for 2 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered, washed with water than hexanes to afford 0.82 g (48%) of (4-amino-phenyl)-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy- biphenyl-3-yl)-methanone hydrochloride as light yellow solid.
[00134] Synthesis of (3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-(4-tetrazol-l -yl- phenyl)-methanone: To a stirred suspension of (4-amino-phenyl)-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-methanone hydrochloride synthesized above (0.4 g, 1.02 mmol) and sodium azide (0.2 g, 3.06 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (10 mL) was added trimethylorthoformate (0.32 g, 3.06 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, diluted with cold water (60 mL), than basified with ammonium hydroxide solution (28%). Extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 40 mL), the combined dichloromethane solution was washed with brine (40 ml), dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.38 g (90%) of (3'-chloro-2-fruoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- yl)-(4-tetrazol-l-yl-phenyl)-methanone as light yellow solid.
[00135] Synthesis of l-[4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- phenyl]-lH-tetrazole (P-404): To (3'-chloro-2-fruoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-(4- tetrazol-l-yl-phenyl)-methanone synthesized above (0.1 g, 0.24 mmol) in TFA (1.5 mL) was added triethylsilane (0.28 g, 2.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 0C, diluted with water (3 mL), basified with ammonium hydroxide solution (28%), filtered, washed with water dried to afford 0.08 g (81%) of l-[4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-phenyl]-lH-tetrazole (P-404) as off-white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO-ύfc, 400 MHz): 7.2- 7.4 (m, 6 H), 7.04-7.12 (s, 3 H), 6.7 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 365.1 (M-28), LC-MS: 95.9%.
[00136] The following compounds were prepared by incorporation of various R3 groups analogous to the preparation of P-404.
Figure imgf000081_0003
[00137] General Scheme 4.
Suzuki Coupling
Figure imgf000081_0001
TR2
heterocycle
Figure imgf000081_0002
[00138] Scheme 5.
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000082_0002
Example 4. Preparation of P-443.
[00139] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzaldehyde (1-30). In a 3- necked 250 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with nitrogen lines and a stir bar was placed 2-bromo-l-fluoro-3-methoxy-benzene (1-29, 2.0 g, 9.75 mmol) and dichloromethane (48 mL). The solution was cooled in an ice water bath for 15 minutes and then titanium tetrachloride (5.02 mL, 45.8 mmol) and dichloromethyl methyl ether (1.32 mL, 14.6 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and react for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was slowly added to ice water (250 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (75 mL), water (75 mL) and brine (75 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was triturated with hexanes (15 mL) to produce 1.67 g of 3-bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy- benzaldehyde (1-30) as an off-white solid in 74% yield. MS(ESI+): 233.2 (M+)
[00140] Synthesis of (3-bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)-methanol (1-31). In a 100 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a stir bar was placed 3-bromo-2-fluoro-4- methoxy-benzaldehyde (1-30, 1.67 g, 7.17 mmol), methanol (12 mL), dichloromethane (12 mL) and sodium borohydride. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 17 hours, quenched with water (10 mL) and IM HCl (5 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was triturated with hexanes (15 mL) to produce 955 mg (57%) of (3-bromo-2-fluoro-4- methoxy-phenyl)-methanol (1-31) as a white solid.
[00141] Synthesis of (3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-methanol (1-32). Into a 100 mL round bottom flask was added (3-bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)- methanol (1-31, 1.04 g, 4.0 mmol), 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (0.76 g, 4.8 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (0.45 g, 0.41 mmol), Na2CO3 (6 mL, 2M aq), toluene, (32 mL), and EtOH (11 mL). The reaction was degassed with N2, then stirred at 80 0C for 24 hours. Water was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were concentrated and filtered through a SiO2 plug eluting with 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes. The solid was triturated with ether and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and triturated with ether and filtered. The filter cakes were combined and purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 20% acetone/hexanes to give (3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-methanol (1-32, 0.79 g, 67%) as a white solid.
[00142] Synthesis of 3-bromomethyl-3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl (1-33). Into a 250 mL round bottom flask was added (3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- yl)-methanol synthesized above (1.21 g, 4.54 mmol), dichloromethane (20 mL), PPh3 (1.19 g, 4.54 mmol), and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. NBS (0.81 g, 4.54 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for 2 hours at 0 0C. The organics were washed with H2O and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 8% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 3-bromomethyl-3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy- biphenyl (1-33, 956 mg, 64%) as an off-white solid. [00143] Synthesis of 3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-3-(4-nitro-benzyl)-biphenyl (1-34). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 3-bromomethyl-3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl (1-33, 400 mg, 1.21 mmol), 4-nitrophenylboronic acid (420 mg, 1.45 mmol), potassium phosphate (tribasic) (514 mg, 2.42 mmol), dimethoxyethane (3.5 mL) and 50% aqueous ethanol (3.5 mL). After degassing with nitrogen for 15 minutes, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (140 mg, 0.121 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 60 0C for 18 hours and then the palladium catalyst was removed by filtering through Celite. To the filtrate were added water (50 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL). After extracting with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (75 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography utilizing 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes as eluent to produce 342 mg (76%) of 3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-3-(4-nitro-benzyl)-biphenyl (1-34) as a yellow solid . MS(APCI-): 370.1 (M-I).
[00144] Synthesis of 4-(3 '-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- phenylamine (1-35): In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed iron powder (179 mg, 3.20 mmol), ethanol (5.0 mL) and water (1.2 mL). The mixture was heated to 85 0C in an oil bath and then the above product 3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-3-(4-nitro- benzyl)-biphenyl (6) (340 mg, 0.914 mmol) was added and the reaction was continued at 85 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through Celite. To the filtrate was added water (50 mL) and extractions were performed with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to produce 245 mg of 4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenylamine (1-35) as a yellow, viscous oil in 79% yield. MS(APCI+): 342.0 (M+l).
[00145] Synthesis of [4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- thiazol-2-yl-amine.(P-443): In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 4-(3'- chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenylamine (1-35) synthesized above (100 mg, 0.293 mmol), 2-bromothiazole (52.1 μL, 0.585 mmol), 10% aqueous ethanol (1.5 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (48.8 μL, 0.585 mmol). The mixture was heated to 90 0C for 18 hours and then cooled to room temperature. After water (30 mL) and 5% aqueous potassium carbonate (30 mL) were added, the aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 35 mL) and the organic portions were combined, washed brine (30 mL), dried (magnesium sulfate) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography utilizing 3% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 57 mg of [4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- phenyl]-thiazol-2-yl-amine.(P-443) as white solid in 45% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 6.62 (d, J= 4 Hz, 1 H), 6.70 (dd, J= 8, 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.20-7.22 (m, 2 H), 7.26-7.40 (m, 8 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 425.0 (M+l), LC-MS: 89%
Example 5. Preparation of P-238.
[00146] Synthesis ofN-[4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- phenyl]-2-dimethylamino-acetamide (P-238). In a 8 ml vial was charged with 4-(3'- chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenylamine (1-35) (70 mg, 0.2 mmol, HCl salt), N,N-dimethylglycine/HCl salt (31 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1.5 eq.) EDCI (80 mg, 0.4 mmol, 2 eq.), HOBt (41 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1.5 eq.), Et3N (0.2 ml, 1.43 mmol, 5.3 eq.), N, N- dimethylforamide (2ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. Evaporation of solvent gave a residue, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane in methanol (33: 1) as eluent to give the free base product, which was converted into HCl salt by treating with 2N HCl in ether. 65 mg of N-[4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-phenyl]-2-dimethylamino-acetamide (P-238) as HCl salt in 75% yield. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 9.04 (br s, 1 H), 7.46 - 7.52 (m, 2 H), 7.37 - 7.43 (m, 1 H), 7.24 - 7.36 (m, 3 H), 7.14 - 7.23 (m, 2 H), 7.01 - 7.12 (m, 1 H), 6.64 - 6.74 (m, 1 H), 3.86 - 3.98 (m, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.05 (s, 2 H), 2.36 (s, 6 H) ppm; LCMS: 96%.
Example 6. Preparation of P-243.
[00147] Synthesis of [4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- urea (P-243). A mixture of 4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- phenylamine (1-35) (100 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq.), sodium cyanate (74 mg, 0.52 mmol, 2 eq.) in HOAc (1 ml) and water (1 ml) was sonicated at rt for 20 min. then was shaken at rt overnight. The mixture was diluted with water. The precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water. After dried, 71 mg of crude product containing a less polar by product (presumably the corresponding acetamide) was obtained. Trituration of the crude product with acetone/hexane gave 56 mg of [4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy- biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-urea (P-243) as white solid in 56 % yield. 1H NMR (OMSO-d6 , 400 MHz): 8.42 (s, 1 H), 7.40 - 7.47 (m, 2 H), 7.36 (m, IH), 7.23-7.32 (m, 4 H), 7.07 (m, 2 H), 6.92 (m, 1 H), 5.76 (s, 2 H), 3.83 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H) ppm.
[00148] Scheme 6.
Figure imgf000086_0001
Example 7. Preparation of P-252
[00149] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-ylamine P-252. A solution of 1-145 (1.20 g, 3.70 mmol) and 2-aminopyridine-5- boronic acid pinacol ester (894 mg, 4.06 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL) was degassed using a nitrogen stream for 10 min. To the solution was added potassium carbonate (1.54 g, 11.1 mmol), allylpalladium(II)chloride dimer (203 mg, 0.555 mmol), and bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (489 mg, 1.11 mmol) under nitrogen and the suspension was stirred at 650C under nitrogen for 15 h. To the reaction was added ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL) and the biphasic suspension was filtered through celite (-15 g). The celite was washed with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL), and water (2 x 20 mL) and the filtrate was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and the organic extracts were combined. The organic solution was washed with water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum . The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10-33% acetone in dichloromethane), triturated in diethyl ether (5 mL), filtered, washed with hexanes (5 mL) and diethyl ether (2 mL) to give P-252 (190 mg, 15 % yield) as a beige powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.97 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.39-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.07 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.69 (dd, J = 8.8 Hz, 1.2 Hz, IH), 6.45 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 96.6% purity. MS(APCI+) = 343.0 (M+ 1).
Example 8. Preparation of P-258.
[00150] Synthesis ofN-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yi]-methanesulfonamide (P -258). To a solution of 5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (P-252) synthesized above (70 mg, 0.18 mmol) in pyridine (2 ml) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (23 mg, 0.20 mmol) at 0 C under nitrogen, and stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, neutralized with 6N HCl, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After it was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by a chromatography on silica gel to yield N-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro- 6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-methanesulfonamide (P-258) (25 mg, 32%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.15 (s, 1 H), 7.58 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H), 7.34 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 3 H), 7.24 - 7.31 (m, 2 H), 7.11 (t, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.73 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 3.89 (s, 2 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H), 3.09 (s, 3 H) ppm.
Example 9. Preparation of P-429.
[00151] Synthesis of 6-(3 '-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- imidazo[l,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1-37). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (P-252, 565 mg, 1.65 mmol), ethyl bromopyruvate (0.52 mL, 4.12 mmol), and 5 mL of DME. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, then basified with NaHCO3 (aq. sat). The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (5% acetone/dichloromethane) provided a tan solid which was triturated with ether to obtain 6-(3'-chloro-2-fruoro-6-methoxy- biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-imidazo[l,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1-37) (198 mg, 27%) as an off-white solid.
[00152] Synthesis of 6-(3 '-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- imidazo[l,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (P-429). Into an 8 mL vial was added 6- (3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-imidazo[l,2-a]pyridine-2- carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1-37) synthesized above (37 mg, 0.084 mmol) and 2 mL of 7N NH3/Me0H. After stirring for 20 hours at 60 0C, the reaction was concentrated. Trituration with ether provided 6-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- imidazo[l,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (P-429) (24.5 mg, 71%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 8.42 (s, IH), 8.30 (s, IH), 7.64 (br s, IH), 7.53 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, IH), 7.42 (m, 5H), 7.30 (m, IH), 7.23 (dd, IH, J= 9.6, 1.6 Hz), 6.97 (d, IH), 8.4 Hz), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS = 83.4%, 410.0 (APCI+).
Example 10. Preparation of P-456.
[00153] Synthesis of 5-(3 '-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-2-fruoro- pyridine (P-456). A flask was charged with 3-Bromomethyl-3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl (1-32, 3.3g, 10 mmol), 2-fluoro-pyridine-5-boronic acid (1.4 g, 10 mmol), toluene (40 mL), 2M aq. Na2CO3 (10 mL, 20 mmol), ethanol (10 mL) and Pd(PPh3 )4 (577mg, 0.5mmol). The reaction mixture was bubbled with nitrogen gas for 5 minutes. Then the yellow reaction mixture was stirred at 80 0C. After overnight stirring the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in-vacuo. The residue was diluted in EtOAc (2OmL) and washed with water (30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 2OmL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in-vacuo. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with hexane/EtOAc (9: 1) to produce 3.23 g (93% yield) of 5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2- fluoro-pyridine (P-456) as a colorless solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.98 (s, 2 H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 - 7.51 (m, 5 H), 7.82 (td, J= 8.2, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.14 (s, 1 H), 8.32 (s, 1 H) ppm. Example 11. Preparation of P-446.
[00154] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (P-446). A vial was charged with D,L- azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (56 mg, 0.56 mmol) and DMF (ImL). Then NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 33 mg, 0.84 mmol) was added slowly (gas evolution). After 2min. of stirring at room temperature was added 5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy- biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-fluoro-pyridine (P -456) . The heterogeneous white reaction mixture was stirred and heated at 1200C. After overnight stirring the reaction mixture was cooled to rt and was diluted in EtOAc (5mL). The mixture was poured into a separatory funnel with 0.5M HCl (ImL) and water (5mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (15 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in-vacuo. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with dichloromethane in methanol (9: 1) to produce 7.7 mg (6% yield) of l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (P-446) as a cream solid.
Example 12. Preparation of P-445.
[00155] Synthesis ofN-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-oxalamic acid ethyl ester (1-40). Into a 20 mL vial was added [5-(3'- chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester (P-367) (152 mg, 0.43 mmol), dichloromethane (4 mL), TEA (0.11 mL, 0.85 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and Ethyl chlorooxoacetate (71 uL, 0.64 mmol) was added. After 20 minutes at room temperature, the organic solution was washed with H2O and brine, and then concentrated. Ethyl acetate was added to the residue, which produced a solid and was filtered. The solid was triturated with ether and dried to give N-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-oxalamic acid ethyl ester (1-40) (69 mg, 35%) as a gray-blue solid.
[00156] Synthesis of 6-(3 '-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- imidazo[l,5-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1-41). Into a 4 mL vial was added the above compound (12) (44 mg, 0.096 mmol), dichloromethane (1 mL), pyridine (31 uL, 0.48 mmol), and POCI3 (13 uL, 0.14 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature and then H2O was added. The product was extracted with dichloromethane and then concentrated. Purification using FCC eluting eluting with 20% acetone/hexane provided a yellow semi-solid which was triturated with hexane to give 6-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-imidazo[l,5-a]pyridine-3- carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1-41) (8.2 mg, 19%) as a tan solid.
[00157] Synthesis of 6-(3'-chloro-2fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- imidazo[l,5-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid amide (P-445). Into a 4 mL vial was added I- 41 (7 mg, 0.016 mmol) and 2 mL of 7N NH3MeOH. The reaction was stirred at 60 0C for 18 hours, and then concentrated to afford 6-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl- 3-ylmethyl)-imidazo[l,5-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid amide (P-445) (6.6 mg, 99%) as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSO-d6) 9.29 (s, 1 H), 7.82 (br s, 1 H), 7.71 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (s, 1 H), 7.49 - 7.33 (m, 5 H), 7.33 - 7.26 (m, 1 H), 6.95 (s, 2 H), 3.97 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 88.6%, 410.0 (APCI+).
[00158] Scheme 7.
Figure imgf000090_0001
1-42 1-43 1-44
P-378
Example 13. Preparation of P-378
[00159] Synthesis of [4-(3-bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-phenyl]-urea (1-44). To a 40 mL vial equipped with a teflon screw cap and a magnetic stir bar was added 2-bromo-4- bromomethyl-1-methoxybenzene (649 mg, 2.32 mmol), [4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- [l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyl]-urea (577 mg, 2.20 mmol) and potassium phosphate (933 mg, 4.40 mmol). To the vial was then added dimethoxyethane (15 mL), ethanol (3.7 mL) and water (3.7 mL). To this stirring solution was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (127 mg, 0.11 mmol) and the solution was degassed by bubbling N2 gas through the solution for 20 min. The vial was capped and placed in an oil bath with stirring at 65 0C for 12.5 h. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated under a stream of N2 gas to a total volume of ~5 mL and then diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (10 mL). Upon shaking a white solid precipitates. The solid is filtered and dried to afford 272 mg (34%) of [4-(3-bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)- phenyl]-urea (1-44) as a white solid.
[00160] Synthesis of [4-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-urea (P- 378). To a 20 mL vial equipped with a magnetic stir bar and a screw cap was added [4- (3-bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-phenyl]-urea (1-44) synthesized above compound (250 mg, 0.746 mmol), dimethoxy ethane (5 mL), ethanol (1 mL) and water (1 mL). To this mixture were added 3 -chlorophenylboronic acid (140 mg, 0.895 mmol), potassium phosphate (316 mg, 1.49 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (30 mg, 0.0254 mmol). The stirring reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 gas through the solution for 10 min. The vial was capped and placed in an oil bath with stirring at 80 0C for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, then diluted with water (5 mL) and ethyl acetate (15 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried
Figure imgf000091_0001
filtered and concentrated under a stream of N2 gas. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (35 g) utilizing 9: 1 dichloromethane/acetone as eluent. Fractions pure by TLC were combined and concentrated to give 139 mg (51%) of [4-(3'- chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-urea (P-378) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 5.75 (br s, 2H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.18 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.48 (m, IH), 8.40 (br s, IH) ppm. MS(APCI+): 367.0 (M++l) ;LC-MS: 95.9 % purity.
[00161] The following compounds were prepared analogous to the Examples shown above.
Figure imgf000091_0002
Figure imgf000092_0001
[00162] General Scheme 8.
Figure imgf000093_0001
CF3 CN, NO2 Br fused heterocycle
Figure imgf000093_0002
groups 1-50
Example 14. Preparation of P-268
Figure imgf000093_0003
[00163] Synthesis of 3-iodo-4-methoxy-phenylamine (1-45, X = I, Y = H, Z = NH2, Ri = CH3): In a 3 -neck 250 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a stir bar, condenser and N2 lines was placed iron powder (3.50 g, 62.7 mmol), ammonium chloride (4.88 g, 91.3 mmol), ethanol (72 mL) and water (23 mL). The mixture was heated to 85 0C and then 2-iodo-l-methoxy-4-nitro-benzene (5.0 g, 17.9 mmol) was added portion wise over a period of about 2 minutes. The mixture was allowed to stir at 85 0C for 2 hours and then filtered through celite. The celite was washed with EtOH (100 mL) and the filtrate was concentrated. To the concentrated material was added water (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organic portion was removed and the aqueous portion was re- extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (150 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography utilizing 50% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 3.92 g of 3-iodo-4-methoxy-phenylamine (1-45, X = I, Y = H, Z = NH2, Ri = CH3) as a brown semi-solid in 88% yield. MS(ESI+): 250.1 (M+ 1)
[00164] Synthesis of l-(5'-amino-2'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-ethanone (1-47, Y = H, Z = NH2, Ri = CH3, R2 = COCH3): In a 3-neck 100 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a condenser, stir bar and N2 lines was placed 3-iodo-4-methoxy-phenylamine synthesized above (2.92 g, 11.7 mmol), 3-acetlylphenylboronic acid (2.11 g, 12.9 mmol), potassium carbonate (4.85 g, 35.1 mmol), triphenylphosphine (921 mg, 3.51 mmol), 1,4- dioxane (23 mL), 50% aqueous ethanol (23 mL) followed by palladium (II) acetate (263 mg, 1.17 mmol). The mixture was heated to 90 0C for 16 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The palladium catalyst was removed via filtration and to the filtrate was added IM HCl (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous portion was Extracted with ethyl acetate(2 x 75 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (75 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography utilizing 50% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 1.18 g of (5'- amino-2'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-ethanone (1-47, Y = H, Z = NH2, Ri = CH3, R2 = COCH3) as a pale orange oil in 42% yield. MS(APCI+): 242.0 (M+l).
[00165] Synthesis of l-[2'-methoxy-5'-(4-nitro-phenylamino)-biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone (1-49, Y = H, Q = NH, Ri = CH3, R2 = COCH3, R3 = NO2) : To a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed l-iodo-4-nitrobenzene (1.26 g, 5.07 mmol), cesium carbonate (2.20 g, 6.76 mmol), (±)-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-l,l'-binaphthalene (316 mg, 0.507 mmol), and a solution of (5'-amino-2'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-ethanone (1-47, Y = H, Z = NH2, Ri = CH3, R2 = COCH3) synthesized above (816 mg, 3.38 mmol) in toluene (13.5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and then tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (310 mg, 0.338 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 110 0C for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and then filtered through Celite. The filtrate was treated with water (40 mL), IM HCl (40 mL) and then Extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 75 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (75 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography utilizing 35% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 277 mg of l-[2'-methoxy-5'-(4-nitro-phenylamino)-biphenyl-3-yl]- ethanone (1-49, Y = H, Q = NH, Ri = CH3, R2 = COCH3, R3 = NO2) as a dark orange solid in 23% yield.
[00166] Synthesis of l-[5'-(4-amino-phenylamino)-2'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]- ethanone hydrochloride: In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed iron powder (148 mg, 2.66 mmol), ammonium chloride (207 mg, 3.87 mmol), absolute EtOH (3.1 mL) and water (1.0 mL). The mixture was heated to 85 0C and then was added -[T- methoxy-5'-(4-nitro-phenylamino)-biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone (1-49, Y = H, Q = NH, Ri = CH3, R2 = COCH3, R3 = NO2) synthesized above (275 mg, 0.759 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered through Celite and Extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography utilizing 75% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 207 mg of the free base as a dark orange oil in 82% yield. The free base was treated with 4.0 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1.0 mL) and stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was treated with diethyl ether (4 mL) and the solid was collected via suction filtration. After washing the solid with diethyl ether (3 x 2 mL), 100 mg of l-[5'-(4-amino-phenylamino)-2'-methoxy- biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone hydrochloride was isolated as a brown solid in 44% yield. MS(APCI-): 366.9 (M-2); LC-MS: 85%
[00167] Synthesis of [4-(3'-acetyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylamino)-phenyl]-urea (P- 268): In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed l-[5'-(4-amino-phenylamino)- 2'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone synthesized above (free base) (60.0 mg, 0.180 mmol), water (600 μL), acetic acid (300 μL) and sodium cyanate (46.8 mg, 0.720 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then water (20 mL) was added followed by an P-traction with (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column utilizing 75% acetone/DCM as the eluent to produce 32 mg of [4-(3'-acetyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylamino)-phenyl]-urea (P -268) as a light brown solid in 47% yield. MS(APCI+): 376.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 94%. [00168] Scheme 9.
Figure imgf000096_0001
P-540
Example 15. Preparation of P-447.
[00169] l-Methoxy-4-prienmylsulfanyl-(4' -nitrobenzene) (1-51). A solution of 4- methoxybenzenethiol (500 mg, 3.57 mmol) and 4-iodonitrobenzene (1.07 g, 4.28 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature. To the orange solution was added solid cesium carbonate (3.48 g, 10.7 mmol). The resulting purple solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with water (50 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic washes were combined, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), water (100 mL), and brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The resultant solid was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluant to give product 1-51 (933 mg, 99% yield).
[00170] 2-Bromo-methoxy-4-(4'-nitro-phenyl-sulfanyl)-benzene (1-52). A 10% v/v solution of bromine (1 mL) in glacial acetic (9 mL) acid was prepared. A solution of 1-51 (780 mg, 2.99 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (7.8 mL) was stirred at room temperature. To this solution was added the 10% bromine in acetic acid solution (3.53 mL total solution, 6.87 mmol of bromine). The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction was combined with a previous pilot run of this reaction (100 mg 0.383 mmol). The previous run had been reacted under the same conditions and TLC showed similar results. The combined reactions were diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), and washed with water (100 mL). The organic extract was then washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 100 mL), water (100 mL), and brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and removed under vacuum. The resulting yellow residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluant) to give 1-52 (550 mg, 48% overall yield) and a second less pure crop (420 mg).
[00171] 3 '-Chloro-2-methxoy-5-(4-nitro-phenyl-sulfonyl)-biphenyl (1-53). A solution of the above compound 1-52 (550 mg, 1.62 mmol) and 3-chlorobenzeneboronic acid (278 mg, 1.78 mmol) in toluene (6 mL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 15 min. To the reaction was added ethanol (800 uL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1.6 mL) and the reaction was degassed under the nitrogen stream. To the reaction was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (93.4 mg, 8.08 x 10-2 mmol) and the reaction was heated to 1000C under nitrogen for 5 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic suspension was washed with water (50 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted into ethyl acetate (50 mL), the organic extractions combined, washed with water (2 x 30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The resulting crude red oil was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 1-53 (329.9 mg, 55% yield) as a yellow powder.
[00172] 4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylsulfanyl)-phenylaammonium chloride (P -447). A suspension of compound 1-53 (315 mg, 0.847 mmol), iron powder (166 mg, 2.97 mmol) and solid ammonium chloride (231 mg, 4.32 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) and water (1.5 mL) was heated to 80 0C for 21 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the dark residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 mL) and water (30 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was dried under high vacuum overnight. The orange oil was dissolved in dioxane (2 mL), stirred, and 4 N hydrogen chloride in dioxane (1 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for 3 h at room temperature, and the solvent was removed under vacuum to give product (P-447) (257.8 mg, 81% yield) as a brown powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 7.95-7.49 (m, IH), 7.46-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.34 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.26- 7.23 (m, 3H), 7.16 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 6.96-6.95 (m, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 97.5 % purity. MS(APCI+) = 342.0 (M+l).
Example 16. Preparation of P-448.
[00173] l-[4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-3 -ethyl urea (P- 448). A solution of the above compound (P-447) (195 mg, 0.520 mmol) in pyridine (3 mL) was stirred at room temperature. To the reaction was added ethyl isocyanate (110 mg, 1.56 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 22.5 h. The reaction was diluted in ethyl acetate (50 mL), and washed with water (50 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted into ethyl acetate (50 mL), and the organic extracts combined. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 mL), water (2 x 50 mL), and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The resultant solid was triturated with diethyl ether (5 mL), filtered, washed with diethyl ether (2 x 3 mL), and dried to give product (P-448) (109.2 mg, 51% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 7.49-7.48 (m, IH), 7.39-7.29 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 4H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 6.19 (s, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 2H), 1.15 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 97.3% purity. MS (APCI+) = 413.0 (M+l).
Example 17. Preparation of P-449.
[00174] l-[4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-sulfinyl)-phenyl]-3 -ethyl urea (P- 449). A solution of 10% v/v 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (w/w) (1 mL) in glacial acetic acid (9 mL) was made. To a slurry of the above compound (P-448) (41.3 mg, 0.100 mmol) in acetic acid (300 uL) was added the hydrogen peroxide solution (96.7 uL, 0.100 mmol hydrogen peroxide). The solution was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue purified by silica gel thin layer chromatography (eluting with 10% acetone in dichloromethane), triturated with diethyl ether (5 mL), filtered, and dried to give the product (P-449) (29.3 mg, 68% yield) as a brown gum. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 7.55-7.44 (m, 5H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.20 (s, IH), 7.04 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.27 (m, IH), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.22 (m, 2H), 1.12 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, IH) ppm. LCMS = 97.6% purity. MS(APCI+)= 429.1 (M+l).
Example 18. Preparation of P-450.
[00175] 1 -[4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-sulfonyl)-phenyl]-3 -ethyl-urea (P- 450). A solution of l-[4-(3 '-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-3-ethyl urea (P -448) (41.3 mg, 0.100 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (300 uL) was stirred at room temperature. To the solution was added 290 uL of 10% v/v (30% w/w hydrogen peroxide in water) in acetic acid. The resulting solution was stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was purified by silica gel thin layer chromatography (eluting with 25% acetone in dichloromethane) and dried to give the product (P-450) (20.2 mg, 45% yield) as a yellow grease. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ) 7.55-7.44 (m, 5H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.28 (s, IH), 7.04 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.32 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, IH), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 2H), 1.11 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, IH) ppm. LCMS = 97.9% purity. MS (APCI+)= 473.1 (M +28), 443.0 (M+l).
Example 19. Preparation of P-540.
[00176] P-540 Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Chloro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S -ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]- urea. A solution of PR195 (200 mg, 0.585 mmol) and sodium cyanate (76 mg, 1.17 mmol) in water (10 mL) and glacial acetic acid (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water (20 mL) was added to the gummy suspension, and the reaction was extracted into ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 20 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 20 mL), water (20 mL), and brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude PRl 99 as a yellow gum. The crude material was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography (silica) eluting with dichloromethane and developed twice to give PR199 (53.1 mg, 22.5% yield) as a white powder.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.49-7.48 (m, IH), 7.41-7.28 (m, 5H), 7.23 (s, 4H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 6.31 (s, IH), 4.57 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 95.3% purity. MS = 385.1 (M+l).
[00177] The following compounds were prepared analogous to the Examples shown above.
Figure imgf000100_0002
[00178] General Scheme 10.
Suzuki transition-metal
Br Coupling -R2 catalyzed coupling -R2
R1 - R1 ' R1
O Y OH T Br Br
B^
HO R1 = H, CH3 R2 = F
I-54 I-56 R3 = H, CF3 R3 R4 I-57
R2 R4 = Cl, 4-pyrιdyl
I-55
Example 20. Preparation of P-380
Figure imgf000100_0001
[00179] 2-Bromo-4-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-l-methoxy-benzene: In a 250 mL round- bottomed flask equipped with a stir bar was placed 3-bromo-4-methoxybenzyl bromide (5.0 g, 17.9 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (2.76 g, 19.7 mmol), potassium phosphate (tribasic) (7.60 g, 35.8 mmol), dimethoxyethane (30 mL) and 50% aqueous ethanol (30 mL). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 30 minutes and then added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (5.17 g, 4.48 mmol). The mixture was heated to 60 0C for 4 hours and then the palladium catalyst was filtered off. To the filtrate were added water (100 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (150 mL). After extracting with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (150 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column utilizing 5% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 2.12 g of 2-bromo-4-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-l-methoxy-benzene as a colorless oil in 40% yield.
[00180] 4-Chloro-l-[5-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-lH-pyrazole (P-380): In a 2-5 mL microwave vial equipped with a stir bar was placed the above product (250 mg, 0.847 mmol), 4-chloro-lH-pyrazole (172 mg, 1.69 mmol), potassium carbonate (234 mg, 1.69 mmol), CuI (48.4 mg, 0.254 mmol) and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (2.8 mL). The mixture was heated to 190 0C in a Biotage Initiator microwave reactor for 1 hour. The mixture was quenched with water (30 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) followed by an P-traction with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions of the product (P-380) as a viscous, yellow oil in 35% yield. 1H ΝMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.87 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (s, 2 H), 6.94-6.98 (m, 3 H), 7.08 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 2 H), 7.55 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 317.0 (M+l); LC-MS: 97%
Example 21. Preparation of P-389.
Figure imgf000101_0001
P-389
[00181] Synthesis of 4- { 1 -[5 -(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]- 1 H-pyrazol-4- yl} -pyridine (P-389). In a 2-5 mL microwave vial equipped with a stir bar was placed I- 185 (250 mg, 0.847 mmol), 4-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyridine (245 mg, 1.69 mmol), potassium carbonate (234 mg, 1.69 mmol) and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (2.8 mL). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes and then CuI (48.4 mg, 0.254 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 190 0C in a Biotage Initiator microwave reactor for 1 hour. The mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) followed by an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The organic portions were combined, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified via column chromatography utilizing 15% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent. After a failed recrystallization attempt with dichlormethane/hexanes, 41 mg of P- 389 as a viscous, yellow oil in 13% yield. 1H ΝMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.91 (s, 3 H), 3.96 (s, 2 H), 6.95-7.02 (m, 3 H), 7.10-7.18 (m, 3 H), 7.42-7.45 (m, 2 H), 7.62 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.04 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 8.57-8.59 (m, 2 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 360.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 90%.
Example 22. Preparation of P-396.
Figure imgf000102_0001
P-396
[00182] Synthesis of l-[5-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-3-trifluoromethyl- lH-pyrazole (P-396). In a 2-5 mL microwave vial equipped with a stir bar was placed I- 185 (250 mg, 0.847 mmol), 3-trifluoromethyl-lH-pyrazole (230 mg, 1.69 mmol), potassium carbonate (234 mg, 1.69 mmol) and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (2.8 mL). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes and then CuI (48.4 mg, 0.254 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 190 0C in a Biotage Initiator microwave reactor for 1 hour. The mixture was quenched with water (30 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) followed by an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL). The organic portions were combined, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified via column chromatography utilizing 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 20 mg of P-396 as a viscous, yellow oil in 7% yield. 1H ΝMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.86 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 6.65 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 6.95-6.99 (m, 3 H), 7.10- 7.16 (m, 3 H), 7.57 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (m, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 351.0 (M+l); LC-MS: 92%.
[00183] General Scheme 11.
R1
Figure imgf000103_0001
X, P = halogen, boronate 1-60 1-61
R1 = H, Me, CHF2, CF3 I-62
R2 = Cl, CH3CO, CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle
R3 = substituted groups
Example 23. Preparation of P-117.
Figure imgf000103_0002
P-117
[00184] 2-(3-Iodo-phenyl)-[l,3,4]oxadiazole: A mixture containing 3-iodo benzoylhydrazide (4.5 g, 17.17 mmol) and 85.6 ml of triethylortho formate (30 equivalents) was refluxed for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to a solid residue and triturated with 15 ml mixture of diethyl ether/ heptane= 1: 1. After filtration and drying, 3.9 g white solid was obtained. The mother liquor was concentrated and recrystallized from a mixture of methanol/ water= 1 :3 to give another 200 mg of the product, a total of 4.1g.
[00185] 6-Methoxy-3'-[l,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl-biphenyl3-carbaldehyde. A mixture of 5- formyl-2-methoxyphenyl boronic acid (414 mg, 2.29 mmol), the above product, 2-(3- iodo-phenyl)-[l,3,4]oxadiazole, (626 mg, 2.29 mmol), aqueous 2N K2CO3 (3.4 mL, 3 equivalents), Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 (50 mg, 0.068 mmol) in DME (15 mL) was stirred at room 8O0C for 7 hours. Reaction mixture was cooled to r.t, then it was diluted with ethyl acetate (45 mL) and washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, 700 mg of crude was obtained. Purification by column chromatography gave 350 mg of the product (Yield: 55%).
[00186] (4-Fluoro-phenyl)-(6-methoxy-3'-[l,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl-biphenyl-3-yl)- methanol (P-117). To a solution of the above aldehyde, 6-Methoxy-3'-[l,3,4]oxadiazol- 2-yl-biphenyl3-carbaldehyde ( 86 mg, 0.307 mmol) in anhydrous THF (1 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 4-fluorophenyl magnesium bromide in THF (0.46 ml, IM) at -78 0C. After the addition was complete, the resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 40 minutes. Then saturated NH4Cl aq. was added. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water and dried over Na2SO4. Removal of solvent gave a residue, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel to give 112 mg of the product (P-117). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 3.82 (s, 3H), 5.85 (s, IH), 6.97(d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.98- 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.31- 7.39 (m, 4H), 7.54 (t, IH), 7.67- 7.7 (m, IH), 8.01- 8.04 (m, IH), 8.23 (s, IH), 8.46 (s, IH) ppm; LCMS (ESI+): 377 (M+l).
[00187] The following compounds were prepared analogous to the example shown above.
Example 24. Preparation of P-118.
[00188] 2-[5'-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-[l,3,4]oxadiazole (P-118). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 6.93(d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.97- 6.99 (m, 2H), 7.13- 7.17 (m, 4H), 7.54 (t, IH), 7.68- 7.7 (m, IH), 8.01- 8.03 (m, IH), 8.23 (s, IH), 8.46 (s, IH) ppm; MS(APCI+): 361 (M+l), LCMS: 96.7%.
Example 25. Preparation of P-093.
[00189] (4-Fluoro-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl)-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-methanol (P-
093). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.35 (t, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.15-8.19 (m, 1 H), 7.75 - 7.79 (m, 1 H), 7.55 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.38-7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.01 - 7.06 (m, 2 H), 6.72 (d, J= 12 Hz, 1 H), 6.13 (br s, 1 H), 3.82 (s, 3 H) ppm. Calc.373.36; APCI"(M-2): 371.0; >85%.
Example 26. Preparation of P-094.
[00190] 4-Fluoro-5-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl (P-094). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ = 8.33 (br s, 1 H), 8.15-8.17 (m, 1 H), 7.75 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.12-7.18 (m, 2 H), .7.10 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), .6.97 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 6.74 (d, J= 11.6 Hz, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 3.81 (s, 3 H) ppm. Calc.357.36; APCr(M-I): 356.1, "(M-2): 355.2, 93%.
Example 27. Preparation of P-079.
[00191] (4-Fluoro-phenyl)-(3'-nitro-6-trifl uoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-methanol (P- 079). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.29 (IH, d, J = 3.2 Hz), 5.91 (IH, d, J= 3.2 Hz), 7.06 (2H, m), 7.37 (3H, m), 7.44 (IH, dd, J= 8.4, 2.4 Hz), 7.49 (IH, d, J= 2 Hz), 7.61 (IH, dd, J= 8 and 8 Hz), 7.78 (IH, m), 8.25 (IH, m), 8.32 (IH, m) ppm.
Example 28. Preparation of P-080.
[00192] 5-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-3'-nitro-2-trifluoromethoxy-biphenyl (P-080).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.02 (2H, s), 7.01 (2H, m), 7.16 (2H, m), 7.24 (2H, m),
7.31 (IH, m), 7.60 (IH, dd, J= 8, 8 Hz), 7.77 (IH, m), 8.24 (IH, m), 8.30 (IH, m) ppm.
[00193] General Scheme 12.
nucleophilic displacement
Figure imgf000106_0001
I -64 I-65
Figure imgf000106_0002
I -66
Example 29. Preparation of P-009.
Figure imgf000106_0003
P-009
[00194] (3-Bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl)-acetonitrile; To a mixture of compound A- methoxyphenyl acetonitrile (5.88 g, 40 mmol), KBr (9.52 g, 80 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (332 mg, 1.2 mmol) in dichloroethane (80 mL), was added 21% w/w nitric acid (48 g, 160 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 20 h, diluted with dichloromethane (80 mL) and washed with sat. NaHCCb aq. (2 x 50 mL), water (2 x 50 mL), brine and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent under vacuum, the residue was triturated with Et2O (10 ml)/hexanes (40 ml) to give 6.32 g of product; Yield: 70 %.
[00195] (6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl)-acetonitrile; A reaction mixture of the above product (2.26 g, 10 mmol), 3-nitrophenyl boronic acid (1.67 g, 10 mmol), triphenylphosphine (262 mg, 1 mmol), K2CO3 (4.14 g, 30 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (112 mg, 0.5 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (80 mL), ethanol (10 mL) and water (10 mL) was stirred at 80 0C for 20 hrs under Ar. After removal of solvent under vacuum, reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL) and washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was triturated with Et2O (20 mL) to give 2.18 g of product; Yield: 81 %.
[00196] (6-Chloro-pyridazin-3-yl)-(6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl)-acetonitrile; To a mixture of the above product (1072 mg, 4 mmol) 3,6-dicloropyridazine (1311 mg, 8.8 mmol) in DMF (15 mL), was added portion wise NaH (400 mg, 60% in oil, 10 mmol) at 0 0C under Ar. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 1 hr and allowed to slowly warm to rt and then stirred at rt for 16 hrs. Reaction mixture was cooled to 0 0C and added sat. NH4CI aq. (50 mL)/ water (150 mL) and stirred at rt for 10 min. The resulting solid was filtered, dissolved in ethyl acetate (80 mL) and then washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate / hexane as eluent to give 1.4 g of product; Yield: 92 %.
[00197] 6-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (P-009). A reaction mixture of the above product (600 mg, 1.58 mmol) in acetic acid (10 mL), concentrated HCl (20 mL) and water (10 mL) was refluxed for 18 hrs. After cooling to r.t, water (200 mL) was added to reaction mixture and stirred at rt. for 20 min. The resulted solid was filtered and dried at r.t. over night. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml) and filtered off solid. After removal of dichloromethane, the solid was washed with diethyl ether (20 mL) to give 310 mg of product (P-009); Yield: 58%; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.83 (3H, s), 3.92 (2H, s), 6.88 (IH, d, J= 9.6 Hz), 6.98 (IH, d, J= 8.4 Hz), 7.13 (IH, d, J= 9.6 Hz), 7.18 (1H, m), 7.22 (IH, dd, J= 8.4. 2 Hz), 7.56 (IH, dd, J= 8, 8 Hz), 7.82 (IH, m), 8.18 (IH, m) ppm; MS(ESI+): 338.6 (M+ 1); LC-MS: 96 %.
[00198] The following compounds were prepared analogous to the example shown above. Example 30. Preparation of P-012.
[00199] 6-(3-Benzo[l,2,5]oxadiazol-5-yl-4-methoxy-benzyl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (P- 012). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ, 3.85 (3H, s), 3.92 (2H, s), 6.89 (IH, d, J= 9.6 Hz), 6.99 (IH, d, J= 8.4 Hz), 7.14 (IH, d, J= 9.6 Hz), 7.23 (IH, d, J= 2 Hz), 7.27 (IH, m), 7.60 (IH, m), 7.81 (IH, m), 7.85 (IH, m), 10.42 (IH, br s).
Example 30. Preparation of P-018.
[00200] 6-[6-(2-Methoxy-ethoxy)-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)- 2H-pyridazin-3-one (P-018). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.34 (3H, s), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.68 (2H, m), 3.80 (2H, t, J = 5.5 Hz), 3.92 (2H, s), 4.14 (2H, m), 4.36 (2H, t, J= 5.5 Hz), 6.84 (IH, d, J= 9.5 Hz), 6.98 (IH, d, J= 8 Hz), 7.05 (IH, d, J= 9.5 Hz), 7.19 - 7.22 (2H, m), 7.55 (IH, dd, J = 8 and 8 Hz), 7.87 (IH, m), 8.17 (IH, m), 8.49 (IH, m).
Example 31. Preparation of P-020.
[00201] Carbamic acid 3'-nitro-5-(6-oxo-l,6-dihydro-pyridazin-3-ylmethyl)-biphenyl- 2-yl ester (P-020). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ, 3.92 (2H, s), 6.82 (IH, dd, J= 9.6 and 2.4 Hz), 6.82 (IH, br s), 7.15 (IH, br s), 7.18 (IH, J= 8.4 Hz), 7.32 (IH, dd, J = 8 and 2 Hz), 7.41 (IH, d, J= 10 Hz), 7.44 (IH, d, J= 2Hz), 7.75 (IH, dd, J= 8 and 8 Hz), 7.88 (IH, m).
[00202] General Scheme 13
nucleophilic R3
R1 Y displacement R1 , Y = H1 F, OH, NH2, CN, OCH3, OEt Z = Br, Cl, OCO2CH3 R1 = H, Me, CHF2, CF3
R2 = Cl, CH3CO, CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle
R2 R3 = substituted aryl groups
R2
I-68 I -69
Example 32. Preparation of P-224.
Figure imgf000109_0001
1-70 P-224
[00203] Synthesis of 2-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethoxy)-pyridine (P-224). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-70 (230 mg, 0.71 mg), 2-hydroxypyridine (91 mg, 0.59 mmol), Ag2CO3 (236 mg, 0.89 mmol), and 4 mL of benzene. The reaction was stirred for 18 hours at 80 0C protected from light. An additional 204 mg of 2- hydroxypyridine and 515 mg of Ag2Cθ3 was added and the reaction stirred for 3 more days at 80 0C. The reaction was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 63 mg (32%) of P-224 as a light yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.22 - 8.13 (m, 2 H), 7.87 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 - 7.53 (m, 2 H), 7.52 - 7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.89 (dd, J= 5.4, 6.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.80 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.37 (s, 2 H), 3.85 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 90.0%, 337.1 (APCI+).
Example 33. Preparation of P-479.
Figure imgf000109_0002
[00204] 3 -[ 1 -(3 '-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H-imidazol-4-yl]- pyridine (P-479). A flask was charged with 3-(lH-Imidazol-4-yl)-pyridine (165mg, 0.75mmol) and THF (5mL). Then NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 60 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added slowly (gas evolution). After 2min. of stirring at room temperature 3- Bromomethyl-3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl (165mg, 0.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. After overnight stirring the reaction mixture was quenched with water (20 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in- vacuo. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with dichloromethane/MeOH (200:5) to produce 77.1 mg (39% yield) of the product (P-479) as a pale yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 5.26 (s, 2 H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.59 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 - 7.50 (m, 6 H), 7.78 - 7.88 (m, 2 H), 8.04 - 8.11 (m, I H), 8.38 (dd, J= 4.7, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.96 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, l H) ppm.
[00205] Scheme 14.
Figure imgf000110_0001
1-70 1-71 I-73
Example 34. Preparation of P-120.
[00206] (6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl)-acetic acid (1-71) Into a 100 mL round bottom flask with stir bar was added 5-bromomethyl-2-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl (1-70) (0.60 g, 1.86 mmol), NaCN (0.18 g, 3.72 mmol), and dry DMF (20 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours after which 20 mL of water and 20 mL of dichloromethane were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with 20 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic were washed with water (3 x 20 mL) and concentrated to afford the corresponding nitrile which was used as is in the next reaction. Into a 100 mL round bottom flask with a stir bar was added the crude nitrile, 10 mL of ethanol, and 5 mL of 2 N KOH. The suspension dissolved upon heating and the solution was stirred at reflux for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The remaining aqueous portion was washed with 2 x 10 mL of dichloromethane then acidified to pH = 1 using 6 N HCl. The precipitate that formed was filtered and washed with water (2 x 10 mL). After drying in a 40 0C vacuum oven for 4 hours, 0.32 g (60%) of 1-71 was obtained as a yellow solid. [00207] (6-Methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -yl)-acetic acid 3 -methyl-oxetan-3 -ylmethyl ester (1-73). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar were added the above acid (1-71) (0.12 g, 1.15 mmol), 2 mL dichloromethane, 3-Hydroxymethyl-3-methyl-oxetane (0.30 g, 1.04 mmol), DMAP (38 mg, 0.31 mmol), DCC (0.24 g, 1.15 mmol), and 2 mL of dichloromethane. After the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, 10 mL of hexanes were added and the reaction was stirred an additional 10 minutes. The suspension was filtered through celite and the celite pad was washed with 5: 1 hexane: dichloromethane (3 x 10 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and the residue purified by flash column chromatography using 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 0.33 g (85%) of 1-73 as a colorless semi-solid.
[00208] 1 -(6-Methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-4-methyl-2,6,7-trioxa- bicyclo[2.2.2]octane (P-120); Into a 100 mL round bottom flask with stir bar was added 1-73 (0.32 g, 0.86 mmol) and 10 mL of dry dichloromethane. The solution was cooled to -15 0C and BF3-OEt2 (270 uL, 2.2 mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed to slowly attain room temperature over 4 hours then cooled again to 0 0C. Triethylamine (0.48 mL, 3.45 mmol) was added and the reaction was concentrated. The product was purified by flash column chromatography using 2% ethyl acetate in 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes to afford 9.8 mg (3%) of the product (P-120) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.99 (s, 3 H), 3.81 (s, 3 H), 3.90 (s, 6 H), 6.93 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 - 7.35 (m, 2 H), 7.54 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.87 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 8.15 (dd, J= 8.3, 1.3 Hz, 2 H), 8.43 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS (APCI+) 372.1.
[00209] General Scheme 15.
Figure imgf000112_0001
Y = H, F, OH, NH2, CN, OCH3, OEt R = H, CONHCH2CH3
Z = Br, Cl, OCO2CH3
R1 = H, Me, CHF2, CF3
R2 = Cl, CH3CO, CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle
Example 35. Preparation of P-341
Figure imgf000112_0002
[00210] l-Bromo-3-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-propan-2-one; Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added (3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)- acetic acid (1-74, Rl = Me, Y = F) (306 mg, 1.04 mmol), dichloroethane (4 mL), thionyl chloride (151 uL, 2.08 mmol) and the solution was stirred at 80 0C for 1 hour. The solution was cooled to 0 0C, 4 mL of dichloromethane were added, and a solution of (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (1.56 mL, 3.11 mmol, 2.0 M in ether) was added and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled to 0 0C and 0.5 mL HBr (48% in H2O) was added. After 30 minutes at 0 0C, Na2CO3 was added until bubbling ceased and the reaction was dried by the addition OfNa2SO4. The suspension was filtered and concentrated to yield product (390 mg, 99%) as a brown oil, which was used as is.
[00211] 4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-ylamine (P- 341). Into a 20 mL vial were added the above compound (390 mg, 1.05 mmol), ethanol (4 mL), and thiourea (160 mg, 2.10 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at 75 0C, then cooled to room temperature. Water (10 mL)and 10 mL of brine were added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 3% methanol/dichloromethane to afford crude product as a yellow solid. The solid was triturated with 1:5 etheπhexane to give pure product (135 mg, 37%) as a tan solid. The solid was dissolved in etheπTHF and a solution of 2.0 M HCl/ether were added. The suspension was concentrated to give the title compound (P-341). 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSO-d6) δ 8.89 (br s, 1 H), 7.52 - 7.42 (m, 2 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H), 7.37 - 7.27 (m, 2 H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.42 (s, 1 H), 4.00 - 3.55 (br s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H). MS: 349.0 (APCI+).
Example 36. Preparation of P-346.
Figure imgf000113_0001
[00212] l-[4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-3- ethyl-urea (P-346). Into an 8 mL vial was added P-341 (40 mg, 0.11 mmol), pyridine (2 mL), and ethylisocyanate (24 mg, 0.34 mmol). The solution was stirred at 50 0C for 3 days, then an additional 40 mg ethyl isocyanate was added and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were concentrated and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 15 - 20% acetone/hexane to give the product (P-346) (31 mg, 64%) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,CDCl3) δ 10.42 (br s, IH), 7.45 - 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.37 (s, IH), 7.30 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 6.93 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.57 (s, 2H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.14 - 3.11 (m, 2H), 1.04 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). LC/MS = 95.4%, 420.0 (APCI+).
I l l [00213] Scheme 16.
Figure imgf000114_0001
Example 37. Preparation of P-369.
[00214] [5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1-78). Into an 8 mL vial was added 1-33 (70 mg, 0.21 mmol), (5-tributylstannanyl-thiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1-77, 104 mg, 0.21 mmol), 4A molecular sieves (100 mg), and THF (2 mL). The mixture was degassed for 10 minutes with N2 and then Pd(PPh3)4 (25 mg, 0.021 mmol) was added. After stirring for 18 hours at 80 0C, the suspension was filtered and the filter cake was washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was washed with water and then concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (15% acetone/hexanes) provided 1-78 (11 mg, 12%) as a white semi-solid.
[00215] 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-ylamine (P- 369). Into a 4 mL vial was added 1-78 (10 mg, 0.022 mmol) and 1 mL of 4N HCl/dioxane. After stirring for 8.5 hours the reaction was concentrated to obtain P-369 (6.8 mg, 77 %) 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 9.69 (br s, 2 H), 7.52 - 7.45 (m, 2 H), 7.43 - 7.36 (m, 2 H), 7.32 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 - 7.01 (m, 2 H), 5.29 (s, 2 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 94.4%, 349.0 (APCI+).
[00216] General Scheme 17.
Figure imgf000115_0001
Y = H, F, OH, NH2, CN, OCH3, OEt
Z = Br, Cl, OCO2CH3
R1 = H, Me, CHF2, CF3
R2 = Cl, CH3CO, CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle
R = urea derivatives
Example 38. Preparation of P-333.
Figure imgf000115_0002
I-79
[00217] 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-[l,3,4]thiadiazol-2- ylamine (P-333). A mixture of (3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-acetic acid (1-79) (0.998 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and thiosemicarbazide (2.99 mmol; 3 eq.) in excess phosphorous oxychloride was heated to 1200C for 45 minutes, and allowed to cool to room temperature. The resultant mixture was added to water, and extracted with 2 portions of ethyl acetate. The organics were washed with brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The residue was purified via flash chromatography on silica gel using 5% (IN NH3 in MeOH) in dichloromethane as eluent to afford the desired product (P-333) in 39% yield.
[00218] 1HNMR (DMSO-^, 400 MHz): 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.29 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, IH), 7.37-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.76 (br s, 2H) Example 39. Preparation of P-342.
Figure imgf000116_0001
P-333 P-342
[00219] Synthesis of Methyl [5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- [l,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl]-carbamate (P-342). To P-333 (0.286 mmol; 1.0 eq.) was added a solution of methyl chloroformate (0.388 mmol; 1.4 eq.) in benzene. The mixture was heated to reflux for 1O h, and allowed to cool to room temperature. The resultant mixture was diluted with ethyl ether, filtered, and washed with ethyl ether. The solids were dried at 30-350C under vacuum for 4 h to afford the title compound, P-342, in 41% yield.
[00220] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.74 (br s, IH), 6.99 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.29 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, IH), 7.38 (s, IH) 7.42-7.47 (m, 3H) ppm. LC/MS(94.0%) APCI+ found: 408.0; calc'd: 407.9 m/z
Example 40. Preparation of P-343.
Figure imgf000116_0002
P-333 P-343
[00221] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- [l,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl]-3-ethyl-urea (P-343). To a solution of P-333 (0.214 mmol; 1.0 eq.) in pyridine was added ethyl isocyanate (0.643 mmol; 3 eq.), and the resultant solution stirred at room temperature for 4 days. The reaction was diluted with water, and stirred for 1 h. The solids were filtered, washed with water, and dried under high vacuum to afford the title compound, P-343, in 47% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): 1.04 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 3.12 (q, J= 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 6.53 (br s, IH), 6.99 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.29 (dd, J= 6.4, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.40-7.48 (M, 3H), 10.71 (s, IH) ppm. LC/MS = 94.8% purity APCI+ found: 421.0; calc'd: 420.9 m/z
Example 41. Preparation of P-352.
Figure imgf000117_0001
[00222] Synthesis of [5-(3 '-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- [l,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl]-urea (P-352). To a solution of P-333 (0.177 mmol; 1 eq) in THF at room temperature was added trimethylsilyl isocyanate (0.886 mmol; 5 eq), and the resultant solution was stirred overnight. The reaction was then heated to 600C for 5 h, additional trimethylsilyl isocyanate (0.460 mmol; 2.6 eq) was added, and the reaction allowed to proceed overnight at 60 0C. The reaction was cooled, and poured into excess aqueous 5% sodium bicarbonate. The resultant suspension was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, filtered, and washed with water. The solid was dried in vacuo to obtain the title compound, P-352, as a white solid in 46% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-(Z6): 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 6.30 (br s, IH), 6.99 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.29 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, IH), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.40-7.48 (m, 4H), 10.72 (s, 2H) ppm. LC/MS = 91.1% purity. APCI+ found: 393.0; calc'd: 392.8 m/z. [00223] General Scheme 18.
Figure imgf000118_0001
Y = H, F I-88
X = Br, I, Cl I-89
R1 = H, Me, CHF2, CF3
R2 = Cl, CH3CO, CN, NO2, Br, fused heterocycle
R3 = substituted aryl groups
Example 42. Preparation of P-015.
Figure imgf000118_0002
P-015
[00224] Acetic acid 4-methoxy-phenyl ester (1-85, Rl = Me, Y = H); A mixture of 4- methoxyprienol (6.2 g, 50 mmol), K2CO3 (10 g, 72 mmol) and acetic anhydride (6.12 g, 60 mmol) in acetone (150 ml) was stirred at RT. over night. The solid was filtered off and washed with acetone (50 ml). After removal of acetone, 8.6 g of product was obtained. Yield: 100 %.
[00225] Acetic acid 3-bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl ester (1-86, Rl = Me, Y = Br); To a mixture of the above product (4.15g, 25 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 ml), was added NBS (5.34g, 30 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. over night and more NBS (5.34 g, 30 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 75 0C over night. After removal of solvent, the crude product directly went to next step. [00226] 3-Bromo-4-methoxy-phenol (1-87, Rl = Me, Y = Br):; A mixture of crude the above product (25 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) and 2N NaOH aq. (30 mL) was stirred at r.t. for 40 min. The pH of reaction mixture was adjusted to acidic by adding 2N HCl aq. and extracted with dichloromethane (4 x 60 mL). The dichloromethane layer was dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with dichloromethane as eluent to give 2.9 g of product Yield: 57% (for two steps)
[00227] 3-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-phenoxy)-6-chloro-pyridazine; To a mixture of the above product (1420 mg, 7 mmol) 3,6-dicloropyridazine (1252 mg, 8.4 mmol) in DMSO (15 ml), was added K2CO3 (1159 mg, 8.4 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 oC for 3 hr under Ar. After cooling to rt, water (50 mL) was added to reaction mixture and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x 50 mL). The combined ethyl acetate layer was washed with water (3 x 50 mL), brine and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the solid was washed with diether (20 mL) to give 1650 mg of the product Yield: 75%
[00228] 6-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-phenoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one; A reaction mixture of the above product (455 mg, 1.4 mmol) in acetic acid (10 mL), was stirred at 110 0C for 7 hrs. After removal of solvent, the solid was washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL) to give 340 mg of product. Yield: 82 %; MS(ESI+): 297.3 (M+l); LC-MS: 94 %.
[00229] 6-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yloxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (P-015); A reaction mixture of the above product (85 mg, 0.29 mmol), 3-nitrophenyl-boronic acid (72 mg, 0.43 mmol), triphenylphosphine (16 mg, 0.06 mmol), K2CO3 (124 mg, 0.9 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (7 mg, 0.03 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxy ethane (6 ml), ethanol (0.5 ml) and water (0.5 ml) was stirred at 80 0C for 20 hrs under Ar. Reaction mixture was diluted with water (40 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with water (2 x 30 mL), brine and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate/hexane as eluent to give 39 mg g of the product (P-015) Yield: 40 %. 1H NMR (400MHz ,CDCl3) δ = 3.85 (3H, s), 7.03 (IH, d, J= 10 Hz), 7.04 (IH, d, J= 8.8 Hz), 7.16 - 7.20 (2H, m), 7.22 (IH, d, J= 10 Hz), 7.57 (IH, dd, J= 8, 8 Hz), 7.86 (IH, m), 8.19 (1H, m), 8.41 (IH, m), 9.62 (IH, br s). MS(ESI+): 340.6 (M+l) ; LC-MS: 92 %.
[00230] General Scheme 19.
O'
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000120_0002
I -89b
1 ) Iron powder Ammonium Chloride Ethanol, Water
Δ Ethyl lsocyanate Pyridine
2 ) Hydrocloric Acid Diethyl Ether
Figure imgf000120_0003
Figure imgf000120_0004
P-439
P-440
Example 43. Preparation of P-439 and P-440
[00231] Synthesis of 2'-Fluoro-3'-hydroxy-6'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-carbonitrile (1-89, Rl = Me, R2 = 3-CN, R3 = H). A solution of I-88a (2.00 g, 8.22 mmol) and 3- cyanophenylboronic acid (1.45 g, 9.87 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was purged with a nitrogen stream for 15 min To the solution was added ethanol (5 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (8..2 mL), a suspension formed and palladium(0)tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) (475 mg, 0.411 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated to 1080C and stirred at this temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and water (200 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with water (400 mL) and brine (300 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude product. The crude material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (0-5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give I-89a (1.53 g, 77% yield) as a beige powder. IH NMR (400 MHz CDCl3) d: 7.74-7.73 (m, IH), 7.67-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.53 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.01 (t, J= 9.4 Hz, IH), 6.691 (dd, J= 9.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 4.91 (br m, IH), 3.77 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 100 % purity. MS(APCI-) = 224.0 (M-19).
[00232] Synthesis of 2'-Fluoro-6'-methoxy-3 '-(6-nitro-pyridin-3 -yloxy)-biphenyl-3 - carbonitrile (I-89b). A solution of I-89a (500 mg, 2.06 mmol) and 5-bromo-2- nitropyridine (379 mg, 1.87 mmol) in n-methylpyrrolidine (10 mL) was purged with a nitrogen stream. To the solution was added cesium carbonate (1.22 g, 3.74 mmol), copper(I)chloride (92.4 mg, 0.934 mmol), and 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-3,5-heptanedione (43.1 mg, 0.234 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 600C overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (75 mL) and water (75 mL), and the layers separated. The aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (75 mL), and the organic extracts combined. The organic extracts were washed with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (100 mL), water (100 mL), and brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give crude product. The material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (0-50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give I-89b (541.8 mg, 79% yield) as a yellow powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.34 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, IH), 8.26 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.74 (m, IH), 7.69-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.55 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.42 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.26 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 6.86 (dd, J= 9.2 , 1.6 Hz, IH), 3.85 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 74.2 % purity. MS (APCI+) = (M- 29).
[00233] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yloxy)-pyridin-2- yl-ammonium chloride (P -439). . A suspension of I-89b (Rl = Me, R2 = 3 -CN, R3 = 2- N02-3-pyridyl) (250 mg, 0.684 mmol) and tin(II),chloride (567 mg, 2.51 mmol) in isopropyl alcohol (2.5 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (1.25 mL) was stirred at reflux for 3 h. To the reaction was added ethyl acetate (50 mL) and aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (eluting with 50% ethyl acetate in toluene) to give the free base as an orange gum. The gum was dissolved in dioxane (1 mL) and 4 N hydrochloric acid in dioxane was added (2 mL). The suspension was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and subsequently the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether (5 mL), filtered, and washed with diethyl ether (2 x 1 mL) to give P-439 (55.1 mg, 22% yield) as a pale yellow solid.
IH NMR (400 MHz d6-DMSO) d: 7.89-7.84 (m, 4H), 7.75 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.68 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.32 (t, J= 9.4 Hz, IH), 7.02-6.99 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H). LCMS = 96.2 % purity. MS(APCI+) = 336.1 (M+l).
[00234] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yloxy)-pyridin- 2-yl]-3 -ethyl-urea (P -440).. A solution of P-439 (85.0 mg, 0.230 mmol) and ethyl isocyanate (49.0 mg, 0.690 mmol) in pyridine (1.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature over night. The reaction was neutralized with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparatory silica gel thin layer chromatography (5% acetone in dichloromethane), triturated with diethyl ether (3 mL), filtered, and washed with diethyl ether (2 mL) to give P-440 (32.0 mg, 34% yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) 9.10 (s, IH), 7.99 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.90 (s, IH), 7.87 (dt, J= 7.5 Hz, 1.50 Hz, IH), 7.76 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.69-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.46 (d, J= 2.00 Hz, IH), 7.25 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, IH), 6.99 (dd, J= 9.2 Hz, 1.60 Hz, IH), 3.76 (s, 2H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.15 (2H), 1.07 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, 3H). LCMS = 97.9 % purity. MS(APCI+) = 407.1 (M+l).
[00235] General Scheme 20.
Figure imgf000122_0001
R2 = aryl, sulfonyl group 1-90 1-91 |.92 |.93 Example 44. Preparation of P-203.
Figure imgf000123_0001
[00236] 3-Bromo-2-fluoro-4-metrioxy-benzalderiyde and N-{4-[(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-phenyl}-acetamide To a hot (80 0C) solution of hexamethylenetetramine (13.7 g, 97.5 mmol) in TFA (50 ml) was added a solution of 3- bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzene (10 g, 48.8 mmol) in TFA (40 ml) over 1 hour. The resultant solution was continued to stir at 80 0C for 1 h. After it was cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured to water, and stirred for 30 min. The products were collected on a filter and dried in vacuo to yield desired aldehyde (1-91) and a dimeric amine impurity (total weight: 1 Ig), as an inseperable mixture . IH-NMR indicated the molar ratio of these two products is about 1 : 1.
[00237] 3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde (1-92), A mixture of the above products (1.0 g, 4.3 mmol), 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (1.34 g, 8.6 mmol), K2CO3 (1.36 g, 12.9 mmol) and (Ph3P)4Pd (1.49 g, 1.29 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (5: 1, 40 ml) was heated to 85 C for 20 h under nitrogen. After it was cooled to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After it was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by a column chromatography on silica gel to yield the title compound (1-92) (0.4 g).
[00238] 3-Hydroxymethyl-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-2-ol To a solution of above product (1-92) (0.4 g, 1.5 mmol) in methanol (8 ml) was added 4'-aminoacetanilide (0.34 g, 2.3 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid mono-hydrate (0.013 g, 0.08 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. After the solvent was removed, the residue was dissolved in acetic acid (4 ml), and sodium cyanoboronhydride (0.28 g, 4.5 mmol) at 0 C. The resultant stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was poured into ice-water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After it was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by a column chromatography on silica gel to yield the product (1-93, Rl = Me, Y = F) (0.4 g, 67%).
[00239] N- {4-[(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-hydroxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-phenyl} - acetamide (P -203). To a solution of the above product (0.17 g, 0.43 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 mL) was added BBr3 (0.32 g, 1.28 mmol) at -78 0C. After it was stirred at - 78 0C, the resultant was allowed to warm to room temperature, and continued to stir for 3 h. The reaction was quenched with ice-water and basified with Na2CO3. The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was removed in vacuo to yield the product P-203 (150 mg, 95%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-Cl6) 10.06 (br s, 1 H), 7.46 - 7.61 (m, 4 H), 7.40 - 7.47 (m, 2 H), 7.30 (s, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.07 - 7.16 (m, 2 H), 7.01 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.40 (s, 2 H), 2.03 (s, 3 H) ppm.
[00240] The following compound was prepared by procedure similar to the one described above.
Example 45. Preparation of P-251.
[00241] N-{4-[(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-sulfamoyl]- phenyl} -acetamide (P-251) 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.71 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2 H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2 H), 7.45 (br s, 1 H), 7.26 - 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.17 - 7.25 (m, 2 H), 7.12 - 7.19 (m, 1 H), 6.68 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H) 4.83 (t, J= 6.2 Hz, 1 H) 4.19 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 2 H) 3.75 (s, 3 H) 2.21 (s, 3 H) ppm. [00242] General Scheme 21.
Figure imgf000125_0001
CF3 alkylation NO2, Br, fused heterocych
Figure imgf000125_0002
1-98
Example 46. Preparation of P-025.
Figure imgf000125_0003
P-025
[00243] 2-iodo-3-methoxy-6-methyl-pyridine (1-95): To 2-iodo-6-methyl-pyridin-3-ol (1-94) (1.0 g, 4.25 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.18 g, 8.51 mmol) in acetone (20 mL) was added MeI (0.91 g, 6.38 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 45 0C under N2 for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane to afford 1.04 g (98%) of the product (1-95, Rl = Me) as light yellow solid.
[00244] 3-methoxy-6-methyl-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridine (1-96) : To the above product (1-95, Rl = Me) (0.5 g, 2.0 mmol), 3 -nitrophenylboronic acid (2) (0.5 g, 3.06 mmol), PPh3 (0.11 g, 0.4 mmol), K2CO3 (0.83 g, 6.0 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (0.045 g, 0.2 mmol) was added DME (16 mL), and EtOH-H2O (1: 1, 4 mL). Ar gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 60 0C under Ar for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and H2O and dichloromethane (40 mL each) were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 0.22 g (44%) of the product (1-96, Rl = Me) as a light yellow solid.
[00245] 6-bromomethyl-3-methoxy-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridine (1-97): To the above product (1-96, Rl = Me) (0.21 g, 0.86 mmol) and NBS (0.17 g, 0.95 mmol) in CCl4 (10 mL) was added benzoylperoxide (0.02 g, 0.08 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 60 0C under N2 for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in mixture of dichloromethane and hexanes (1 : 1, 8 mL) and purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane/hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 0.15 g (55%) of the product as a light brown solid.
[00246] 3-methoxy-6-methoxymethyl-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridine (P-025): To the above product (0.08 g, 0.25 mmol), methanol (0.11 g, 2.5 mmol), and CsCO3 (0.24 g, 0.74 mmol) was added DMF (2 mL). The vial was capped and stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The reaction was diluted with 1 : 1 ethyl acetate-H2O (60 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2S(M, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.066 g (97%) of the product (P-025) as off white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): 8.88 (dd, J= 2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.3-8.35 (m, 1 H), 8.2-8.24 (m, 1 H), 7.59 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.37 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.61 (s, 2 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 3.50 (s, 3 H); MS(APCI+): 275.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 96.1%.
[00247] Scheme 22.
Figure imgf000126_0001
Example 47. Preparation of P-091.
[00248] 2-methoxy-5-methyl-3'-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl (I- 100) A reaction mixture of 2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl boronic acid (1-99) (5 g, 30.3 mmol), 3- iodobenzenetrifluoride (8.24 g, 30.3 mmol), K2CO3 (8.3 g, 60.6 mmol), palladium acetate (350 mg, 1.5 mmol) in methanol (200 ml) and water (40 ml) was stirred at room temperature over night. Reaction mixture was concentrated to a 1/3, and then it was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 ml) and washed with 0.6 N sodium hydrogen sulfate solution (300 ml), water (2x 150 ml), brine and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, 7.75 g of product (1-100) was obtained as oil. Yield: 100 %.
[00249] 5-Bromomethyl-2-methoxy-3'-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl (1-101); To a 250 mL round bottom flask equipped with stirring bar was added 1-100 (5 g, 18.79 mmol) and CCl4 (125 mL). To this solution Ig of NBS and 100 mg of AIBN were added. The flask was connected to a condenser and the mixture was reflux under the sun lamp for one hour. To the reaction mixture Ig of NBS and 100 mg AIBN were [00250] added and this stirred at reflux, under N2 for 2 more hours. After 2 hours another portion of NBS (1.3 g) and 108 mg of AIBN were added and mixture was refluxed for 2 more hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, concentrated to half and filtered off. The solid was washed with 100 mL of CCl4. After removal of solvent 6.76 g of crude product (I- 101) was obtained.
[00251] 3-(6-Methoxy-3'-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-3-ylmethoxy)-cyclopent-2-enone (P-091). To a solution of 1,3- cyclopentanedione (110 mg, 1.11 mmol) in 1.5 ml anhydrous DMF was added at O0C NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 45 mg, 1.11 mmol). The suspension was stirred for 30 minutes, then a solution of 1-101 (350 mg, 0.76 mmol) in 1.5 ml DMF was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT, overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution and extracted with methylene chloride. Combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated to give 300 mg crude. Purification was done using preparative silica gel plate (1500 um) to afford 125 mg of product P-091. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): 2.45 (t, 2H), 2.66 (t, 2H), 3.05(d, IH), 3.84 (s, 3H), 5(s, 2H), 5.43 (s, IH), 7.02 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.33 (d, J= 2Hz, IH), 7.38 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.4Hz, IH), 7.53 (t, IH), 7.6 (d, J= 8.4Hz, IH), 7.7 (d, J= 8.4Hz, IH), 7.77 (s, IH). LCMS (APCI+): 363 (M+l), 90%.
Example 48. Preparation of P-092.
Figure imgf000128_0001
[00252] Synthesis of 3-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethoxy)-cyclopent-2- enone (P-092). Into a 50 mL round bottom flask with stir bar added 1-70 (284 mg, 0.83 mmol), 1,3-cyclopentadione (217 mg, 2.21 mmol), K2CO3 (305 mg, 2.21 mmol), and 5 mL DMF. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. 5 mL of dichloromethane and 5 mL water were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous extracted with 10 mL dichloromethane. The combined organics were washed with water (4 x 10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 0-2% methanol/dichloromethane. Obtained 112 mg (37%) P-092 as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.41 - 2.54 (m, 2 H) 2.60 - 2.71 (m, 2 H) 3.86 (s, 3 H) 5.01 (s, 2 H) 5.44 (s, 1 H) 7.04 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H) 7.37 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1 H) 7.41 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1 H) 7.58 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.86 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H) 8.20 (dd, J=8.3, 1.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.41 (t, J=I .7 Hz, 1 H). LC/MS = 92.0%, 340.1 (APCI+)
[00253] Scheme 23
Figure imgf000128_0002
31
1-102 1-103 Example 49. Preparation of P- 128.
[00254] (2-fluoro-6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -yl)-thiophen-2-yl-methanone (I- 103) To a 25 mL vial which contained a solution of thiophene-2-carbonyl chloride (90 mg, 0.6 mmol) in nitrobenzene (0.5 mL) was added AICI3 (75 mg, 0.75 mmol) at -10 0C. After stirring at 0 0C for 2 h, 6-Fluoro-2-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl (31) (125 mg, 0.5 mmol) in nitrobenzene (0.5 mL) was added at rt. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at rt for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to -10 0C and quenched with ice- water (10 mL, extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL), washed with water (2x10 mL), NaHCCb (sat., 10 mL), brine (30 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude was purified by crystallization from ether-hexane to give 100 mg of 1-103 in 60% yield. LCMS: Calc.357.4; APCL(M):356.9, 342(M-16-1) 97.4%
[00255] 2-(2-fluoro-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-tetrahydro-thiophene (P-128). To a 25 mL vial which contained compound 1-103 (90 mg, 0.25 mmol) in triethylsilane (1 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) at -10 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stir at rt for 72 h. The reaction mixture was poured onto 30 mL ice- water, extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL), washed with NaHCCb (sat. 30 mL), water (20 mL), brine (30 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /hexane as eluent to give 30 mg of product (P-128) in 30% yield. IH NMR (CDCl3 ,400 MHz): 8.33 (br s, 1 H), 8.22 - 8.26 (m, 1 H), 7.59-7.76 (m, 5 H), 7.15 (t, J= 4.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.91 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.89 (s, 3 H) LCMS: Calc.347.4; APCL(M) 347.0: 99%.
Example 50. Preparation of P-481
Figure imgf000129_0001
1-104 1-105 P-481 [00256] Synthesis of 5-(2-Methoxy-5-[l,2,4]triazol-l-ylmethyl-phenyl)- benzo[l,2,5]oxadiazole (P -481).. A suspension of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH- [l,2,4]triazole (1-104, 402 mg, 1.50 mmol), benzo[l,2,5]oxadiazole-5-boronic acid (I- 105, 246 mg, 1.50 mmol), palladium(O) bis(dibenzylideneacetone) (43 mg, 0.075 mmol), and triphenyl phosphine (39.3 mg, 0.15 mmol) in dimethylformamide (15 mL) and 1 M aqueous cesium carbonate (4.5 mL, 4.5 mmol) was heated to 85 0C with stirring overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue suspended in ethyl acetate (15 mL). The organic suspension was washed with water (3 x 15 mL) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized over activated carbon, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude material. The residue was purified by recyrstalization from dichloromethane (2 mL) and hexanes (10 mL) to give P-481 (180 mg, 39% yield). IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 3.88 (s, 4 H) 5.51 (s, 2 H) 7.06 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H) 7.41 - 7.54 (m, 3 H) 7.59 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.71 - 8.03 (m, 3 H) 8.25 (s, 1 H) 9.34 (br. s., 1 H), LCMS = 95.7 % purity.
Example 51. Preparation of P-482
Figure imgf000130_0001
1-106 P-482
[00257] Synthesis of 1 -(6-Methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H-benzotriazole (P-482).. A suspension of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-l H-benzotriazole (1-106) (477 mg, 1.50 mmol), 3-nitrophenylboronic acid (250 mg, 1.50 mmol), palladium(O) bis(dibenzylideneacetone) (43 mg, 0.075 mmol), and triphenyl phosphine (39 mg, 0.15 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 mL) and 1 M aqueous sodium carbonate (4.5 mL, 4.5 mmol) was heated to 850C with stirring overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue suspended in ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic suspension was washed with water (3 x 20 mL) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized over activated carbon, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude material. The residue was purified dissolving in ethyl acetate (5 mL) and adding hexanes (25 mL) until a solid formed. This was repeated 3 times to give P-482 (210 mg, 39% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 3.82 (s, 3H), 5.86 (s, 2H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.30 - 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.37 - 7.52 (m, 3H), 7.52 - 7.59 (m, IH), 7.75 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.12 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, IH), 8.18 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, IH) ppm. LCMS = 93.9% purity.
[00258] Scheme 24.
Potassium Bromide a )Sodιum Hydride per Nitric Acid H b ) Potassium Carbonate
Dichloroethane \ Λ rXτ"Br Tetrabutyl ammonium chloride 0 Y + ^ y<: / Dimethylformamide
Br \^
I -42
Figure imgf000131_0001
P-010, P-483, P-014
Example 52. Preparation of P-OlO, P-483, P-014
[00259] Synthesis of 2-Bromo-4-bromomethyl-l-methoxy-benzene (1-42). To solution of potassium bromide (29.6 g, 248 mmol) in nitric acid (21% by volume, 149 g, 497 mmol), was added dichloroethane (188 mL) and tetrabutylammonium chloride (1.04 g, 3.73 mmol) followed by 4-(bromomethyl)anisol (25.0 g, 124 mmol) in dichloroethane (62 mL), and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The organic layer was separated, washed with water (2 x 100 mL, 2 x 150 mL), 2% aqueous potassium carbonate (150 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by being run through a flash silica gel plug (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give the title compound (1-42) (9.22 g, 26% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.59 (d, 1 H), 7.30 (dd, J= 8.2, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.85 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.44 (s, 2 H), 4.44 (s, 3 H). [00260] Synthesis of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH-indole (1-107, X= CH). A solution of indole (250 mg, 2.14 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was cooled in an ice bath. To this solution was added sodium hydride (64.3 mg, 2.68 mmol), followed by 2-Bromo-4- bromomethyl-1-methoxy-benzene (500 mg, 1.79 mmol). The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. To the reaction was added saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (75 mL) and the layers separated. The organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 75 mL), water (3 x 75 mL) and brine (50 mL). The extract was dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. To residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 1:3 hexanes: dichloromethane to give the title compound (1-107, X = CH)(490 mg, 87% yield) which was taken into further reactions. IH NMR (400 MHz CDC13) d: 7.659-7.635 (m, IH), 7.391 (dd, J = 1.60 Hz, 0.80 Hz, IH), 7.215-7.092 (m, 4H), 6.996-6.969 (m, IH), 6.794 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, IH), 6.549 (dd, J = 3.00 Hz, 1.00 Hz, IH), 5.234 (s, 2H), 3.850 (s, 3H).
[00261] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- IH- indole (P-OlO). A suspension of 1 -(3 -Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)- IH- indole (150 mg, 0.474 mmol), palladium bis(triphenylphosphine)dichloride (13.3 mg, 0.0190 mmol), and 3- nitrophenylboronic acid (94.9 mg, 0.569 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) and 1 M aqueous sodium carbonate (1.1 mL) was stirred at 85 0C for 22 h. To the reaction was added ethyl acetate (30 mL). The organic suspension was washed with water (4 x 30 mL), brine (2 x 30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the elutant) to yield l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-indole P-010 (23.6 mg, 17% yield).
[00262] IH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) d: 8.36 (t, J = 1.60, IH), 8.16 (dt, J = 6.40, 0.90, 1H),7.76 (dd, J = 6.40, 0.80, 1H),7.65 (d, J= 6.40, 1H),7.53 (t, J= 6.20, 1H),7.326 (d, J = 6.40, IH), 7.26 - 7.10 (m, 5H), 6.92 (d, J = 7.20, IH), 6.55 (d, J = 2.40, IH), 5.32 (s, 2H), 3.797 (s, 3H). LCMS = 87.7% purity. MS(APCI+) = 359.1 (M+l).
[00263] Synthesis of 1 -(3 -Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)- 1 H-benzoimidazole (1-107, X = N). A suspension of 7H-benzoimidazole (317 mg, 2.68 mmol) and potassium carbonate (495 mg, 3.58 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at 45 0C for 1 h. To the heated suspension was added 2-Bromo-4-bromomethyl-l-methoxy-benzene (500 mg, 1.79 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 45 0C for 4 h, cooled to room temperature and stirred at room temperature overnight. About half of the solvent was removed under vacuum, and ethyl acetate (30 mL) was added. The organic solution was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3 x 30 mL), water (2 x 15 mL), and brine (15 mL). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude product as an orange oil. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound (282.5 mg; 48% yield) and a second crop of 50% pure 2- Bromo-4-bromomethyl-l-methoxy-benzene (207.1 mg).
[00264] 1Η NMR (400 MHz CDC13) 7.93 (s, IHO 7.84-7.82 (m, IH), 7.45 (d, J = 2.40 Hz, IH), 7.30-7.26 (m, 3H) 7.07 (dd, J = 8.60 Hz, 2.20 Hz, IH), 6.84 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, IH), 5.28 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H).
[00265] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-benzoimidazole (P -483).. A suspension of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH-benzoimidazole (1-107, X = N) (250 mg, 0.788 mmol), 3-nitrophenylboronic acid (132 mg, 0.788 mg), triphenylphosphine (20.6 mg, 0.0788 mmol), solid potassium carbonate (326 mg, 2.37 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (6 mL), water (1 mL), and ethanol (1 mL) was flushed with argon gas and the palladium acetate (8.9 mg, 0.0394 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated to 80 0C over night. Additional palladium acetate (8.9 mg, 0.039 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (20.6 mg, 0.0788 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred an additional night at 800C. The solvent was removed under vacuum and taken up in ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 75 mL), water (3 x 75 mL) water, and the combined aqueous layers were extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (75 mL), decolorized using activated carbon, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was taken up in dichloromethane (5 mL), hexanes (20 mL) were added and the yellow powder was filtered to give crude P-483. This was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10-20% acetone in dichloromethane, and the excess boronic acid removed by taking up the residue in dichloromethane (3 mL), and washing with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. This wash was extracted into dichloromethane (5 mL), the combined extracts dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give P-483 (23.9 mg, 8.4% yield) as an orange tacky powder.
[00266] IH NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) d: 8.44 (s, IH), 8.27 (t, J = 2.00 Hz, IH), 8.21-8.178 (m, IH), 7.924-7.898 (m, IH), 7.711 (t, J = 8.00 Hz, IH), 7.646-7.597 (m, 2H), 7.523 (d, J = 2.40 Hz, IH), 7.398 (dd, J = 8.40 Hz , 2.00 Hz, IH), 7.219-7.127 (m, 3H), 5.485 (s, 2H), 3.764 (s, 3H). LCMS = 93.1% purity. MS(ESI+) = 360.9 (M+l).
[00267] Synthesis 5-(5-Benzoimidazol-l-ylmethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl)- benzo[l,2,5]oxadiazole (P-014). A suspension of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH- benzoimidazole (1-107, X = N) (250 mg, 0.778 mmol), 1 N aqueous cesium carbonate (2.4 mL), and triphenylphosphine (20.7 mg, 0.0788 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred. To the suspension was added benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-boronic acid (155 mg, 0.946 mmol), the reaction purged with nitrogen, and bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0) (22.7 mg, 0.0394 mmol) was added under nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at 100 0C overnight. After cooling to room temperature, ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added. The organic suspension was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 50 mL), 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (3 x 50 mL), water (50 mL), and brine (50 mL), decolorized over activated carbon, dried over sodium sulfate, and removed under vacuum to give crude product. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to give P-014 (102.1 mg, 36% yield) as an off white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) d: 8.446 (s, IH), 8.054-8.020 (m, 2H), 7.715 (dd, J = 9.60 Hz, 1.60 Hz, IH), 7.651-7.649 (m, 2H), 7.605 (d, J = 2.40 Hz, IH), 7.440 (dd, J = 8.60 Hz, 2.20 Hz, IH), 7.244-7.147 (m, 3H), 5.485 (s, 2H), 3.787 (s, 3H). LCMS = 99.5 % purity. MS(ESI+) = 357.8 (M+l). Example 53. Preparation of P-005
Figure imgf000135_0001
1-109 1-110
Figure imgf000135_0002
P-005 P-005-HCI
[00268] Synthesis of 2-Bromo-4-chloromethyl-l-methoxy-benzene (1-109). 1-109 was synthesized from 4-chloromethylanisole (25.0 g, 159.6 mmol) using the same conditions as 1-42, and was purified by dissolution in diethyl ether (50 mL) and hexanes (50 mL) and crystallization by removing the diethyl ether under vacuum to give 1-109 (19.1 g, 51 % yield) as a yellow powder.
[00269] IH NMR (400 MHz CDC13) d: 7.584 (d, J = 2.40 Hz, IH), 7.296 (dd, J = 8.40 Hz, 2.00 Hz, IH), 6.871 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, IH), 4.520 (s, 2H), 3.901 (s, 3H).
[00270] Synthesis of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH-[l,2,4]triazole (1-110). A suspension of 1,2,4-triazole (5.72 g, 82.8 mmol), 3-bromo-4-methoxybenzylchloride (I- 109) (13.0 g, 55.2 mmol), and solid cesium carbonate (27.0 g, 82.8 mmol) in DMF (225 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (400 mL) Dilute with 400 ml EA, and washed with water (300 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 150 mL), and all the ethyl acetate extracts combined, washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3 x 300 mL), water (2 x 300 mL), and brine (300 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-110 as a yellow oil (11.39 g; 77% yield) which solidified to a greasy yellow solid. [00271] 1H NMR (400 MHz CDCl3) d: 8.060 (s, IH), 7.969 (s, IH), 7.492 (d, J = 2.00 Hz, IH), 7.212 (dd, J = 8.60 Hz, 2.20 Hz, IH), 6.890 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, IH).
[00272] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-l,2,4]triazole (P-005). A solution of 1-110 (12.8 g, 47.6 mmol) and 3-nitrophenylboronic acid (9.53 g, 57.1 mmol) in DMF (250 mL) was purged with nitrogen for 10 min at room temperautre and 1 N aqueous sodium carbonate (143 mL), triphenylphosphine (2.49 g, 9.51 mmol), and bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0) (2.73 g, 4.75 mmol under nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 800C and stirred overnight. The reaction did not go to completion, so it was heated to 1000C with vigorous stirring for 2 h. The diluted with ethyl acetate (1 L) and washed with water (3 x 1 L) and brine (500 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum to give a brown oil. The oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 0-5% acetone in dichloromethane, and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (300 mL), washed with water (2 x 300 mL), and brine (300 mL) to give a 30% mixture of I- 110 and P-005. This mixture was added to a solution of 3-nitrophenylboronic acid (8.00 g, 47.9 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (2.24 g, 8.58 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (150 mL). Argon was bubbled through for 10 min, and methanol (15 mL), water (15 mL), solid potassium carbonate (17.8 g, 129 mmol), and palladium acetate (960 mg, 4.29 mmol) were added under argon gas, and the argon stream was continued for 10 min. The reaction stirred at 80 0C under nitrogen overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (300 mL) and washed with water (300 mL). The water was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 300 mL), and the extracts combined. The organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 500 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 500 mL), and brine (500 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and removed under vacuum to give crude product as a brown oil. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 0-25% acetone in dichloromethane to give slightly impure P-005. The material was triturated with dichloromethane (30 mL) in hexanes (300 mL), then in dichloromethane (15 mL) and hexanes (10 mL) and washed with hexanes (20 mL) to give pure P-005 (5.26 g, 36% yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl3): 3.84 (s, 3H), 5.34 (s, 2 H), 7.02 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, 1 H), 7.32 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (s, 1 H), 8.09 (s, 1 H), 8.19 (dd, J= 8.3, 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.38 (t, J= 1.7 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 100.0 % purity. MS(APCI+) = 311.1 (M+l).
HPLC (220 nm); 99.95%. [Mobile Phase A and Mobile Phase B = Water and Acetonitrile, Symmetry Cl 8, (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 um), Flow=1.0 mL/min, Inj. Wash = ACN, Inj. VoL= 10 uL. Retention time = 22.16 min]
[00273] Elemental Analysis (CaIc): C 61.93, H 4.55, N 18.05 (Found), C 61.92, H 4.62, N 17.88.
[00274] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-l,2,4]triazole hydrochloride salt (P-005). A solution of 1-111 (200 mg, 0.645 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) was stirred at room temperature. To this was added 2 M hydrogen chloride in diethyl ether at room temperature. The reaction turned cloudy after 10 sec. The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 45 min, and the reaction filtered and washed with diethyl ether to give P-005 (189.0 mg, 85% yield) as a white solid.
[00275] IH NMR.(400 MHz d6-DMSO) d: 8.736 (s, IH), 8.282 (t, J = 2.00 Hz, IH),
8.219-8.192 (m, IH), 8.026 (s, IH), 7.941-7.922 (m, IH), 7.724 (t, J = 8.00 Hz, IH),
7.434 (d, J = 2.40 Hz, IH), 7.389 (dd, J = 8.40 Hz, 2.40 Hz, IH), 7.175 (d, J = 8.80 Hz,
IH), 5.417 (s, 2H), 3.797 (s, 3H).
LCMS = 100.0 % purity. MS(APCI+) = 311.1 (M+l).
Elemental Analysis (CaIc): C, 55.42 H 4.36, N 16.16 , Cl 10.22 (Found): C 55.23 , H
4.39, N 16.00, Cl 11.06
Example 54. Preparation of P-486
Figure imgf000137_0001
P-486
[00276] Synthesis of 5-(2-Methoxy-5-[l,2,4]triazol-l-ylmethyl-phenyl)-lH-indole (P- 486). P-486 was synthesized from 7H-indole-3 -boronic acid (240 mg, 1.49 mmol) and I- 110 (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) using conditions similar to those that were used for 1-111. The reaction was worked up by diluting the reaction with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washing with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (3x 30 mL), water (2 x 30 mL), and brine (30 mL). The organic portion was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 2% methanol in dichloromethane, followed by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting wit 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexanes, and then separation on a silica gel preparatory plate eluting with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give P-486 (51.6 mg, 23% yield).
[00277] IH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 3.82 (s, 3 H) 5.33 (s, 2 H) 6.58 (br. s., 1 H) 6.98 (d, J=8.33 Hz, 1 H) 7.18 - 7.25 (m, 2 H) 7.29 - 7.35 (m, 2 H) 7.38 - 7.44 (m, 1 H) 7.73 (s, 1 H) 7.96 (s, 1 H) 8.06 (s, 1 H) 8.17 (br. s., 1 H) LCMS = 100.0 % purity. MS(APCI+) = 305.1 (M+ 1).
Example 55. Preparation of P-488
Figure imgf000138_0001
P-009 P-488 P-487 P-018
[00278] Synthesis of 6-(6-Hydroxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl methyl)-2H-pyridazin-3- one (P-488). To a mixture of compound P-009 (260 mg, 0.77 mmol) in dichloroethane (15 ml), boron tribromide (1 M in dichloromethane, 2.3 ml, 2.3 mmol) was added at -70 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm up to rt and then stirred at rt for 2 hrs. Water (100 ml) and sat. NaHCO3 aq. (20 ml) were added to the reaction mixture and it was stirred at rt for 1 hr. The resulting solid was filtered and washed with water (50 ml) to give 236 mg (95%) of P-488.
[00279] 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.83 (2H, s), 6.79 (IH, dd, J = 9.6 and 2 Hz), 6.94 (IH, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.10 (IH, dd, J = 8.4 and 2 Hz), 7.29 (IH, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.33 (IH, d, J = 9.6 Hz), 7.70 (IH, dd, J = 8 and 8 Hz), 8.00 (IH, m), 8.16 (IH, m), 8.40 (IH, m), 9.83 (IH, s), 12.80 (IH, br). MS(ESI-): 322.5 (M-I) LC-MS: 97 %. Example 56. Preparation of P-487 and P-018
[00280] Synthesis of 6-[6-(2-Methoxy-ethoxy)-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]-2H- pyridazin-3-one P-018 and 6-[6-(2-Methoxy-ethoxy)-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]-2-(2- methoxy-ethyl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one P-487. A reaction mixture of compound P-488 (97 mg, 0.3 mmol), Bromoethyl methyl ether (63 mg, 0.45 mg) and K2CO3 (124 mg, 0.9 mmol) in 2-butanone (15 ml) was stirred at 80 0C under argon for 18 hrs. After cooling to rt, water (10 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and the pH was adjusted to acidic by addition of 2 N HCl aq. and then extracted with ethyl acetate (40 ml). The organic layer was washed with water (20 ml), brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate. Hexane as eluent to give 30 mg of product P-487 (3a) and 20 mg of product P-018 (3b). [00281] P-487 : 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.24 (3H, s), 3.61 (2H, m), 3.89 (2H, s), 4.15 (2H, m), 6.81 (IH, d, J = 9.6 Hz), 7.13 (IH, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.26 (IH, dd, J = 8.8 and 2 Hz), 7.35 (2H, m), 7.71 (IH, dd, J= 8 and 8 Hz), 8.00 (IH, m), 8.18 (IH, m), 8.43 (IH, m) ppm. MS(ESI-): 380.6 (M-I) LC-MS: 98 %.
[00282] P-018 : 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.34 (3H, s), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.68 (2H, m), 3.80 (2H, t, J = 5.5 Hz), 3.92 (2H, s), 4.14 (2H, m), 4.36 (2H, t, J = 5.5 Hz), 6.84 (IH, d, J = 9.5 Hz), 6.98 (IH, d, J = 8 Hz), 7.05 (IH, d, J = 9.5 Hz), 7.19 - 7.22 (2H, m), 7.55 (IH, dd, J = 8 and 8 Hz), 7.87 (IH, m), 8.17 (IH, m), 8.49 (IH, m) ppm. MS(APCI+): 440.1 (M+ 1)
[00283] Scheme 25.
Figure imgf000140_0001
1-81 1-112
Figure imgf000140_0002
P-017
Example 57. Preparation of P-017
[00284] Synthesis of 2,6-dimethoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl (1-81). To 1 -bromo-3 - nitrobenzene (2.02 g, 10.0 mmol), 2,6-dimethoxyphenylboronic acid (2.70 g, 15.0 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.52 g, 2.0 mmol), K2CO3 (4.14 g, 30.0 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (0.009 g, 0.04 mmol) was added DME (80 mL) and EtOH/H2O (1: 1, 20 mL). Argon gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C under argon for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and H2O (60 mL) and dichloromethane (80 mL) were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes as eluent to afford 1.69 g (65%) of 1-81 as a white solid.
[00285] Synthesis of (2-hydroxy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl)-pyridin-4-yl- methanone (1-112). 1-81 (0.26 g, 1.0 mmol), 4-nicotinyl chloride (0.18 g, 1.0 mmol), and dichloromethane (2 mL) were stirred for 5 min at room temperature. AICI3 (0.33 g, 2.47 mmol) was added in portions over 30 min under argon, then argon gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for an additional 2 min. The vial was capped and stirred at room temperature for 30 min, then at 50 0C for 4 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and poured onto cooled concentrated HCl (3 mL). The resulting aqueous mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), the aqueous layer was separated, made basic through the addition of 50% aqueous NaOH, and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The combined organics were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 2% MeOH/dichloromethane as eluent to afford 0.02 g (6%) of I- 112 as an off- white solid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 12.53 (s, IH), 8.84 (dd, J= 4.4, 1.6 Hz, 2 H), 8.3-8.32 (m, 1 H), 8.21-8.25 (m, 1 H), 7.74-7.78 (m, 1 H), 7.48-7.63 (m, 4 H), 6.61 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.87 (s, 3 H); MS(ESI-): 349.3 (M-I), LC-MS: 94.3%.
[00286] Synthesis of 6-methoxy-3'-nitro-3-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-biphenyl-2-ol (P-017). To a cooled (0 C) and stirred solution of TFA (2.5 ml) under N2 was added NaBH4 (0.12 g, 3.09 mmol) in portions over 20 min. The reaction mixture was warmed to 15 0C, and a solution of 1-112 (0.055 g, 0.15 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.5 mL), was added over 30 min. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20 h, poured onto ice-water (10 mL), made basic (pH 8-10) through the addition of 50% aqueous NaOH, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (60 mL), dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 2% MeOH/dichloromethane as eluent to afford 0.039 g (74%) of P-017 as a foamy solid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): 8.41 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.2-8.26 (m, 2 H), 7.6-7.74 (m, 2 H), 7.1-7.18 (m, 3 H), 6.57 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.3 9s, 1 H), 3.96 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H); MS(ESI-): 335.1 (M-I), LC-MS: 92.5%.
Example 58. Preparation of P-019. [00287] Scheme 26.
PPh3
Figure imgf000142_0001
1-113 1-114
Figure imgf000142_0002
P-019
[00288] Synthesis of 2-iodo-3-methoxy-6-methyl-pyridine (1-95). To 2-iodo-6- methyl-pyridin-3-ol (1.0 g, 4.25 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.18 g, 8.51 mmol) in acetone (20 mL) was added MeI (0.91 g, 6.38 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 45 0C under N2 for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane to afford 1.04 g (98%) of 1-95 as light yellow solid.
[00289] Synthesis of 3-methoxy-6-methyl-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridine (1-113). To I- 95 (0.5 g, 2.0 mmol), 3 -nitrophenylboronic acid (0.5 g, 3.06 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.11 g, 0.4 mmol), K2CO3 (0.83 g, 6.0 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (0.045 g, 0.2 mmol) was added DME (16 mL), and EtOH-H2O (1: 1, 4 mL). Argon gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 60 0C under argon for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and H2O and dichloromethane (40 mL each) were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 0.22 g (44%) of 1-113 as a light yellow solid. [00290] Synthesis of 6-bromomethyl-3-methoxy-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridine (1-114). To 1-113 (0.21 g, 0.86 mmol) and NBS (0.17 g, 0.95 mmol) in CCl4 (IO mL) was added benzoylperoxide (0.02 g, 0.08 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 60 0C under N2 for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in a mixture of dichloromethane and hexanes (1: 1, 8 mL) and purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane:hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 0.15 g (55%) of 1-114 as a light brown solid.
[00291] Synthesis of 3 -methoxy-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-6-pyridin-4-ylmethyl -pyridine (P- 019). To 1-114 (0.1 g, 0.31 mmol), 4-pyridylboronic acid (0.057 g, 0.46 mmol), Triphenylphosphine (0.008 g, 0.031 mmol), K3PO4 (0.13 g, 0.62 mmol) and palladium(II)acetate (0.004 g, 0.015 mmol) was added DME (4 mL), and EtOH-H2O (1: 1, 1 mL). Argon gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C under argon for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and diluted with H2O and dichloromethane (40 mL each). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC using 3% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 0.051 g (51%) of P-019 as a light brown viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDC13, 400MHz): 8.89 (dd, J= 2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.52-8.55 (m, 1 H), 8.31-8.34 (m, 1 H), 8.2-8.24 (m, 1 H), 7.64-7.7 (m, 1 H), 7.58 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 1 H), 7.2-7.3 (m, 2 H), 7.12 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.16 (s, 2 H), 3.9 (s, 3 H); MS(APCI+): 322.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 95.6%.
Example 59. Preparation of P-020.
Figure imgf000143_0001
P-488 p-°20
[00292] Synthesis of Carbamic acid 3'-nitro-5-(6-oxo-l,6-dihydro-pyridazin-3- ylmethyl)-biphenyl-2-yl ester (P-020). A reaction mixture of compound P-488 (97 mg, 0.3 mmol) and chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (64 mg, 0.45 mg) in dichloromethane (15 ml) was stirred at rt under argon for 3 days. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (40 ml) and washed with dichloromethane (40 mL) and ethyl acetate (40 mL). Water was removal under vacuum, the residue was stirred with acetone (40 mL), and the resulting solid was filtered and washed with water (30 mL) to give 20 mg of product P-020. The acetone mother liquid was concentrated to 5 ml and the resulting solid was filtered to give another 40 mg of product P-020.
[00293] Yield: 55 % 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.92 (2H, s), 6.82 (IH, dd, J= 9.6 and 2.4 Hz), 6.82 (IH, br), 7.15 (IH, br), 7.18 (IH, J= 8.4 Hz), 7.32 (IH, dd, J= 8 and 2 Hz), 7.41 (IH, d, J= 10 Hz), 7.44 (IH, d, J= 2Hz), 7.75 (IH, dd, J= 8 and 8 Hz), 7.88 (IH, m). MS(ESI+): 367.5 (M+l) LC-MS: 92%.
Example 60. Preparation of P-021.
Figure imgf000144_0001
1-114 P-021
[00294] Synthesis of 6-benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl-3-methoxy-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)- pyridine (P-021). To 1-114 (0.1 g, 0.31 mmol), 3,4-methylenedioxyphenylboronic acid (0.077 g, 0.46 mmol), Triphenylphosphine (0.008 g, 0.031 mmol), K3PO4 (0.13 g, 0.62 mmol) and palladium(II)acetate (0.004 g, 0.015 mmol) was added DME (4 mL), and EtOH-H2θ (1: 1, 1 mL). Argon gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C under argon for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and diluted with H2O and dichloromethane (40 mL each). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 0.08 g (71%) of P-021 as a light brown viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.89 (dd, J= 2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.34-8.37 (m, 1 H), 8.2-8.24 (m, 1 H), 7.59 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.22-7.28 (m, 2 H), 7.09 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.78-6.8 (m, 2 H), 5.93 (s, 2 H), 4.09 (s, 2 H), 3.88 (s, 3 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 365.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 94.3%.
Example 61. Preparation of P-491.
Figure imgf000145_0001
1-114 P-491
[00295] Synthesis of [5-methoxy-6-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-methanol (P-491). To 1-114 (0.06 g, 0.19 mmol), cyclopentanol (0.032 g, 0.37 mmol), and CsCO3 (0.18 g, 0.56 mmol) was added DMF (2.5 mL). The vial was capped and stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The reaction was diluted with 1: 1 ethyl acetate-H2O (60 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC using 2% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 0.015 g (31%) of P-491 as a viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.88 (dd, J= 2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.32-8.36 (m, 1 H), 8.22-8.26 (m, 1 H), 7.62 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.78 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.94 (s, 3 H), 3.37 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H); MS(APCI+): 261.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 100%.
Example 62. Preparation of P-023.
PPh3
Figure imgf000145_0003
Figure imgf000145_0002
1-114 P-023 [00296] Synthesis of 6-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-3-methoxy-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridine (P- 023). To 1-114 (0.05 g, 0.15 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (1) (0.032 g, 0.23 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.004 g, 0.015 mmol), K3PO4 (0.066 g, 0.31 mmol), and palladium(II)acetate (0.002 g, 0.008 mmol) was added DME (1.8 mL), and EtOH-H2O (1: 1, 0.6 mL). The reaction was stirred at 160 0C for 5 min using Biotage-60 Microwave Synthsizer. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 0.024 g (46%) of P-023 as a light brown viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.89 (dd, J= 2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.32-8.36 (m, 1 H), 8.2- 8.24 (m, 1 H), 7.59 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.22-7.3 (m, 3 H), 7.07 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.96-7.04 (m, 2 H), 4.14 (s, 2 H), 3.88 (s, 3 H); MS(APCI+): 339.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 100%.
Example 63. Preparation of P-024.
Figure imgf000146_0001
1-114 P-024
[00297] Synthesis of 3 -methoxy-2-(3 -nitro-phenyl)-6- [ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -ylmethyl- pyridine (P-024). To 1-114 (0.055 g, 0.17 mmol), lH-[l,2,4]triazole (0.018 g, 0.26 mmol), and CsCO3 (0.17 g, 0.51 mmol) was added DMF (2 mL). The vial was capped and stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The reaction was diluted with 1 : 1 ethyl acetate- H2O (60 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC using 3% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 0.043 g (81%) of P-024 as an off white solid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.87 (dd, J= 2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.22-8.3 (m, 3 H), 7.99 (s, 1 H), 7.6 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.5 (s, 2 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H); MS(APCI+): 312.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 100%.
Example 64. Preparation of P-026.
Figure imgf000147_0001
1-114 P-026
[00298] Synthesis of 4-[5-methoxy-6-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]- morpholine (P-026). To 1-114 (0.06 g, 0.19 mmol), morpholine (0.032 g, 0.37 mmol), and CS2CO3 (0.18 g, 0.56 mmol) was added DMF (2.5 mL). The vial was capped and stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The reaction was diluted with 1 : 1 ethyl acetate-H2O (60 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 0.051 g (80%) of P-026 as a viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.86 (dd, J= 2.4, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.3-8.34 (m, 1 H), 8.2-8.24 (m, 1 H), 7.59 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.91 (s, 3 H), 3.75 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4 H), 3.71 (s, 2 H), 2.56 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4 H); MS(APCI+): 330.9 (M+l), LC-MS: 97%.
Example 65. Preparation of P-030.
Figure imgf000147_0002
1-114 P-030 [00299] Synthesis of 6-isopropoxymethyl-3-methoxy-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridine (P- 030). To a cooled (0 0C) and stirred suspension of NaH (0.016 g, 0.39 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added a solution of isopropanol (0.033 g, 0.56 mmol) in DMF (0.5 ml). The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. After cooling to (0 0C), a solution of 1-114 (0.06 g, 0.19 mmol) in DMF (1.0 mL) was added over 5 min. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. The reaction was poured on to crushed ice-water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane to afford 0.027 g (47%) of P-030 as a viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.86 (dd, J= 2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.33 (dt, J= 8.0, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.2-8.25 (m, 1 H), 7.59 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.66 (s, 2 H), 3.91 (s, 3 H), 3.72-3.81 (m, 1 H), 1.27 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 6 H); MS(APCI+): 303.1 (M+ 1), LC-MS: 100%.
Example 66 . Preparation of P-031.
Figure imgf000148_0001
[00300] Synthesis of l-[5-methoxy-6-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidin- 2-one (P-031). To 1-114 (0.08 g, 0.25 mmol), pyrrolidone (0.042 g, 0.5 mmol), and CS2CO3 (0.24 g, 0.74 mmol) was added DMF (3 mL). The vial was capped and stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The reaction was diluted with 1 : 1 ethyl acetate-H2O (60 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep TLC using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 0.054 g (78%) of P-031 as a viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.88-8.9 (m, 1 H), 8.36 (dt, J= 8.0, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.2-8.25 (m, 1 H), 7.6 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.26-7.34 (m, 2 H), 4.61 (s, 2 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 3.49 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2 H), 2.47 (t, J= 8.02 Hz, 2 H), 2.0-2.2 (m, 2 H); MS(APCI+): 328.8 (M+l), LC-MS: 94.0%.
Example 67. Preparation of P-033.
Figure imgf000149_0001
1-114 P-033
[00301] Synthesis of l-[5-methoxy-6-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]- imidazolidin-2-one (P-033). To 1-114 (0.08 g, 0.25 mmol), imidazol-2-one (0.053 g, 0.62 mmol), and K2CO3 (0.086 g, 0.62 mmol) was added DMF (3 mL). The vial was capped and heated at 80 0C for 20 h. The reaction was diluted with 1: 1 ethyl acetate-H2θ (60 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep TLC using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 0.015 g (18%) of P-033 as an off white foamy solid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.88-8.95 (m, 1 H), 8.36 (dt, J= 7.6, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.2-8.24 (m, 1 H), 7.6 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (s, 2 H), 4.55 (s, 1 H), 4.53 (s, 2 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 3.44- 3.58 (m, 4 H); MS(APCI+): 329.0 (M+l), LC-MS: 90.7%.
Example 68. Preparation of P-038.
Figure imgf000150_0001
1-114
P-038
[00302] Synthesis of 6-cyclopentyloxymethyl-3-methoxy-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyridine (P-038). To a cooled (0 0C) and stirred suspension of NaH (0.016 g, 0.39 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added a solution of cyclopentanol (0.048 g, 0.56 mmol) in DMF (0.5 ml). The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. After cooling to 0 0C, a solution of I- 114 (0.06 g, 0.19 mmol) in DMF (1.0 mL) was added over 5 min. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. The reaction was poured on to crushed ice-water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane to afford 0.047 g (77%) of P-038 as a viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.86 (dd, J= 2.4, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.3-8.34 (m, 1 H), 8.2-8.24 (m, 1 H), 7.59 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.63 (s, 2 H), 4.07-4.12 (m, 1 H), 3.91 (s, 3 H), 1.7-1.84 (m, 8 H); MS(APCI+): 329.7 (M+l), LC-MS: 96.1%.
Example 69. Preparation of P-064.
[00303] Scheme 27.
Figure imgf000151_0001
[00304] Synthesis of 2-bromo-6-methyl-pyridin-3-ol (1-115). To 6-methyl-pyridin-3- ol (5.0 g, 45.82 mmol) in pyridine (15 mL) was added bromine (3.66 g, 22.91 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature under N2 for 20 h. The crude reaction mixture was poured on to crushed ice-water (300 mL) and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate (5 x 100 mL), washed with brine, dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 6.3 g (738%) of 1-115 as light yellow solid.
[00305] Synthesis of 2-bromo-3-methoxy-6-methyl-pyridine (1-116). To crude 1-115 (6.0 g, 31.91 mmol) and K2CO3 (8.82 g, 63.82 mmol) in acetone (100 mL) was added methyl iodide (6.79 g, 479.87 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 45 0C under N2 for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes to afford 2.34 g (36%) of 1-116 as an off-white solid.
[00306] Synthesis of 3-methoxy-6-methyl-2-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-pyridine (I- 117). To 1-116 (1.2 g, 5.94 mmol), 3-trifluoromethylphenylboronic acid (1.69 g, 8.91 mmol), Triphenylphosphine (0.31 g, 1.19 mmol), K2CO3 (2.46 g, 17.82 mmol) and palladium(II)acetate (0.13 g, 0.59 mmol) was added DME (15 mL) and EtOH-H2O (1 : 1, 6 mL). Argon gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C under argon for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and H2O and dichloromethane (40 mL each) were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 1.36 g (86%) of 1-117 as a light yellow solid.
[00307] Synthesis of 6-bromomethyl-3-methoxy-2-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- pyridine (1-118). To 1-117 (1.3 g, 4.86 mmol) and NBS (1.04 g, 5.83 mmol) in CCl4 (25 mL) was added benzoyl peroxide (0.12 g, 0.49 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 80 0C under N2 for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in a mixture of dichloromethane and hexanes (1: 1, 8 mL) and purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes to afford 0.74 g (44%) of 1-118 as an off-white solid.
[00308] Synthesis of 3-methoxy-6-[l,2,4]triazol-l-ylmethyl-2-(3-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-pyridine(P-064). To 1-118 (0.2 g, 0.58 mmol), lH-[l,2,4]triazole (0.048 g, 0.26 mmol), and Cs2Cθ3 (0.56 g, 1.73 mmol) was added DMF (4 mL). The vial was capped and stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The reaction was diluted with crushed ice-H2O (60 mL), stirred for 5 h, filtered, and dried to afford 0.14 g (73%) of P-064 as an off white solid. IH NMR (CDC13, 400MHz): 8.28 (s, 1 H), 8.21 9s, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (s, 1 H), 7.65 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.52-7.59 (m, 1 H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.49 (s, 2 H), 3.89 (s, 3 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 335.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 91.4%.
[00309] Scheme 28.
Figure imgf000153_0001
P-492
Example 70. Preparation of P-492
[00310] Synthesis of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-2,6-dione (1-119). A suspension of sodium hydride (56.0 mg, 2.34 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (12 mL) was stirred under nitrogen for 5 min. To the suspension was added piperidine-2,6-dione (264 mg, 2.34 mmol) and the reaction was stirred under nitrogen for 5 additional minutes. After gas evolution ceased, 1-109 (500 mg, 2.12 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for 24 h under nitrogen at ambient temperature. The reaction was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL) and the suspension was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The purple organic extract was washed with water (3 x 50 mL) water, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3 x 50 mL), brine (50 mL) dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to afford 476.1 mg of 1-119 as a purple powder in 72% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.59 (d, J= 2.40 Hz, IH), 7.33 (dd, J= 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.80 (d, J= 8.40 Hz, IH), 4.85 (s, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 2.67 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 4H), 1.95-1.92 (m, 2H).
[00311] Synthesis of l-(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-2,6- dione (P-492). A solution of 1-119 (200 mg, 0641 mmol) and benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl- boronic acid (117 mg, 0.705 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane were degassed with a nitrogen stream for 10 min. Subsequently, triphenylphosphine (33.5 mg, 0.128 mmol), solid potassium carbonate (265 mg, 1.92 mmol) and a mixture of ethanol and water (1: 1, 1 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred under nitrogen for 10 min. To the reaction was added palladium(II)acetate, and the reaction heated to 800C with stirring overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was suspended in saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), and the aqueous slurry was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (3 x 50 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized using activated charcoal, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography on flash silica gel eluting with 0-10% acetone in dichloromethane followed by trituration with diethyl ether (10 mL) to afford 50.9 mg of P-492 as an off white solid in 22% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3 400 MHz). 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.95 (dd, J = 8.1 Hz, J = 1.7 Hz, IH), 6.86 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 5.98 (s, 2H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.66 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 4H), 1.93 (m, 2H). LCMS = 100.0 % purity. MS (APCI-) 350.0 (M-H).
Example 71. Preparation of P-070.
Figure imgf000154_0001
1-114 P-070
[00312] Synthesis of (S)-l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol (P-070). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-114 (0.30 g, 0.93 mmol), (S)- pyrrolidin-3-ol (54 mg, 0.62 mmol), Cs2CO3 (0.20 g, 0.62 mmol), and DMF (2 mL). The reaction was stirred for 4 days at room temperature and then 10 mL water was added. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL) and the organics were combined and conecentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 0-5% methanol/dichloromethane to aford 27.7 mg (14%) of P-070 as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.75 (m, 1 H) 2.14 - 2.27 (m, 1 H) 2.29 - 2.41 (m, 1 H) 2.56 (dd, J=IO.1, 5.1 Hz, 1 H) 2.68 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1 H) 2.88 (td, J=8.6, 5.3 Hz, 1 H) 3.63 (s, 2 H) 3.83 (s, 3 H) 4.29 - 4.43 (m, 1 H) 6.96 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.28 - 7.38 (m, 2 H) 7.56 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.86 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1 H) 8.17 (dd, J=8.2, 1.9 Hz, 1 H) 8.42 (s, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 98.5%, 329.1 (APCI+)
Example 72. Preparation of P-071.
Figure imgf000155_0001
1-114 P-071
[00313] Synthesis of (R)-l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol (P-071). The same procedure was used as described for P-070 except using (R)- Pyrrolidin-3 -ol. P-071 was obtained 44.2 mg (22%) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.75 (m, 1 H) 2.13 - 2.28 (m, 1 H) 2.29 - 2.41 (m, 1 H) 2.56 (dd, J=10.0, 5.0 Hz, 1 H) 2.69 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1 H) 2.88 (td, J=8.6, 5.2 Hz, 1 H) 3.63 (s, 2 H) 3.83 (s, 3 H) 4.29 - 4.41 (m, 1 H) 6.96 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.28 - 7.38 (m, 2 H) 7.56 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.86 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H) 8.17 (dd, J=8.2, 1.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.42 (t, J=I .7 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 99.0%, 329.1 (APCI+)
Example 73. Preparation of P-493.
Figure imgf000155_0002
[00314] Synthesis of [(R)-l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2- yl]-methanol (P-493). The same procedure was used as described for P-070 except using (R)-l-Pyrrolidin-2-yl-methanol to obtain P-493 (110 mg, 52%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.63 - 1.77 (m, 2 H) 1.78 - 1.89 (m, 1 H) 1.89 - 2.03 (m, 1 H) 2.28 - 2.37 (m, 1 H) 2.74 (m, 1 H) 3.01 (ddd, J =9.1, 6.0, 3.4 Hz, 1 H) 3.37 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1 H) 3.44 (dd, J=10.7, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) 3.66 (dd, J=10.7, 3.5 Hz, 1 H) 3.83 (s, 3 H) 3.95 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1 H) 6.97 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.25 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.32 (dd, J=8.3, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.56 (t, J= 8.0Hz, 1 H) 7.85 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H) 8.18 (dd, J=8.3, 1.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.41 (t, J=I.8 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 98.9%, 343.1 (APCI+)
Example 74. Preparation of P-072.
Figure imgf000156_0001
1-114 P-072
[00315] Synthesis of [(S)-l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2- yl]-methanol (P-072). The same procedure was used as described for P-070 except using (R)-l-Pyrrolidin-2-yl-methanol to obtain P-072 (68 mg, 32%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.63 - 1.78 (m, 2 H) 1.84 (td, J=13.2, 5.6 Hz, 1 H) 1.89 - 2.02 (m, 1 H) 2.33 (q, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H) 2.69 - 2.82 (m, 1 H) 2.95 - 3.07 (m, 1 H) 3.38 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1 H) 3.44 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1 H) 3.66 (dd, J=10.7, 3.4 Hz, 1 H) 3.83 (s, 3 H) 3.96 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1 H) 6.97 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.24 - 7.26 (m, 1 H) 7.29 - 7.36 (m, 1 H) 7.56 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.85 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H) 8.18 (dd, J=8.2, 1.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.41 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 98.8%, 343.1 (APCI+)
Example 75. Preparation of P-076.
Figure imgf000156_0002
1-114 P-076 [00316] Synthesis of 3-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-oxazolidin-2-one (P-076). Into a dry 100 mL round bottom flask with stir bar was added oxazolidinone (0.15 g, 1.74 mmol) and dry THF (8 mL). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and NaH (83 mg, 2.09 mmol) was added. The suspension was stirred for 10 minutes at 0 0C and 20 minutes at room temperature, and then cooled to 0 0C. 1-114 (0.56 g, 1.74 mmol) in 2 mL dry THF was added to the above mixture and the reaction was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. 10 mL of aqueous saturated NH4CI was added and the THF was removed under reduced pressure. An additional 10 mL of water was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated, and purified by flash column chromatography using 35%-75% ethyl acetate/hexanes to obtain 94 mg (16%) of P-076 as an oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.47 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 2 H) 3.84 (s, 3 H) 4.32 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2 H) 4.44 (s, 2 H) 7.00 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H) 7.26 (s, 1 H) 7.33 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1 H) 7.57 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.83 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1 H) 8.19 (dd, J=8.2, 1.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.40 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 98.0 %, 328.1 (APCI-)
Example 76. Preparation of P-OOl.
[00317] Scheme 29.
Figure imgf000157_0001
O 4 1-70
Figure imgf000157_0002
P-001 P-494 P-067
[00318] Synthesis of 2-Methoxy-5-methyl-3'-nitro-biphenyl (1-69): A reaction mixture of 2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl boronic acid (1.65 g, 10 mmol), 3-nitro- iodobenzen (2.49 g, 10 mmol), K2CO3 (2.76 g, 20 mmol), palladium(II)acetate (112 mg, 0.5 mmol) in methanol (75 ml) and water (15 ml) was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 ml) washed with diluted Na2S2O? aq., water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, 2.5 g (100%) of 1-69 was obtained.
[00319] Synthesis of 5-Bromomethyl-2-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl (1-70): To a mixture of compound 1-69 (2.43 g, 10 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (150 mL), was added bromine (1.76 g, 11 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 0C under a sun lamp for 1 hr. After removal of solvent, the residue was washed with diethylether (15 mL)/Hexane (15 mL) to give 2.1 g (65%) of compound 1-70.
[00320] Synthesis of 5-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl (P-OOl): A reaction mixture of 1-70 (300 mg, 0.93 mmol), 4-fluorophenyl-boronic acid (196 mg, 1.4 mmol), triphenylphosphine (52 mg, 0.2 mmol), K3PO4 (394 mg, 1.86 mmol), palladium(II)acetate (22 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DME (5 ml), ethanol (0.5 ml) and water (0.5 ml) was stirred at 80 0C overnight under argon. The reaction mixture was diluted with diethylether (40 ml), washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /Hexane as eluent to give 200 mg (60%) of P-001 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-(Z6): 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 2H), 7.05 - 7.14 (m, 3H), 7.22 - 7.34 (m, 4H), 7.65 - 7.78 (m, IH), 7.92 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, I H), 8.18 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.34 Hz, 1 H), 8.28 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 97.4% purity TSI(+) = 308.6 (M-29).
Example 77. Preparation of P-494.
[00321] Synthesis of 5-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-3'-nitro-biphenyl-2-ol (P-494): To a mixture of compound P-001 (200 mg, 0.59 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 ml) was added BBr3 (IM in dichloromethane, 1.78 ml, 1.78 mmol) at -78 0C under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 0C to rt overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 20 ml). The dichloromethane layer was washed with water (2 x 40 ml), brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /Hexane as eluent to give 180 mg (94%) of P-494. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.94 (2H, s), 4.83 (IH, s), 6.87 (IH, d, J = 8 Hz), 6.99 (2H, m), 7.07 - 7.17 (4H, m), 7.60 (IH, dd, J = 8 and 8 Hz), 7.85 (IH, m), 8.21 (IH, m), 8.40 (IH, m). MS(APCI-): 322.1 (M-I) LC- MS: 97 %.
Example 78. Preparation of P-067.
[00322] Synthesis of (7) 2-Difluoromethoxy-5-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-3'-nitro-biphenyl (P- 067): To a mixture of compound P-494 (100 mg, 0.3 mmol) and NaOH (40 mg, 1 mmol) in DMF (6 ml), was added sodium chlorodifluoroacetate (228 mg, 1.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 0C overnight. After removal of solvent, the residue was diluted with water (40 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (4 x 30 ml), brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with dichloromethane /Hexane as eluent to give 45 mg (40%) of P-067. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 4.00 (2H, s), 6.37 (IH, t, J= 7,3 Hz), 7.00 (2H, m), 7.15 (2H, m), 7.22 (IH, m), 7.59 (IH, dd, J= 8 and 8 Hz), 7.80 (IH, m), 8.22 (IH, m), 8.32 (IH, m) ppm. MS(APCI-): 373.1 (M-I) LC-MS: 98 %.
[00323] Example 79. Preparation of P-022.
Figure imgf000159_0001
P-022
[00324] Synthesis of 2'-Methoxy-5'-[ l,2,4]triazol- 1 -ylmethyl-biphenyl-3 -carboxylic acid methyl ester (P-022). A nitrogen stream was bubbled through a solution of 1-110 (810 mg, 3.02 mmol) and 3 -methoxycarbonylphenylboronic acid (816 mg, 4.53 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) for 45 min. To this solution was added bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (106 mg, 0.151 mmol) and 1 M aqueous sodium carbonate (9 mL) under nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 85 0C overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (5 x 100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 0-2% methanol in dichloromethane followed by flash silica gel column chromatography with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes, and the residue wash dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and the wash extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The combined ethyl acetate extracts were washed with water (3 x 10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was recrystalized by dissolving in hot diethyl ether (2 mL), adding hexanes (3 mL), and removing the diethyl ether under a nitrogen stream. The product was filtered and washed with hexanes (3 x 3 mL) to give P-022 (233.6 mg, 23.9 % yield) as a white solid.
[00325] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) d: 8.15 (t, J= 1.60 Hz, IH), 8.066 (s, IH), 8.019-7.999 (m, IH), 7.97 (s, IH), 7.69-7.67 (m, IH), 7.47 (t, J = 7.60 Hz, IH), 7.29- 7.26 (m, 2H), 6.989 (d, J = 9.20, IH), 5.33 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H) ppm. [00326] LCMS = 99.0% purity. MS(APCI+) = 324.1 (M+ 1).
Example 80. Preparation of P-044.
Figure imgf000160_0001
P-044
[00327] Synthesis of l-(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH- [l,2,4]triazole (P-044). A nitrogen stream was bubbled through a solution of 1-110 (500 mg, 1.87 mmol) and benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-boronic acid (345 mg, 2.08 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) for 10 min. To the solution was added bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0) (120 mg, 0.208 mmol), triphenylphosphine (109 mg, 0.416 mmol), and 1 M aqueous sodium carbonate (6.25 mL) under nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 800C under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred for 16h. Approximately three quarters of the solvent was removed under vacuum and the remaining suspension was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (3 x 50 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The product was twice purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 0-1% methanol in dichloromethane, followed by 0-25% acetone in dichloromethane to give P-044 (296.1 mg, 51 % yield) as a yellow oil. IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.05 (s, IH), 7.96 (s, IH), 7.24-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.98-6.89 (2H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 5.99 (s, 2H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 100.0% purity. MS(APCI+) = 310.1 (M+l). HPLC (220 nm); 97.7%. [Water and acetonitrile with 0.05% trifluroacetic acid, Column: Symmetry Cl 8 (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 um), Gradient, Flow = 1.0 ml/min, Wash = CAN, Inj vol. = lOul, Retention time = 21.2 min]
[00328] Example 81. Preparation of P-058.
Figure imgf000161_0001
P-058
[00329] Synthesis of l-(3'-Fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-[l,2,4]triazole (P-058). A nitrogen stream was bubbled through a solution of 1-110 (300 mg, 1.12 mmol) and 3-fluorophenylboronic acid (172 mg, 1.23 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (5 mL) for 10 min. To this solution was added triphenylphosphine (58.8 mg, 0.112 mmol), solid potassium carbonate (463 mg, 3.36 mmol), ethanol (1 mL), water (1 mL), and palladium(II)acetate (25.1 mg, 0.112 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at 100 0C for 18 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue taken up in ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), the residual palladium was filtered, and the organic extract was washed with water (2 x 50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane, followed by a second flash silica gel column eluting with 5% acetone in dichloromethane. The solid thus obtained was recrystallized in diethyl ether (5 mL) and hexanes (10 mL), filtered, and washed with hexanes (5 mL) to give P-058 (65 mg; 21% yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz CDCl3): δ 8.07 (s, IH), 7.97 (s, IH), 7.36 (dt, J= 8.0 Hz, J= 6.0 Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.03 (m, IH), 6.98 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.32 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 100.0 % purity. MS:(APCI+) = 284.1 (M+l).
Example 82. Preparation of P-081.
Figure imgf000162_0001
P-081
[00330] Synthesis of 2'-Methoxy-5'-[ l,2,4]triazol- 1 -ylmethyl-biphenyl-3 -carbonitrile (P-081). A nitrogen stream was bubbled through a solution of 1-110 (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 3-cyanophenylboronic acid (121 mg, 0.821 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (5 mL) for 15 min. To the solution was added ethanol (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) and degassing was continued for 5 min. To the solution was added solid potassium carbonate (309 mg, 2.24 mmol), triphenylphosphine (39.1 mg, 0.149 mmol), and palladium(II)acetate (16.7 mg, 0.0746 mmol) simultaneously under nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 800C and stirred with heating overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), washed with water (2 x 30 mL), the spent catalyst was filtered off, and the combined aqueous layers extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), water (2 x 50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 3-15% acetone in dichloromethane to give a white solid, which was triturated with diethyl ether (10 mL), filtered and washed with diethyl ether (2 x 5 mL) to give P-081 (112.8 mg, 52% yield) as a white solid. [00331] 1 H NMR (400 MHz CDCl3) 8.08 (s, IH), 7.97 (s, IH), 7.81 (t, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.69 (dt, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.5, IH), 7.61 (dt, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.3, IH), 7.50 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.31 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.22 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.00 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.33 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H) ppm. MS(ESI+)= 291.4 (M+l).
[00332] Example 83. Preparation of P-O 82.
Figure imgf000163_0001
[00333] Synthesis of l-(2'-Methoxy-5'-[l,2,4]triazol-l-ylmethyl-biphenyl-3-yl)- ethanone (P-082). A nitrogen stream was bubbled through a solution of 1-110 (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 3 -acetylphenlyboronic acid (135 mg, 0.821 mmol) in 1,2- dimethoxyethane (5 mL) for 20 min. To the solution was added ethanol (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) and degassing was continued for 5 min. To the solution was added solid potassium carbonate (309 mg, 2.24 mmol), triphenylphosphine (39.1 mg, 0.149 mmol) and palladium(II)acetate (16.7 mg, 0.0746 mmol) simultaneously under nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 800C and stirred with heating overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (3 x 50 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized in activated carbon, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 3-15% acetone in dichloromethane followed by silica gel preparatory plate eluting with 10% acetone in dichloromethane to give P-082 (109.1 mg, 48% yield) as a tacky gum. IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.08 - 8.07 (m, 2H), 7.97 (s, IH), 7.94-7.92 (m, 1 H), 7.70- 7.68 (m, IH), 7.50 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.30-7.26 (m, 2H), 67.00 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 5.33 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 99.5% purity. MS(APCI+)= 308.1 (M+l). Example 84. Preparation of P-084.
Figure imgf000164_0001
[00334] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-trifluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH- [l,2,4]triazole (P-084). P-084 was synthesized from 1-110 (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 3-trifluoromethoxyphenylboronic acid (169 mg, 0.821 mmol) by the same reaction conditions that were used for P-081. After removal of the solvent under vacuum, the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 50 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized over activated charcoal, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% acetone in dichloromethane to give P-084 as a yellow oil (187.3 mg, 54% yield). IH NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.45 (s, IH), 7.87 (s, IH), 7.57-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.48 (brm, IH), 7.43-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.29 (m, IH), 7.14 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.45 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H) ppm.LCMS = 100.0% purity. MS(APCI+)= 350.1 (M+l).
Example 85. Preparation P-085.
Figure imgf000164_0002
P-085 [00335] Synthesis of 1 -(6-Methoxy-3 '-methylsulfanyl-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H- [l,2,4]triazole (P-085). P-085 was synthesized from 1-110 (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 3-methylsulfanylphenylboronic acid (138 mg, 0.821 mmol) using the same conditions as P-081. The reaction was worked up by diluting with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washing with water (30 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), and the organic extractions combined, washed with water (2 x 50 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (50 mL), decolorized with activated carbon, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% acetone in dichloromethane to give P-085 (117.1 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow gum. IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.06 (s, IH), 7.97 (s, IH), 7.37 (t, J= 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.32 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.26-7.23 (m, 4H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.32 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H) ppm. [00336] LCMS = 100.0% purity. MS(APCI+)= 312.1 (M+l).
Example 86. Preparation of P-086.
Figure imgf000165_0001
[00337] Synthesis of l-(6,3'-Dimethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-[l,2,4]triazole (P- 086). P-086 was synthesized from 1-110 (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 3- methoxyphenylbronic acid (125 mg, 0.821 mmol) using the same conditions as P-081. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in ethyl acetate (30 mL), washed with water (30 mL), the aqueous wash extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), and the organic extracts combined. The organic extracts were washed with water (3 x 30 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (30 mL), brine (30 mL), decolorized with activated carbon, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% acetone in dichloromethane to obtain P-086 (148.9 mg, 68% yield) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-^) 8.45 (s, IH), 7.86 (s, IH), 7.36-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.03 (m, 3H), 6.91-6.88 (m, IH), 5.43 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 6H) ppm. LCMS= 100% purity MS(APCI+) = 296.1 (M+l).
Example 87. Preparation of P- 102.
Figure imgf000166_0001
1-70 P-102
[00338] Synthesis of 3-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenol (P-102). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-70 (0.30 g, 0.93 mmol), 3- hydroxyphenylboronic acid (0.19 g, 1.40 mmol), triphenylphosphine (49 mg, 0.19 mmol), K3PO4 (0.40 g, 1.86 mmol), DME (5 mL), water (0.5 mL), and ethanol (0.5 mL). N2 gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 10 minutes. Palladium(II) acetate (21 mg, 0.09 mmol) was added and N2 was bubbled through for an additional 5 minutes. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C under N2 for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and 20 mL of water and 20 mL of ethyl acetate were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The organics were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 15% ethyl acetate/Hexanes to obtain 177 mg (57%) of P-102 as a light-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.81 (s, 3 H) 3.93 (s, 2 H) 4.72 (s, 1 H) 6.62 - 6.72 (m, 2 H) 6.79 (d, J =7.7 Hz, 1 H) 6.94 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.11 - 7.23 (m, 3 H) 7.54 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.82 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 (dd, J=8.2, 1.34 Hz, 1 H) 8.39 (t, J=I .8 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS: (APCI-) 335.1 Example 88. Preparation of P- 103.
Figure imgf000167_0001
1-70 1-120 P-103
[00339] Synthesis of [3-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-methanol (P-103). The same procedure that was used for P- 102 was used, except using 3- hydroxybenzylboronic acid. The title compound P-103 was obtained (209 mg, 64%) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.62 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) 3.81 (s, 3 H) 3.99 (s, 2 H) 4.67 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H) 6.94 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.10 - 7.24 (m, 5 H) 7.27 - 7.34 (m, 1 H) 7.54 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.83 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 (dd, J=8.3, 1.0 Hz, 1 H) 8.38 (s, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 96.8%, (APCI-) 349.1
Example 89. Preparation of P- 104.
Figure imgf000167_0002
1-70 P-104
[00340] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-pyridin-2-one (P-104). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 2-hydroxypyridine (74 mg, 0.78 mmol), K2CO3 (0.24 g, 1.71 mmol), 1-70 (0.30 g, 0.94 mmol), and 3 mL of DME. The mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours, and then cooled to room temperature, filtered to remove the solids, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 30% - 75% ethyl acetate/hexanes to obtain 124 mg (40%) of P- 104 as a tan-colored solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz ,CDCl3) 8.38 (t, J= 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.17 (dd, J= 1.3, 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 - 7.27 (m, 5 H), 6.99 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.60 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.17 (td, J= 1.2, 6.7 Hz, 1 H), 5.14 (s, 2 H), 3.82 (s, 3 H) ppm. 13C NMR (125 MHz ,CDC13) δ 162.8, 156.4, 148.3, 139.8, 139.6, 137.3, 135.8, 130.9, 130.1, 129.3, 129.1, 128.7, 124.7, 122.2, 121.6, 111.9, 106.5, 55.9, 51.7 ppm. LC/MS = 96.7%, 337.1 (APCI+).
Example 90. Preparation of P- 105.
Figure imgf000168_0001
1-70 P-105
[00341] Synthesis of 2-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenol (P-105), Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-70 (0.30 g, 0.93 mmol), 2- hydroxyphenylboronic acid (GS39) (0.19 g, 1.40 mmol), triphenylphosphine (49 mg, 0.19 mmol), K3PO4 (0.40 g, 1.86 mmol), DME (5 mL), water (0.5 mL), and ethanol (0.5 mL). N2 gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 10 minutes. palladium(II) acetate (21 mg, 0.09 mmol) was added and N2 was bubbled through for an additional 5 minutes. The vial was capped and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and 5 mL of water and 5 mL of ethyl acetate were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The organics were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 15% ethyl acetate/hexanes to afford 120 mg (38%) of P-105 as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.80 (s, 3 H) 3.99 (s, 2 H) 4.74 (s, 1 H) 6.78 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H) 6.90 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1 H) 6.94 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H) 7.09 - 7.17 (m, 2 H) 7.19 - 7.25 (m, 2 H) 7.53 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.82 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H) 8.15 (dd, J=8.2, 1.2 Hz, 1 H) 8.38 (t, J=I.8 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS: 334.1 (APCI-) Example 91. Preparation of P-119.
Figure imgf000169_0001
P-119
1-70
[00342] Synthesis of 5-Fluoro-2-(6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenol (P- 119). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-70 (0.30 g, 0.93 mmol), 4-fluoro-2- hydroxyphenylboronic acid (0.22 g, 1.40 mmol), triphenylphosphine (49 mg, 0.19 mmol), K3PO4 (0.40 g, 1.86 mmol), DME (5 mL), water (0.5 mL), and ethanol (0.5 mL). N2 gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 10 minutes. palladium(II) acetate (21 mg, 0.09 mmol) was added and N2 was bubbled through for an additional 5 minutes. The vial was capped and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and 5 mL of water and 5 mL of ethyl acetate were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The organics were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 15% ethyl acetate/hexanes followed by preparative TLC using 1 : 1 dichloromethane/Hexanes to obtain 24.3 mg (7%) of P-119 as a light-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 3.81 (s, 3 H) 3.94 (s, 2 H) 5.07 (br s, 1 H) 6.55 (dd, J=9.8, 2.6 Hz, 1 H) 6.61 (td, J=8.4, 2.55 Hz, 1 H) 6.94 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.07 (dd, J =8.3, 6.7 Hz, 1 H) 7.17 - 7.24 (m, 2 H) 7.54 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.81 (d, J =7.7 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 (dd, J =8.3, 1.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.38 (t, J=I.8 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 97.2%, 352.1 (APCI-) Example 92. Preparation of P- 134
Figure imgf000170_0001
1-70 1-121
[00343] Synthesis of 2-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (1-121). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-70 (0.30 g, 0.93 mmol), 2- methoxycarbonylphenylboronic acid (0.18 g, 1.02 mmol), triphenylphosphine (49 mg, 0.19 mmol), K3PO4 (0.40 g, 1.86 mmol), DME (5 mL), water (0.5 mL), and ethanol (0.5 mL). N2 gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 10 minutes. Palladium(II) acetate (21 mg, 0.09 mmol) was added and N2 was bubbled through for an additional 5 minutes. The vial was capped and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and 5 mL of water and 5 mL of ethyl acetate were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The organics were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 10% acetone/hexanes to afford 241.0 mg (69%) of 1-121 as a colorless oil.
Figure imgf000170_0002
1-121 P-134
[00344] [2-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-methanol (P-134). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-121 (126.5 mg, 0.34 mmol) and 4 mL dry THF. The solution was cooled to 0 0C and DIBAL-H (0.84 mL, 0.84 mmol, 1.0 M in hexane) was added. The reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 30 minutes. Aqueous 1 N HCl (1 mL) was added followed by 5 mL of water. The aqueous solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The organic were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The product was purified by flash column chromatography using 12% acetone/hexane to afford 71 mg (66%) of P-134 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.44 (t, J= 5.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.80 (s, 3 H), 4.10 (s, 2 H), 4.70 (d, J= 5.8 Hz, 2 H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 - 7.16 (m, 2 H), 7.16 - 7.22 (m, 1 H), 7.27 - 7.30 (m, 2 H), 7.39 - 7.45 (m, 1 H), 7.53 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.15 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.38 (t, J= 1.7 Hz, 1 H). LC/MS = 99.9%, 349.1 (APCI-).
Example 93. Preparation of P- 108
Figure imgf000171_0001
P-108
[00345] Synthesis of 1 -(6-Methoxy-3 '-methoxymethyl-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H- [l,2,4]triazole (P-108). P-108 was synthesized from 1-110 (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 3- methoxymethylphenylboronic acid (136 mg, 0.821 mmol) using the same conditions as P-081. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in ethyl acetate (30 mL), washed with water (30 mL), the aqueous wash extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), and the organic extracts combined. The organic extracts were washed with water (3 x 30 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 30 mL), brine (30 mL), decolorized with activated carbon, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 0-25% acetone in dichloromethane, and was run on a silica gel preparatory plate eluting with 1% acetone in dichloromethane for three developments to obtain P-108 (49.0 mg, 19% yield) as a yellow oil.
[00346] 1H NMR (CDCl3) d: 8.444 (s, IH), 7.849 (s, IH), 7.44-7.354 (m, 4H), 7.295- 7.280 (m, 2H), 7.104-7.086 (m IH), 5.435 (s, 2H), 4.472 (s, 2H), 3.805 (s, 3H), 3.350 (s, 3H).
[00347] LCMS =100.0% purity. MS(APCI+) =310.1 (M+l).
Example 94. Preparation of P-495
Figure imgf000172_0001
P-495
[00348] Synthesis of 1 -(3 '-Methanesulfonyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H- [l,2,4]triazole (P-495). P-495 was synthesized from 1-110 (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 3- methanesulfonylphenylboronic acid (136 mg, 0.821 mmol) by a similar proceedure to P- 081 . Upon completion, the residue was suspended in ethyl acetate (20 mL), washed with (20 mL), and the aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The organic extracts were combined and washed with water (3 x 50 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 50 mL), and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The impure product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5-15% acetone in dichloromethane, and by separation on a silica gel preparatory plate eluting with 5% acetone in dichloromethane to give P-495 (145.0 mg, 57% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) d: 8.09-8.08 (m, 2H), 7.97 (s, IH), 7.97-7.90(m, IH), 7.79-7.77 (m, IH), 7.60 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, IH), 7.32-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, IH), 5.34 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H).
[00349] LCMS =100.0% purity. MS(APCI+) =344.0 (M+l). Example 95. Preparation of P- 163.
[00350] Scheme 30.
PPh3
Figure imgf000173_0001
EtOH-H9O
Figure imgf000173_0002
P-163
[00351] Synthesis of 2-bromo-6-(4-fluoro-benzoyl)-3-methoxy-benzonitrile (1-123). To a cooled (0 0C) solution of (2-amino-3-bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl)-(4-fluoro-phenyl)- methanone (1-122, 0.32 g, 1.0 mmol) in con. HCl (1.5 mL) was added a solution of NaNO2 (0.065 g, 0.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min at 0 0C, then added to a suspension of Cu(I)CN (0.031 g, 1.2 mmol) in water (0.5 mL) and toluene (1 mL) over 5 min at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, stirred at room temperature for 2 h, then at 50 0C for 30 min. The reaction was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 5 mL), and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 1-123 (0.201 g, 61% yield) as white solid.
[00352] Synthesis of 2-bromo-6-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-3-methoxy-benzonitrile (1-124): To a solution of 1-123 (0.15 g, 0.45 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL) was added triethylsilane (0.55 g, 4.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h, then concentrated under vacuum to afford 1-124 (0.14 g, 94% yield) as white solid.
[00353] Synthesis of 3-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile (P-163): To 1-124 (0.14 g, 0.42 mmol), 3 -nitrophenylboronic acid (0.07 g, 0.44 mmol), PPh3 (0.05 g, 0.21 mmol), K2CO3 (0.02 g, 0.16 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (0.01 g, 0.06 mmol) was added dioxane (10 mL) and EtOH-H2O (1 :1, 5 mL). The reaction was degassed with an Argon stream for 5 min. The reaction was then stirred at 85 0C under Ar for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated under vacuum, and H2O (40 mL) and dichloromethane (40 mL) were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane to afford P- 163 (0.07 g, 46% yield) as an off-white solid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): 8.12-8.26 (m, 2 H), 7.54-7.62 (m, 2 H), 7.1-7.2 (m, 3 H), 6.9-7.04 (m, 2 H), 6.86 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (s, 2 H), 3.71 (s, 3 H); MS(APCI+): 383.1 (M+l).
Example 96. Preparation of P- 169
Hyrodgen Peroxide (30% in water)
Glacial Acetic Acid
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000174_0002
P-085
P-169
[00354] Synthesis of 1 -(3 '-Methanesulfinyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H- [l,2,4]triazole (P-169). A 30% hydrogen peroxide by weight in water solution (1 mL) was diluted with glacial acetic acid (9 mL). A solution of P-085 (38.1 mg, 0.111 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (300 uL) was stirred at room temperature, and the hydrogen peroxide solution was added (107 uL total solution, 3.78 mg hydrogen peroxide, 0.111 mmol) dropwise. The reaction was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Following completion, solid sodium carbonate was added (-100 mg) to the mixture. The reaction was diluted with water (500 uL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 1 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was dried under high vacuum overnight to give P-169 (25.6 mg, 70% yield). [00355] IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.08 (s, IH), 7.97 (s, IH), 7.79-7.78 (m, IH), 7.64-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.31-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, IH), 5.33 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 96.4% purity. MS(APCI+) = 328.1 (M+l).
Example 97. Preparation of P-530
Figure imgf000175_0001
1-126 1-127
[00356] Synthesis of (4-Amino-phenyl)-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- yl)-methanone (1-127). A suspension of 1-126 (108 mg, 0.28 mmol), Fe powder(55 mg, 0.98 mmol), NH4Cl (75 mg, 1.40 mmol), in ethanol (3 mL), and water (1 mL) was stirred for 2 hours at 80 0C. Upon completion the reaction was filtered through Celite, washed with ethyl acetate, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCCh . The combined extracts were concentrated under vacuum to afford compound 1-127 (90 mg, 90% yield) as a yellow gum.
Figure imgf000175_0002
1-127 1-128
[00357] Synthesis ofN-[4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-carbonyl)- phenylj-acetamide (I-128).A solution of 1-127 (88 mg, 0.25 mmol) in pyridine (2mL), and acetic anhydride (35 uL, 0.37 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate, and was washed with IN aqueous HCl. The combined extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to a solid which was triturated with diethyl ether to give 1-128 (21 mg, 21% yield) as a white solid.
Figure imgf000176_0001
[00358] Synthesis of N-{4-[l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-l- hydroxy-ethyl]-phenyl}-acetamide (P-530). A mixture of 1-128 (18.4 mg, 0.046 mmol) and methylmagnesium bromide (46 uL, 0.14 mmol, 3.0M in ether) in THF (1 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 10 min, The reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous NH4CI.. The reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined extracts washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was filtered through SiO2 to remove any remaining inorganic impurities to give P-530 (4.6 mg, 24% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, ,DMSO-d6) 9.85 (s, 1 H), 7.70 (t, J= 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 - 7.34 (m, 4 H), 7.29 - 7.21 (m, 3 H), 7.21 - 7.12 (m, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 2.00 (s, 3 H), 1.82 (s, 3 H)
[00359] Purification of P-560 and P-561
Figure imgf000176_0002
P-530 P-560 P-561
[00360] The enantiomers of P-530 were separated by semi-preparative chiral HPLC. The sample for injections was dissolved in warm EtOH. The column used was a Chiralpack AD (250 X 20 mm, 10 urn). The mobile phase was 15% EtOH, 85% hexane (with 0.2% DEA), isocratic at 9.9 mL/min. The injection volume was 385 uL and the fractions were collected by manually changing fractions. The run time was 60 minutes and the UV detection was set at 254 nm. The retention time of the first enantiomer collected was 33.2 min which is P-560, and the second enantiomer was 41.5 min which is P-561.
[00361] The chiral purity of each fraction was then determined by analytical scale chiral HPLC using a Chiralpack AD column (250 x 4.6 mm, 5um). The mobile phase was 15% EtOH, 85% hexane (with 0.2% DEA), isocratic at 1.0 mL/min. The injection volume was 10 uL, the run time was 30 min, and the UV detection was set at 254 nm. A sample of the original racemic mixture was injected and the retention times were 12.3 and 14.9 minutes, respectively. The retention time of P-560 was 12.3 minutes and the enantiomeric excess was determined to be 100.0%. The retention time of P-561 was 15.0 minutes and the enantiomeric excess was determined to be 99.2%.
[00362] The absolute stereochemistry of P-560 and P-561 is not known. The stereochemistry of the structures was drawn arbitrarily.
[00363] N-{4-[(R)-l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-l-hydroxy-ethyl]- phenylj-acetamide (P-560).
[00364] 1H NMR (400 MHz ,DMSO-d6) 9.85 (s, 1 H), 7.70 (t, J= 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2 H), 7.41 - 7.37 (m, 2 H), 7.29 - 7.22 (m, 3 H), 7.19 - 7.14 (m, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.67 (br. s., 1 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 2.00 (s, 3 H), 1.82 (s, 3 H)
[00365] N- (4-[(S)-I -(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -yl)- 1 -hydroxy-ethyl]- phenylj-acetamide (P-561).
[00366] 1H NMR (400 MHz ,DMSO-d6) 9.85 (s, 1 H), 7.70 (t, J= 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2 H), 7.41 - 7.36 (m, 2 H), 7.29 - 7.21 (m, 3 H), 7.20 - 7.15 (m, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.67 (br s, 1 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 2.00 (s, 3 H), 1.82 (s, 3 H) Example 98. Preparation of P-547
[00367] Scheme 31.
Figure imgf000178_0001
1-16a
Figure imgf000178_0002
[00368] Synthesis of 3'-Chloro-2-methoxy-biphenyl (1-16). A suspension of 2- iodoanisol (3.00 g, 12.8 mmol), 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (2.41 g, 15.4 mmol), and potassium carbonate (3.54 g, 25.6 mmol) in water (10 mL) and methanol (50 mL) was purged with a nitrogen stream for 20 min. To the suspension was added palladium(II) acetate (57.6 mg, 0.2564 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature overnight (18 h). To the reaction was added ethyl acetate (100 mL) and water (100 mL). The layers were separated, the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), and the organic extracts were combined. The organic solution was washed with water (2 x 150 mL) and brine (150 mL), decolorized with activated charcoal, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give 1-16 ( 2.50 g, 89% yield) as colorless oil. IH NMR (400 MHz CDC13) 7.53 (t, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.40 (dt, J = 7.2 Hz, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.38-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.05-6.97 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H). [00369] Synthesis of (3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-(4-nitro-phenyl)- methanone (1-129). A solution of I-16a (1.50 g, 6.86 mmol) in nitrobenzene (6 mL) was cooled to 0 0C in an ice water bath. Aluminum trichloride (1.10 g, 8.23 mmol) was added portionwise, and the solution stirred at 0 0C for 1 h. To the solution was added, 4-nitro- benzoylchloride (1.53 g, 8.23 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 20 h allowing warming to room temperature. The solution was poured into 100 mL of an ice-water mixture and stirred for 2 h. The yellow oil was extracted into ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL), and the organic extracts combined. The extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), water (2 x 150 mL), and brine (150 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude 1-129 The resultant oil was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10-33% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 1-129 (1.66 g, 66% yield).
[00370] IH NMR (400 MHz CDC13) d: 8.35-8.34 (m, 2H), 7.92-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.84-
7.81 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.51 (m, IH), 7.37-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, IH), 3.94 (s,
3H).
MS(APCI+) = 304.1 (M - 63.0)
[00371] Synthesis of 3'-Chloro-2-methoxy-5-[bisdeutero-(4-nitro-phenyl)-methyl]- biphenyl (1-130). A solution of 1-129 (500 mg, 1.36 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was purged with nitrogen. To the solution was added duetro-trifluoroacetic acid (3.91 g, 34.0 mmol) and the resultant orange solution was cooled to 0 0C in a ice water bath. To the solution was slowly added sodium borodeuteride (569 mg, 13.6 mmol) portion wise over 45 min. The reaction was stirred overnight allowing the mixture to warm to room temperature. The reaction was basified to pH 9 with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and extracted into ethyl acetate (75 mL). The extract was washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 1-130 (500 mg, quantitative yield.)
[00372] IH NMR (400 MHz CDC13) 8.16-8.14 (m, 2H), 7.489-7.48 (m, IH), 7.37- 1.26 (m, 5H), 7.13 (dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.93 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.80 (s, 3H).
[00373] Synthesis of 4-[Bisdeutero-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-methyl]- phenylamine (1-131). A suspension of 1-130 (440 mg, 1.24 mmol), iron powder (241 mg, 4.33 mmol), and ammonium chloride (337 mg, 6.31 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) and water (1.6 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and at 100 0C for 30 min. The ethanol was removed under reduced pressure, the reaction diluted with water (50 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-131 (279 mg, 70% yield) as an orange oil.
[00374] IH NMR (400 MHz CDC13) d: 7.43 (m, IH), 7.31-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.07-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.910 (m, 2H), 6.82 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.57-6.55 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H).
[00375] Synthesis of {4-[Bisduetero-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-methyl]- phenyl}-urea (P-547). A suspension of 1-131 (270 mg, 0.829 mmol) and sodium cyanate (107.7 mg, 1.66 mmol) in water (15 mL) and glacial acetic acid (7.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature over night. To the solution was added aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (10 mL), and the reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL, 25 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give P-547 as an orange gum. The material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (eluting with 10- 25% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane) and recrystallized by in water (10 mL) and isopropanol (8 mL) to give P-547 (111 mg, 36% yield) as a white powder.
[00376] IH NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): 8.40 (s, IH), 7.48-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.29-7.27
(m, 2H), 7.20-7.10 (m, 2HO, 7.09-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 5.75 (s, 2H),
3.74 (s, 3H).
LCMS = 96.9% purity. MS(APCI+) = 369.1 (M+l), 326.1 (M-42.0).
HPLC (254 nm); 96.6%. [Mobile Phase A and Mobile Phase B = Water and
Acetonitrile, Symmetry Cl 8, (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 um), Flow=1.0 mL/min, Inj. Wash =
ACN, Inj. VoL= 10 uL. Retention time = 28.37 min] [00377] Example 99. Preparation of P-537, P-538, and P-539.
[00378] Scheme 32
Figure imgf000181_0001
P-434
P-539
[00379] Synthesis of (3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-(4-nitro-phenyl)- methanone (1-133). To a solution of 4-nitro-benzoyl chloride (1900 mg, 10.2 mmol) in nitrobenzene (6 mL) was added aluminum trichloride (1360 mg, 10.2 mmol) at 0 0C. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 1 h, cooled to 0 0C, and 3'-chloro-6-fluoro-2-methoxy-biphenyl (2.01 g, 8.5 mmol) in nitrobenzene (1 mL) was added at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to -10 0C and quenched with ice-water (50 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL), washed with water (2 x 10 mL), saturated aqueuos sodium bicarbonate (10 mL), brine (30 mL) , and dried over Na2SO4.. After filtration and removal of solvent, the crude was purified by crystallization from ether-hexane to give 1-133 (3.00 g, 91% yield).. [00380] Synthesis of deutero-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-(4-nitro- phenyl)-methanol (P-537). To a mixture of 1-133 (500 mg , 1.25 mmol) in THF-D2O (1: 1, 20 mL) was added NaBD4 (190 mg, 3.1 mmol) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperautre and stirred for 24 h. The mixture was poured into ice- water (100 mL), neutralized with aqueous saturated NH4Cl (5 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL), washed with water (20 mL), brine (30 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate-hexane as eluent to give P-537 (350 mg, 70% yield).
[00381] IH NMR (CDCl3 ,400 MHz) 8.21 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.23-7.37 (m, 5 H), 6.78 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H), 2.39 (s, 1 H). Calc.388.8; APCI+(M-OH): 371.1, 100%.
[00382] Synthesis of deutero-(4-amino-phenyl)-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy- biphenyl-3-yl)-methanol (P-538). To a mixture of P-537 (300 mg, 0.7 mmol) in ethyl acetate (10 mL) was added Pd/C (10% , 450 mg, 4 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction vessle was sealed and the mixture was shacken under a Hydrogen atmosphere (30 psi) for 60 min. The solid was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude product. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate- hexane as eluent and then was further purified by a preparation TLC to yield P-538 (45 mg, 16 % yield).
[00383] IH NMR (CDCl3 ,400 MHz) 7.46 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.23-7.37 (m, 4 H), 7.18 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 6.77 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.55 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H), 2.10 (s, 1 H). Calc.358.8; APCI+(M-OH): 341.1, 91%.
[00384] Synthesis of (4-amino-phenyl)-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)- methanone (1-134). To a solution of 1-133 (500 mg, 1.2 mmol) in EtOH-H2O (1: 1, 15 mL) was added solid NH4Cl (200 mg, 4 mmol) and iron powder (150 mg, 3 mmol), and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The mixture was poured into water (50 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL), washed with water (20 mL) and brine (30 mL), and dried over Na2SO4, and filtrered. The solvent was removed under vacuum to yield 1-134 (380 mg, 82% yield).
[00385] Synthesis of [4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-carbonyl)-phenyl]- urea (P-434). To a solution of 1-134 (220 mg, 0.7 mmol) in pyridine (1 mL) and THF (4 mL) was added trimethylsilylisocyanate (1 mL, excess) and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 36 h. The mixture was poured into 25 mL ice- water solution. To the suspension was added saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (5 mL), and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL), washed with water (20 mL), and brine (30 mL) , dried over Na2SO4, and filtred. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate-hexane as eluent to yield P-434 (50 mg, 20 % yield).
[00386] Synthesis of {4-[(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-hydroxy- deutero -methyl] -phenyl} -urea (P-539). To a mixture of P-434 (50 mg , 0.13 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and D2O (2 mL) was added NaBD4 (50 mg, 0.25 mmol) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 24 h. The reaction mixture was poured into 20 mL ice-water, neutralized with NH4CI (sat. 2 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3x10 mL), and washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL) . The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum.. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by a preparation TLC to give P-539 (12 mg, 26% yield). IH NMR (DMSO-d6 ,400 MHz) d: 8.45 (s, 1 H), 7.49 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.41-7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.24 - 7.34 (m, 4 H), 7.17 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H) 5.79 (s, 1 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H) ppm. Calc.401.85; APCI+(M-OH): 384.1, 98.6%.
Example 100. Preparation of P-541
Figure imgf000183_0001
[00387] [4-(3'-Chloro-6-ethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-urea (P-541). A suspension of P-421 (66 mg, 0.19 mmol), K2CO3 (39 mg, 0.28 mmol), and EtI (23 uL, 0.28 mmol) in acetone (2 mL) was stirred for 16 hours at 50 0C. An additional 50 uL of EtI and 80 mg Of K2CO3 were added amd the reaction was stirred for 4 h at 50 0C. To the reaction was added 80 mg Of Cs2CO3 and 50 uL of EtI, the reaction stirred 2 h at 60 0C, and the reaction was concentrated. The crude product was purificated by flash column chromatography eluting with 20% - 30% Acetone/DCM afforded the title compound P-541 (37 mg, 51%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,DMSO- d6) δ = 8.40 (s, 1 H), 7.53 (s, 1 H), 7.45 - 7.39 (m, 2 H), 7.39 - 7.34 (m, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.19 - 7.13 (m, 2 H), 7.09 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.01 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.75 (s, 2 H), 4.01 (q, J= 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.82 (s, 2 H), 1.31 - 1.18 (m, 3 H). LC/MS = 96.5%, 381.1 (APCI+).
Example 101. Preparation of P-542
Figure imgf000184_0001
P-542
P-421
[00388] {4-[6-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3'-chloro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]-phenyl} -urea (P- 542). A suspension of P-421 (100 mg, 0.28 mmol), 2-bromoethylamine hydrobromide (204 mg, 8.8 mmol), Cs2CO3 (600 mg, 18.4 mmol), and sodium iodide (20 mg) in acetone (10 mL) was stirred at reflux for 20 h. The reaction mixture was then portioned between dichloromethane and water, and the organic layer was extracted with IN NaOH followed by 1 N HCl. The acidic extract was adjusted to pH 10 by addition of NaOH followed by extraction with dichloromethane. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was chromatographed with dichloromethane: methanol (9: 1) to yield P-542 (9 mg, 8.1% yield) as a solid.
[00389] 1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.50 - 7.52 (m, IH), 7.28 - 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.17 - 7.23 (m, 3H), 7.11 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.09 - 7.11 (m, IH), 6.89 - 6.92 (m, 2H), 3.96 (t, J= 5 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 2.99 (t, J = 5 Hz, 2H), APCI (M+ 1; 396.1) LCMS 95%. Example 102. Preparation of P-543
Figure imgf000185_0001
[00390] {4-[3'-Chloro-6-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethoxy)-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]- phenyl}-urea (P-543). A mixture of phenol P-421(100 mg, 0.28 mmol), tetrahydrofurfuryl bromide (50 mg, 0.28 mmol), and K2CO3 (78 mg, 0.56 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was heated at 8O0C for 24 h. To this mixture, K2CO3 (78 mg), NaI (10 mg), and tetrahydrofurfuryl bromide (50 mg) were added and the reaction was run at 100°C for 6 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and patitioned between dichloromethane and water, the dichloromethane layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative plate with dichloromethane:methanol (95:5) to yield P-543 (55 mg, 45% yield).
[00391] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.39 (s, IH), 7.58 (s, IH), 7.37 - 7.43 (m, 3H), 7.28 (d, J= 7.2Hz, IH), 7.14 - 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.08 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 4.07 (m, IH), 3.94 (t, J= 5 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.6- 3.69 (m, 2H), 1.88- 1.93 (m, IH), 1.73- 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.62- 1.69 (m, IH). APCI (M+ 1; 437) LCMS 93.5%;
Example 103. Preparation of P-548 and P-557
[00392] Scheme 33.
Figure imgf000186_0001
P-548 R = CH2N(CH3J2 P-557 R = CONH,
P-421
Figure imgf000186_0002
P-548
[00393] Synthesis of {4-[3'-Chloro-6-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl]-phenyl}-urea (P-548). A suspension of P-421 (100 mg, 0.283 mmol), dimethylaminoethylbromide hydrobromide (198 mg, 0.850 mmol), and cesium carbonate (600 mg, 1.84 mmol) in acetone (10 mL) was stirred at reflux for 17 h. The suspension was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL), washed with 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (100 mL), and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude orange oil was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography (silica gel) eluting with 10% acetone in dichloromethane followed by eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give P-548 (13.4 mg, 11% yield) as a colorless gum.
[00394] IH NMR (400 MHz CDC13) d: 7.54 (m, IH), 7.39-7.36 (m, IH), 7.31-7.08 (m, 8H), 6.90-6.89 (m, IH), 6.23 (s, IH), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.05 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 2.68 (t, J = 5.60 Hz, 2H), 2.27 (s, 6H). LCMS = 97.3% purity. MS(APCI+) = 424.2 (M+l)
Figure imgf000187_0001
P-557
[00395] Synthesis of 2-[3 '-Chloro-5-(4-ureido-benzyl)-biphenyl-2-yloxy]-acetamide (P-557). A suspension of P-421 (150 mg, 0.425 mmol), 2-bromoacetamide (175 mg, 1.28 mmol), and cesium carbonate (900 mg, 2.76 mmol) in acetone (15 mL) was stirred at reflux overnight. The solvent was removed under a nitrogen stream, and the dry residue was suspended in ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (15 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude product. The solid was triturated in a mixture of dichloromethane (5 mL), methanol (5 mL), and acetone (2 mL) to give P-557 (58.9 mg, 34% yield) as a white powder.
[00396] IH NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.40 (s, IH), 7.65 (t, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.52- 7.50 (m, IH), 7.41 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.43-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.20- 7.15 (m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.90 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 5.75 (s, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 2H). LCMS = 93.63% purity. MS(APCI+) = 410.1 (M+l).
Example 104. Preparation of P-554
Figure imgf000187_0002
P-421 M36 p.554
3-[3'-Chloro-5-(4-ureido-benzyl)-biphenyl-2-yloxy]-azetidine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester (1-136). A mixture of phenol P-421 (150 mg, 0.42 mmol), 3- methanesulfonyloxy-azetidine-1-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester (200 mg, 0.79 mmol), and Cs2CO3 (277 mg, 0.85 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was heated at 100 0C for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The water layer was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative plate with dichloromethane:methanol (95:5) to yield 1-136 (200 mg, quantitative yield) as an oil.
[00397] {4-[6-(Azetidin-3-yloxy)-3'-chloro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]-phenyl}-urea (P- 554). To a solution of 1-136 (200 mg, 0.393 mmol) dichloromethane (2 mL), at 00C was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum, diluted with water, saturated aqueous Na2HCO3 (0.5 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum The residue was purified by preparative plate thin layer chromatography eluting with dichloromethane: methanol (95:5) to yield P-554 (20 mg, 12 % yield) as a solid.
[00398] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.51 (t, IH), 7.38 - 7.41 (m, IH), 7.27- 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.12 - 7.22 (m, 5H), 7.06 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.58 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.22 (br s, IH), 4.97 (m, IH), 4.56 (br s, IH), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.85- 3.89 (t, 2H), 3.73- 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.48- 3.52 (m, IH) ppm. APCI (M+ 1; 408) LCMS 97%;
Example 105. Preparation of P-553
Figure imgf000188_0001
P-553
[00399] {4-[3'-Chloro-6-(thietan-3-yloxy)-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]-phenyl}-urea P- 553). Compound P-553 was synthesized by a route analogous to that reported for P- 554 (Example 104). [00400] IH NMR (CDC13) δ: 7.48 (t, IH), 7.34 - 7.38 (m, IH), 7.27- 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.12 - 7.22 (m, 5H), 7.06 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.73 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.28 (bs, IH), 5.19 (m, IH), 4.59 (bs, IH), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.46- 3.53 (t, 2H), 3.23- 3.31 (m, 2H). APCI (M+ 1; 425)
Example 106. Preparation of P-555
Figure imgf000189_0001
P-555
[00401] {4-[3'-Chloro-6-(oxetan-3-yloxy)-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]-phenyl}-urea (P- 555). Compound P-555 was synthesized by a route analogous to that reported for P- 554.. IH NMR (DMSO-^) δ 8.39 (s, IH), 7.57 (t, IH), 7.38 - 7.48 (m, 3H), 7.28 (d, / = 8.4Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, /= 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.09 - 7.14 (m, IH), 7.08 (d, /= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.62 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.75 (s, 2H), 5.25 (m, IH), 4.87 (t, /= 5 Hz, 2H), 4.46 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H). APCI (M+ 1; 409) LCMS 97%.
Example 107. Preparation of P-556
Figure imgf000189_0002
P-556
[00402] 4-[3'-Chloro-6-((S)-l-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]- phenyl}-urea (P-556). Compound P-556 was synthesized by a route analogous to that reported for P-554 (Example 104). IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.51 (t, IH), 7.37 - 7.39 (m, IH), 7.27- 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.12 - 7.22 (m, 5H), 7.06 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.8 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.29 (br s, IH), 4.76 (m, IH), 4.59 (br s, IH), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.02 (m, IH), 2.6 (t, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.17- 2.24 (m, 2H). APCI (M+l; 436)
Example 108. Preparation of P-562
Figure imgf000190_0001
[00403] 4-[3'-Chloro-6-(oxetan-3-yloxy)-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]-phenylamine (P- 562). Compound P-562 was synthesized by a route analogous to that reported for P-554 (Example 104).
[00404] IH NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 7.56 (t, IH), 7.57 (t, IH), 7.37 - 7.48 (m, 3H), 7.18 (d, J= 2 Hz, IH), 7.01 (dd, J= 8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 6.88 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.47 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.75 (s, 2H), 5.25 (m, IH), 4.93 (br s, 2H), 4.87 (t, J= 5 Hz, 2H), 4.46 (m, 2H), 3.72(s, 2H) ppm. APCI (M+l; 366) LCMS 97%;
Example 109. Preparation of P-563
Figure imgf000190_0002
[00405] {4-[3'-Chloro-6-((S)-l-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethoxy)-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]- phenyl}-urea (P-563). Compound P-562 was synthesized by a route analogous to that reported for P-554 (Example 104).
[00406] IH NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 9.25 (br s, IH), 8.77 (br s, IH), 8.49 (s, IH), 7.57 (s, IH), 7.37 - 7.46 (m, 3H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.19 (overlap, 2H), 7.08 (d, overlap, J= 8.4 Hz, 3H), 4.09- 4.22 (m, 2H), 3.84 (overlap, IH), 3.13 (m, IH), 2.97 (m, IH), 2.05 (m, IH), 1.71- 1.83 (m, 3H) ppm.
Example 110. Preparation of P-565
Figure imgf000191_0001
[00407] {4-[3'-Chloro-6-((R)-l-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]- phenyl}-urea (P-565). Compound P-562 was synthesized by a route analogous to that reported for P-554 (Example 104).
[00408] IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.51 (t, IH), 7.35 - 7.38 (m, IH), 7.23- 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.13 (d, J= 8.4 Hz), 7.11 (s, IH), 7.06 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.95 (br s, IH), 6.78 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.8 (br s, 2H), 4.75(m, IH), 3.89 (s, 2H), 3.06 (t, 2H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.17- 2.24 (m, IH), 1.93- 1.98 (m, IH) ppm. APCI (M+l; 436) LCMS 98%.
Example 111. Preparation of P-550
[00409] Scheme 34.
Figure imgf000192_0001
[00410] Synthesis of l-bromo-5-bromomethyl-3-fluoro-2-methoxy-benzene (1-137). To a heated (80 0C) and stirred solution of 4-bromomethyl-2-fluoro-l-methoxy-benzene (1.0 g, 4.57 mmol) in acetic acid (4 mL) was added a solution of bromine (1.09 g, 6.85 mmol) in acetic acid (2 mL) over 30 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 18 h, cooled to room temperature, and poured on to crushed ice-water (50 mL). Ammonium hydroxide solution (28%) was added to pH 8, extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 40 mL), washed with water, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford 1-137 (0.43 g, 31%yield) as a viscous liquid.
[00411] Synthesis of 4-(3-bromo-5-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzyl)-phenyl] urea (1-138): To 1-137 (0.2 g, 0.67 mmol), [4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyl]- urea (0.19 g, 0.74 mmol), and Pd(Ph3P)4 (0.04 g, 0.04 mmol), was added toluene (8 mL), EtOH (2 mL) and 2 M aqueous Na2CO3 solution (0.7 mL, 1.4 mmol). The suspension was degassed by bubbling argon gas for 15 min. The reaction was stirred at 60 0C under an argon atmosphere for 24 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, and H2O (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (30 mL) were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous wash extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentratedunder vacuum. The residue was triturated with dichloromethane to afford 1-138 (0.18 g, 77% yield) as yellow solid. [00412] Synthesis of [4-(3'-chloro-5-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- urea (P-550): To a suspension of 1-138 (0.11 g, 0.31 mmol), 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (0.05 g, 0.34 mmol) and Pd(Ph3P)4 (0.02 g, 0.02 mmol) was added toluene (6 mL), EtOH (1.5 mL) and 2 M aqueous NaCO3 solution (0.31 mL, 0.62 mmol). The reaction was degassed with an argon stream for 15 min. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C under an argon atmosphere for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, and H2O (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using 8% methanol in dichloromethane to afford P-550 (0.064 g, 53% yield) as an off-white solid. IH NMR (OMSO-d6, 400 MHz): 8.42 (s, 1 H), 7.41-7.54 (m, 4 H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 7.1-7.17 (m, 3 H), 7.08 (s, 1 H), 5.77 (s, 2 H), 3.85 (s, 2 H), 3.64 (s, 3 H); MS(APCI+): 485.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 99.1%; HPLC 96.8% pure.
Example 112. Preparation of P-558
Figure imgf000193_0001
'-129 P-558
[00413] Synthesis of (4-amino-phenyl)-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)- methanone (P-558). To a solution of 1-129 (500 mg, 1.3 mmol) in EtOH-H2O (1 : 1, 15 mL) was added NH4Cl (200 mg, 4 mmol) and iron powder (150 mg, 3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The mixture was poured into water (50 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL), washed with water (20 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The solvent was rermoved under vacuum to yield P-558 (420 mg, 85% yield). IH NMR (DMSO-de.,400MHz) 7.70 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.40-7.57 (m, 7 H), 7.25 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.61 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2 H), 6.09 (s, 2 H), 3.88 (s, 3 H) ppm. Calc.337.8; APCI+(M+!): 338, 98%.
Example 113. P-566
Figure imgf000194_0001
P-566
[00414] 1 -[4-(3 '-Chloro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S -ylmethyl)-phenyl]-3 -(tetrahydro- furan-2-yl)-urea (P-566). IH NMR (DMSO-^,400 MHz): 8.27 (s, 1 H), 7.47 - 7.50 (m, 1 H), 7.34 - 7.45 (m, 3 H), 7.27 - 7.32 (m, 2 H), 7.09 - 7.21 (m, 4 H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.71 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.52 - 5.48 (m, 1 H), 3.84 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.70 - 3.79 (m, 1 H), 3.62 - 3.69 (m, I H), 1.99 - 2.11 (m, I H), 1.79 - 1.91 (m, 2 H), 1.57 - 1.69 (m, 1 H) ppm.
Example 114. Preparation of P-523 and P-533
[00415] Scheme 35.
Figure imgf000194_0002
1-139
P -456
T N
Tπfluoroacetic acid Dichloromethaπe, Water Pyridine
Figure imgf000194_0003
P-523
P-533
[00416] Synthesis of (R)-2-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yloxymethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1-139). A mixture of N-boc-D-prolinol (225 mg, 1.12 mmol) and sodium hydride (60% weight dispersion, 66 mg, 1.68 mmol) in dimethylformamide (2 mL) was stirred until gas evolution ceased. After 2 min of stirring P-456 (194 mg, 0.56 mmol) was added, and the reaction heated at 120 0C overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted ethyl acetate (10 mL), washed with water (10 mL), and the aqueous wash extracted with ethyl acetate (25 mL). The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (9: 1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to give 1-139 (60.4 mg, 25% yield) as a thick colorless oil.
[00417] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-((R)-l- pyrrolidin-2-ylmethoxy)-pyridine (P-523). A biphasic solution of 1-139 (60 mg, 0.11 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (851 mg, 0.75 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was heated to 80 0C for 4 h. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the residue purified by silica gel column chromatography (9: 1 dichloromethane/methanol) to give P-523 (32.4 mg, 69% yield). LCMS = 100% purity.
[00418] Synthesis of (R)-2-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yloxymethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid ethylamide (P -533). A solution of P-523 (235 mg, 0.55 mmol) and ethyl isocyanate (0.2 mL, 2.8 mmol) in pyridine (1 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with water (5 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 3 mL), and the extracts combined. The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (19: 1 dichloromethane/methanol) to give P-533 (92.1 mg, 34% yield). A portion of P-533 (19.0 mg) was futher purified by a sodium bicarbonate wash, and silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography (9: 1 dichloromethane/methanol) to give (14.1 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-df) 1.03 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H), 1.80 - 1.95 (m, 4 H), 3.07 (m, 2 H), 3.18 (m, IH), 3.30 (m, IH), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.97 (m, IH), 4.05 (m, IH), 4.28 (m, IH), 6.22 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, IH), 6.76 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.93 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 - 7.32 (m, 2 H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.39 - 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.55 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (d, J= 2.01 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 498.2 (M+l), LC-MS: 92.2%. Example 115. Preparation of P-568
Figure imgf000196_0001
1-140 P-568
[00419] Synthesis of 2-azetidin- 1 -yl-5-(3 '-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyridine (P-568): To a mixture of 1-140 (0.15 g, 0.46 mmol) and azetidine (0.09 g, 0.92 mmol) was added l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (0.35 g, 2.29 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred and at 85 0C for 15 min. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane (6 mL), washed with 0.5 N aqueous HCl (2 x 4 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 3% methanol in dichloromethane followed by preparative thin layer chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford P-568 (0.05 g , 30% yield) as a viscous liquid. IH NMR (DMSO-^, 400 MHz): 7.99 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.34-7.49 (m, 5 H), 7.14-7.2 (m, 2 H), 7.04 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.28 (dd, J= 8.4, 0.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.86 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 4 H), 3.77 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 2.22- 2.32 (m, 2 H); MS(APCI+): 365.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 100%.
Example 116. Preparation of P-571
Figure imgf000196_0002
[00420] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (P-571): To a cooled (0 0C) solution of I- 141 (0.23g, 0.54 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added N-methylmorpholine (0.05 g, 0.54 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min, and isobutylchloroformate (0.07 g, 0.54 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 45 min, and ammonium hydroxide (28%, 4.0 mL) was added. The reaction was warmed to room temperature, stirred for 1.5 h, and diluted with water (5 mL). The organic layer was separated, the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane, and preparative thin layer chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford P -571 (0.03g, 13% yield) as off-white solid. IH NMR (OMSO-d6, 400 MHz): 7.99 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (br s, 1 H), 7.4-7.48 (m, 3 H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.24-7.3 (m, 2 H), 7.14 (br s, 1 H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.34 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.39 (dd, J= 9.2, 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.7- 3.9 (m, 2 H), 3.8 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 2.26-2.46 (m, 2 H); MS(APCI+): 426.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 94.3%.
Example 117. Preparation of P-572
Figure imgf000197_0001
1-140 P-572
[00421] Synthesis of 4-[5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yi]- morpholine (P-572). To 1-140 (0.15 g, 0.46 mmol) and morpholine (0.08 g, 0.92 mmol) was added l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene(0.35 g, 2.29 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 160 0C for 6 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane (6 mL), washed with 0.5 N aqueous HCl (2 x 4 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 3% methanol in dichloromethane to afford P-572 (0.042 g, 23% yield) as a viscous liquid. IH NMR (DMSO-^, 400 MHz): 8.07 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.38-7.45 (m, 5 H), 7.16-7.24 (m, 2 H), 7.04 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.76 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.8 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.67 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4 H), 3.36 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H); MS(APCI+): 395.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 95.1%. Example 118. Preparation of P-581
Figure imgf000198_0001
[00422] Synthesis of 2-{(S)-l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-pyrrolidin-2-yl}-propan-2-ol (P-581). To a cooled (0 0C) and solution of 1-142 (0.05 g, 0.11 mmol) in THF (8.0 mL) was added methylmagnesium bromide (3M sol, 0.26 mL, 0.88 mmol). The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was then cooled to 0 0C, and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (5 mL), was added. The aqueous suspensions was extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 30 mL), washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to afford P-581 (0.046 g, 88% yield) as an off-white solid. IH NMR (DMSO-dβ, 400 MHz): 7.90 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (br s, 1 H), 7.36-7.48 (m, 4 H), 7.26-7.32 (m, 2 H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.61 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.33 (br s, 1 H), 4.0-4.08 (m, 1 H), 3.79 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.3-3.45 (m, 2 H), 1.7-2.0 (m, 4 H), 1.11 (s, 3 H), 0.98 (s, 3 H); MS(APCI+): 455.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 97.5%.
Example 119. Preparation of P-601
Figure imgf000198_0002
P-456 P-601
[00423] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-pyrrolidin-3-ol (P-601). To 5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-2-fluoro-pyridine (P-456, 0.3 g, 0.87 mmol) and 3-pyrrolidinol (2) (0.15 g, 1.74 mmol) was added l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) (0.66 g, 4.34 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred and heated at 100 0C for 2.5 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane (8 mL), washed with 0.5 N HCl (2 x 4 mL), dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 0.27 g (75%) of P-601 as white solid. IH NMR (OMSO-d6, 400 MHz): 7.95 (s, 1 H), 7.2-7.46 (m, 6 H), 6.91 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.35 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.9 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.32- 4.4 (m, 1 H), 3.76 (s, 2 H), 3.71(s, 3 H), 3.12-3.45 (m, 4 H), 1.8-2.05 (m, 2 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 413.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 91.6%.
Example 120. Preparation of P-602
Figure imgf000199_0001
1-140 P-602
[00424] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]- pyrrolidin-3-ol (P-602): To 5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-fluoro- pyridine (1-140, 0.22 g, 0.67 mmol) and 3-pyrrolidinol (2) (0.12 g, 1.34 mmol) was added l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) (0.51 g, 3.36 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred and heated at 100 0C for 1.5 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane (8 mL), washed with 0.5 N HCl (2 x 4 mL), dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 0.13 g (49%) of P-602 as white solid. IH NMR (DMSO-έfø 400 MHz): 7.9 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.3-7.49 (m, 5 H), 7.12-7.2 (m, 2 H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.34 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.89 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.35 (br s, 1 H), 3.76 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.2-3.45 (m, 4 H), 1.8-2.05 (m, 2 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 395.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 99.1%. Example 121. Preparation of P-612
Figure imgf000200_0001
1-143 P-612
[00425] Synthesis of (S)-l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (P-612): To a cooled (0-5 0C) and stirred solution of (S)-l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-yl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (1-143, 0.15 g, 0.34 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (0.05 g, 0.37 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min, isobutylchloro formate (0.05 g, 0.37 mmol) was added, stirred at 0-5 0C for 45 min. Ammonium hydroxide (28%, 4.0 mL) was added, the reaction warmed to ambient temperature, stirred for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL). The organic layer was separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO/t, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane followed by preparative thin layer chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 0.074g (49%) of P-612 as an off-white solid. IH NMR (DMSO-tfj, 400 MHz): 8.27 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.34-7.46 (m, 4 H), 8.2 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.65 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.4-7.46 (m, 2 H), 7.37 (br s, 1 H), 7.26-7.38 (m, 2 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.92-3.98 (m 3 H), 3.93 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 2.55 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 1.98-2.06 (m, 2 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 441.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 97.0%; HPLC 97.1% pure.
Example 122. Preparation of P-615
Figure imgf000201_0001
1-143 p.615
[00426] Synthesis of (S)-l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (P-615). To a cooled (0-50C) and stirred solution of (S)-l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]- azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (1-143, 0.22 g, 0.54 mmol) in THF (2.5 mL) was added N,N- diisopropylethylamine (0.07 g, 0.57 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min, isobutylchloroformate (0.08 g, 0.57 mmol) was added, stirred at 0-5 0C for 45 min. Ammonia in methanol (7M sol, 1.0 mL, 7.0 mmol) was added, the reaction warmed to room temperature, and stirred for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL). The organic layer was separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane, followed by preparative thin layer chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 0.06g (27%) of P-615 as an off- white solid. . IH NMR (DMSO-d6, 400MHz): 7.99 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (br s, 1 H), 7.34-7.46 (m, 4 H), 7.24-7.3 (m, 2 H), 7.14 (br s, 1 H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.35 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.39 (dd, J= 9.6, 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.7-3.9 (m, 2 H), 3.8 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 2.26-2.48 (m, 2 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 426.6 (M+l), LC-MS: 98.0%.
Example 123. Preparation of P-617
Figure imgf000201_0002
[00427] Synthesis of (R)-l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (P-617). To a cooled 0-5 0C and stirred solution of (R)-I -[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]- azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (1-144, 0.14 g, 0.33 mmol) in THF (2.5 mL) was added N,N- diisopropylethylamine (0.09 g, 0.69 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min, isobutylchloro formate (0.05 g, 0.36 mmol) was added, and the reaction stirred at 0-5 0C for 30 min. Ammonium hydroxide solution (28%, 1.0 mL, 8.0 mmol) was added, the reaction warmed to room temperature, and stirred for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL). The organic layer was separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane, followed by preparative thin layer chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 0.07g (47%) of P-617 as an off-white solid. IH NMR (OMSO-d6, 400 MHz): 7.99 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (br s, 1 H), 7.38-7.46 (m, 3 H), 7.4 (br s, 1 H), 7.24-7.3 (m, 2 H), 7.14 (br s, 1 H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.34 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.39 (dd, J= 9.6, 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.7- 3.9 (m, 2 H), 3.84 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 2.26-2.48 (m, 2 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 426.9 (M+ 1), LC-MS: 100%.
Example 124. Preparation of P-615 -HCl
2M HCI-Ether
Ether
Figure imgf000202_0002
Figure imgf000202_0001
P-615 P-615-HCI
[00428] Synthesis of (S)-l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid amide hydrochloride (P-615-HC1). To a cooled (0-5 0C) and stirred solution of (S)-l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6methoxy-biphenyl- 3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (P-615, 0.04 g, 0.1 mmol) in ether (2 mL) was added 2M HCl in ether (0.5 ml, 1.0 mmol), and the reaction, stirred for 1 h. The ether layer was removed, again triturated with ether (2.0 mL), concentrated to afford 0.045 g (98%) of P-615-HC1 as a white solid. IH NMR (OMSO-d6, 400 MHz): 7.92 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (d, J= 7.6 Hz,, 1 H), 7.69 (br s, 1 H), 7.26-7.48 (m, 6 H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.72 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.8-4.9 (m, 1 H), 4.0-4.18 (m, 2 H), 3.89 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 2.64-2.74 (m 1 H), 2.26-2.34 (m, 1 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 426.16 (M+l), LC-MS: 98.8%; HPLC 98.3% pure.
Example 125. Preparation of P-617 -HCl
CIH
2M HCI-Ether
Ether
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000203_0002
P-617 P-617-HCI
[00429] Synthesis of (R)-l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid amide hydrochloride (P-617-HC1): To a cooled (0-5 0C) and stirred solution of (R)-l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (P-617, 0.057 g, 0.13 mmol) in ether (2 mL) was added 2M HCl in ether (0.65 ml, 1.3 mmol) and the reaction stirred for 1 h. The ether layer was removed, again triturated with ether (2.0 mL), concentrated to afford 0.059 g (98%) of P-617-HC1 as a white solid. IH NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): 7.92 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (d, J= 7.6 Hz,, 1 H), 7.69 (br s, 1 H), 7.26-7.48 (m, 6 H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.72 (d, J= 7.62 Hz, 1 H), 4.8-4.9 (m, 1 H), 4.0-4.16 (m, 2 H), 3.89 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 2.64-2.74 (m 1 H), 2.26-2.36 (m, 1 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 426.16 (M+l), LC-MS: 95.8%; HPLC 97.3% pure. [00430] Scheme 36.
Figure imgf000204_0001
Example 126. Preparation of P-569
[00431] Synthesis of 5-(3'Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-fluoro- pyridine(P-456). In a 250 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a condenser, nitrogen lines and a stir bar was placed carbonic acid 3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl methylcarbonate (1-145, 3.61 g, 11.1 mmol), 2-fluoropyridineboronic acid (1.72 g, 12.2 mmol), potassium carbonate (4.60 g, 33.3 mmol), 1,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (1.47 g, 3.33 mmol) and DMF (56 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed for 15 minutes by bubbling nitrogen and then allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (609 mg, 1.67 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 85 0C for 18 hours. To the reaction mixture was added water (80 mL), and saturated ammonium chloride (150 mL). The aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 125 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (150 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography utilizing 10% hexanes/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 2.45 g of P-456 as a pale yellow solid in 64% yield.
[00432] Synthesis of 2-Azetidin-l-yl-5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-pyridine (P-569). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 5-(3 '- chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-fluoro-pyridine (P-456, 150 mg, 0.434 mmol), azetidine (88.0 uL, 1.30 mmol) and l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7- ene (306 uL, 2.17 mmol). The mixture was heated to 160 0C for 1 hour and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was treated with water (4 mL) and IM HCl (6 mL). The aqueous portion was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (15 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to produce 156 mg of P-569 as a white solid in 94% yield. [00433] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.37-2.44 (m, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.87 (s, 2 H), 4.19 (t, J= 8 Hz, 4 H), 6.76 (bd, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 6.95 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (bd, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.33 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (bs, 1 H), 7.42-7.48 (m, 2 H), 7.76 (bd, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 383.1 (M+l) LC-MS: 96%
Example 127. Preparation of P-577
[00434] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2- ((2S,5S)-2,5-dimethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-pyridine (P-577): In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 5-(3'Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-fluoro- pyridine (P-456, 100 mg, 0.289 mmol), (2S,5S)-2,5-dimethyl-pyrrolidine (176 mg, 1.30 mmol) and l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (367 uL, 2.60 mmol). The mixture was heated to 160 0C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was treated with water (4 mL) and IM HCl (6 mL). The aqueous portion was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (15 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 5% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 10 mg of P-577 as a pale viscous oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-Cl6) δ 1.05 (d, J= 6 Hz, 6 H), 1.56-1.61 (m, 4 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.75 (s, 2 H), 4.07-4.12 (m, 2 H), 6.38 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 6.92 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.27-7.32 (m, 3 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 7.41-7.47 (m, 2 H), 7.95 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 425.1 (M+l) LC-MS: 92%
Example 128. Preparation of P-582
[00435] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine (P-582). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 5- (3 ' -chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-2-fluoro-pyridine (P-456, 100 mg, 0.289 mmol), pyrrolidine (60.3 uL, 0.723 mmol) and l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7- ene (204 uL, 1.45 mmol). The mixture was heated to 160 0C for 30 minutes and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (25 mL) and washed with 0.5M HCl (3 x 10 mL). The combined aqueous portions were extracted with dichloromethane (15 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (15 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 10% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 79 mg of P-582 as a pale orange semisolid in 69% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ) δ 1.89-1.93 (m, 4 H), 3.31-3.34 (m, 4 H), 3.71 (s, 3 H), 3.77 (s, 2 H), 6.37 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 6.91 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 2 H), 7.32 (dd, J= 9, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.41-7.47 (m, 2 H), 7.95 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 397.1 (M+l) LC-MS: 98%
[00436] Scheme 37.
Figure imgf000206_0001
P-599
Example 129. Preparation of P-587
[00437] Synthesis of 5-(3 '-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-146). In a 250 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a condenser, nitrogen lines and a stir bar was placed carbonic acid 3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl methylcarbonate (1-145, 3.60 g, 11.1 mmol), 5-(4,4,5,5- Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (3.21 g, 12.2 mmol), potassium carbonate (4.60 g, 33.3 mmol), l,5-bis(diphenylphosphino) pentane (1.47 g, 3.33 mmol) and DMF (56 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed for 15 minutes by bubbling nitrogen and then allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (609 mg, 1.67 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 85 0C for 8 hours. After the addition of water (50 mL) and dichlormethane (100 mL), the mixture was filtered through Celite. The layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with dichlormethane (75 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (150 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography utilizing a gradient elution of 1%, 5%, 10% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 3.13 g of 1-146 as an orange-yellow viscous oil with solids forming in 73% yield.
[00438] Synthesis of 2-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-propan-2-ol hydrochloride (P-587). In a 100 mL round bottomed flask was placed 5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-146, 2.0 g, 5.18 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (26 ml). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and then a solution of methylmagnesium bromide (3M in diethyl ether) (8.6 mL, 25.9 mmol) was added over a 10 minute period. The mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 5 minutes and then at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by a stream of nitrogen, cooled to 0 0C and then quenched slowly with saturated ammonium chloride (20 mL). The aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 40 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (25 mL), (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography utilizing 7% acetone/DCM as the eluent to produce a colorless viscous oil. This product was combined with material isolated from a 1.04 g run (MCLS 1546- 106) of the exact same reaction conditions and purification (442 mg as a white semi-solid isolated from the 1.04 gram run). The combined lots were purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing a gradient elution of 50%, then 60% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 1.33 g of P-587 as a colorless, viscous oil in 44% yield. In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-587 (325 mg, 0.842 mmol), diethyl ether (3.5 mL) followed by 2M HCl in diethyl ether (1.5 mL, 3.00 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 45 minutes, concentrated by stream of nitrogen and then dried in a high vacuum oven set at 40 0C for 18 hours to produce 355 mg of P-587 HCl salt as an off- white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 1.53 (s, 6 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 4.13 (s, 2 H), 6.98 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (bd, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H), 7.40-7.48 (m, 3 H), 7.95 (bd, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (bs, 1 H), 8.56 (s, 1 H) ppm.MS(APCI+): 386.1 (M+ 1). HPLC purity: 98.8%.
Example 130. Preparation of P-599
[00439] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2 -yl] -methanol (P-599). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 5-(3'-chloro- 2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (I- 146, 100 mg, 0.259 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (1.3 mL). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and then lithium aluminum hydride (39.3 mg, 1.04 mmol) was added resulting in strong gas evolution. Then mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 1 hour and then concentrated with a stream of nitrogen. The solid was diluted with dichloromethane (2 mL) and then slowly quenched with water (7 mL). The aqueous portion was extracted with DCM (3 x 6 mL), the organic portions were combined, filtered through Celite, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 30% acetone/dichloromethane to produce 22 mg of P-599 as a pale orange viscous oil in 24% yield.
[00440] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ) δ 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 4.51 (s, 2 H), 5.33 (bs, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.27-7.46 (m, 6 H), 7.61 (bd, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.38 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 358.1 (M+l) LC-MS: 96%.
Example 131. Preparation of P-588
Figure imgf000208_0001
P-456 P-588
[00441] Synthesis of {2-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yloxy]-ethyl}-dimethyl-amine (P-588). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was sodium hydride (34.7 mg, 0.867 mmol), THF (1.1 mL) and 2-diemethylamino- ethanol (87.2 uL, 0.867 mmol. The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes and then a solution of 5-(3'Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-fluoro-pyridine (P-456, 100 mg, 0.289 mmol) and THF (1.1 mL) was added. After stirring at 60 0C for 2 hours, the reaction was combined with a previous run (30 mg scale) and the quenched with water (20 mL). After extractions with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), ), the organic portions were combined, dried (MgSO4), concentrated and dried in a high vacuum oven at 60 0C for 18 hours to produce 136 mg of P-588 as a cloudy, pale yellow viscous oil in 87% yield.
[00442] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.18 (s, 6 H), 2.57 (t, J= 6 Hz, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.87 (s, 2 H), 4.28 (t, J= 6 Hz, 2 H), 6.73 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 6.93 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.27-7.29 (m, 1 H), 7.32 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 7.41-7.47 (m, 2 H), 7.53 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (br s, 1 H). MS(APCI+): 415.1 (M+1)LC-MS: >99%.
Example 132. Preparation of P-595
Figure imgf000209_0001
[00443] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-l-methyl-ethylamine (P-595). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed cerium (III) chloride (315 mg, 1.28 mmol) which was placed under and vacuum and heated with heat gun to remove residual moisture. Then, THF (2 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C and stirred for 1 hour and then at room temperature for 25 minutes. After cooling to -78 0C for 15 minutes, methyl lithium (1.6M in diethyl ether) (800 uL, 1.28 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at - 78 0C for 15 additional minutes. After this time period, a solution of 5-(3'-Chloro2- fluoro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (P-355, 150 mg, 0.425 mmol) and THF (800 uL) was added and the mixture was stirred at -78 0C for 1 hour and then reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Additional methyl lithium(1.6M in diethyl ether) (530 uL, 0.850 mmol) was introduced after cooling to 0 0C and the mixture was allowed to react at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction was then cooled to 0 0C and quenched with isopropanol (2 mL). After filtration through Celite, the filtrate was concentrated and then combined with material from a previous run (30 mg scale). The combined material was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing gradient elution of 10% IM NH3 in MeOH/ dichloromethane and then 20% to produce 17 mg of P-595 as a dark orange oil in 8% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 1.35 (s, 6 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (s, 2 H), 6.95 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.27-7.47 (m, 6 H), 7.55 (s, 1 H), 8.40 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 385.1 (M+ 1). [00444] Scheme 38.
HCI
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000210_0002
* m
Figure imgf000210_0003
1-149 P-598
Example 133. Preparation of P-596
[00445] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carbonitrile(I-148). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-147 (1.0 g, 2.88 mmol), 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (729 mg, 3.17 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (166 mg, 0.144 mmol), ethanol (4.4 mL) and toluene (17.6 mL). After stirring for 5 minutes, a 2M aqueous solution of sodium carbonate (2.88 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen through the mixture. After heating at 80 0C for 2.5 hours, the reaction was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was diluted with water (40 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL). The organic portions were combined, dried (MgSO4), concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 40% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 859 mg of 1-148 as a yellow viscous oil in 80% yield. [00446] Synthesis of C-[5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-methylamine (P-596). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (1-148, 860 mg, 2.32 mmol), methanol (20 mL) concentrated HCl (967 uL, 11.6 mmol) and 10% Pd/C. The reaction is allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 6 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. After filtering the mixture through Celite, the filtrate is concentrated, diluted with 0.5M HCl (20 mL) and water (20 mL) followed by extractions with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic portions were combined, dried (MgSO4), concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 10% IM NH3 in MeOH/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 121 mg of P-596 as a pale yellow solid in 14% yield.
[00447] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.12 (bs, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 2 H), 3.99 (s, 2 H), 7.11 (t, J= 74 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 2 H), 7.40-7.51 (m, 5 H), 7.64 (dd, J= 10, 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.45 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 375.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 99%.
Example 134. Preparation of P-598
[00448] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-ylmethyl]-carbamic acid phenyl ester (1-149). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed C-[5-(3 '-chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]- methylamine (P-596, 115 mg, 0.307 mmol), dichloromethane (1.5 mL) and triethylamine (85.6 uL, 0.614 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and then phenyl chloroformate (57.8 uL, 0.461 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 15 minutes. The reaction was quenched with water (3 mL) and then the organic portion was removed. The aqueous portion was extracted with dichloromethane (2 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (3 mL), dried (MgSO4), concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 70% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 78 mg of 1-149 as a yellow viscous oil in 51% yield.
[00449] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 4.01 (s, 2 H), 4.32 (d, J= 6 Hz, 2 H), 6.92- 7.39 (m, 9 H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 4 H), 7.51 (s, 1 H), 7.71 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.292 (t, J= 6 Hz, 1 H), 8.51 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H). MS(APCI+): 495.1 (M+l). LC-MS: >99%.
[00450] Synthesis of 1 -[5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-3-methyl-urea hydrochloride (P-598). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 5-(3'-chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-ylmethyl]-carbamic acid phenyl ester (1-149, 74 mg, 0.150 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (300 uL) and methylamine (40 wt.% in water)(l 16 uL, 1.50 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then concentrated by a stream of nitrogen. The solid was triturated with diethyl ether (2 mL), collected and washed with diethyl ether (2 mL) to produce 48 mg of P-598 as a white solid. To P-598 (41 mg, 0.0949) was added diethyl ether (2 mL) and 2M HCl in diethyl ether (700 uL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours, the solids collected, washed with diethyl ether (1 mL) and dried in a high vacuum oven to produce 35 mg of P-598 HCl salt as a white solid in 50% yield.
[00451] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.55 (s, 3 H), 4.18 (s, 2 H), 4.46 (s, 2 H), 6.29 (bs, 1 H), 6.78 (bs, 1 H), 7.13 (t, J= 74 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.42-7.49 (m, 5 H), 7.52 (s, 1 H), 7.76 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.39 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.79 (s, 1 H). MS(APCI+): 432.1 (M+l -HCl). LC-MS: >99%.
[00452] Scheme 39.
Figure imgf000212_0001
P-355 P-606 P-606-diHCI
Figure imgf000212_0002
P-613-HCI Example 135. Preparation of P-606
[00453] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-etriylamine (P-606). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed methylmagnesium bromide (3M in diethyl ether)(1.32 mL, 3.96 mmol), nitrogen in/out lines attached and the solution was cooled to 0-5 0C. After the addition of a solution of 5-(3'-Chloro2-fluoro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (P-355, 700 mg, 1.98 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), the reaction was warmed to ambient temperature and stirred for 40 minutes. Additional methylmagnesium bromide (3M in diethyl ether)(660 uL, 1.98 mmol) was introduced and the reaction was heated to 60 0C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to 0-5 0C and a slurry of lithium aluminum hydride (150 mg, 3.96 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was added. The reaction was heated to 60 0C for 1 hour and then partially concentrated, cooled to 0-5 0C and quenched with water (5 mL) and IM NaOH (3 mL). After the addition of ethyl acetate (10 mL), the reaction was filtered through Celite and the filtrate layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), the organic portions were combined, dried (MgSO4), concentrated and purified by a 50 gram silica gel SNAP cartridge (Biotage SP4 Flash Chromatography instrument) utilizing gradient elution of 5- 40% MeOH/dichloromethane to produce 124 mg of P-606 as a yellow viscous oil in 17% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 1.26 (d, J= 7 Hz, 3 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 3.99 (q, J= 6 Hz, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.27-7.29 (m, 1 H), 7.32-7.38 (m, 3 H), 7.41-7.47 (m, 2 H), 7.57 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.39 (s, 1 H). MS(APCI+): 372.3 (M+2). LC-MS: 95%
Example 136. Preparation of P-606-diHCl
[00454] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-ethylamine dihydrochloride (P-606-diHCl): In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-yl]-ethylamine (P-606, 115 mg, 0.311 mmol), diethyl ether (3 mL), 1,4-dioxane (300 uL) and 2M HCl in diethyl ether (600 uL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 15 minutes, the solid was collected, washed with diethyl ether (3 mL) and dried to produce 98 mg of P-606-diHCl as a light tan solid in 71% yield. [00455] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 1.47 (d, J= 7 Hz, 3 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 4.01
(s, 2 H), 4.46-4.51 (m, 1 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J= 6 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (s, 1
H), 7.38-7.48 (m, 4 H), 7.72 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.33 (bs, 3 H), 8.55 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1
H).
MS(APCI+): 371.5 (M+1-2HC1)
LC-MS: 92%
Example 137. Preparation of P-613
[00456] Synthesis of {l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-ethyl}-urea hydrochloride (P-613): In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]- ethylamine dihydrochloride (P-606, 55 mg, 0.124 mmol), water (800 uL), glacial acetic acid (400 uL) followed by sodium cyanate (32.2 mg, 0.496 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then slowly quenched with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (3 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 4 mL). The organic portions were combined, dried (MgSO4), concentrated and purified by a 10 gram silica gel SNAP cartridge (Biotage SP4 Flash Chromatography instrument) utilizing gradient elution of 2-20% MeOH/dichloromethane to produce 13 mg of P-613 (free base) as an off-white solid in 25% yield. To P-613 (free base) (13 mg, 0.0314 mmol) was added diethyl ether (1 mL) and 2M HCl in diethyl ether (300 uL). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 10 minutes, concentrated and dried to produce 14 mg of P-613 HCl salt as an off-white solid in quantitative yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 1.36 (d, J= 7 Hz, 3 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 4.06 (s, 2 H), 4.82 (m, 1 H), 5.53 (br s, 2 H), 6.69 (br s, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (br d, J= 6 Hz, 1 H), 7.38-7.47 (m, 4 H), 7.60 (br d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.02 (br d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H) ppm.
[00457] Scheme 40:
Figure imgf000215_0001
1-150 1-151 1-152
Figure imgf000215_0002
P-610-HCI
Example 138. Preparation of P-610
[00458] Synthesis of carbonic acid 3'-chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl ester methyl ester (1-151). Compound 1-151 was synthesized following the same procedure as that for the generation of 1-223.
[00459] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-152). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed carbonic acid 3'-chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl ester methyl ester (1-151, 700 mg, 2.04 mmol), 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylicacid methyl ester (590 mg, 2.24 mmol), potassium carbonate (846 mg, 6.12 mmol), l,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (270 mg, 0.612 mmol) and DMF (10 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed for 15 minutes by bubbling nitrogen and then allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (112 mg, 0.306 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 85 0C for 4 hours. To the reaction mixture was added water (40 mL) and ethyl acetate (40 mL) and the mixture was filtered through Celite. The layers of the filtrate were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by a 50 gram silica gel SNAP cartridge (Biotage SP4 Flash Chromatography instrument) utilizing gradient elution of 12-100% ethyl acetate/hexanes to produce 458 mg of 1-152 as a viscous yellow solid in 56% yield.
[00460] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 3.86 (s, 3 H), 4.12 (s, 2 H), 7.13 (t, J= 74 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.37 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (dt, J= 7, 2 Hz, 1 H),
7.44-7.52 (m, 4 H), 7.88 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.71 (s, 1 H) ppm.
MS(APCI+): 404.5 (M+l). LC/MS: 98%.
[00461] Synthesis of 2-[5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-propan-2-ol hydrochloride (P-610). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-152, 385 mg, 0.953 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (8 mL). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and then methylmagnesium bromide (3M in diethyl ether) (3.2 mL, 9.53 mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed to ambient temperature and allowed to stir for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated, placed in an ice bath and slowly quenched with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (5 mL). After adding dichloromethane (15 mL), the mixture was filtered through Celite, the layers of the filtrate were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with dichloromethane (15 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by a 10 gram silica gel SNAP cartridge (Biotage SP4 Flash Chromatography instrument) utilizing gradient elution of 2-20% acetone/dichloromethane to produce 183 mg P-610 as a colorless oil in 48% yield. To P-610 (175 mg, 0.433 mmol) was added diethyl ether (1 mL) and 2M HCl in diethyl ether (700 uL). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 20 minutes, concentrated and dried to produce 139 mg of P-610-HC1 as an off-white solid in 73% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 1.53 (s, 6 H), 3.82 (bs, 1 H), 4.17 (s, 2 H), 7.14 (t, J= 74 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.43-7.54 (m, 6 H), 7.97 (bs, 1 H), 8.32 (bs, 1 H), 8.67 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(ESI+): 405.6 (M+l -HCl. LC/MS: 92%. [00462] Scheme 41.
NH2
Figure imgf000217_0001
1-151 P-611-HCI P-616-HCI
Example 139. Preparation of P-611
[00463] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2- ylamine hydrochloride (P-611). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed compound 1-151 (1.0 g, 2.92 mmol), 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)- pyridin-2-ylamine (707 mg, 3.21 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.21 g, 8.76 mmol), 1,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (386 mg, 0.876 mmol) and DMF (15 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed for 15 minutes by bubbling nitrogen and then allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (160 mg, 0.438 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 85 0C for 4 hours. To the reaction mixture was added water (40 mL) and ethyl acetate (40 mL) and the mixture was filtered through Celite. The layers of the filtrate were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by a 50 gram silica gel SNAP cartridge (Biotage SP4 Flash Chromatography instrument) utilizing gradient elution of 1-10% methanol/dichloromethane to produce 841 mg of P-611 as a viscous dark yellow oil in 80% yield. To P-611 (840 mg, 2.33 mmol) was added 1,4-dioxane (8 mL) and 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 20 minutes, concentrated and dried to produce 643 mg of P-611 -HCl as a yellow-orange solid in 70% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.39 (bs, 2 H), 3.89 (s, 2 H), 6.932 (s, 1 H), 7.14 (t, J= 74 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (dd, J= 9, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.42-7.52 (m, 4 H), 7.85 (dd, J= 9, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (br s, 1 H), 7.94 (br s, 1 H), 13.71 (br s, 1 H)ppm. LC/MS: 94%. Example 140. Preparation of P-616
[00464] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-yl]-urea (P-616). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-611 (80 mg, 0.222 mmol), glacial acetic acid (1.5 mL), water (750 uL) and sodium cyanate (57.7 mg, 0.888 mmol). The mixture was heated to 80 0C for 3 hours, cooled to room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane (4 mL) and slowly quenched with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) to pH 8. The layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 15 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (15 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 5 % methanol/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce a brown oil. To this material was added diethyl ether (1 mL) and 2M HCl in diethyl ether (500 uL). After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, the mixture was concentrated and dried to produce 39 mg of P-616-HC1 as a yellow solid in 40% yield 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 3.89 (s, 2 H), 6.93 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.13 (t, J= 74 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.41- 7.52 (m, 4 H), 7.84 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.86-7.90 (m, 2 H), 13.55 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(ESI+): 404.5 (M+1-HC1).
[00465] Scheme 42.
Figure imgf000218_0001
1-151 1-153
Figure imgf000218_0002
P-621 Example 141. Preparation of P-621
[00466] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-fluoro- pyridine (1-153). Compound 1-153 was prepared in a manner analogous to P -611 (Example 138) in 70% yield. MS(ESI+): 364.4 (M+l). LC/MS: 96%.
[00467] Synthesis of 2- {[5-(3 '-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-methyl-amino}-acetamide (P-621). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-fluoro-pyridine (1-153, 210 mg, 0.577 mmol), 2-methylamino-acetamide hydrochloride (216 mg, 1.73 mmol) and l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (488 uL, 3.46 mmol). The mixture was heated to 160 0C for 3 hours and then diluted with dichloromethane (5 mL). The organic portion was washed with 0.5M HCl (3 mL) and the aqueous washes were combined and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 3 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (4 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by Teledyne CombiFlash system utilizing a 12 g RediSepRf silica gel cartridge and a gradient elution of 0-30% methanol/dichloromethane, followed by preparative TLC (20 x 20 cm, 1000 microns) using 5% methanol/ dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 8 mg of P-621?? as a dark brown semi-solid in 3% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.98 (s, 3 H), 3.83 (s, 2 H), 4.03 (s, 2 H), 6.53 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 (t, J = 74 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.40-7.50 (m, 5 H), 8.01 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 432.1 (M+l). LC/MS: 86%.
Example 142. Preparation of P-618
Figure imgf000219_0001
P-611 P-618
[00468] Synthesis ofN-[5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-2-dimethylamino-acetamide hydrochloride (P-618). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed dimethylglycine (58.5 mg, 0.567 mmol), dichloromethane (2.8 mL) and thionyl chloride (82.5 uL, 1.13 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then concentrated. To the reaction mixture was added a solution of P-611 (150 mg, 0.378 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (2.8 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (263 uL, 1.51 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours and then heated to 45 0C for 60 hours. The reaction was concentrated, diluted with ethyl acetate (3 mL) and washed with water (5 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 3 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (5 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 5% methanol/ dichloromethane (with 1% AcOH) as the eluent, followed by preparative TLC (20x20 cm, 1500 microns) using 10% methanol/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 27 mg of P-618 as an orange semi-solid in 16% yield. To P-618 (45 mg, 0.0561 mmol) was added diethyl ether (1 mL) and 2M HCl in diethyl ether (500 uL). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 20 minutes, concentrated and dried to produce 8 mg of P-618-HC1 as a pale orange solid in 30% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.86 (d, J= 4 Hz, 6 H), 4.00 (s, 2 H), 4.16 (m, 2 H), 7.17 (t, J= 74 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.41-7.51 (m, 5 H), 7.77 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.97-7.99 (m, 1 H), 8.34 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 9.82 (bs, I H), 11.14 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 446.1 (M+l). LC/MS: 96%
Example 143. Preparation of P-622
Figure imgf000220_0001
P-456 P-622
[00469] Synthesis of 2- {[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-methyl-amino}-acetamide (P-622). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-456 (210 mg, 0.607 mmol), 2-methylamino-acetamide hydrochloride (227 mg, 1.82 mmol) and l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (513 uL, 3.64 mmol). The mixture was heated to 160 0C for 2.5 hours and then diluted with dichloromethane (5 mL). The organic portion was washed with 0.5M HCl (3 x 3 mL) and the aqueous washes were combined and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 3 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (4 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by Teledyne CombiFlash system utilizing a RediSepRf 12 g silica gel cartridge and a gradient elution of 0-30% isopropanol/dichloromethane to produce material that still contained impurities. The impure material was purified by preparative TLC (20 x 20 cm, 1000 microns) using 10% isopropanol/ dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 89 mg of P-622 as a yellow solid in 35% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ) δ 2.99 (s, 3 H), 3.71 (s, 3 H), 3.78 (s, 2 H), 4.03 (s, 2 H), 6.53 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 6.90-6.92 (m, 2 H), 7.23-7.25 (m, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.34-7.37 (m, 2 H), 7.40-7.47 (m, 2 H), 7.95 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 414.1 (M+l).
Example 144. Preparation of P-573
Figure imgf000221_0001
P-456 P-573
[00470] Synthesis of 5-(3 '-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-2- imidazol-l-yl-pyridine(P-573). To a 20 mL vial which contained P-456 (200 mg, 0.55 mmol) and lH-imidazole-2-carboxylic acid (202 mg , 1.8 mmol) was added DBU (0.5 mL, excess), at rt. The vial was sealed and the mixture was allowed to heat to 160 0C and stir at 160 0C for 2.5 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and then poured onto 20 mL ice-water solution, acidified with 2N HCl to pH=l-2, extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL), washed with water (3 x 15 mL), brine (20 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was separated by a chromatography on silica gel with dichloromathane/iPA as eluent to yield P-573 (60 mg) in 26 % yield. [00471] IH NMR (OMSO-d6, 400 MHz): 8.48 (s, 1 H), 8.40 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (br s, 1 H), 7.85 (dd, J= 8.2, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.27-7.47 (m, 5 H), 7.11 (s, 1 H), 6.86 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.01 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS: 393.84 Calc.393.8; APCI+(M+1): 394.1, 99%
[00472] Scheme 43.
12NHCI in ether
Figure imgf000222_0001
1-154 P-590
Figure imgf000222_0002
1) MeNH2/THF
1) O==N ^/ Py
2) 2N HCI in dioxane 2) 2N HCI in dioxane
Figure imgf000222_0003
P-597 P-593
Example 145. Preparation of P-590
[00473] Synthesis of 5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2- carbonitrile (P-590). To a 100 mL flask which contained the mixture of 1-154 (1324 mg, 4 mmol) and 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (1.1 g, 4.4 mmol) in toluene/EtOH/H2θ (4/1/1, 25 mL) was added potassium phosphate (1..7 g, 8 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (400 mg, 0.3 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 0C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, poured onto ice-water solution (100 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers was washed with water (30 mL), brine (25 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was separated by a chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane as eluent to afford P-590 (380 mg, 27%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.61 (s, 1 H), 7.61 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 2 H), 7.46 - 7.48 (m, 1 H), 7.29 - 7.37 (m, 3 H), 7.11 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.03 (s, 2 H), 3.81 (s, 3 H) ppm.
Example 146. Preparation of P-591
[00474] Synthesis of C- [5 -(3 '-hloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]- methylamine hydrochloride (P-591). To a 50 mL flask which contained P-590 (220 mg, 0.66 mmol) in EtOH (14 mL) was added 12 N HCl (1 mL) and then Pd/C (10%, 200 mg) at rt. The system was allowed to stir at ambient temperature under a hydrogen atmosphere (15 psi) for 3 h. The solids were removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified via chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate as eluent to yield P-591 (160 mg) in 70% yield. P-591 (25 mg) was treated with 2N HCl in diethyl ether (2 mL) to afford P-591 HCl salt (16 mg) in 60 % yield. 1H NMR (OMSO-d6 ,400 MHz): 8.54 (s, 1 H), 8.26 (br. s, 2 H), 7.76 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.39- 7.47 (m, 4 H), 7.22-7.27 (m, 2 H), 7.06 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.14 ( br s, 2 H), 3.99 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H) ppm. Calc.338.84; APCI+(M+1): 339.1, 100%.
Example 147. Preparation of P-592
[00475] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-carbamic acid phenyl ester (P-592). To a 20 mL vial which contained P-591 (140 mg, 0.4 mmol) and triethylamine (85 mg, 0.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added phenyl chloroformate (95 mg, 0.6 mmol) at 0-5 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stir for 1 h. The mixture was poured onto 30 mL ice-water solution, extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL), brine (15 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane as eluent to yield 150 mg (79 %) of P-592. IH NMR (CDCl3 ,400 MHz): 8.46 (s, 1 H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 2 H), 7.11-7.37 (m, 10 H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.13 (br.s, 1 H), 4.55 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.97 (s, 2 H), 3.80 (s, 3 H) ppm. Calc.458.9; APCI+(M+1): 459.1, 100%. Example 148. Preparation of P-597
[00476] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-3 -ethyl-urea hydrochloride (P-597). To a 20 mL vial which contained P-591 (66 mg, 0.2 mmol) in pyridine (2 mL) was added isocyanato-ethane (0.2 mL, excess) at ambient temperature, and the resultant mixture stirred for 48 h. The mixture was poured onto 20 mL ice-water solution and the solid was filtered, washed with water (2 x 20 mL) and air dried to afford 55 mg of P-597. The free base was treated with 4N HCl in dioxane at ambient temperature to afford 55 mf of P-597 HCl salt in 63 % yield. IH NMR (DMSO-^ ,400 MHz). 8.72 (s, 1 H), 8.29 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.68 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (br s, 1 H), 7.37 - 7.41 (m, 3 H), 7.29-7.31 (m, 2 H), 7.08 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.67 (s, 1 H), 6.36 (s, 1 H), 4.44 (s, 2 H), 4.09 (s, 2 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 3.00 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2 H), 0.98 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H) ppm.
Example 149. Preparation of P-593
[00477] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-3 -methyl-urea hydrochloride (P-593):. To a 20 mL vial which contained P-592 (92 mg, 0.2 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added excess methylamine (40% in H2O, 1 mL), and the resultant mixture allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 4 h. The solvent was removed and diethyl ether (10 mL) was added. The solids were filtered, washed with diethyl ether (2 x 5 mL) and air dried to afford 50 mg of P-593. The free base was treated with 4 N HCl in dioxane (0.5 mL) to afford 45 mg of P-593 HCl salt in 52 % yield. 1H NMR (DMSO-^ ,400 MHz): 8.77 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (d, j=8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (s, 1 H), 7.31-7.44 (m, 5 H), 7.08 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.90 (s, 1 H), 4.49 (s, 1 H), 4.12 (s, 3 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 2.54 (s, 2 H) ppm. Calc.395.88; APCI+(M+1): 396.1, 100%.
Example 150. Preparation of P-600
Figure imgf000224_0001
P-590 p-600 [00478] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yi]- methylamine hydrochloride(P-600). A 50 mL flask which contained CeCl3 (370 mg, 1. mmol) was dried with a heat gun for 0.5 h. After cooling to ambient temeratre, THF (5 mL ) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for 2 h, and cooled to -78 0C. Methyl lithium (1 M in ether, 1 mL) was added at -78 0C and stirred at -78 0C for 1 h and then P-590 (170 mg, 0.5 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to stir at -78 0C for 0.5 h, allowed to warm to ambient temperature, and stirred for 16 h. The reaction was quenched with the addition of isopropanol (1 mL). The solids were removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated. The residue was purified via chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate-EtOH as eluent to yield 30 mg of P-600 which was treated with 2N HCl in diethyl ether (2 mL) to afford 15 mg of P-600 HCl salt in 8% yield.
[00479] 1H NMR (DMSO-rf* ,400 MHz): 8.59 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.39 (br s, 2 H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 (br s, 1 H), 7.36 - 7.45 (m, 3 H), 7.25 - 7.28 (m, 2 H), 7.06 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.99 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 1.57 ppm (s, 6 H) ppm. LC/MS: Calc.409.9; APCI+(M+1): 410.1, 100%
[00480] Scheme 44.
Figure imgf000226_0001
P-605
HCI in ether N-J NaCNBH3
HCIH MeOH
Figure imgf000226_0002
P-609 P-605-HCI
Example 151. Preparation of P-605
[00481] Synthesis of 5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2- carboxylic methyl ester (1-156). To a 250 mL flask which contained the mixture of 1-155 (2.0 g, 6.6 mmol) and 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester (1.6 g, 6 mmol) in DME (30 mL) was added K2CO3 (2.5 g, 18 mmol), [Pd(^C3H5CO]2 (300 mg, 0.8 mmol) and DPPPent (800 mg, 1.9 mmol) at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to 85 0C and stirred at 85 0C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, poured onto ice-water (200 mL), The semi-solid which formed was separated from the aq. layer to provide the crude which was purified by a chromatography on silica gel with dichloromethane-acetone as eluent to yield 1-156 (1200 mg, 50%) IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.64 (s, 1 H), 8.05 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.62 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (s, 1 H), 7.29 - 7.36 (m, 2 H), 7.11 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.93 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.04 (s, 2 H), 3.99 (s, 3 H), 3.80 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS: Calc.367.84; APCI+(M+1): 368.1, 99%.
[00482] Synthesis of 2-[5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]- propan-2-ol HCl salt (P-605) and l-[5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-ethanone (1-157). To a 50 mL dried flask containing 1-156 (350 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (5 mL ) and cooled to 0 0C was added methylmagnesium bromide (3M in ether, 3 mL, 9 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 16 h, and then poured onto 50 mL ice-water. The mixture was neutralized with NH4Cl (sat. 10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL), and the organics washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with dichloromethane-acetone as eluent to give 100 mg of the P-605 in 28% yield and 60 mg of 1-157 in 15% yield. 50 mg of P-605 was treated with 2N HCl in diethyl ether (1 mL) to afford 55 mg of P-605 HCl salt in 99% yield. 1H NMR (DMSO-^, 400 MHz): 8.60 (br s, 1 H), 7.85-8.24 (m, 2 H), 7.30 - 7.52 (m, 6 H), 7.08 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.08 (s, 2 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 1.51 ppm (s, 6 H) ppm. LC/MS: Calc.367.88; APCI+(M+1): 368.1, 96%.
Example 152. Preparation of P-609
[00483] Synthesis of 2-(l-azetidin-l-yl-ethyl)-5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-pyridine (P-609). To a 25 mL vial which contained 1-157 (52mg, 0.15 mmol) and azetidine HCl salt (30 mg, 0.3 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added sodium cyanoborohydride (16 mg, 22 mmol) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stir for 72 h. The mixture was poured onto 5 mL 0.5 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x10 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by a chromatography on silica gel with dichloromethane-acetone as eluent to afford 30 mg of P-609 in 54% yield.
[00484] 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.41 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.27-7.48 (m, 6 H), 7.10-7.15 (m, 2 H), 6.91 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 3.41-3.46 (m, 1 H), 3.10-3.25 (m, 4 H), 2.00-2.07 (m, 2 H), 1.21 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3 H) ppm. Example 153. Preparation of P-567
Figure imgf000228_0001
1-154 1-158
[00485] Synthesis of 5-(3 '-Chloro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S -ylmethyl)-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-158). Into a 250 mL round-bottomed flask was added I- 154 (4.89 g, 15.69 mmol), 5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester (4.52 g, 17.26 mmol), toluene (120 mL), EtOH (20 mL), water (20 mL), and K3PO4 (6.66 g, 31.38 mmol). The suspension was degassed with N2 for 15 minutes and then Pd(PPh3 )4 (1.81 g, 1.57 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 1 hour. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with 50 mL EtOAc. The organics were combined and washed with 50 mL of brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 10% acetone/hexanes to afford 890 mg of 1-158 as a light- yellow oil in 15% yield..
Figure imgf000228_0002
[00486] [5-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-methanol (P- 567). Into a 100 mL round-bottomed flask was added 1-158 (0.71 g, 1.93 mmol), THF (20 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. LiAlH4 (0.29 g, 7.72 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 1 hour. 20 mL of water was slowly added and the product was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The organics were combined and filtered through Celite and then concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 20% acetone/hexanes to provide 352 mg of P-567 as a light-yellow oil in 54% yield.. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSO-d6) 8.42 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (dd, J= 2.0, 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 (s, 1 H), 7.45 - 7.34 (m, 4 H), 7.25 - 7.20 (m, 2 H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.31 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.50 (d, J= 5.9 Hz, 2 H), 3.93 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 92.1%, 340.1 (APCI+).
Example 154. Preparation of P-570
EtNCO, toluene
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000229_0002
[00487] Ethyl-carbamic acid 5-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl ester hydrochloride (P -570). Into an 18 mL vial was added P-567 (98 mg, 0.29 mmol), toluene (2 mL), and ethyl isocyanate (57 uL, 0.72 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 60 0C for 6 hours and then concentrated. The solid was triturated with ether to obtain 79 mg of P-570 as a white solid. Of this material, 68 mg was dissolved in 4N HCl/Dioxane and then concentrated. This solid was triturated with ether, filtered, and washed with ether to afford 50 mg of P-570 HCl salt as a tan solid in 45% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSOd6) 8.48 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 - 7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.49 (s, 1 H), 7.45 - 7.34 (m, 3 H), 7.32 - 7.19 (m, 3 H), 7.05 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.01 (s, 2 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.07 - 2.95 (m, 2 H), 1.01 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 411.0 (APCI+).
Example 155. Preparation of P-534
Figure imgf000229_0003
[00488] l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-imidazole-4- carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-159) and 3-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-3H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-160). Into an 18 mL vial was added methyl 4-imidazole carboxylate (113 mg, 0.90 mmol), DMF (3 mL), and NaH (43 mg, 1.08 mmol). After 20 minutes at room temperature 1-33 (295 mg, 0.90 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and then water was added. The product was extracted with EtOAc and the organics were concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 6% - 10% acetone / dichloromethane to separate the regioisomers. The 4-substituted ester 1-159 (67 mg, 20%) and the 2-substituted ester 1-160 (79 mg, 23%) were obtained as colorless oils.
Figure imgf000230_0001
[00489] l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-imidazole-4- carboxylic acid amide (P-534). Into an 8 mL vial was added 1-159 (30 mg, 0.08 mmol) and 2 mL of 7N NH3/MeOH. The reaction was stirred at 60 0C for 6 days after which it was concentrated. Ether was added to form a solid which was filtered and washed with ether to afford 8 mg of P-534 as a tan solid in 28% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) 7.77 (s, 1 H), 7.63 (s, 1 H), 7.48 - 7.36 (m, 4 H), 7.29 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (br s, 1 H), 7.05 (br s, 1 H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 5.25 (s, 2 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H) ppm.
Example 156. Preparation of P-535
Figure imgf000230_0002
[00490] 3-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-3H-imidazole-4- carboxylic acid amide (P-535). Into an 8 mL vial was added 1-160 (36 mg, 0.096 mmol) and 2 mL of 7N NH3ZMeOH. The reaction was stirred at 60 0C for 6 days after which it was concentrated. The solid was triturated with ethe, filtered ,and washed with ether to afford 7 mg of P-535 as a white solid in 20% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMS0-d6) 7.83 (s, 1 H), 7.75 (br s, 1 H), 7.63 (s, 1 H), 7.51 - 7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (br s, 1 H), 7.10 - 7.00 (m, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 5.59 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 92.2%, 359.1 (APCI-).
Example 157. Preparation of P-536
Figure imgf000231_0001
1-33 P-536
[00491] l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-4-nitro-lH-imidazole (P-536). Into a 100 mL round bottom flask was added 1-33 (1.0 g, 3.03 mmol), DMF (25 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. Ssodium hydride (145 mg, 3.64 mmol) was added followed by 4-nitro- IH- imidazole (377 mg, 3.34 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 2 hours and then 10 mL of water was added. The product was extracted with 3 x15 mL EtOAc and the combined organics were concentrated. The product was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 20% acetone/hexanes to afford 625 mg of P-536 as an amber oil in 57% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.41 (d, J= 0.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (s, 1 H), 7.56 - 7.37 (m, 4 H), 7.30 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.34 (s, 2 H), 3.76 (s, 3 H) ppm
Example 158. Preparation of P-531
Figure imgf000231_0002
1-161
[00492] C-[5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]- methylamine (1-161), Into a 100 ml round bottom flask was added 5-(4,4,5,5- Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (1.0 g, 0.43 mmol), 20 mL of MeOH, cone. HCl (1.8 mL, 2.17 mmol), and 10% Pd/C (0.2 g). The reaction was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 18 hours. The reaction was filtered through Celite, washed with MeOH, and then concentrated to a yellow solid. The material was used as is.
Figure imgf000232_0001
1-161 1-162
[00493] l-Ethyl-3-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-urea (1-162). Into a 50 mL round bottom flask was added C-[5-(4,4,5,5- Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-methylamine (1-161,1 g, crude), pyridine (10 mL), and ethyl isocyanate (0.5 mL, 6.5 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and then NaHCθ3 (sat) was added. The product was extracted with 3 x 10 mL EtOAc and the combined organics were dried over Na2S0/t, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 50% acetone/dichloromethane - 100% MeOH to afford 289 mg of 1-162 as a brown oil in 22 % yield.
KSPO4 H2O
Figure imgf000232_0003
Figure imgf000232_0002
P-531
[00494] l-[4-(3'-Cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethoxy)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-3 -ethyl-urea (P-531). Into an 8 mL vial was added 1-163 (125 mg, 0.39 mmol), l-ethyl-3-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]- urea (1-162, 119 mg, 0.39 mmol), K3PO4 (248 mg, 1.17 mmol), DME (2.5 mL), EtOH (0.5 mL), and water (0.5 mL). The suspension was degassed with N2 and then Pd(PPh3 )4 was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 80 0C. Water (2 mL) was added and the product was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 2 mL). The organic extracts were combined and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 25% - 50% acetone/dichloromethane to give a tan-gray solid which was then triturated with ether. The resulting solid was recrystallized from EtOH to provide 7 mg of P-531 as a white solid in 4% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.26 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.89 - 7.82 (m, 2 H), 7.75 - 7.53 (m, 3 H), 7.47 (dd, J= 3.0, 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.33 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.01 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.16 (s, 2 H), 4.22 (d, J= 5.9 Hz, 2 H), 3.78 (s, 3 H), 3.09 - 2.95 (m, 2 H), 0.99 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 90.7%, 435.2 (APCI+).
Example 159. Preparation of P-244
Figure imgf000233_0001
[00495] 2-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethanol (1-164). Into a 10O mL round bottom flask was added (3-bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl)-acetic acid (0.58 g, 2.37 mmol), THF (10 mL), and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C. BH3-THF (10.6 mL, 10.6 mmol, 1.0M in THF) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. 20 mL of MeOH was added and the solvent was removed on a rotary evaporator. This was repeated an additional 5 times. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 10- 20% acetone/hexanes to afford 457 mg of 1-164 as a light yellow oil in 83 % yield.
Figure imgf000233_0002
1-164 1-165
[00496] 2-Bromo-4-(2-bromo-ethyl)-l-methoxy-benzene (1-165). Into a 100 mL round bottom flask was added 2-(3-bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethanol (1-164, 418 mg, 1.81 mmol), dichloromethane (15 mL), carbon tetrabromide (1.50 g, 4.52 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (1.19 g, 4.52 mmol). After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature the reaction was concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with hexanes to afford 1.91 g of 1-165 as a colorless oil, which was used without further purification.
Figure imgf000234_0001
1-165 1-166
[00497] l-[2-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-lH-pyridin-2-one (1-166). Into a 100 mL round bottom flask was added 2-bromo-4-(2-bromo-ethyl)-l-methoxy-benzene (1-165, 1.82 g, crude), 2-hydroxypyridine (258 mg, 2.72 mmol), K2CO3 (625 mg, 4.53 mmol), and DME (20 mL). After stirring for 18 hours at 80 0C the suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 25 - 50% acetone/hexanes to afford 221 mg of 1-166 as a brown oil in 40 % yield (2 steps).
Figure imgf000234_0002
P-244
[00498] l-[2-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl)-ethyl]-lH-pyridin-2 -one (P-244). Into a 40 mL vial were added l-[2-(3-bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-lH-pyridin-2- one (1-166, 210 mg, 0.68 mmol), 3 -nitrophenylboronic acid (125 mg, 0.75 mmol), PPh3 (36 mg, 0.014 mmol), potassium carbonate (283 mg, 2.04 mmol), dimethoxyethane (10 mL), ethanol (1 mL), and water (1 mL). The suspension was degassed with N2 for 5 minutes and then palladium(II) acetate (15 mg, 0.068 mmol). After degassing for an additional 2 minutes the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours. To the reaction was added 5 mL of water and 10 mL of ethyl acetate. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 xlO mL). The organics were combined and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 10 - 20% acetone/dichloromethane. The yellow oil which was obtained (136 mg) was dissolved in 1 mL of ether and allowed to stand at room temperature for 3 days. The tan solid which formed was filtered, washed with ether, and dried to afford 74 mg of P-244 in 31% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.30 - 8.29 (m, IH), 8.18 - 8.15 (m, IH), 7.81 - 7.79 (m, IH), 7.54 (t, J= 8.0 Hz), 7.37 - 7.33 (m, IH), 7.19 (dd, J= 8.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.05 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.95 - 6.93 (m, 2H), 6.61 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, IH), 6.06 (td, J = 6.6, 1.2 Hz, IH), 4.15 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.07 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 2H) ppm. LC/MS = 99.4%, 351.6 (ESI+).
Example 160. Preparation of P-003
Figure imgf000235_0001
[00499] 5-[5-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-benzo[l,3]dioxole (P-003). P- 003 was prepared by according to the method described for P-001. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.80 (s, 3 H) 3.93 (s, 2 H) 5.98 (s, 2 H) 6.83 - 6.92 (m, 2 H) 6.92 - 7.05 (m, 4 H) 7.05 - 7.12 (m, 2 H) 7.16 (dd, J= 8.4, 5.6 Hz, 2 H) ppm. LCMS = 94.4% purity. TSI(+) = 365.4 (M+29).
Example 161. Preparation of P-004
Figure imgf000235_0002
P-004
[00500] 5-[5-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-benzo[l,2,5]oxadiazole (P-004). P-004 was prepared by according to the method described for P-OOl . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.84 (s, 3 H), 3.97 (s, 2 H), 6.91 - 7.05 (m, 3 H), 7.13 - 7.24 (m, 4 H), 7.62 (dd, J= 9.3, 1.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.75 - 7.87 (m, 2 H) ppm. LCMS = 96.2% purity. TSI (+) = 365.4 (M+31).
Example 162. Preparation of P-006
Figure imgf000236_0001
[00501] Synthesis of 5-(5-Imidazol-l-ylmethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl)- benzo[l,2,5]oxadiazole (P-006). A suspension of l-(3-bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH- imidazole (1-167, 267 mg, 1.00 mmol), benzo[l,2,5]oxadiazole-5-boronic acid (1-105, 164 mg, 1.00 mmol), palladium(0)bis(dibenzylideneacetone) (28.7 mg, 0.050 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (26.2 mg, 0.10 mmol) in dimethylformamide (20 mL) and 1 M aqueous cesium carbonate (3.0 mL, 3.0 mmol) was heated to 85°C with stirring overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue suspended in ethyl acetate (25 mL). The organic suspension was washed with water (3 x 20 mL) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized over activated carbon, filtered, and concentrated under. The residue was purified by slica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography (ethyl acetate: dichloromethane 3: 1) to give 10.4 mg of P-006 in 9.1% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.86 (s, 3 H) 5.13 (s, 2 H) 6.93 (s, 1 H) 7.01 (d, J= 8.32 Hz, IH) 7.10 (s, 1 H) 7.17 - 7.25 (m, 2 H) 7.52 - 7.62 (m, 2 H) 7.78 - 7.85 (m, 2 H) ppm. LCMS = 100% purity. APCI(+) = 307.1 (M+l). [00502] Scheme 45.
Figure imgf000237_0001
P-475
Example 163. Preparation of P-474
[00503] Synthesis of 3-[5-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridine (P-474). A suspension of 1-168 (158 mg, 0.53 mmol), 3 -pyridineboronic acid (61.5 mg, 0.50 mmol), palladium(0)bis(dibenzylideneacetone) (14.4 mg, 0.025 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (13.1 mg, 0.050 mmol) in dimethylformamide (5 mL) and 1 M aqueous sodium carbonate (1.5 mL, 1.5 mmol) was heated to 85 0C with stirring overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue suspended in ethyl acetate (15 mL). The organic suspension was washed with water (3 x 15 mL) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude material. The residue was purified by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography to afford 69.1 mg (47%) of P-474 LCMS = 94.6% purity.
Example 164. Preparation of P-475
[00504] Synthesis of 3-[5-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridine 1 -oxide (P- 475). A vial was charged with P-474 (60 mg, 0.20 mmol), methyl ruthenium oxide (2.5 mg, 0.010 mmol), 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (0.5 mL), and dichloromethane (1.0 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 days. The biphasic mixture was treated with catalytic amount of manganese dioxide (1.7 mg, 0.02 mmol) and carefully stirred until the oxygen evolution ceased (1 h). The phases were separated, the aqueous layer extracted into dichloromethane (2 x 1 mL), the organic layers combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to afford 20.9 mg of P-475 in 34% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.82 (s, 3 H) 3.94 (s, 2 H) 6.89 - 7.24 (m, 8 H) 7.41 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.44 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 92.0 % purity.
Example 165. Preparation of P-007
Figure imgf000238_0001
P-007
[00505] Synthesis of 1 -(6-Methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H-benzotriazole (P-007). A suspension of 1-169 (477 mg, 1.50 mmol), 3 -nitrophenylboronic acid (250 mg, 1.50 mmol), palladium(O) bis(dibenzylideneacetone) (43 mg, 0.075 mmol), and triphenyl phosphine (39 mg, 0.15 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 mL) and 1 M aqueous sodium carbonate (4.5 mL, 4.5 mmol) was heated to 85°C with stirring overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue suspended in ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic suspension was washed with water (3 x 20 mL) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized over activated carbon, filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum to give a residue. The residue was purified dissolving in ethyl acetate (5 mL) and adding hexanes (25 mL) until a solid formed. This was repeated 3 times to afford 210 mg of P-007 in 39% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.83 (s, 3 H), 5.87 (s, 2 H), 6.99 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.31 - 7.52 (m, 4 H), 7.56 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.76 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.13 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.19 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.36 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 93.9% purity. APCI(+) = 361.10 (M+l). Example 166. Preparation of P-037
Figure imgf000239_0001
P-037
[00506] Synthesis of l-(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH-imidazole (P-037). To a solution of 1-167 (484 mg, 1.80 mmol) and benzo[l,3]dioxole-5-boronic acid (332 mg, 2.00 mmol) were added palladium(O) bis(dibenzylideneacetone) (57.5 mg, 0.100 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (52.4 mg, 0.200 mmol) in dimethylformamide (40 mL) and 1 M aqueous sodium carbonate (6.0 mL, 6.0 mmol) was heated to 800C with stirring overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue suspended in ethyl acetate (30 mL). The organic suspension was washed with water (3 x 30 mL) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized over activated carbon, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give a residue. The residue was purified by reverse phase (water: acetonitrile 3: 1 to 1: 1) followed by extraction with dichloromethane and removal of solvent under reduced pressure to afford 69.6 mg of P-037 as a clear viscous oil in 13% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.81 (s, 3 H), 5.08 (s, 2 H), 5.99 (s, 2 H), 6.82 - 6.96 (m, 4 H), 7.00 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J= 10.2 Hz, 3 H), 7.55 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 100% purity. APCI(+) = 309.10 (M+ 1).
Example 167. Preparation of P-040
Figure imgf000239_0002
[00507] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-piperidine-2,6- dione (P-040). To a solution of 1-70 (161 mg, 0.500 mmol) and glutarimide (113 mg, 1.00 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (1.5 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% weight dispersion, 40 mg, 1.00 mmol) at -78°C. After hydrogen gas evolution ceased the reaction was stirred at 120 0C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL), washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was purified by trituration with hexanes (50 mL) and dichloromethane (2 mL) followed by silica gel column chromatography (50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford 79.8 mg of P-040 in 45% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.94 (quintet, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 4H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.39 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.44 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.55 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.81 (ddd, J= 8.0, 1.6, 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.16 (ddd, J= 8.4, 2.4, 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.39 (t, J= 2.0 Hz, IH) ppm. LCMS = 92% purity.
Example 168. Preparation of P-041
Figure imgf000240_0001
P-041
[00508] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-indole-2,3- dione (P-041). To a solution of 1-70 (98 mg, 0.300 mmol) and isatin (88 mg, 0.60 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (1.0 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% weight dispersion, 24 mg, 0.6 mmol) at -78°C. After hydrogen gas evolution ceased the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL), washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (4: 1 ethyl acetate : hexanes) to afford 45.5 mg of P-041 in 39.1% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.82 (s, 3 H), 4.93 (s, 2 H), 6.85 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.07 - 7.14 (m, 1 H), 7.29 - 7.40 (m, 2 H), 7.49 - 7.65 (m, 4 H), 7.79 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (s, 1 H), 8.37 (t, J= 1.74 Hz, 1 H) ppm. Turb. Spray (+) = 389.60 (M+l)
Example 169. Preparation of P-042
Figure imgf000241_0001
[00509] Synthesis of 2-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione (P-042). To a solution of 1-70 (161 mg, 0.500 mmol) and phthalimide (147 mg, 1.00 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (1.5 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% weight dispersion, 40 mg, 1.0 mmol) at -78°C. After hydrogen gas evolution ceased the reaction was stirred at 800C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL), washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified by trituration several times in hexanes (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (5 mL) to afford 43.8 mg of P-042 as a grey-white solid in 26% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.80 (s, 3 H), 4.84 (s, 2 H), 6.95 (d, J=,8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.43 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.65 - 7.76 (m, 2 H), 7.77 - 7.87 (m, 3 H), 8.17 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.39 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 97.1 % purity. APCI (+) = 359.1 (M-29).
Example 170. Preparation of P-043
Figure imgf000241_0002
[00510] Synthesis of 2-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolo[3,4- c]pyridine-l,3-dione (P-043). To a solution of 1-70 (161 mg, 0.500 mmol) and pyridinecarboximide (148 mg, 1.00 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (1.5 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% weight dispersion, 40 mg, 1.0 mmol) at -78°C. After hydrogen gas evolution ceased the reaction was stirred at 80 0C overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL), washed with water, brine, decolorized with activated charcoal, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified by trituration several times in hexanes (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (5 mL) to afford 20.9 mg of P-043 as a grey- white solid in 11 % yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.81 (s, 3 H), 4.86 (s, 2 H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.43 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 - 7.52 (m, 1 H), 7.56 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 - 7.83 (m, 3 H), 8.18 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.38 (s, 1 H), 9.06 (d, J= 4.70 Hz, 1 H), 9.08 - 9.17 (m, 2 H), 9.20 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 95.2% purity. APCI(-)= 389.1(M).
Example 171. Preparation of P-047
Figure imgf000242_0001
[00511] Synthesis of 2-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2H- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-3-one (P-047. To a solution of 1-70 (161 mg, 0.500 mmol) and triazolepyridinone (135 mg, 1.00 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (1.5 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% weight dispersion, 40 mg, 1.0 mmol) at -78°C. After hydrogen gas evolution ceased the reaction was stirred at 75 0C for 4 h. The reaction was diluted water (15 mL). The resultant precipitate was isolated, dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL), decolorized with activated carbon, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to afford 43.2 mg of P-047 as a cream colored solid in 23% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.82 (s, 3 H), 5.16 (s, 2 H), 6.48 (ddd, J= 7.1, 4.0, 3.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 - 7.13 (m, 2 H), 7.41 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 - 7.86 (m, 2 H), 8.17 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.39 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LCMS =98.0% purity. APCI(+) = 377.1 (M+l).
Example 172 . Preparation of P-052
Figure imgf000243_0001
1-168
P-052
[00512] Synthesis of 2-(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-methoxy-benzyl)-isoindole-l,3- dione (P-052). A suspension of phthalimide (147 mg, 1.00 mmol), 1-168 (138 mg, 0.500 mmol), and solid potassium carbonate (138 mg, 1.00 mmol) was stirred over 72 h. Water was added, and a precipitate was formed. The suspension was stirred for 10 min, and the solid collected and dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to afford 173 mg of P-052 in 93% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.78 (s, 3 H), 4.82 (s, 2 H), 5.91 - 6.00 (m, 2 H), 6.80 - 6.98 (m, 3 H), 7.02 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 - 7.43 (m, 2 H), 7.70 (dd, J= 5.4, 3.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.80 - 7.88 (m, 2 H) ppm. LCMS = 95.6% purity.
Example 173. Preparation of P-055
Figure imgf000243_0002
P-055
[00513] Synthesis of 6-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolo[3,4- b]pyridine-5,7-dione (P-055). A suspension of 1-70 (322 mg, 1.00 mmol), quinolinimide (148 mg, 1.00 mmol), and solid potassium carbonate (276 mg, 2.00 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted water, stirred for 10 min, and the resultant precipitate was isolated. The solid was dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to afford 145 mg of P-055 as a pale yellow solid in 37% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.81 (s, 3 H), 4.91 (s, 2 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 - 7.66 (m, 3 H), 7.80 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 - 8.22 (m, 2 H), 8.39 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.96 (dd, J= 4.9, 1.4 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 95% purity. TSI (+) = 390.40 (M+l).
Example 174. Preparation of P-062
Palladium(ll)acetate Potassium Carbonate
Methanol, Water
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000244_0002
[00514] Synthesis of 2-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl (1-169). A suspension of 2- methoxyphenylboronic acid (911 mg, 6.00 mmol), 3 -nitro-iodobenzne (1.24 g, 5.00 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (22 mg, 0.10 mmol), and solid potassium carbonate (1.38 g, 10. mmol), in methanol (25 mL), and water (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude product. The product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate 9: 1) to afford 940 mg of 1-169 as a white solid in 82% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.84 (s, 3 H), 6.96 - 7.14 (m, 2 H), 7.30 - 7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.56 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.17 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H) ppm.
Figure imgf000245_0001
1-168
P-062
[00515] Synthesis of 4-(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-methoxy-benzyl)-3,5-dimethyl- isoxazole (P-062). To a solution of 1-168 (138 mg, 0.500 mmol) and 3,5-dimethyl- isoxazole-4-boronic acid (70 mg, 0.500 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (5 mL) were added palladium(O) bis(dibenzylideneacetone (14 mg, 0.025 mmol), triphenylphosphine (13 mg, 0.0500 mmol) and 1 M aqueous sodium carbonate (1.5 mL, 1.5 mmol). The resultant suspension was stirred at 85 0C for 72 h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL), washed with water (3 x 10 mL) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography eluting with 1: 1 hexanes and dichloromethane to afford 16.2 mg (10%) of P-062. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.11 (s, 3 H), 2.31 (s, 3 H), 3.64 (s, 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 5.98 (s, 2 H), 6.80 - 6.94 (m, 3 H), 6.94 - 7.05 (m, 3 H) ppm. LCMS = 100% purity. APCI(+)= 338.10 (M+l).
Example 175. Preparation of P-066
Figure imgf000245_0002
[00516] Synthesis of C-(6-Methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -yl)-methylamine (I- 170): A suspension of P-052 (700 mg, 1.80 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (0.35 mL. 7.2 mmol) in ethanol (60 mL) was stirred at reflux for 6 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (15 mL), precipitated with water (50 mL), and filtered to afford 97.9 mg as a white solid in 21% yield.
Figure imgf000246_0001
[00517] Synthesis of 4-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-4H-[l,2,4]triazole (P-066). A solution of formic hydrazine (25 mg, 0.41 mmol) and N,N- dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (0.050 mL, 0.41 mmol) in acetonitrile (0.5 mL) was stirred at 500C for 30 min. To the solution was added 1-170 (98 mg, 0.38 mmol) and acetic acid (0.5 mL). The reaction was then stirred at 160 0C for 6h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the concentrated under vacuum. The reaction was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), the combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude material was purified by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography (9: 1 dichloromethane: methanol) to afford 19.4 mg of P-066 in 17% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 3.86 (s, 3H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.17 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.58 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.79 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.16 - 8.24 (m, 3H), 8.37 (t, J= 1.9 Hz, IH) ppm. LCMS = 94.0% purity. APCI(+) =311.1 (M+l).
[00518] Scheme 46.
1 ) n-butyl litium Tetrahydrofuran Triethylsilane
Figure imgf000246_0002
Trifluoroacetic acid
Figure imgf000246_0003
Figure imgf000246_0004
Figure imgf000246_0005
Example 176. Preparation of P-073
[00519] Synthesis of (3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-methoxy-phenyl)-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-methanol (P-073). A solution of 1-methyl pyrazole (123 mg, 1.50 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was cooled to 00C in an ice bath, and n-butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 0.80 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added. The yellow solution was stirred at 00C for 30 min followed by the addition of 1-170 (256 mg, 1.00 mmol), and the resultant pale green solution stirred for 2 h. The reaction was diluted with water (50 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (1: 1 hexanes :dichloromethane) to afford 259.1 mg of P-073 as a pale yellow solid in 77% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 5.90 (s, IH), 5.98 (s, 2H), 6.12 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.82 - 6.89 (m, IH), 6.91 - 6.98 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.29 (s, 2 H), 7.40 (d, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 98.9%; APCI(+) =339.1 (M +1).
Example 177. Preparation of P-075
[00520] Synthesis of 5-(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-methoxy-benzyl)-l-methyl-lH- pyrazole (P-075). To a solution of P-073 (169 mg, 0.500 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (2.0 mL), was added triethylsilane (0.50 mL, 3.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (20% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford 39.1 mg (24%) of P-075. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.40 (d, J= 1.7 Hz, IH), 7.07 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.02 - 7.06 (m, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.02(d, J= 1.7 Hz, IH), 6.91 - 6.94 (m, IH), 6.90 (s, IH), 6.86 (t, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.98 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H),3.74 (s, 3H) ppm. Example 178. Preparation of P-074
Figure imgf000248_0001
[00521] Synthesis of l-(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH-pyrazole (P- 074). A suspension of pyrazole (136 mg, 2.00 mmol), 1-168 (108 mg, 1.00 mmol), and solid potassium carbonate (276 mg, 2.00 mmol) was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water (30 mL) was added, and the suspension extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford 44.4 mg of P- 074 as a pale yellow oil in 14% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.54 (d, J= 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.38 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.17 (dd, J= 4.4, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (d, J= 1.7 Hz, IH), 6.91 - 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.82 - 6.87 (m, IH), 6.26 (t, J= 2.1 Hz, IH), 5.98 (s, 2H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s,3H)
Example 179. Preparation of P-077
Figure imgf000248_0002
[00522] Synthesis of 1 -(6-Methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H-pyrazole (P- 077). A suspension of 1-70 (322 mg, 1.00 mmol) , pyrazole (136 mg, 2.00 mmol), and solid potassium carbonate (276 mg, 2.00 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted water (30 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL).The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (15% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give P-077 (148 mg, 48% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^): 8.27 (s, IH), 8.17 - 8.22 (m, IH), 7.89 - 7.94 (m, IH), 7.83 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.72 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.44 (d, J= 1.7 Hz, IH), 7.35 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.28 - 7.33 (m, IH), 7.15 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, IH), 6.19 - 6.30 (m, IH), 5.32 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 99.7% purity. APCI (+) = 310.1 (M+ 1)
Example 180. Preparation of P-087
Figure imgf000249_0001
[00523] Synthesis of [4-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl- pyrazol-l-yl]-acetic acid ethyl ester (P-087). To a solution of 1-171 (102 mg, 0.300 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (5 mL), were added ethyl hydrazinoacetate hydrochloride (93 mg, 0.60 mmol) and 4 Angstrom molecular sieves (200 mg), and the reaction was stirred at reflux for 3 h. The hot suspension was filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), and the extracts combined. The organic solution was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (2: 1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to give P-087 (97.1 mg, 76% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.38 (t, J= 1.9 Hz, IH), 8.15 (dd, J= 8.2, 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.79 - 7.82 (m, IH), 7.53 - 7.56 (m, IH), 7.07 - 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, IH), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.21 (q, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 1.26 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3H) ppm. LCMS: 98.7% purity. APCI(+) = 310.1 (M- 29) Example 181. Preparation of P-ι
Figure imgf000250_0001
P-088
[00524] Synthesis of 2-[4-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl- pyrazol-l-yl]-ethanol (P-088). To a solution of 1-171 (102 mg, 0.300 mmol) in 1,2- dimethoxyethane (5 mL), were added 2-hydroxyethyl hydrazine (0.037 mL, 0.60 mmol) and 4 Angstrom molecular sieves (200 mg), and the reaction was stirred at reflux for 3 h. The hot suspension was filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), and the extracts combined. The organic solution was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (2: 1 :0.3 hexanes:ethyl acetate:methanol) to give P-088 (61.0 mg, 53% yield) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.37 (t, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.16 (dt, J= 8.2, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.81 (dt, J= 7.7, 0.8 Hz, IH), 7.54 - 7.57 (m, IH), 7.06 - 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.91 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, IH), 4.05 - 4.09 (m, 2H), 3.95 - 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: 98.2% purity. APCI(+) = 382.1 (M+l)
Example 182. Preparation of P-089
Figure imgf000250_0002
[00525] Synthesis of 4-(6-Methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-3 ,5 -dimethyl- 1 H- pyrazole (P-089). To a solution of 1-171 (102 mg, 0.300 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (5 niL), were added hydrazine (0.029 mL, 0.60 mmol) and 4 Angstrom molecular sieves (200 mg), and the reaction was stirred at reflux for 3 h. The hot suspension was filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), and the extracts combined. The organic solution was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (1 : 1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to give P-089 (67.8 mg, 67% yield) 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.38 (s, IH), 8.13 - 8.20 (m, IH), 7.75 - 7.83 (m, IH), 7.50 - 7.58 (m, IH), 7.05 - 7.13,(m, 2H), 6.91 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 2.18 (s, 6H) ppm. LCMS = 97.2% purity. APCI (+) = 338.1 (M+ 1).
Example 183. Preparation of P-090
Figure imgf000251_0001
[00526] Synthesis of 4-(6-Methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-3 ,5 -dimethyl- 1 - (2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-lH-pyrazole (P-090). To a solution of 1-171 (102 mg, 0.300 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (5 mL), were added 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl hydrazine (0.098 mL, 0.60 mmol) and 4 Angstrom molecular sieves (200 mg), and the reaction was stirred at reflux for 3 h. The hot suspension was filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), and the extracts combined. The organic solution was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (5: 1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to give P-090 (64.5 mg, 51% yield) as a yellow-red oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.38 (t, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.16 (ddd, J= 8.2, 2.3, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.78 - 7.81 (m, IH), 7.52 -7.55 (m, IH), 7.04 - 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.91 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, IH), 4.58 (q, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.78 - 3.81 (m, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 97.6% purity. APCI (+) = 420.1 (M+l).
Example 184. Preparation of P-IOl
Ammonia
Ethanol
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000252_0002
P-087 P-101
[00527] Synthesis of 2-[4-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl- pyrazol-l-yl]-acetamide (P-101). To a solution of P-087 (212 mg, 0.500 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added ammonia (7 M in methanol, 0.5 mL, 3.5 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting suspension was concentrated under vacuum, and dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL). The reaction was washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The resulting solid was triturated in dichloromethane (ImL) in hexanes (10 mL) to give P-101 (85.8 mg, 44% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.31 - 8.37 (m, IH), 8.14 - 8.20 (m, IH), 7.77 - 7.84 (m, IH), 7.51 - 7.59 (m, IH), 7.01- 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.91 (d, J= 8. I Hz, IH), 6.05 (br s, IH), 5.39 (br s, IH), 4.68 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS =98.2% purity. APCI (+) = 395.1 (M+l).
Figure imgf000252_0003
Example 185. Preparation of P- 115
[00528] Synthesis of 3-(2,2-Difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl)-4-methoxy- benzaldehyde (1-172). To a solution of 5-formyl-2-methoxy phenyl boronic acid (1.0 g, 5.5 mmol) in water (6 mL) and methanol (30 mL), was added 5-bromo-2,2-difluoro-l,3- benzodioxole (0.97 mL, 7.2 mmol), solid potassium carbonate (1.5 g, 11 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (25 mg, 0.11 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The black mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were decolorized with activated charcoal, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to 20 mL under vacuum. The solution was purfied by silca gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (11 : 1) to give 1-172 (620 mg, 39% yield) as a white solid.
[00529] Synthesis of [3-(2,2-Difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl)-4-methoxy-phenyl]-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-methanol (1-173). A solution of 1-methyl pyrazole (123 mg, 1.5 mmol) under a positive nitrogen atmosphere was cooled to 00C in an ice water bath. To the stirring solution was added n-butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 0.80 mL, 2.0 mmol) The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 30 min, and 1-172 (292 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction was stirred an additional 2 h. The reaction was diluted with water (50 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give 1-173 (220 mg, 59% yield) as a yellow solid.
[00530] Synthesis of 5-[3-(2,2-Difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl)-4-methoxy-benzyl]-l- methyl-lH-pyrazole (P-115). To a solution of 1-173 (187 mg, 0.500 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (2.0 mL), was added triethyl silane (0.50 mL, 3.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (5:2 hexanes/ethyl acetate) and silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography (20:1 dichloromethane/methanol) to give P-115 (29.9 mg, 17% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.81 (s, 3 H), 3.96 (s, 2 H), 6.02 (d, J =1.6 Hz, IH), 6.91 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.00 - 7.17 (m, 4 H), 7.24 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 100 % purity. APCI (+) = 359.1 (M+ 1).
Example 186. Preparation of P-201
Figure imgf000254_0001
P-201
[00531] Synthesis of 5-(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-l- methyl-lH-pyrazole (P-201). A suspension of benzo[l,3]dioxole-5-boronic acid (108 mg, 0.65 mmol), 1-174 (158 mg, 0.500 mmol), palladium(II) triphenylphosphindichloride (35 mg, 0.050 mmol), and IM aqueous sodium carbontate (1.0 mL, 1.00 mmol) in xylene (3 mL) was stirred at 150 0C for 24 h. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL), washed with water (3 x 10 mL) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacumm. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (4: 1 hexanes/ethyl acetate), and then by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography (5: 1 dichloromethane/ acetone) to give P-201 (13.4 mg, 7% yield).
[00532] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 3.64 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (s, 2 H), 5.82 (s, 1 H), 5.95 (s, 2 H), 6.63 -6.94 (m, 7 H), 7.59 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 99% purity. APCI (-) = 321.1
(M-37).
Example 187. Preparation of P-306
Figure imgf000254_0002
1-175
1-176 P-306
[00533] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-[l,3,4]oxadiazol- 2-ylamine (P-306). A solution of 1-176 (277 mg, 1.00 mmol) in hydrazine hydrate (0.5 mL) was stirred at 1000C overnight. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum to obtain a gummy white solid. The crude material was dissolved in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (0.5 mL) and cyanogen bromide (212 mg, 2.00 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane (5 mL) and washed with 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (5 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate) to give P-306 (64.2 mg, 30% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ): 3.77 (s, 3 H), 4.01 (s, 2 H), 6.87 (s, 2 H), 7.10 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 -7.29 (m, 2 H), 7.36 - 7.47 (m, 3 H), 7.50 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 97.1% purity. APCI(+) = 316 (M).
Example 188. Preparation of P-393
mide
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000255_0002
1-177 P-393
[00534] Synthesis l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyrimidin-2-yi]-azetidin-3-ol (P-393 ). A suspension of 1-177 (72 mg, 0.20 mmol), azetidin-3 -ol hydrochloride (44 mg, 0.40 mmol) and potassium carbonate (55 mg, 0.40 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (1.5 mL) was stirred at 80 0C overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (5 mL), and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 5 mL). The combined extracts were concentrated, and the crude material purified by silica gel column chromatography (2: 1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to give P-393 (73.3 mg, 92% yield) as a cream white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 3.75 (s, 3 H), 3.77 (s, 2 H), 3.98 (dd, J= 10.3, 4.3 Hz, 2 H), 4.34 - 4.43 (m, 2 H), 4.77 (br s, 1 H), 6.70 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 - 7.40 (m, 4 H), 8.21 (s, 2 H) ppm. LCMS = 100% purity. APCI (+) = 400 (M). Example 189. Preparation of P-397
Figure imgf000256_0001
[00535] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-l- oxy-pyridin-2-yl]-3 -ethyl-urea (P-397). A solution of P-356 (82.7 mg, 0.200 mmol) in diethyl ether (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature with peracetic acid (32% wt, 0.06 mL, 0.300 mmol) for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue purified by silica gel column chromatography (19: 1 dichloromethane/methanol) to give P-397 (27.6 mg, 32% yield).
[00536] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.12 (t, 3 H) 3.17 - 3.35 (m, 2 H), 3.72 - 3.80 (m, 3 H), 3.87 (s, 2 H), 6.64 - 6.78 (m, 1 H), 6.86 (br s, 1 H), 7.02 - 7.17 (m, 1 H), 7.22 (s, 1 H), 7.29 - 7.43 (m, 3 H), 7.93 (s, 1 H), 8.36 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 9.73 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 100% purity. APCI (-) = 428.1 (M-2).
Example 190. Preparation of P-398
Figure imgf000256_0002
1-178 P-398
[00537] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester (P-398). A solution of 1-178 (166 mg, 0.500 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran was cooled to 0 0C. To the reaction was added pyridine (0.08 mL, 1 mmol), and the reaction stirred for 10 min. To the solution was added ethyl chloroformate (0.09 mmol, 1 mmol) slowly, and the yellow suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was allowed to sit after the addition of water (10 mL), and the solid that settled to the bottom was collected by filtration. The solid was suspended in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) and water (5 mL), and filtered to give P-398 (14.6 mg, 7.2% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.31 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3 H), 3.76 (s, 3 H), 3.91 (s, 2 H), 4.23 (q, J= 7.1 Hz, 2 H), 6.73 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.12 (t, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 - 7.41 (m, 1 H), 7.44 - 7.56 (m, 2 H), 7.63 (d, J= 7. 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.70 (s, 1 H), 7.88 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.12 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 94.0 % purity. APCI(+) = 406.1 (M+l).
Example 191. Preparation of P-405 -HCl
Figure imgf000257_0001
[00538] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-3 -ethyl-urea hydrochloride salt (P-405-HC1). A solution of 1-178 (166 mg, 0.500 mmol) and ethyl isocyanate (0.2 mL, 2.5 mmol) in pyridine (0.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. To the solution was added water (5 mL), and the reaction stirred for 1 h. The solid that formed was filtered, triturated with tetrahydrofuran and water to give a residue. This residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (100: 1 dichloromethane/methanol) to give impure P-405 (131 mg, 65% yield). The whole of the material was suspended in diethyl ether (1.5 mL) and 4 N hydrogen chloride in dioxane (0.75 mL, 3.0 mmol) was added. Additional hydrogen chloride solution was added (2.25 mL, 9 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The precipitate was filtered and dried to give P-405 -HCl (52.5 mg, 24% yield).
[00539] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^): 1.09 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H), 3.12 - 3.25 (m, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 - 7.47 (m, 2 H), 7.53 - 7.92 (m, 5 H), 8.10 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 100% purity. APCI (+) = 405.1 (M+l). Example 192. Preparation of P-406
Figure imgf000258_0001
Sodium Hydride
Tetrahydrofuran
Figure imgf000258_0002
Figure imgf000258_0003
1-177 P-406
[00540] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-((R)-l- methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-pyrimidine (P-406). To a solution of 1-177 (65 mg, 0.18 mmol) and (R)-(-)-methyl-3-pyrrolidinol (0.039 mL, 0.36 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was added NaH (60% weight dispersion, 29 mg, 0.72 mmol) slowly. Once gas evolution ceased, the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 4 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 2 mL), the pH of the aqueous layer adjusted to pH 7 by addition of 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid, and the aqueous mixture again extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 2 mL). The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (9: 1 dichloromethane / methanol) to give P-406 (46.8 mg, 61% yield) as a thick pale yellow oil.
[00541] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 2.03 - 2.48 (m, 2 H), 2.54 (s, 3 H), 2.72 - 2.93 (m, 2 H), 3.00 (br s, 1 H), 3.47 (dd, J= 11.4, 5.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H), 3.87 (s, 2 H), 5.45 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.73 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.12 (t, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 - 7.41 (m, 3 H), 8.37 (s, 2 H) ppm. LCMS = 100% purity. MS (ESI+) 428.1 (M+H)..
Example 193. Preparation of P-417
Figure imgf000259_0001
1-177 P-417
[00542] Synthesis of 2'-Fluoro-3'-[2-(3-hydroxy-azetidin-l-yl)-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl]- 6'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-carbonitrile (P-417). To a stirred solution of 1-177 (61 mg, 0.17 mmol) and azetidin-3 -ol hydrochloride (40 mg, 0.34 mmol) in dimethylformamide (0.5 mL) was added solid potassium carbonate (48 mg, 0.34 mmol), and the pale yellow solution was subsequently stirred at 80 0C overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (15 mL), stirred for 30 min at room temperature, and the resulting precipitate collected by filtration. The crude was purified by trituration in dichloromethane/diethyl ether/ hexanes to give P-417 (26 mg, 39% yield) as a white- cream solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^): 3.68 - 3.74 (m, 5 H), 3.77 (s, 2 H), 4.08 - 4.26 (m, 2 H), 4.52 (br s, 1 H), 5.63 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 - 7.74 (m, 2 H), 7.74 - 7.91 (m, 2 H), 8.24 (s, 2 H) ppm. LCMS =100% purity. APCI (+) = 391.1 (M+l). Example 194. Preparation of P-513
Figure imgf000259_0002
[00543] Synthesis of l-Ethyl-3-{5-[2-fluoro-6-methoxy-3'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)- biphenyl-3-ylmethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-urea (P-513). A mixture of P-405 (405 mg, 1.00 mmol), sodium azide (325 mg, 5.00 mmol), and ammonium chloride (374 mg, 7.00 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 mL) was stirred at 80 0C overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), and washed with water (50 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), the extracts combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (19: lto 4: 1 dichloromethane/methanol) to give P-513 (11.5 mg, 2.5% yield) as an off-white solid. 1H MR (^O MHz, DMSO-(Z6): 1.05 - 1.10 (m, 3 H), 3.11 - 3.21 (m, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.88 (s, 2 H), 6.93 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 - 7.37 (m, 3 H), 7.42 (s, 1 H), 7.54 (s, 1 H), 7.90 (br s, 2 H), 8.07 (s, 2 H), 9.09 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS =95.9% yield.APCI (+) = 448.1
Example 195. Preparation of P-456
Figure imgf000260_0001
[00544] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-fluoro- pyridine (P-456). A suspension of 1-33 (824 mg, 2.50 mmol), 2-fluoropyridin-5-boronic acid (352 mg, 2.50 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (2.5 mL, 5.00 mmol), and palladium(0)tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) (144 mg, 0.125 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) and ethanol (2.5 mL) was stirred at 80 0C overnight under a high pressure nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (10 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (4: 1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to give P-456 (695 mg, 78% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.98 (s, 2 H), 6.95 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 - 7.51 (m, 5 H), 7.82 (td, J = 8.2, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.14 (s, 1 H), 8.32 (s IH) ppm. LCMS = 97.4% purity. APCI (+) = 346 (M)
Example 196. Preparation of P-457
Figure imgf000261_0001
P-456 P-457
[00545] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-azetidin-3-ol (P-457). A mixture of azetidin-3-ol (56 mg, 0.56 mmol) and sodium hydride (60% weight dispersion, 33 mg, 0.84 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1 mL) was stirred under gas evolution ceased. After 2 min of stirring P-456 (97 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added, and the reaction heated at 140 0C overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (5 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5 mL). The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (1:2 hexanes/ethyl acetate followed by 9:1 dichloromethane/methanol) and trituration in ethyl acetate and hexanes to give P-457 (22.2 mg, 19.9% yield) as a cream colored solid. [00546] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 3.61 (dd, 2 H), 3.68 - 3.74 (m, 3 H), 3.78 (s, 2 H), 4.09 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.47 - 4.60 (m, 1 H), 5.59 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.33 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.92 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.20 - 7.32 (m, 2 H), 7.32 - 7.39 (m, 2 H), 7.39 - 7.50 (m, 2 H), 7.96 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 98.5% purity. APCI (+) = 399 (M).
[00547] Scheme 47.
Figure imgf000262_0001
P-522
Tιn(ll)Chlorιde Dihydrate Ethanol, Tetrahydrofuran
Figure imgf000262_0002
Example 197. Preparation of P-522
[00548] Synthesis of l-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-6-nitro-lH- benzoimidazole (P-522). A suspension of 1-179 (328 mg, 1.00 mmol), potassium phosphate (424 mg, 2.00 mmol), and 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (313 mg, 1.30 mmol) in ethanol (1 mL), water (1 mL), and 1,2-dimethoxyethane (2 mL) was degassed with nitrogen stream for 15 min. To the mixture was added palladium(0)tetrakis(triphenylphosphine), and the reaction stirred at 80 0C overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, basified with 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (2 mL), diluted with water (15 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography (4: 1 to 1 : 1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to give P-522 (310 mg, 82% yield) as a pale yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) 3.90 (s, 3 H), 7.36 - 7.51 (m, 3 H), 7.60 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 - 7.77 (m, 3 H), 7.81 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.23 (dd, J= 9.1, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.67 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.88 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 96.1% purity. APCI (+) = 380 (M). Example 198. Preparation of P-524
[00549] Synthesis of 3-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-3H-benzoimidazol-5- ylamine (P-524). A solution of P-522 (310 mg, 0.811 mmol) in ethanol (577 mg) and tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature. To the solution was added tin(II) chloride hydrate (900 mg, 4.00 mmol) and the reaction stirred at 80 0C for 3 h. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with chloroform (10 mL), washed with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (4 mL), water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (9: 1 dichloromethane/methanol) to give P-524 (55.3 mg, 19% yield) as off-white solid. [00550] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 3.86 (s, 3 H), 4.87 (s, 2 H), 6.66 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.86 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 - 7.35 (m, 2 H), 7.38 - 7.65 (m, 4 H), 7.66 (s, 1 H), 8.30 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 93.9% purity. APCI (+) = 380 (M).
Example 199. Preparation of P-529
[00551] Synthesis of l-[3-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-3H-benzoimidazol-5- yl]-3 -ethyl-urea (P-529). A solution of P-524 (35 mg, 0.10 mmol) and ethyl isocyanate (0.04 mL, 0.5 mmol) in pyridine (0.2 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with water (2 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 2mL), and the extracts combined. The extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by trituration in ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give P-529 (19.0 mg, 45% yield) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 1.07 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H), 3.02 - 3.20 (m, 2 H), 3.88 (s, 3 H), 5.96 - 6.09 (m, 1 H), 7.23 (dd, J = 8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 - 7.54 (m, 3 H), 7.54 - 7.62 (m, 2 H), 7.62 - 7.73 (m, 2 H), 7.89 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.46 (s, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 94.17% purity. APCI (+) = 421.1 (M). Example 200. Preparation of P-473
Figure imgf000264_0001
[00552] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-yi]-dimetriyl-amine (P-473). To a solution of pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (185 mg, 1.12 mmol), was added sodium hydride (60% weight dispersion, 66 mg, 1.68 mmol). After 2 min of stirring, P456 (194 mg, 0.56 mmol) was added, and the reaction stirred for 10 min in a microwave reactor at 240 0C and 15 bar. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (5 mL), washed with 0.1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (5 mL), and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (9: 1 ethyl acetate/ hexanes) to give P-473 (80.7 mg, 39% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 2.96 (s, 6 H), 3.71 (s, 3 H), 3.77 (s, 2 H), 6.57 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 - 7.50 (m, 6 H), 7.98 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LCMS = 96.9% purity. APCI (+) = 371.1 (M).
Example 201. Preparation of P-029
Figure imgf000264_0002
[00553] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P- 029). A suspension of sodium hydride (15.6 mg, 0.652 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was allowed to stir under nitrogen for 15 min. To the suspension was added 2-pyrrolidone (55.5 mg, 0.652 mmol) and the reaction allowed to stir at room temperature for 15 min under nitrogen. To the reaction was added 1-70 (200 mg, 0.621 mmol) and the reaction stirred under nitrogen at ambient temperature for 16 h. The reaction was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), and the layers separated. The organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 50 mL), water (3 x 50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was purified by separation on a silica gel preparatory plate eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give P-029 (108 mg, 53% yield) as a yellow gum. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.40 (t, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 8.20 - 8.17 (m, IH), 7.82 (dt, J= 7.6 Hz, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.56 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.28 (dd, J= 8.4 Hz, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.21 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.97 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.45 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.30 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.44 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 2.03- 1.99 (m, 2 H) ppm. LCMS = 93.9 % purity. MS(ESI+) = 327.7 (M+l).
Example 202. Preparation of P-034
Figure imgf000265_0001
[00554] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-imidazolidin-2-one (P-034). A suspension of potassium carbonate (160 mg, 1.16 mmol), 2-imidazolidone (104 mg, 1.21 mmol), and 1-70 (150 mg, 0.466 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was heated to 80 0C overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate (30 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (30 mL) were added, and the layers separated. The extract was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 30 mL), water (2 x 30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified by silica gel preparatory TLC to give P-034 (30.2 mg, 20 % yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.41 (t, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.19-8.16 (m, IH), 7.84 (dt, J= 7.9 Hz, 1.5 Hz, H), 7.56 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.32 (dd, J= 8.2 Hz, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.25 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.98 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.32 (brs, IH), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.41-3.33 (m, 4H) ppm. LCMS = 86.3% purity. MS(ESI+) = 328.3 (M+l).
Example 203. Preparation of P-035
Figure imgf000266_0001
[00555] Synthesis of 2-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-[l,2]thiazinane 1,1-dioxide (P-035). A suspension of sodium hydride (11.7 mg, 0.489 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was stirred under nitrogen for 5 min. To the suspension was added 1,4-butanesultam (66.1 mg, 0.489 mnmol) under nitrogen, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. To the reaction was added 1-70 (150 mg, 0.466 mmol), and the reaction stirred overnight at room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL), washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 50 mL), water (2 x 50 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel preparatory TLC eluting with dichloromethane to give P-035 (99.4 mg; 57 % yield) as an off white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.41 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, IH), 8.20-8.17 (m, IH), 7.85-7.83 (m, IH), 7.57 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.37 (dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.30 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.00 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.27-3.24 (m, 2H), 2.11-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.24- 2.21 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.570 (m, 2H) ppm. LCMS = 98.9 % purity. MS(APCI-) = 376.1 (M). Example 204. Preparation of P-036
Figure imgf000267_0001
[00556] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-2,5- dione (P-036). To a solution of pyrrolidine-2,5-dione (67.2 mg, 0.679 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (16.3 mg, 0.679 mmol) and the reaction was stirred under nitrogen for 15 min until gas evolution ceased. To the reaction was added 1-70 (100 mg, 0.310 mmol) and the reaction was stirred under nitrogen at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 50 mL), and the aqueous washes were combined. The aqueous washes were extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and the organic extracts combined. The combined extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum. The resulting yellow oil was purified by silica preparatory TLC eluting with dichloromethane to give P-036 (68.6 mg; 65% yield) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.39 (t, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.18 (ddd, J = 8.2, 2.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.80 (dt, J = 8.0, 1.3 Hz, IH), 7.56 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, IH) 7.45 (dd, J = 7.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.39 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.95 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.66 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.71 (s, 4H) ppm. MS (ESI+)= 341.4 (M+l). LCMS = 97.5% purity.
Example 205. Preparation of P-045
Figure imgf000267_0002
P-045 [00557] Synthesis of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (1-181). A suspension of sodium hydride (28.8 mg, 1.20 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (15 mL) was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 5 min. To the reaction was added 2- pyrollidone (102 mg, 1.20 mmol) under nitrogen and the reaction stirred for 10 min. Subsequently 1-42 (320 mg, 1.14 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic material was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 30 mL), water (2 x 30 mL), brine (2 x 30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-42 (243 mg) which was taken on without purification.
[00558] Synthesis of l-(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-methoxy-benzyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P-045). A solution of 1-42 (230 mg, 0.809 mmol) and benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-boronic acid (201 mg, 1.21 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (15 mL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 30 min, and subsequently bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (28.4 mg, 0.0405 mmol) was added under nitrogen. Degassing was continued for 5 min, followed by the addition of 1 M aqueous sodium carbonate (2.5 mL). The reaction was heated to 80 0C with stirring overnight under nitrogen. The reaction did not go to completion, so additional benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-boronic acid (201 mg, 1.21 mmol) and bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (28.4 mg, 0.0405 mmol) were added and the reaction stirred for 5 h at 80 0C. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL), washed with brine (2 x 40 mL), water (4 x 40 mL), and brine (40 mL). The solution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum to give a residue. This material was purified by multiple development silica gel preparatory plate thin layer chromatography eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane, followed by 10% acetone in dichloromethane to give P-045 (21.3 mg, 8.1% yield) as a yellow syrup.
[00559] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.19-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.96-6.85 (m, 3H), 5.99 (s, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.43 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 2.00- 1.97 (m, 2H) ppm. MS(ESI+) = 326.7 (M+ 1). [00560] Scheme 48.
Figure imgf000269_0001
1-109 1-182
Figure imgf000269_0002
P-053
Example 206. Preparation of P-053
[00561] Synthesis of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-pyrrolidine-2,5-dione (1-182): A suspension of sodium hydride (56.2 mg,2.34 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (20 mL) was stirred under nitrogen for 5 min. To the suspension was added pyrrolidine-2,5-dione (231 mg, 2.34 mmol), and and the resulting slurry was stirred for 5 min. After stirring, 1-109 (500 mg, 2.13 mmol) was added under nitrogen, and the reaction was allowed to stir at ambient temperature under nitrogen for 17.5 h, and diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (4 x 50 mL), brine (2 x 50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to afford 532.8 mg, I- 182 as a yellow powder in 84% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz CDCl3) d: 7.59 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.34 (dd, J= 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.82 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.569 (s, 2H), 3.870 (s, 3H), 2.710 (s, 4H).
[00562] Synthesis of l-(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-4-methoxy-benzyl)-pyrrolidine-2,5- dione (P-053). A solution of 1-182 (300 mg, 1.01 mmol) and benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl- boronic acid (183 mg, 1.10 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) were degassed with a nitrogen stream for 10 min. Subsequently triphenylphosphine (52.7 mg, 0.201 mmol), solid potassium carbonate (417 mg, 3.02 mmol) and an ethanol in water mixture (1 : 1, 1 mL) were added under nitrogen. The reaction was stirred under nitrogen for 5 min, palladium(II) acetate (22.6 mg, 0.101 mmol) was added, and the reaction was heated under nitrogen to 80 0C for 19 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL), the layers separated, and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (3 x 30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under . The residue was chromatographed on flash silica gel eluting with 10% acetone in dichloromethane to afford 153.7 mg of P-053 as a yellow powder in 45% yield. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.94 (ddd, J = 8.0 Hz, J = 1.6 Hz, J = 0.8 Hz, IH), 6.87 (m, 2H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 4H). LCMS = 91.2%. MS(ESI+)= 340.3 (M+l). .
[00563] Scheme 49.
HO OH Palladιum(ll)acetatΘ c\ Triphenylphosphine Potassium Bromide
"o Potassium Phosphate
Figure imgf000270_0001
Nitric Acιd(aq) Toluene 1,2-dιchloroethane
Δ Tetrabutylammonium Chloride
1-184
o
Figure imgf000270_0002
1-185
1-186
Example 207. Preparation of 1-186
[00564] Synthesis of 4-Fluoro-4'-methoxydiphenylmethane (1-184). A suspension of 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (6.70 g, 47.9 mmol), ground solid potassium phosphate (13.6 g, 63.9 mmol), triphenylphosphine (168 mg, 0.639 mmol), and palladium(II)acetate (72 mg, 0.319 mmol) was stirred under nitrogen in toluene (100 mL). Nitrogen was streamed through with stirring for 15 min, and subsequently 4-(chloromethyl)anisol (5.00 g, 31.9 mmol) was added under nitrogen, and the reaction was heated to 80 0C overnight. Additional palladium(II) acetate (72 mg, 0.319 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred at 80 0C for an additional 6 h. The reaction was not complete so a third portion of palladium(II)acetate (144 mg, 0.639 mmol) and more triphenylphosphine (336 mg, 1.28 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred at 800C overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL), washed with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (2 x 300 mL), water (3 x 300 mL), and brine (2 x 300 mL). The organic extract was dried over sodium sulfate and decolorized over activated carbon, filtered and the solvent removed under . The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes Rf = 0.31) to afford 2.50 g of 1-184 as a clear oil in 36% yield, which was taken on without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.13-7.06 (m, 4H), 6.976-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.82 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H) ppm.
[00565] Synthesis of 2-Bromo-4-(4-fluoro-benzyl)- 1 -methoxy-benzene (I- 185). A biphasic solution potassium bromide (1.65 g, 13.9 mmol) in 21% (w/v) aqueous nitric acid (8.32 g, 27.7 mmol) and 4-fluoro-4-methoxydiphenylmethane (1-184, 1.50 g, 6.94 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium chloride (57.7 mg, 0.208 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (16 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight, and the red suspension diluted with dichloromethane (30 mL). The aqueous layer was removed and the organic layer washed with aqueous potassium carbonate (2% w/v, 3 x 50 mL), water (2 x 50 mL), and brine (50 mL). The reaction was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes Rf = 0.39) to 1.24 g of 1-185 as a yellow oil in 60% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) d: 7.34 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.12-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.05 (dd, J= 6.6 Hz, 1.80 Hz, IH), 6.99-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.82 (d, J= 6.80 Hz, IH), 3.867 (s, 5H) ppm.
[00566] Synthesis of 2-[5-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- [l,3,2]dioxaborolane (1-186). A stream of nitrogen was blown through a solution of 2- bromo-4-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-l -methoxy-benzene (1-185, 500 mg, 1.69 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) for 15 min. Subsequently solid potassium acetate (499 mg, 5.08 mmol), [1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (138 mg, 0.169 mmol), and bis(pinocolate)diboron (516 mg, 2.03 mmol) were added under nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 85°C 16 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The biphasic suspension was filtered twice to removed spent catalyst and separated. The organic extract was washed with water (3 x 50 mL) and brine (50 mL), decolorized over activated carbon, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10% acetone in hexanes, Rf = 0.10) to afford 419.8 mg of 1-186 as a colorless oil in 72% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) d: 7.50 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.14-7.09 (m, 3H), 6.97-6.92 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 1.35 (s, 12H) ppm. MS(ESI+) = 341.3 (M-I), 500.7 (M+159).
Example 208. Preparation of 1-187
Figure imgf000272_0001
PR129 1-187
[00567] Synthesis of 2,2-Difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-boranic acid (1-187): A solution of tert-butyl lithium (1.15 mL, 1.95 mmol) in anhydrous diethyl ether (5 mL) was cooled to -78 ° C under nitrogen. 5-bromo-2,2-difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxole (180 mg, 0.760 mmol) in diethyl ether (0.80 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 1 h at -78 0C, followed by the addition of triisopropylborate (0.37 mL, 1.60 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction allowed to stir for 1.5 h while allowing to warm to ambient temperature. The reaction was poured into 4 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (5 mL), stirred, and adjusted to pH ~1 by the dropwise addition of concentrated aqueous hydrochloric acid, and the product extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to afford 140.2 mg of 1-187 as a brown solid, which was taken on without further purification.
[00568] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 1.11 -1.1 A (m, IH), 7.67-7.65 (m, IH), 7.51 (s, IH). [00569] Scheme 50
Figure imgf000273_0001
P-155/P-156 1-194/1-195 1-192/1-193
Example 209. Preparation of P-131 and P-132
Figure imgf000273_0002
1-188
[00570] Synthesis of (S)-5-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxymethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (1-188). A solution of (S)-5-hydroxymethyl-pyrrolidin-2-one (1.0 g, 8.69 mmol), DMF (10 mL), t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (1.57g, 10.42 mmol), and imidazole (0.89 g, 13.03 mmol) was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours after which time 4 mL of water were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (15 mL) and brine (15 mL), dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford 1.91 g of I- 188 as a colorless oil in 96% yield.
TBSCI, DCM HN
HN »- imidazole
OH OTBS
1-189
[00571] Synthesis of (R)-5-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxymethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one
(1-189).
1-189 was prepared in an analogous manner as that for 1-188, starting from (R)-5- Hydroxymethyl-pyrrolidin-2-one. 1.91 g of 1-189 was obtained as a colorless oil in 96%.
Figure imgf000274_0001
1-188 I-70 1-190
[00572] Synthesis of (S)-5-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxymethyl)-l-(6-methoxy-3'- nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (1-190). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-188 (0.28 g, 1.24 mmol), dry THF (4 mL), and the solution cooled to 0 0C. sodium hydride (65 mg, 1.61 mmol) was added and the suspension stirred for 30 minutes at ambient temperature. After cooling to 0 0C, 1-70 (0.40 g, 1.24 mmol) was added the reaction stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours after which 5 mL water was added. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 15 mL). The organics were combined and dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography purification using 30% ethyl acetate/Hexanes afforded 476 mg of 1-190 as a colorless oil in 83% yield.
Figure imgf000274_0002
1-189 I-70 1-191
[00573] (R)-5 -(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxymethyl)- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro- biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (1-191). 1-191 was prepared in an analagous manner as that for 1-190, starting from 1-189. 462 mg of 1-191 was obtained as a colorless oil in 80% yield.
Figure imgf000275_0001
1-190 P-131
[00574] Synthesis of (S)-5-Hydroxymethyl-l-(6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P-131). Into a 50 mL round bottom flask equipped with a stir bar was added 1-190 (0.45 g, 0.96 mmol), dry THF (5 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. TBAF (1.4 mL, 1.43 mmol, 1.0 M in THF) was added and the reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 30 minutes. 2 mL of saturated aqueous NH4Cl and 2 mL of water were added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 10-25% acetone/dichloromethane to afford 307 mg (90%) of P-131 as a colorless semi-solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.39 (s, 1 H), 8.18 (dd, J= 1.3, 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (dd, J= 1.9, 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.81 (d, J= 15.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.29 (d, J= 14.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.83 (s, 3 H), 3.78 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 3.68 - 3.50 (m, 2 H), 2.65 - 2.48 (m, 1 H), 2.46 - 2.31 (m, 1 H), 2.16 - 2.03 (m, 1 H), 2.02 - 1.91 (m, 1 H). LC/MS = 100.0%, 357.1 (APCI+).
Figure imgf000275_0002
1-191 p-132
[00575] Synthesis of (R)-5-Hydroxymethyl- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 - ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P-132). P-132 was prepared in a similar manner as that for P-131, except beginning with 1-191. 310 mg (91%) of P-132 was obtained as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,CDC13) 8.39 (t, J= 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (dd, J= 1.3, 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.82 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (dd, J= 2.1, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.80 (d, J= 14.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.30 (d, J = 15.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.83 (s, 3 H), 3.79 (dd, J= 2.8, 11.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.68 - 3.53 (m, 2 H), 2.64 - 2.50 (m, 1 H), 2.46 - 2.32 (m, 1 H), 2.15 - 2.03 (m, 1 H), 2.02 - 1.90 (m, 1 H). LC/MS = 100.0%, 357.1 (APCI+).
Example 210. Preparation of P-155 and P-156
Figure imgf000276_0001
P-131 1-192
[00576] Synthesis of Toluene-4-sulfonic acid (S)-l-(6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-5-oxo-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl ester (1-192). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar and dichloromethane (5 mL) at 0 0C was added P-131 (0.25 g, 0.70 mmol), TsCl (0.16 g, 0.84 mmol), triethylamine (0.15 mL, 1.05 mmol), and DMAP (9 mg, 0.07 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 10% acetone/dichloromethane to afford 340 mg (95%) of 1-192 as a colorless oil.
Figure imgf000276_0002
P-132 1-193
[00577] Synthesis of Toluene-4-sulfonic acid (R)- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 - ylmethyl)-5-oxo-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl ester (1-193). 1-193 was prepared in a similar manner as that for 1-192, except beginning with P-132. 290 mg (92%) of 1-193 was obtained as a colorless oil.
Figure imgf000276_0003
1-192 1-194 [00578] Synthesis of (S)-5-Azidomethyl- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyrrolidin-2-one (1-194). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-192 (0.33 g, 0.65 mmol), DMF (4 mL), and NaN3 (63 mg, 0.97 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 60 0C, and then cooled to room temperature. 5 mL of water was added and the product was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 5 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (4 x 5 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain
0.24 g (97%) of 1-194 as a colorless oil.
Figure imgf000277_0001
1-193 1-195
[00579] Synthesis of (R)-5-Azidomethyl- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyrrolidin-2-one (1-195). 1-195 was prepared in a similar manner as that for 1-194 except beginning with 1-193. 1-195 (0.20 g, 96%) was obtained as a colorless oil.
Figure imgf000277_0002
1-194 P-155
[00580] Synthesis of (S)-5-Aminomethyl- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 - ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P-155). Into a 50 mL round bottom flask with stir bar was added 1-194 (0.24 g, 0.63 mmol), THF (4 mL), and PPh3 (0.50 g, 1.89 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours after which 1 mL of water was added. After stirring at room temperature for 2 more days, the THF was removed under reduced pressure. 1 N HCl was added to until the aqueous material was pH =1 and the solution was washed with dichloromethane (3 x 3 mL). The aqueous phase was basified with 1 N NaOH to pH = 11 and the product was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 3 mL) and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 5% methanol/dichloromethane and afforded 164 mg (73%) of P-155 as a light-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,CDCl3) 8.39 (s, 1 H), 8.18 (dd, J= 1.3, 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (dd, J= 1.9, 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.85 (d, J= 14.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.15 (d, J= 14.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.83 (s, 3 H), 3.61 - 3.50 (m, 1 H), 2.93 - 2.84 (m, J= 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.80 (br. s., I H), 2.61 - 2.49 (m, 1 H), 2.47 - 2.35 (m, 1 H), 2.19 - 2.03 (m, 1 H), 1.95 - 1.83 (m, 1 H). LC/MS = 100.0%, 356.1 (APCI+).
Figure imgf000278_0001
1-195 P-156
[00581] Synthesis of (R)-5-Aminomethyl-l-(6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P-156). P-156 was prepared in a similar manner as that for P-155, except beginning with 1-195. P-156 (80 mg, 43%) was obtained as a light- yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,CDCl3) 8.39 (s, 1 H), 8.18 (dd, J= 1.1, 8.3 Hz, I H), 7.81 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (dd, J= 1.8, 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.85 (d, J= 14.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.15 (d, J= 14.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.83 (s, 3 H), 3.61 - 3.49 (m, 1 H), 2.93 - 2.84 (m, 1 H), 2.83 - 2.74 (m, 1 H), 2.61 - 2.49 (m, 1 H), 2.46 - 2.35 (m, 1 H), 2.15 - 2.03 (m, 1 H), 1.95 - 1.83 (m, 1 H). LC/MS = 100.0%, 356.1 (APCI+).
Example 211. Preparation of P- 135
Figure imgf000278_0002
1-70 M96
[00582] Synthesis of 2-Fluoro-5-(6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (1-196). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-70 (0.30 g, 0.93 mmol), 4-Fluoro-3-methoxycarbonylphenylboronic acid (203 mg, 1.02 mmol), triphenylphosphine (49 mg, 0.19 mmol), K3PO4 (0.40 g, 1.86 mmol), DME (5 mL), water (0.5 mL), and ethanol (0.5 mL). N2 gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 10 minutes. Pd(OAc)2 (21 mg, 0.09 mmol) was added and N2 was bubbled through for an additional 5 minutes. The vial was capped and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and 5 mL of water and 5 mL of ethyl acetate were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The organics were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 10% acetone/Hexanes to obtain 207 mg (56%) of 1-196 as a colorless oil.
Figure imgf000279_0001
1-196 P-135
[00583] Synthesis of Fluoro-5-(6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- methanol (P-135). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-196 (112.3 mg, 0.28 mmol) and 4 mL of dry THF. The solution was cooled to 0 0C and DIBAL-H (0.71 mL, 0.71 mmol, 1.0 M sol. in hexane) was added. The reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 1 hour. Aqueous 1 N HCl (1 mL) was added followed by water (5 mL). The aqueous solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The organics were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The product was purified by flash column chromatography using 10% acetone/hexanes to obtain 53 mg (51%) of P-135 as colorless oil 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.72 (t, J= 6.2 Hz, 1 H) 3.81 (s, 3 H) 3.95 (s, 2 H) 4.73 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 2 H) 6.91 - 7.02 (m, 2 H) 7.06 - 7.21 (m, 3 H) 7.23 - 7.28 (m, 1 H) 7.54 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.82 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 (dd, J= 8.3, 1.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.38 (s, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 367.1 (APCI-).
Example 212. Preparation of P-153 and P-154
Figure imgf000279_0002
1-70 1-197 1-198 [00584] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-imidazole-4- carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-197) and l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- lH-imidazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-198). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-70 (0.30 g, 0.92 mmol), lH-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.12 g, 0.93 mmol), K2CO3 (0.15 g, 1.12 mmol), and DMF (3 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. To the reaction was added 10 mL of dichloromethane and 10 mL of water and the layers were separated. The aqueous was extracted with 10 mL of dichloromethane and the combined organics were washed with water (3 x 10 mL). The dichloromethane portion was concentrated and purified first by flash column chromatography using 0-5% methanol/dichloromethane followed by preparative TLC using 10% acetone/dichloromethane. 72.4 mg (21%) of 1-197 and 91.1 mg (27%) of I- 198 were obtained as light-yellow oils.
Figure imgf000280_0001
1-198 P-153
[00585] Synthesis of [3-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]- methanol (P-153). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-198 (85.5 mg, 0.23 mmol) and 5 mL of dry THF. The solution was cooled to 0 0C and DIBAL-H (0.70 mL, 0.70 mmol, 1.0 M sol. in hexane) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and then cooled to 0 0C. Aqueous 1 N HCl (1 mL) was added followed by 3 mL of 1 N NaOH and 5 mL of ethyl acetate. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The organic were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 50% acetone/dichloromethane, followed by flash column chromatography using 5% methanol/dichloromethane to obtain 52.2 mg (66%) of P-153 as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-(Z6) 3.79 (s, 3 H) 4.38 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 2 H) 5.13 (t, J= 5.3 Hz, 1 H) 5.21 (s, 2 H) 6.80 (br. s., 1 H) 7.16 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H) 7.27 (dd, J= .5, 1.9 Hz, 1 H) 7.34 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1 H) 7.65 - 7.77 (m, 2 H) 7.92 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H) 8.20 (dd, J= 8.1, 1.7 Hz, 1 H) 8.28 (s, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 99.9%, 340.1 (APCI+)
Figure imgf000281_0001
1-197 P-154
[00586] Synthesis of [l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-imidazol-4-yl]- methanol (P- 154). P-154 was prepared in a similar manner as that for P-153 except beginning with 1-197. P-154 (45.0 mg, 71%) was obtained as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-(Z6) 3.79 (s, 3 H) 4.28 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2 H) 4.75 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1 H) 5.12 (s, 2 H) 7.03 (s, 1 H) 7.16 (d, J=8. 5 Hz, 1 H) 7.38 (dd, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1 H) 7.44 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.94 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H) 8.20 (dd, J=8.2, 1.5 Hz, 1 H) 8.29 (t, J=I.7 Hz, 1 H). LC/MS = 99.9%, 340.1 (APCI+).
[00587] General Scheme 51.
Palladιum(ll)acetate Triphenylphosphine
Potassium carbonate
Water, ethanol, 1 ,2-Dιmethoxyethane
Figure imgf000281_0003
Figure imgf000281_0002
Example 213. Preparation of P- 140
Figure imgf000281_0004
P-140
[00588] Synthesis of l-[5'-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone (P- 140). A nitrogen stream was bubbled through a solution of 1-185 (150 mg, 0.508 mmol) and 3-acetylphenylboronic acid (91.7 mg, 0.559 mmol) in 1, 2 -dimethoxy ethane (4 mL) for 15 min, followed by the addition of ethanohwater (1 : 1, 1 mL). The nitrogen stream was continued for 10 min, and solid potassium carbonate (210 mg, 1.52 mmol), triphenylphosphine (26.8 mg, 0.102 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (11.4 mg, 0.0508 mmol) were added. The reaction was heated to 80 0C and heated with stirring overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), filtered twice, and separated. The organic extract was washed with water (3 x 50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The reaction was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (5% ethyl acetate in hexanes, Rf = 0.10 in 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give P- 140 (88.0 mg, 52% yield) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) d: 7.98 (t, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.91 (dt, J= 7.9 Hz, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.70 (dt, J= 8.0 Hz, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.56 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.30-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.05 (m, 3H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H) ppm.LCMS = 98.5% purity. MS(APCI+)= 335.1 (M+l).
Example 214. Preparation of P- 141
Figure imgf000282_0001
P-141
[00589] Synthesis of 2,2-Difluoro-5-[5-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]- benzo[l,3]dioxole (P-141). A nitrogen stream was bubbled through a solution of 1-185 (114 mg, 0.385 mmol) and 1-187 (140 mg, 0.693 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxy ethane (3 mL) for 20 min, followed by addition of ethanol and water solution (1 : 1, 0.75 mL) and the nitrogen stream was continued for 5 min. To the reaction was added solid potassium carbonate (160 mg, 1.16 mmol), triphenyl phospine (20.2 mg, 0.0770 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (8.6 mg, 0.0385 mmol) under nitrogen, the reaction was heated to 800C, and stirred at this temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum, the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (20 mL), the biphasic solution was filtered, and the two layers separated. The aqueous wash was extracted into ethyl acetate (20 mL), and the combined extracts were washed with water (3 x 50 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized with activated carbon, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (5% acetone in dichloromethane, Rf= 0.40 in 10% acetone in dichloromethane) followed by preparatory silica TLC (2.5% acetone in dichloromethane) to give P- 141 (96.8 mg, 68% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 7.48 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.42 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.30-7.179 (m, 5H), 7.11-7.03 (m, 3H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H) ppm. MS(ESI+)=371.8 (M-I), 353.0 (M- 19).
Example 215. Preparation of P- 151
Figure imgf000283_0001
P-151
[00590] Synthesis of 5-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-3'-methylsulfanyl-biphenyl (P- 151). P-151 was synthesized from 1-185 (160 mg, 0.542 mmol) and 3- methylsulfanylphenylboronic acid (100 mg, 0.596 mmol) using the same condition as described for P-141. To the reaction vial was added ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL), the biphasic solution filtered, and the layers separated. The organic extract was washed with water (3 x 50 mL), aqueous saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (5% acetone in hexanes) followed by preparatory silica gel TLC (2.5% acetone in hexanes) to give P-151 (47.6 mg, 26% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 7.35-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.16 (m, 4H), 7.11-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.909 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 2H). LCMS = 99.4% purity. MS(APCI+) = 338.1 (M). Example 216. Preparation of P- 170
Figure imgf000284_0001
1-186
P-170
[00591] Synthesis of l-[5'-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4,2'-dimethoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone (P-170). A nitrogen steam was bubbled through a solution of 1-186 (150 mg, 0.438 mmol) and l-(5-bromo-2-methoxy-phenyl)-ethanone (110 mg, 0.482 mmol) in 1,2- dimethoxy ethane (4 mL) for 10 min, followed by the addition of an ethanol and water solution (1 : 1, 1 mL). Nitrogen bubbling was continued for 5 min, palladium(II) acetate (9.8 mg, 0.044 mmol), triphenylphosphine (23.0 mg, 0.0877 mmol), and solid potassium carbonate (181 mg, 1.32 mmol) were added under nitrogen, and the reaction was heated at 800C under nitrogen for 16 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added. The organic solution was washed with water (3 x 50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic extract was removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by two silica gel preparatory TLC plates (10% ethyl acetate in hexane with 2 developments followed by 5% acetone in hexanes with 6 developments) to give P-170 (43.0 mg, 27% yield) as an orange oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.63-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.07 (m, 5H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H). LCMS = 100.0% purity. MS(APCI+)= 365.1 (M+l).
[00592] General Scheme 52.
Figure imgf000284_0002
Example 217. Preparation of P- 162
[00593] Synthesis of 2-Bromo-4-bromomethyl-l-methoxy-benzene (1-42). Into a 1 L round bottom flask was added 4-methoxybenzyl chloride (19.7 g, 125.8 mmol), glacial acetic acid (400 mL), and Br2 (9.1 mL, 177.5 mmol, dropwise over 5 minutes). The brown solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours and then poured into a 10% (w/v) aqueous NaHSCb solution (2000 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, the white solid was filtered through a coarse glass-frit and the solids were washed with water (4 x 500 mL). The solid was dried in a vacuum dessicator for 16 hours. 1-42 (24.5 g, 74%) was obtained as a white solid.
Figure imgf000285_0001
1-42 1-181
[00594] Synthesis of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-pyrrolidin-2 -one (1-181). Into a dry 100 mL round bottom flask was added pyrrolidin-2-one (0.20 g, 2.34 mmol), dry DMF (20 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. NaH (110 mg, 2.76 mmol) was added and the suspension was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. 1-42 (0.50 g, 2.12 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 30 minutes and then cooled to room temperature. After extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 20 mL), the combined organics were washed with water (4 x 20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifed by flash column chromatography using 10% acetone/dichloromethane to obtain 482 mg (80%) of 1-181 as a light-yellow oil.
Figure imgf000285_0002
P-162
[00595] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P-162). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-181 (95.5 mg, 0.34 mmol), phenylboronic acid (45 mg, 0.37 mmol), triphenylphosphine (18 mg, 0.07 mmol), K2CO3 (139 mg, 1.01 mmol), DME (5 mL), water (0.5 mL), and ethanol (0.5 mL). N2 gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 10 minutes. Palladium(II) acetate (8 mg, 0.03 mmol) was added and N2 was bubbled through for an additional 5 minutes. The vial was capped and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and 5 mL of water and 5 mL of ethyl acetate were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The organics were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, concentrated, and the residue was purified by prep TLC using 10% acetone/dichloromethane to obtain 38.9 mg (41%) of P-162 as a light-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.98 (quin, J= 7.6 Hz, 2 H) 2.43 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 2 H) 3.29 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 2 H) 3.80 (s, 3 H) 4.43 (s, 2 H) 6.94 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H) 7.17 - 7.24 (m, 2 H) 7.29 - 7.36 (m, 1 H) 7.40 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 2 H) 7.51 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, 2 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 282.1 (APCI+).
Example 218. Preparation of P- 184
Figure imgf000286_0001
1-181 P-184
[00596] Synthesis of l-(6,3'-Dimethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P- 184). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-181 (0.21 g, 0.73 mmol), 3- methoxyphenylboronic acid (0.11 g, 0.73 mmol), triphenylphosphine (39 mg, 0.15 mmol), K2CO3 (0.31 g, 2.22 mmol), DME (5 mL), water (0.5 mL), and ethanol (0.5 mL). N2 gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 10 minutes. Palladium(II) acetate (17 mg, 0.07 mmol) was added and N2 was bubbled through the reaction for an additional 5 minutes. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours under N2. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and 5 mL of water and 5 mL of ethyl acetate were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The organics were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 10% acetone/dichloromethane to obtain 40.2 mg (17%) of P-184 as a brown oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.98 (quin, J= 7.6 Hz, 2 H) 2.43 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 2 H) 3.28 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 2 H) 3.80 (s, 3 H) 3.84 (s, 3 H) 4.43 (s, 2 H) 6.88 (dd, J= 8.3, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) 6.93 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H) 7.04 - 7.11 (m, 2 H) 7.17 - 7.23 (m, 2 H) 7.32 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 312.1 (APCI+).
Example 219. Preparation of P-503
Figure imgf000287_0001
P-029 p-503
[00597] Synthesis of l-(6-Hydroxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P- 503). Into a 50 mL round bottom flask with stir bar was added P-029 (324.5 mg, 0.99 mmol) and dichloromethane (10 mL). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and BBr3 (3.0 mL, 2.98 mmol, 1.0 M in dichloromethane) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then water was added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (4 x 15 mL). The organics were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The solid was triturated with ether and 284.4 mg (92%) of P-503 was obtained as a tan-colored solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-(Z6) 1.90 (quin, J= 7.5 Hz, 2 H) 2.26 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 2 H) 3.24 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 2 H) 4.32 (s, 2 H) 6.97 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.11 (dd, J= 8.3, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.25 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.71 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H) 8.00 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H) 8.17 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.6 Hz, 1 H) 8.40 (t, J= 1.7 Hz, 1 H) 9.91 (br. s., 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 98.4%, 313.1 (APCI+).
Example 220. Preparation of P- 188
Figure imgf000287_0002
1-70 P-188
Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-piperidin-2-one (P-188). Into a 50 mL round bottom flask with stir bar was added 2-Piperidone (88 mg, 0.89 mmol), dry THF (5 mL), NaH (42 mg, 1.05 mmol), and the suspension was stirred for 10 minutes at room temperature. 1-70 (261 mg, 0.81 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. To the reaction was added 10 mL of H2O and the THF was removed by rotary evaporation. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organics were washed with 20 mL of brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 5 - 10% acetone/dichloromethane to obtain 201 mg (73%) of P- 188 as a light-yellow semi-solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz ,CDCl3) 8.40 - 8.39 (m, IH), 8.18 - 8.15 (m, IH), 7.84 - 7.82 (m, IH), 7.56 (t, J= 8.0 Hz), 7.31 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.24 - 7.23 (m, IH), 6.97 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 4.59 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.26 - 3.24 (m, 2H), 2.47 - 2.44 (m, 2H), 1.80 - 1.79 (m, 4H) ppm. 13C-NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 170.0, 155.9, 148.2, 140.1, 135.8, 130.7, 130.3, 129.9, 129.0, 128.3, 124.7, 122.0, 111.7, 55.9, 49.6, 47.4, 32.6, 23.4, 21.5 ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 341.1 (APCI+).
Example 221. Preparation of P- 192
Figure imgf000288_0001
1-42 1-199
[00598] Synthesis of 2-Bromo-4-(4-fluoro-phenylsulfanylmethyl)- 1 -methoxy-benzene (1-199). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-42 (0.50 g, 1.90 mmol), A- fluorothiophenol (0.27 g, 2.09 mmol), dichloromethane (5 mL), and TEA (0.43 mL, 3.14 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and then concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 15% acetone/hexane to obtain 1-199 which was used without further purification in the next step.
Figure imgf000288_0002
[00599] Synthesis of 5-(4-Fluoro-phenylsulfanylmethyl)-2-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl (1-200). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-199 (0.40 g, 1.22 mmol), 3- nitrophenylboronic acid (0.20 g, 1.22 mmol), K2CO3 (0.51 g, 3.67 mmol), triphenylphosphine (64 mg, 0.24 mmol), DME (5 mL), EtOH (0.5 mL), and H2O (0.5 mL). The mixture was degassed with N2 for 10 minutes and then palladium(II) acetate (27 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours and then filtered through Celite and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 10% acetone/dichloromethane, then by flash column chromatography using 12% acetone/hexane, followed by preparative layer chromatography using 15% ethyl acetate/hexane to give 102 mg (23%) of 1-200 as a light-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,CDCl3) 8.33 (s, 1 H), 8.17 (dd, J= 1.3, 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 - 7.27 (m, 2 H), 7.23 (dd, J= 2.1, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.15 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, 2 H), 6.91 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.04 (s, 2 H), 3.82 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 369.0 (APCI-).
Figure imgf000289_0001
1-200 1-201
[00600] Synthesis of 5-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonylmethyl)-2-methoxy-3'-nitro- biphenyl (1-201). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-200 (38.4 mg, 0.10 mmol), dichloromethane (2 mL), and mCPBA (45 mg, 0.26 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and then 5 mL of saturated NaHCO3 (aq.) was added. The product was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 5 mL) and then concentrated. Purification by preparative layer chromatography using 35% acetone/hexane gave 18.3 mg (44%) of 1-201 as a colorless semi-solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,CDCl3) 8.22 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.21 - 8.14 (m, 1 H), 7.76 - 7.67 (m, 3 H), 7.55 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 - 7.15 (m, 3 H), 7.01 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.30 (s, 2 H), 3.84 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 401.0 (APCI-)
Figure imgf000290_0001
1-200 P-192
[00601] Synthesis of 5-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfinylmethyl)-2-methoxy-3'-nitro- biphenyl (P-192). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-200 (35.5 mg, 0.096 mmol), glacial AcOH (0.5 mL), and H2O2 (1.1 mL, 0.096 mmol, 0.088M solution in AcOH)). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and then 10 mL of saturated NaHCθ3 (aq.) and 1 mL of IN NaOH were added until pH = 10. The product was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 5 mL) and then concentrated. Purification by preparative layer chromatography using 35% acetone/hexane gave 21.0 mg (57%) of P- 192 as a colorless semi-solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,CDCl3) 8.24 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.17 (dd, J= 1.3, 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 - 7.36 (m, 2 H), 7.17 (t, J= 8.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.07 (dd, J= 2.1, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.93 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.85 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.03 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, 2 H), 3.83 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 386.0 (APCI+).
Example 222. Preparation of P- 195
Figure imgf000290_0002
|-42 1-202
[00602] Synthesis of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro-pyridine-3- carbonitrile (1-202). Into a 100 mL round-bottomed flask with a stir bar was added 1-42 (2.59 g, 9.84 mmol), 6-hydroxy-nicotinonitrile (985 mg, 8.20 mmol), K2CO3 (2.49 g, 18.0 mmol), and DME (30 mL). The reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 20 hours and then cooled to room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the resulting light-pink solid was triturated with 40 mL of ether to obtain 529 mg (20%) of 1-202 as a white solid.
Figure imgf000291_0001
[00603] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro- pyridine-3-carbonitrile (P-195). Into a 50 mL round bottom flask with a stir bar was added 1-202 (510 mg, 1.60 mmol), 3-nitrophenylboronic acid (0.40 g, 2.40 mmol), triphenylphosphine (84 mg, 0.32 mmol), K2CO3 (0.66 g, 4.79 mmol), DME (10 mL), H2O (1 mL), EtOH (1 mL), and the suspension was degassed with N2 for 5 minutes. To this was added palladium(II) acetate (36 mg, 0.16 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to rt and 50 mL Of H2O was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting solid was triturated with ether (2 x 25 mL) to afford 391 mg (68%) of P-195 as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSO-d6) 8.84 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.30 (s, 1 H), 8.21 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (dd, J= 2.4, 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (dd, J= 1.9, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.16 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.51 (d, J= 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.09 (s, 2 H), 3.80 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 93.4%, 362.6 (ESI+).
Example 223. Preparation of P- 196
Figure imgf000291_0002
1-70 P-196
[00604] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-oxo-l,2-dihydro- pyridine-4-carbonitrile (P-196). Into a 100 mL round bottom flask with a stir bar was added 1-70 (2.76 g, 8.55 mmol), 2-hydroxy-isonicotinonitrile (934 mg, 7.78 mmol), K2CO3 (2.36 g, 17.11 mmol), and DME (30 mL). The suspension was stirred for 18 hours at 80 0C and then at rt for 2 days. The reaction was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting solid was triturated with ether to give 2.12 g (75%) of P- 196 as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSO-d6) 8.29 (s, 1 H), 8.20 (dd, J= 1.3,
8.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.12 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.43 (dd, J= 1.9, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.16 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H),
7.04 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.56 (dd, J= 1.7, 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (s, 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 96.1%, 361.0 (APCI-).
Example 224. Preparation of P-207
Figure imgf000292_0001
P-196 P-207
[00605] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-oxo-l,2-dihydro- pyridine-4-carboxylic acid amide (P-207). Into a 20 mL vial with a stir bar was added P- 196 (132 mg, 0.37 mmol) and concentrated HCl (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt for 18 hours, basified with 4N aqueous NaOH, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL). The combined organics were concentrated to half their original volume and 5 mL of hexane was added. The resulting solids were filtered, washed with hexane, and triturated with ether to afford 29.8 mg (22%) of P-207 as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSO-d6) 8.28 (s, 1 H), 8.20 (dd, J= 1.4, 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.05 (br. s., 1 H), 7.93 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, 2 H), 7.72 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (br s, 1 H), 7.48 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (dd, J= 2.1, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.15 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.84 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.54 (dd, J= 1.8, 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.10 (s, 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H) ppm. MS: 380.1 (APCI+).
Example 225. Preparation of P-208
Figure imgf000292_0002
1-42 1-135 [00606] Synthesis of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-5-nitro-lH-pyridin-2-one (I- 135). Into a 100 mL round-bottomed flask with a stir bar was added 1-42 (3.0 g, 11.41 mmol), 5-nitro-pyridin-2-ol (1.60 g, 11.41 mmol), K2CO3 (3.47 g, 25.10 mmol), and 30 mL of DME. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours and then cooled to rt and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the resulting solid was triturated with 50 mL of ether to give 3.01 g (78%) of 1-135 as a yellow solid.
Figure imgf000293_0001
1-135 I-203
[00607] Synthesis of 5-Amino-l-(3-bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH-pyridin-2-one (I- 203). Into a 250 mL round bottom flask with a stir bar was added 1-135 (1.93 g, 5.69 mmol), 75 mL of MeOH, and 400 mg of 10% Pd/C. The suspension was stirred under a H2 atmosphere for 1 hour, and then filtered through Celite and concentrated. To the residue was added 30 mL of IN HCl and the reaction was washed with dichloromethane (3 x 20 mL). The aqueous portion was basified with IN NaOH until pH = 10, then extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 15 mL). The organics were dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated to give 825 mg of 1-203 as a light-green solid which used without further purification.
Figure imgf000293_0002
[00608] Synthesis of 5-Amino-l-(6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH- pyridin-2-one (1-204). Into a 100 mL round bottom flask with a stir bar was added 1-203 (802 mg, 2.59 mmol), 3-nitrophenylboronic acid (433 mg, 2.59 mmol), triphenylphosphine (136 mg, 0.52 mmol), K2CO3 (1.07 g, 7.77 mmol), DME (15 mL), H2O (1.5 mL), EtOH (1.5 mL), and the suspension was degassed with N2 for 10 minutes. To this was added palladium(II) acetate (58 mg, 0.26 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours. After cooling to rt 5 mL of aqueous IN NaOH was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organics were filtered through Celite and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 5% MeOH/dichloromethane to give 185 mg (21%) of 1-204 as a brown solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSO-d6) 8.28 (s, 1 H), 8.20 (dd, J= 1.3, 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (dd, J= 1.9, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.15 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.05 (dd, J= 2.9, 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.91 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.29 (d, J= 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.99 (s, 2 H), 4.29 (br. s., 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 352.1 (APCI+).
Figure imgf000294_0001
1-204 P-208
[00609] Synthesis of [l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro- pyridin-3-yl]-urea (P-208). Into a 20 mL vial with a stir bar was added 1-204 (36.5 mg, 0.10 mmol), NaOCN (13.5 mg, 0.21 mmol), H2O (2 mL), and 1 mL glacial acetic acid. The reaction was stirred as 40 0C for 2 hours, then cooled to r.t. and 10 mL of H2O was added. The suspension was filtered to obtain 19.8 mg (48%) of P-208 as a gray solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSO-d6) 8.29 (s, 1 H), 8.20 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (s, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (s, 1 H), 7.40 - 7.35 (m, 1 H), 7.31 (dd, J= 2.5, 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.15 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.37 (d, J= 9.7 Hz, 1 H), 5.79 (s, 2 H), 5.07 (s, 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 90.5%, 395.1 (APCI+). Example 226. Preparation of P-212
Figure imgf000295_0001
P-195 P-212
[00610] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro- pyridine-3-carboxylic acid amide (P-212). Into an 8 mL vial with a stir bar was added P- 195 (44 mg, 0.12 mmol) and concentrated HCl (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at r.t. for 24 hours. To the reaction was added 5 mL of ethyl acetate and the solution was basified with aqueous 4N NaOH. The ethyl acetate layer was removed and concentrated. The resulting solid was triturated with ether to obtain 15.6 mg (34%) of P-212 as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSOd6) 8.52 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.32 - 8.26 (m, 1 H), 8.20 (dd, J= 1.3, 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.85 (dd, J= 2.5, 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (br. s., 1 H), 7.73 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (dd, J= 2.0, 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (br. s., 1 H), 7.16 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.42 (d, J= 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.14 (s, 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 96.4%, 380.1 (APCI+).
Example 227. Preparation of P-213
Figure imgf000295_0002
P-196 P-213
[00611] Synthesis of 4-Aminomethyl- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- lH-pyridin-2-one (P-213). Into a 20 mL vial with a stir bar with P-196 (144 mg, 0.40 mmol) and 3 mL of THF was added BH3-THF (2.0 mL, 2.0 mmol, 1.0M solution in THF). The solution was stirred at 60 0C for 4 hours, then cooled to 0 0C and a solution of 2.0 M HCl in ether was added slowly, followed by 5 mL of methanol. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and then concentrated. To the residue was added aqueous IN HCl and it was washed with dichloromethane, then basified with aqueous 4N NaOH and extracted with dichloromethane and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 10 - 17% methanol/dichloromethane and afforded 7.2 mg (5%) of P-213 as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,OMSO-Cl6) 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.23 - 8.17 (m, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 - 7.67 (m, 2 H), 7.45 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (dd, J= 1.8, 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.14 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.35 (s, 1 H), 6.19 (dd, J= 1.5, 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.05 (s, 2 H), 3.78 (s, 2 H), 3.51 (s, 2 H) ppm. LC/MS = 98.4 %, 366.1 (APCI+).
Example 228. Preparation of P-215
Figure imgf000296_0001
1-289 1-206
[00612] Synthesis of [l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-oxo-l,2-dihydro- pyridin-4-yl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1-206). Into a 25 mL round bottom flask was placed 1-289 (97.5 mg, 0.26 mmol), diphenylphosphoryl azide (71 mg, 0.26 mmol), triethylamine (26 mg, 0.26 mmol), and t-BuOH (5 mL). The solution was refluxed for 16 hours, then cooled to room temperature. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCθ3, and brine. After concentration of the organics, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 40% acetone/hexane to afford 61 mg (53%) of 1-206 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-Ci6) 9.60 (s, 1 H), 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.20 (dd, J= 1.6, 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 - 7.65 (m, 2 H), 7.40 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (dd, J= 2.0, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.14 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.53 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.34 (dd, J= 2.3, 7.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.99 (s, 2 H), 3.78 (s, 3 H), 1.45 (s, 9 H) ppm. LC/MS = 93.0%, 452.1 (APCI+).
Figure imgf000296_0002
1-206 P-215 [00613] Synthesis fo 4-Amino- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H- pyridin-2-one (P-215 ). Into a 20 mL vial with a stir bar was added 1-206 (50 mg, 0.11 mmol), dichloromethane (2 mL), and 1 mL of TFA. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then concentrated. The residue was diluted with aqueous IN HCl and washed with dichloromethane. The aqueous portion was basified with aqueous 4N NaOH, extracted with dichloromethane, and concentrated to afford 22 mg (56%) of P-215 as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.23 - 8.16 (m, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.41 (d, J= 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.38 - 7.30 (m, 2 H), 7.13 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.99 (s, 2 H), 5.66 (dd, J= 2.3, 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.24 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.90 (s, 2 H), 3.78 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 97.8%, 352.1 (APCI+).
Example 229. Preparation of P-209
Figure imgf000297_0001
1-45 1-205
[00614] Synthesis of l-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-lH-pyridin-2 -one (1-205). Into a 100 mL round bottom flask with a stir bar was added 1-45 (2.56 g, 9.73 mmol), 2- hydroxypyridine (926 mg, 9.73 mmol), K2CO3 (2.96 g, 21.41 mmol), and 30 mL of DME. The suspension was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours and then r.t. for 2 days after which it was filtered and concentrated. The solid was triturated with ether to afford 2.20 g (77%) of 1-205 as a white solid.
Figure imgf000297_0002
1-205
P-209
[00615] Synthesis of 1 -(3 '-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- lH-pyridin-2-one (P-209). Into a 40 mL vial with a stir bar was added 1-205 (250 mg, 0.81 mmol), 3- chlorophenylboronic acid (126 mg, 0.81 mmol), triphenylphosphine (42 mg, 0.16 mmol), K2CO3 (335 mg, 2.43 mmol), DME (10 mL), H2O (1 mL), EtOH (1 mL), and the suspension was degassed with N2 for 10 minutes. To this was added palladium(II) acetate (18 mg, 0.08 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 18 hours. After cooling to r.t, 10 mL Of H2O was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organics were concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 20% - 35% acetone/hexanes to give 241 mg (91%) of P-209 as a light-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 7.84 (dd, J= 1.3, 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 - 7.52 (m, 1 H), 7.51 - 7.31 (m, 6 H), 7.10 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.39 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.22 (t, J= 6.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.06 (s, 2 H), 3.76 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 97.6%, 326.2 (APCI+).
[00616] Scheme 53.
Figure imgf000298_0001
1-207 R = NO2 P-193 R = NO 1-208 R = Cl P-230 R = Cl
Example 230. Preparation of P-193
[00617] Synthesis of 5-Bromo-2-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl (1-207). A suspension of 5-bromo-2-methoxyphenylboronic acid (500 mg, 2.17 mmol), 3 -iodonitrobenzene (647 mg, 2.60 mmol), and potassium carbonate (599 mg, 4.33 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) and water (2 mL) was degassed for 30 min under a nitrogen stream followed by the addition of palladium(II) acetate (9.72 mg, 0.0433 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The methanol was removed under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL) were added, and the biphasic suspension was filtered. The layers were separated and the organic was washed with water (50 mL). The aqueous washes were combined and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), and the organic extracts combined. The organic solution was washed with water (3 x 50 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give a crude brown gum. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (5% ethyl acetate in hexanes), and crystallized by dissolving in diethyl ether (20 mL) and hexanes (50 mL), removing one half of the solvent under vacuum, filtering and washing with hexanes (2 x 10 mL) to give 1-207 (417.8 mg, 63% yield). 1H NMR ^OO MHZ1 CDCI3) 8.38 (t, J= 1.8 HZ, IH), 8.21-8.19 (m, IH), 7.81 (dt, J= 7.5 Hz, 1.3 Hz, IH), 7.58 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.50-7.45 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 3.82 (s, 3H) ppm.
[00618] Synthesis of 5-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-2-methoxy-3 '-nitrobiphenyl (P-193). To a suspension of 1-207 (200 mg, 0.649 mmol), 4-fluorophenol (109 mg, 0.974 mmol), cesium carbonate (423 mg, 1.30 mmol), and N,N-dimethylglycine (20.1 mg, 0.195 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) was added copper(I) iodide (12.4 mg, 0.0649 mmol) under argon, and the reaction was heated to 105 0C. The reaction was left to stir overnight under argon at 105 0C . The blue solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with water (2 x 50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes), and was crystallized from diethyl ether (5 mL) to give P-193 (61.4 mg, 28% yield) as a white powder. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.40 (t, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.19-8.16 (m, IH), 7.82 (dt, J= 7.6 Hz, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.56 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.04-6.95 (m, 7H), 3.83 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS =98.3% purity. MS(APCI-)=339.2 (M).
Example 231. Preparation of P-230
[00619] Synthesis of 5-Bromo-3'-chloro-2-methoxy-biphenyl (1-208). 1-208 was synthesized from 5-bromo-2-methoxyphenylboronic acid (2.00 g, 8.66 mmol) and 3- chloroiodobenzene (2.48 g, 10.4 mmol) using the same conditions as for 1-207. The reaction time was extended to 16 h. The methanol was removed under vacuum, and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with water (100 mL), and the aqueous wash extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 200 mL), water (2 x 200 mL) and brine (150 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-208 (2.56 g, 99% yield). IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.49- 7.48 (m, IH), 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 3H), 6.85 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.80 (s, 3H) ppm. [00620] Synthesis of 3 '-Chloro-2-fluoro-3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-6-methoxy-biphenyl (P-230). To a suspension of 1-208 (200 mg, 0.672 mmol), 4-fluorophenol (113 mg, 1.01 mmol), cesium carbonate (438 mg, 1.34 mmol), and N,N-dimethylglycine hydrochloride salt (28.2 mg, 0.202 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) was added copper(I) iodide (12.8 mg, 0.0672 mmol) under argon. The reaction was heated to 105 0C under argon, and stirred at 105 0C overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), washed with water (20 mL), and the aqueous wash extracted into ethyl acetate (20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (20 mL), 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (20 mL), water (2 x 20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was purified by preparatory TLC eluting with 5% acetone in hexanes with 3 developments to give P-230 (140.6 mg, 64% yield) as a yellow gummy solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.51-7.51 (m, IH), 7.38-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.023-6.93 (m, 7H), 3.81 (s, 3H) ppm. MS(ESI+) = 389.6 (M+61), 328.2 (M), 279.5 (M-49).
Example 232. Preparation of P-236
Figure imgf000300_0001
1-70 1-290
[00621] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro- pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-290). Into a 20 mL vial with stir bar was added 1-70 (268 mg, 0.83 mmol), 6-hydroxy-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (98 mg, 0.64 mmol), K2CO3 (195 mg, 1.41 mmol), and DME (4 mL). The reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 4 hours and then cooled to room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography using 15 - 50% acetone/hexanes to afford 98 mg (39%) of 1-290 as a tan solid.
Figure imgf000301_0001
1-290 1-209
[00622] Synthesis of l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro- pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (1-209). Into a 20 mL vial with a stir bar was added 1-290 (92 mg, 0.23 mmol), IN aqueous NaOH (2 mL), and methanol (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at 60 0C for 18 hours and then cooled to room temperature and washed with dichloromethane. The aqueous portion was acidified with 6N aqueous HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give 1-209 (61 mg, 69%) as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.25 (s, 1 H), 8.19 (dd, J = 1.4, 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 (dd, J= 6.8, 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.24 (d, J= 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 - 7.15 (m, 1 H), 7.14 - 7.08 (m, 1 H), 6.71 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.63 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.50 (s, 2 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 99.9%, 381.0 (APCI+)
Figure imgf000301_0002
1-209 1-210
[00623] Synthesis of [l-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro- pyridin-2-yi]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1-210). Into a 20 mL vial was placed 1-209 (48 mg, 0.13 mmol), diphenylphosphoryl azide (35 mg, 0.13 mmol), triethylamine (13 mg, 0.13 mmol), and t-BuOH (4 mL). The solution was stirred at 80 0C for 24 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The solvent was evaporated, the residue diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCCh and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 15% acetone/dichloromethane to give 1-210 (43 mg, 75%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-(I6) 9.42 (br s, 1 H), 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.20 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.90 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (dd, J= 7.4, 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 - 7.18 (m, 2 H), 7.12 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.31 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.14 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.28 (br s, 2 H), 3.76 (s, 3 H), 1.27 (s, 9 H) ppm. LC/MS = 94.2%, 452.1 (APCI+).
Figure imgf000302_0001
1-210 P-236
[00624] Synthesis of 6-Amino- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- 1 H- pyridin-2-one (P-236). Into a 20 mL vial with a stir bar was added 1-210 (22 mg, 0.049 mmol), dichloromethane (2 mL), and TFA (2 mL). After 6 hours at room temperature the solution was concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 2 - 5% methanol/dichloromethane to give 12.5 mg (74%) of P- 236 as a brown solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSOd6) 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.20 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 - 7.69 (m, 1 H), 7.39 (d, J= 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (dd, J= 1.7, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.15 - 7.08 (m, 2 H), 6.44 (s, 1 H), 5.76 (s, 2 H), 5.53 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 5.40 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.19 (br s, 1 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 352.1 (APCI+).
[00625] Scheme 54.
Figure imgf000302_0002
1-211 1-154 P-218
Example 233. Preparation of P-218
[00626] Synthesis of 3'-chloro-2-methoxy-5-methyl-biphenyl (1-211). To 2-methoxy- 5-methylboronic acid (4.0 g, 24.1 mmol), l-chloro-3-iodo-benzene (6.32 g, 26.51 mmol), K2CO3 (8.33 g, 60.25 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (0.27 g, 1.2 mmol) was added methanol (150 mL), and H2O (30 mL). Argon gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at room temperature under argon for 20 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and H2O and dichloromethane (60 mL each) were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 60 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1: 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 5.6 g (98%) of 1-211 as a viscous liquid.
[00627] Synthesis of S-bromomethyl-S'-chloro^-methoxy-biphenyl (1-154). To I- 211 (2.0 g, 8.59 mmol) and NBS (1.68 g, 9.45 mmol) in CCl4 (30 mL) was added benzoylperoxide (0.1 g, 0.43 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 85 0C under N2 for 5 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in mixture of 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes (20 mL ) and purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford 2.81 g (98%) of I- 154 as light yellow viscous liquid.
[00628] Synthesis of l-(3'-chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P -218). To a solution of 2-pyrrolidone (0.2 g, 2.41 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added to a cooled (0 0C) slurry of NaH (0.1 g, 2.41 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) under Ar. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, stirred for 45 min, then cooled to 0 0C. To this 1-154 (0.5 g, 1.6 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added over 5 min. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, stirred for 20 h, poured on to crushed- ice water, and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL ) and purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford 0.22 g (43%) of P-218 as a viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.49-7.51 (m, 1 H), 7.27-7.4 (m, 4 H), 7.23 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.16 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.93 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 4.43 (s, 2 H), 3.81 (s, 3 H), 3.28 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2 H), 2.44 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 1.95-2.05 (m, 2 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 316.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 100%. Example 234. Preparation of P-211
Figure imgf000304_0001
1-204 P-211
[00629] Synthesis OfN-[I -(6-Methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-6-oxo- 1,6- dihydro-pyridin-3-yl]-acetamide (P-211). Into a 20 mL vial with a stir bar was added I- 204 (113 mg, 0.32 mmol), dichloromethane (2 mL), Ac2O (46 uL, 0.48 mmol), and TEA (90 uL, 0.64 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, IN aqueous HCl was added, the product was extracted with dichloromethane, and the organics were concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography using 25% - 35% acetone/dichloromethane to afford 12.5 mg (10%) of P-211 as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) 9.66 (s, 1 H), 8.28 (s, 1 H), 8.23 - 8.12 (m, 2 H), 7.92 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.43 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.41 - 7.32 (m, 2 H), 7.16 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.42 (d, J= 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.09 (s, 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 1.95 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 95.5%.
Example 235. Preparation of P-223
PPh3
Figure imgf000304_0003
Figure imgf000304_0002
[00630] Synthesis of l-(3',4'-difluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2- one (P-223). To 1-181 (0.15 g, 0.53 mmol), 3,4-difluorophenylboronic acid (0.13 g, 0.79 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.07 g, 0.26 mmol), K2CO3 (0.03 g, 0.21 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (0.014 g, 0.06 mmol) were added dioxane (6 mL) and EtOH-H2O (1 :1, 3 mL). Argon gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 85 0C under argon for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 30-50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford 0.15 g (89%) of P-223 as a light brown viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.33-7.38 (m 1 H), 7.14-7.24 (m, 4 H), 6.93 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.43 (s, 2 H), 3.81 (s, 3 H), 3.29 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2 H), 2.44 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 1.95-2.05 (m, 2 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 318.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 100%.
Example 236. Preparation of P-240
Figure imgf000305_0001
1-154 P-240
[00631] Synthesis of 4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide (P- 240). A suspension of 1-154 (300 mg, 0.963 mmol), 4-aminocarboxyphenylboronic acid (238 mg, 1.44 mmol), triphenylphosphine (50.4 mg, 0.193 mmol), and water (1 mL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 30 minutes. To the reaction was added palladium(II) acetate (22 mg, 0.0963 mmol) under nitrogen and the reaction was heated to 90 0C under nitrogen with stirring overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the product crystallized in hexanes (50 mL). The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give P-240 (112 mg, 33% yield) as a grey solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.75-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.49 (t, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.38-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.14-7.10 (m , 2H), 6.91 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 6.0 (br s, IH), 5.75 (br s, IH), 4.01 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS =92.3 % purity. MS(APCI+)= 352.1 (M+l). Example 237. Preparation of P-245
Figure imgf000306_0001
[00632] Synthesis of l-(6-methoxy-3'-methylsulfanyl-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyrrolidin-2-one (P-245). To 1-181 (0.15 g, 0.53 mmol), 3 -methylsulfanyl- benzeneboronic acid (0.11 g, 0.639 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.07 g, 0.26 mmol), K2CO3 (0.03 g, 0.21 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (0.014 g, 0.06 mmol) were added dioxane (6 mL) and EtOH-H2O (1 : 1, 3 mL). Argon gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 85 0C under argon for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 15% acetone in dichloromethane then reverse phase (Ci8) prep TLC using 40% acetonitrile in water then by silica gel column chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 0.013 g (8%) of P-245 as a viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.39-7.45 (m 1 H), 7.2-7.34 (m, 4 H), 7.17 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.93 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.43 (s, 2 H), 3.8 (s, 3 H), 3.28 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2 H), 2.43 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 1.95-2.05 (m, 2 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 328.1 (M+l), LC- MS: 93.2%.
Example 238. Preparation of P-248 o
O
H ύN- > TBSCl, DMF imidazole
OH
1OTBS
1-212
[00633] Synthesis of (S)-4-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)-pyrrolidin-2-one (1-212). Into a 100 mL round-bottomed flask with a stir bar was added (S)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidin- 2-one (3.04 g, 30.07 mmol), TBSCl (4.99 g, 33.07 mmol), imidazole (3.07 g, 45.10 mmol), and DMF (30 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the reaction was added to 100 mL of water and stirred for 30 minutes. The solids were filtered and washed with water. After drying the solids in a vacuum dessicator for 3 days, 5.97 g (92%) of 1-212 was obtained.
Figure imgf000307_0001
[00634] I-70 1-213
[00635] Synthesis of ((S)-4-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro- biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (1-213). Into a 250 mL round-bottomed flask with a stir bar was added 1-212 (2.57 g, 11.95 mmol), THF (150 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. NaH (0.56 g, 14.12 mmol) was added and the suspension was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. To this, 1-70 (3.50 g, 10.86 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 20 hours at room temperature after which time 50 mL of water was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were concentrated to yield 8.9 g of 1-213, which was used as is in the next reaction.
Figure imgf000307_0002
1-213 P-248
[00636] Synthesis of (S)-4-Hydroxy- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyrrolidin-2-one (P-248). Compound 1-213 (8.9 g, 19.5 mmol) from the step described above was added to a 100 mL round-bottomed flask, followed by 10 mL of THF and TBAF (29 mL, 29 mmol, 1.0M in THF). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes after which time NH4CI and brine were added. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over Na2SO/t, filtered and concentrated. Flash column chromatography purification eluting with 25 - 50% acetone/dichloromethane followed by flash column chromatography eluting with 5% methanol/dichloromethane gave 143 mg (4%, 2 steps) of P-248. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,CDCl3) 8.40 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.21 - 8.14 (m, 1 H), 7.84 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.31 - 7.20 (m, 2 H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.63 - 4.48 (m, 2 H), 4.46 - 4.34 (m, 1 H), 3.83 (s, 3 H), 3.56 (dd, J= 5.6, 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.24 (dd, J= 1.6, 10.9 Hz, 1 H), 2.76 (dd, J= 6.5, 17.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.45 (dd, J= 2.1, 17.3 Hz, 1 H), 1.83 (d, J= 4.0 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 97.4%, 343.1 (APCI+).
Example 239. Preparation of P-253
Figure imgf000308_0001
P-248 P-253
[00637] Synthesis of Carbamic acid (S)-l-(6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- 5-oxo-pyrrolidin-3-yl ester (P-253). Into a 20 mL vial with a stir bar was added chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (42 mg, 0.30 mmol), 1 mL dichloromethane, then P-248 (51.3 mg, 0.15 mmol) in 2 mL of dichloromethane. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours after which 2 mL of water was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organics were concentrated and then purified by preparative layer TLC using 50% acetone/ dichloromethane to obtain P-253 (12.4 mg, 21%) as an off-white semi-solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.30 (s, 1 H), 8.20 (dd, J= 2.1, 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.33 - 7.26 (m, 2 H), 7.16 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.59 (br. s., 2 H), 5.04 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.49 - 4.30 (m, 2 H), 3.80 (s, 3 H), 3.46 - 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.21 (d, J= 11.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.78 (dd, J= 6.9, 17.5 Hz, 1 H), 2.23 (d, J= 18.1 Hz, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 386.1 (APCI+). Example 240. Preparation of P-506
Figure imgf000309_0001
P-506
[00638] Synthesis of (R)-4-Hydroxy- 1 -(6-methoxy-3 '-nitro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyrrolidin-2-one (P-506). P-506 was prepared in a similar manner as that described above for P-248 except starting with (R)-4-Hydroxy-pyrrolidin-2-one. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.40 (t, J= 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.17 (dd, J= 1.7, 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.84 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 - 7.27 (m, 1 H), 7.22 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.61 - 4.48 (m, 2 H), 4.41 (d, J= 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.85 - 3.81 (m, 3 H), 3.56 (dd, J= 5.6, 10.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.24 (dd, J= 1.8, 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.75 (dd, J= 6.5, 17.3 Hz, 1 H), 2.44 (dd, J= 2.1, 17.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.12 (br s, 1 H) ppm. LC/MS = 95.6%, 343.1 (APCI+).
Example 241. Preparation of P-266
"O S NH,
Figure imgf000309_0002
1-154 P-266
[00639] Synthesis of 4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- benzenesulfonamide (P-266). P-266 was synthesized from 1-154 (300 mg, 0.963 mmol) and 4-aminosulfonylphenylboronic acid pinocolate ester (409 mg, 1.44 mmol) using the same conditions as for the synthesis of P-240. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue suspended in ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (20 mL). The layers were separated and the organic solution was washed with water (40 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (40 mL), water (2 x 40 mL), and brine (40 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (2.5% acetone in dichloromethane) to give a material which was then purified by preparatory silica gel TLC (eluting with 2.5 % acetone in dichloromethane with 3 developments) to give P-266 (52.2 mg, 14% yield) as a clear gum. IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.86-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.48 (m, IH), 7.38- 7.29 (m, 5H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 100.0% purity. MS(APCI-)= 386.0 (M-I), 217.0 (M-171).
Example 242. Preparation of 1-216
O
Hexamethylenetetramine Λ Meta-chloroperbenzoic Acid
T Trifluoroacetic Acid jfl
Dichloromethane
Br
Δ Br Δ I-30
Figure imgf000310_0001
1-215 1-216
[00640] Synthesis of 3-Bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzaldehyde (1-30). A solution of 2-bromo-3-fluoroanisol (5.00 g, 24.4 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (25 mL) was heated to 800C and then a solution of hexamethylenetetramine (6.83 g, 48.8 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (25 mL) was added dropwise over 1.5 h. Upon completion of the addition, the reaction was stirred at 800C for 1 h under nitrogen. The excess trifluoroacetic acid was removed under vacuum, and the pH was adjusted to 7.5-8.0 by addition of saturated aqueous potassium carbonate (-100 mL). The white solid that formed was filtered to give 1-30 which was used without additional purification.
[00641] Synthesis of Formic acid 3-bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl ester (1-215). To a solution of 1-30 (4.84 g) in dichloromethane (60 mL) was added meta- chloroperbenzoic acid (16.09 g) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane (200 mL), washed with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate (300 mL), and extracted into dichloromethane (2 xlOO mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (3 x 400 mL), water (2 x 400 mL), and brine (400 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-215 (12:5, 4.05 g) which was used as is without additional purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) d: 8.27 (t, J= 0.8 Hz, IH), 7.10-7.06 (m, IH), 6.70 (dd, J= 8.2 Hz, 1.0 Hz, IH), 3.92 (s, 3H) ppm. [00642] Synthesis of 3-Bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenol (1-216). To a solution of I- 215 (4.05 g) in ethyl alcohol (75 mL) was added solid potassium hydroxide pellets (1.71 g) and the brown solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was acidified to pH 2 using concentrated hydrochloric acid and the ethanol was removed under vacuum. The material was diluted with water (300 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (300 mL, 2 x 100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (500 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was then dissolved in diethyl ether (500 mL) and extracted with 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (300 mL, 2 x 250 mL). The combined aqueous layers were acidified to pH 2 with concentrated hydrochloric acid and extracted into diethyl ether (2 x 300 mL). The combined diethyl ether extracts were washed with water (500 mL) and brine (300 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give an orange solid. The solid was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane to give 1-216 (1.45 g) as a yellow powder. IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6.96-6.91 (m, IH), 6.62 (dd, J= 9.2 Hz, 2.0 Hz, IH), 4.78 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, IH), 3.86 (s, 3H) ppm.
[00643] Scheme 55.
HO OH B
JL I i Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) "o Ju r C F
Br
^ R Tolune, Ethanol Sodium Carbonate(aq) 1-216 Δ
R = CI
R = COCH, 1-217 R = Cl 1-218 R = COCH,
Figure imgf000312_0001
1-219 R = CI I-220 R = COCH3
1 ) Iron powder Ammonium Chloride Ethanol, Water
Δ °
2 ) Hydrocloric Acid Diethyl Ether
Figure imgf000312_0002
P-254
1-221 R = CI P-283 R = COCH,
Example 243. Preparation of P-254
[00644] Synthesis of S'-Chloro^-fluoro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S-ol (1-217). A solution of 1-216 (390 mg, 1.76 mmol) in toluene (6 mL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 10 min. To this solution was added ethanol (1 mL), 3 -chlorophenylboronic acid (331 mg, 2.12 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (1.76 mL, 3.53 mmol), and the nitrogen stream was continued for 15 min. To this suspension was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) (102 mg, 0.0882 mmol) under nitrogen and the reaction was heated to 90 0C overnight. Additional tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (102 mg, 0.0882 mmol) was added under nitrogen and the reaction reacted at 90 0C for 24 h, and a third portion of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (102 mg, 0.0882 mmol) was added and the reaction heated to 90 0C for 24 hours. Approximately one half of the solvent was removed under vacuum and the residual material was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL). The layers were filtered, separated, and the organic solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 100 mL), water (100 mL), and brine (50 mL). The solvent was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (eluting with 2.5% acetone in dichloromethane) to give 1-217 (398 mg, 89 % yield). IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.41 (s, IH), 7.39- 7.28 (m, 3H), 6.97 (t, J= 9.4 Hz, IH), 6.67 (dd, J= 9.2 Hz, 2.0 Hz, IH), 4.79 (s, IH), 3.72 (s, 3H) ppm.
[00645] Synthesis of 3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-3-(4-nitro-phenoxy)-biphenyl (I- 219). A suspension of 1-217 (200 mg, 0.792 mmol), 4-iodonitrobenzene (179 mg, 0.720 mmol), cesium carbonate (469 mg, 1.44 mmol), and 2,2,6,6-tetramethylheptane-3,5- dione (37 uL, 0.180 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidone (4 mL) was stirred under nitrogen. To this reaction was added copper(I) chloride (35.6 mg, 0.360 mmol) and the reaction was heated to 100 0C under nitrogen overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and the organic extracts were combined. The organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 20 mL), 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (2 x 20 mL), 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude 1-219 (181.0 mg, 61% yield) which was used as is in the next reaction.
[00646] Synthesis of 4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yloxy)-phenyl- amine hydrochloride salt (1-221). To a suspension of 1-219 (180 mg, 0.645 mmol) and iron powder (126 mg, 2.26 mmol) in ethanol (2.6 mL) and water (0.8 mL) was added solid ammonium chloride (193 mg, 3.60 mmol). The reaction was purged with nitrogen, and heated to 85 0C with stirring for 3 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the material was diluted in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (5% acetone in dichloromethane) to give the free base of 1-221 (136 mg). The free base was dissolved in diethyl ether (2.5 mL) and 2 N hydrogen chloride in diethyl ether (0.8 mL) was added drop wise. The salt began to precipitate out after 15 min and the suspension was allowed to stir for an additional 1.5 h. The solid was filtered and washed with diethyl ether (3 mL) and hexanes (4 x 5 mL) to give 1-221 (104 mg, 47% yield) as a beige powder. IH NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 9.6 (br s, 2H), 7.51-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.08- 7.01 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H) ppm. MS(ESI+)=345.5 (M+l).
[00647] Synthesis ofN-[4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yloxy)-phenyl]- methanesulfonamide (P -254). A suspension of 1-221 (50.0 mg, 0.138 mmol) and pyridine (21.8 mg, 0.276 mmol) in chloroform (1 mL) was stirred for 10 min. To the suspension was added methanesulfonylchloride (15.8 mg, 0.138 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was purified by preparatory silica gel TLC (5 % acetone in dichloromethane, 2 developments, 0.5% acetone in dichloromethane, 5 developments, and 5% acetone in dichloromethane) to give P-254 (26.1 mg, 47% yield) as a orange gum. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.42-7.42 (m, IH), 7.35-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.18 (t, J= 2.8 Hz, IH), 7.00 - 6.95 (m, 2H), 6.75 (dd, J= 7.4 Hz, 0.2 Hz, IH), 6.20 (s, IH), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.98 (s 3H) ppm. MS(ESI+)= 421.6 (M), 343.0 (M-79.0).
Example 244. Preparation of P-283
[00648] Synthesis of l-(2'-Fluoro-3'-hydroxy-6'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-ethanone (I- 218). A solution of 1-216 (500 mg, 2.26 mmol) and 3-acetylphenylboronic acid (446 mg, 2.72 mmol) in toluene (8 mL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream. To this solution was added ethanol (1.5 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (2.25 mL, 4.52 mmol), followed by the addition of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (130 mg, 0.113 mmol). The reaction was heated to 100 0C for 24 h. An additional portion of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (130 mg, 0.113 mmol) was added under nitrogen and the reaction was heated to 100 0C overnight. An additional portion of 3- aceteylphenyl boronic acid (223 mg, 1.36 mmol) was added and the reaction heated to 100 0C an additional 24 hours. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL), filtered, and the layers separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and the organic extracts combined. The organic solution was washed with water (2 x 100 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (0-5% acetone in dichloromethane) to give 1-218 (280 mg, 48% yield) as a brown solid.
[00649] IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.01 (m, IH), 7.97 (dt, J= 7.9 Hz, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.62 (dd, J= 7.6 Hz, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.54 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, IH), 6.99 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, IH), 6.69 (dd, J= 9.2 Hz, 2.0 Hz, IH), 4.81 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, IH), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H) ppm.
[00650] Synthesis of l-[2'-Fluoro-6'-methoxy-3'-(4-nitro-phenoxy)-biphenyl-3-yl]- ethanone (1-220). A solution of 1-218 (275 mg, 1.06 mmol) and 4-iodonitrobenzene (264 mg, 1.06 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidone (5.5 mL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 1 min. To the solution was added cesium carbonate (689 mg, 2.11 mmol), copper(I) chloride (52.3 mg, 0.528 mmol), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylheptane-3,5-dione (48.6 mg, 0.264 mmol), and the reaction was heated to 90 0C for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (20 mL), washed with water (20 mL), the aqueous wash extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), and the organic extracts combined. The organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (40 mL), 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 40 mL), and brine (50 mL). The solvent was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and removed under vacuum to give a brown solid. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (1-5% acetone in dichloromethane) followed by flash silica gel column chromatography (30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 1-220 (78.4 mg, 19% yield). IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.23-8.20 (m, 2H), 8.02 (m, IH), 7.98-7.96 (m,lH), 7.62-7.60 (m, IH), 7.55 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.20 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.05-7.02 (m, 2H), 6.84 (dd, J= 9.2 Hz, 1.6 Hz, IH), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H) ppm.
[00651] Synthesis of 4-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yloxy)-phenyl- amine hydrochloride salt (P-283). A suspension of 1-220 (75.0 mg, 0.197 mmol), ammonium chloride (53.5 mg, 1.00 mmol), and iron powder (38.5 mg, 0.690 mmol) in ethanol (0.8 mL) and water (0.25 mL) was purged with nitrogen and stirred under nitrogen for 4 h at 85 0C. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residual material was suspended in ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic suspension was washed with water (50 mL), the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), and the organic solutions combined. The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in diethyl ether (2 mL), and 2 N hydrogen chloride in diethyl ether (400 uL) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 h and filtered to give P- 283 (57.0 mg, 75% yield) as a white powder.
[00652] IH NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) d: 7.98 (dt, J= 7.3 Hz, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.93 (s, IH), 7.66-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.09-7.03 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H) ppm. MS(ESI+) = 352.9 (M+l)
[00653] Scheme 56.
O
1 ,2-Dιchloromethylmethylether Tιtanιum(IV)Chloπde JL H OH jO Sodium Borohydπde
F Dichloromethane ° T F
Br Br F Tetrahydrofuran Water Br
-30 1-31
o-C F
A
Figure imgf000316_0001
I-222 I -223
Example 245. Preparation of 1-223
[00654] Synthesis of 3-Bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzaldehyde using titanium(rV)chloride (1-30). A solution of 2-bromo-3-fluoroanisol (5.00 g, 24.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (120 mL) was cooled to 0 0C in a salt-ice bath and purged with nitrogen. The reaction was allowed to stir 15 min under nitrogen. To the reaction was added titanium(IV) chloride (23.1 g, 122 mmol), followed by α,α-dichloromethyl- methyl ether (4.21 g, 36.6 mmol) at 0 0C under nitrogen. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 22 h. The red solution was poured into ice water (600 mL), and extracted into dichloromethane (3 x 200 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 400 mL), water (2 x 400 mL), and brine (400 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The product was dried in a vacuum oven at 800C overnight to give 1-30 (5.75 g, quantitative yield). IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 10.22 (s, IH), 7.86 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, 7.6 Hz, IH), 6.82 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.01 (s, 3H) ppm.
[00655] Synthesis of (3-Bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)-methanol (1-31). A suspension of 1-30 (5.20 g, 22.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) and water (40 mL) was cooled to 0 0C and sodium borohydride (2.53 g, 66.9 mmol) was added portionwise. The reaction was stirred for 3.5 h allowing the reaction to warm to room temperature. The tetrahydrofuran was removed under vacuum, water was added (100 mL) and the resultant solid was extracted into ethyl acetate (2 x 200 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 200 mL), brine (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-31 (4.82 g, 92% yield) as a white powder. IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.32 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.71 (dd, J= 8.4 Hz, 1.6 Hz, IH), 4.72 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 1.70 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, IH) ppm.
[00656] Synthesis of l-(2'-Fluoro-3'-hydroxymethyl-6'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)- ethanone (1-222). A solution of 1-31 (4.00 g, 17.0 mmol), 3 -acetylphenylboronic acid (3.07 g, 18.7 mmol) in ethanol (17.5 mL), water (17.5 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (35 mL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 30 min. To the solution was added potassium carbonate (7.06 g, 51.1 mmol), triphenylphosphine (1.34 g, 5.11 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (382 mg, 1.70 mmol), and the reaction was stirred under nitrogen for 10 min. The reaction was heated to 85 0C for 4 h under nitrogen, and additional palladium(II) acetate (191 mg, 0.851 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (700 mg, 2.55 mmol) were added. Heating with stirring was continued for 4 h, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, and ethyl acetate (300 mL) was added. The reaction was washed with water (300 mL), sodium chloride was added (~1 g) and the aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with water (500 mL) and brine (500 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decolorized with activated charcoal, filtered, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give pure 1-222 (700 mg, 15% yield). IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.00- 8.00 (m, IH), 7.97 (dt, J= 7.9 Hz, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.61 (dd, J= 6.2 Hz, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.53 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.38 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.80 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, 1.2 Hz, IH), 4.74 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 1.74 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, IH) ppm.H)
[00657] Synthesis of Carbonic acid 3'-acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl ester methyl ester (1-223). A solution of 1-222 (700 mg, 2.55 mmol) and pyridine (429 uL, 6.64 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was cooled to 00C in an ice water bath. To the solution was added methylchloroformate (542 uL, 5.61 mmol) under nitrogen. The white suspension that formed was stirred at room temperature overnight. The pH was adjusted to 1 by the addition of concentrated aqueous hydrochloric acid, and the solution was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was removed under vacuum to give 1-223 (661.3 mg, 78% yield) as an orange syrup. 1H NMR. (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.98-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.61-7.58 (m, IH), 7.53 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.41 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.79 (dd, J= 8.6 Hz, 1.0 Hz, IH), 5.22 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H) ppm.
Example 246. Preparation of P-304
Figure imgf000318_0001
P-304
[00658] Synthesis of 4-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- benzenesulfmic acid amide (P-304). A suspension of 1-223 (300 mg, 0.928 mmol), A- amino sulfonylbenzylboronic pinocolate ester (289 mg, 1.02 mmol), and potassium carbonate (385 mg, 2.78 mmol) in dimethylformamide (2 mL) was purged with nitrogen and allylpalladium chloride dimer (50.9 mg, 0.139 mmol) and bis(diphenylphosphino) pentane (123 mg, 0.278 mmol) were added. The reaction was heated to 65 0C overnight. To this reaction was added ethyl acetate (25 mL) and water (25 mL) and the layers separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL), and the organic extracts were combined and washed with brine (50 mL). The organic solution was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (5% acetone in dichloromethane) followed by trituration with diethyl ether (25 mL) to give P-304 (117 mg, 30% yield) as a faint yellow powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.99-7.98 (m, IH), 7.95 (dt, J= 7.6 Hz, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.86-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.52 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.38 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.75 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.74 (s, 2H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 100.0% purity. MS(APCI+) = 414.0 (M+ 1).
Example 247. Preparation of P-305
Figure imgf000319_0001
[00659] Synthesis of 4-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- benzamide (P-305). A suspension of 1-223 (300 mg, 0.928 mmol), A- aminocarbonylbenzylboronic acid (190 mg, 1.02 mmol), and potassium carbonate (385 mg, 2.78 mmol) in dimethylformamide (2 mL) was purged with nitrogen and allylpalladium chloride dimer (50.9 mg, 0.139 mmol) and bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (123 mg, 0.278 mmol) were added. The reaction was heated to 65 0C overnight. To this reaction was added ethyl acetate (25 mL) and water (25 mL) and the layers separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL), and the organic extracts combined and washed with brine (50 mL). The organic solution was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude product. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (5-10 % acetone in dichloromethane) followed by trituration with diethyl ether (25 mL) to give P-305 (160 mg, 46 % yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.99 (m, IH), 7.95 (dt, J= 7.7 Hz, 1.3 Hz, IH), 7.75-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.61-7.58 (m, IH), 7.52 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.32 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.73 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 5.97 (br s, 1 H), 5.54 (br s, IH), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 96.5% purity. MS(APCI+) = 378.1 (M+l).
[00660] Example 248. preparation of P-276
Figure imgf000320_0001
[00661] Synthesis of 4-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (P-276). A suspension of 1-223 (300 mg, 0.928 mmol), A- methoxycarbonyl-benzylboronic acid (184 mg, 1.02 mmol), and potassium carbonate (385 mg, 2.78 mmol) in dimethylformamide (2 mL) was purged with nitrogen and allylpalladium chloride dimer (50.9 mg, 0.139 mmol) and bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (123 mg, 0.278 mmol) were added. The reaction was heated to 65 0C overnight. To this reaction was added ethyl acetate (5 mL) and water (5 mL), the layers were filtered through celite,the celite washed with ethyl acetate (15 mL) and water (15 mL), and the layers separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), and the organic extracts combined and washed with brine (100 mL). The organic solution was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude product. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in hexanes), followed by a preparatory silica gel TLC plate (eluting with 25% ethyl acetate in hexnaes), and trituration with diethyl ether (5 mL) to give P-276 (72.4 mg, 20 % yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.99-7.94 (m, 4H), 7.59-7.58 (m, IH), 7.52 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.30 (d, J= 8.80\ Hz, 2H), 7.11 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.74-6.72 (m, IH), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 96.6% purity. MS(APCI+)= 394.1(M+2). Example 249. Preparation of 1-226
Figure imgf000321_0001
1-226
[00662] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-226). A suspension of 1-223 (500 mg, 1.50 mmol), 2- methylcarboxypyridine-5-boronic acid pinocol ester (435 mg, 1.65 mmol), and potassium carbonate (624 mg, 4.51 mmol) in dimethylformamide (3.5 mL) was degassed under a nitrogen stream for 15 min. To this solution was added bis(diphenylphosphino)pentate (199 mg, 0.451 mmol) and allylpalladium chloride dimer (82.7 mg, 0.226 mmol). The reaction was heated to 65 ° C for 50 h. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and filtered through celite. To the filtrate was added water (50 mL), and the layers were separated. The aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), and all three organic extracts were combined and washed with brine (100 mL). The organic solution was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (5% acetone in dichloromethane) followed by trituration with diethyl ether (15 mL), filtered, and washed with diethyl ether (5 mL) to give 1-226 (190.6 mg, 32% yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.66 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.06 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.97-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.67 (dd, J= 8.2 Hz, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.57 (dd, J= 7.6 Hz, 1.6 Hz, H), 7.52 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.13 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.75 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.05 (s, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 100.0% purity. MS(APCI+)= 394.1 (M+ 1). Example 250. Preparation of 1-224
Figure imgf000322_0001
[00663] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1-224). To a suspension of 1-223 (500 mg, 1.50 mmol) and 4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-N-methylamino)phenyl boronic acid (415 mg, 1.65 mmol), and potassium carbonate (624 mg, 4.51 mmol) in dimethylformamide (3.5 mL) was added bis(diphenylphosphino)pentate (199 mg, 0.451 mmol) and allylpalladium chloride dimer (82.7 mg, 0.226 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 85 ° C for 29 h. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and water (30 mL) and filtered through a Celite plug. The Celite was washed with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL) and water (20 mL), and the layers separated. The aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), and all three organic extracts were combined and washed with water (2 x 100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane) to give 1-224 (624.3 mg, 90% yield ) as a yellow oil which was used as is without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8.00 (d, J= 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.95 (dt, J= 7.7 Hz, 1.3 Hz, IH), 7.60 (dd, J= 7.6 Hz, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.52 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.19-7.09 (m, 5H), 6.72 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H) ppm. LCMS = 94.1% purity. MS(APCI+) = 364.1 (M-IOO).
Example 251. Preparation of P-328 Toluene — — - ^
Figure imgf000322_0004
Figure imgf000322_0002
Figure imgf000322_0003
[00664] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid (1-228). A solution of 1-226 (150 mg, 0.381 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL), methanol (1 niL), water (1 mL) and 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.763 mL) was strred at room temperature for 18 h. Approximately one half of the solvent was removed under vacuum. The remaining solution was adjusted to pH 3 by addition of glacial acetic acid. The suspension was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL), water (5 mL) was added to the wash, and the aqueous wash was extracted with additional dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL). All three organic extracts were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was dried under high vacuum for 24 h. The resultant beige syrup crystallized in diethyl ether (5 mL), stirred for 30 min, filtered, and washed with hexanes (2 x 2 mL) to give I- 226 (90.6 mg, 63% yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.62 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.99-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.87 (s, IH), 7.78 (dd, J= 7.8 Hz, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.58 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (t, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 6.98 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.08 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.588 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 100.0 % purity (APCI+). MS(APCI+)= 424.1(M+45), 380.0 (M+l).
[00665] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid amide (P-328). A solution of 1-228 (50.0 mg, 0.184 mmol) in toluene (2 mL) was stirred under nitrogen. To this reaction was added thionyl chloride (65.7 mg, 0.552 mmol) and the reaction was heated to 100 0C for 2 h over which time it turned from colorless to a deep red. The solvent and excess thionyl chloride was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL). To the solution was then added aqueous ammonium hydroxide (40 uL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (30 mL). The aqueous wash was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and the organic extracts were combined. The combined extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparatory silica gel TLC (eluting with 12.5 % acetone in dichlormethane, 3 developments) to give P-328 (12.6 mg, 18% yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR.(400 MHz,CDCl3) 8.47 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.13 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.98- 7.94 (m, 2H), 7.78 (s, IH), 7.69 (dd, J= 8.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.96- 7.58 (m, IH), 7.52 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.14 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.76 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.48 (s, IH), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 95.9% purity. MS(APCI+) = 379.1 (M+l).
Example 252. Preparation of P-324
Figure imgf000324_0001
1-229
[00666] Synthesis of 2-Bromo-6-methoxy-4-nitro-phenylamine (1-229). Into a 2 L round bottom flask with a stir bar was added 2-methoxy-4-nitro-phenylamine (50.0 g, 297.4 mmol), CH3CN (1 L), and NBS (53.5 g, 297.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours while protected from light. The reaction was concentrated and then 500 mL water was added. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and concentrated. The solid which precipitated from the aqueous washes was combined with the solid which resulted from the organic concentration to give 1-229 (59.6 g) which was used without further purification.
Figure imgf000324_0002
1-229 1-230
[00667] Synthesis of l-Bromo-3-methoxy-5-nitro-benzene (1-230). Into a 2 L round- bottomed flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer was added 1-229 (59.8, 249.2 mmol), ethanol (167 mL), water (83 mL), and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C. H2SO4 (750 mL) was added followed by NaNO2 (25.8 g, 373.8 mmol) in 75 mL water. The reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 15 minutes, room temperature for 30 minutes, and 60 0C for 15 minutes, after which it was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The solids were washed with water, dried in a 40 0C vacuum oven for 1 hour, then a vacuum dessicator for 5 days. After drying for an additional 6 hours in a 60 0C vacuum oven, 47.3 g (84%) of 1-230 was obtained as a rust-colored solid.
Figure imgf000325_0001
KOAc dioxane 1-231 I-232
[00668] Synthesis of 3-Nitro-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenol (1-232). Into a 250 mL round bottom flask was placed 1-231 (2.03 g, 9.31 mmol), bis(piniacolato)diboron (2.60 g, 10.24 mmol), KOAc (2.74 g, 27.93 mmol), and 50 mL dioxane. After degassing with N2 for 10 minutes, PdCl2dppf-CH2Cl2 (0.38 g, 0.47 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 90 0C for 20 hours. Most of the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and brine was added. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organics were filtered through Celite and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes to afford 1.44 g (58%) of 1-232.
Figure imgf000325_0002
[00669] Synthesis of 3-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-5-nitro- phenol (1-233). Into a 40 mL vial with a stir bar was added 1-33 (597 mg, 1.81 mmol), I- 232 (480 mg, 1.81 mmol), NaHCO3 (456 mg, 5.43 mmol), DME (10 mL), ethanol (1 mL), and water (1 mL). After degassing for 10 minutes, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (208 mg, 0.18 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 65 0C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 10 mL water. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography purification of the residue with 15 - 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes afforded 175 mg (25%) of 1-233 as a yellow oil.
Figure imgf000326_0001
1-233 P-324
[00670] Synthesis of 3-Amino-5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-phenol (P-324). Into a 40 mL vial was added 1-233 (175 mg, 0.39 mmol), Fe powder (89 mg, 1.35 mmol), NH4Cl (120 mg, 1.93 mmol), water (1 mL), and ethanol (3 mL). The suspension was stirred at 80 0C for 2 hours, then filtered through Celite. The filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine. After concentrating the organics, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 20 - 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 104 mg (65%) of P-324 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) 7.40 (s, 1 H), 7.38 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.11 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.74 - 6.61 (m, 2 H), 6.12 (d, J= 17.4 Hz, 2 H), 6.04 (t, J= 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.80 (s, 2 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 3.63 (br s, 2 H) ppm. LC/MS = 97.7%, 358.2 (APCI+).
Example 253. Preparation of P-331 and P-338
Figure imgf000326_0002
[00671] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- methyl-amine hydrochloride^ -331). To a solution of 1-224 (485 mg, 1.05 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added trifluroacetic acid (1 mL) dropwise and the reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 4 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (10 mL). The pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to 8 using solid sodium bicarbonate. The layers were separated and the organic solution was washed with brine. The organic extract was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was dried under high vacuum overnight to give the free base. A portion of the free base (44.5 mg) was dissolved in diethyl ether (2 mL). To the solution was added 2 N hydrogen chloride in diethyl ether (184 uL, 0.367 mmol) dropwise, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The resultant solid was filtered and dried under vacuum in an abderhaulden apparatus under acetone at reflux to give P-331 (28.8 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ) 7.94 (m, IH), 7.86 (s, IH), 7.58 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, IH), 7.26 (t, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.09 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, IH), 6.77 (br m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 94.4 % purity. MS(APCI+) = 364.1 (M+l).
[00672] Synthesis of l-[4-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- phenyl]-l -methyl-urea (P-338). A suspension of P-331 free base (180 mg, 0.495 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (1 mL) and water (1 mL) was stirred until a solution formed. To the solution was added a solution of potassium cyanate (120 mg, 1.49 mmol) in water (250 uL), and the solution became cloudy. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h. The reaction was diluted with diethyl ether (10 mL) and water (5 mL) and the layers separated. The organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in diethyl ether (30 mL), washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparatory silica TLC (10 % acetone in dichloromethane, 2 developments), and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 40 0C to give P-338 (96.1 mg, 48% yield) as a white powder. IH NMR (400 MHz CDC13) d: 8.00 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.95 (dt, J = 7.7 Hz, 1.4 Hz, IH). 7.61 (dd, J = 7.6 Hz, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.52 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.28 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.22-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.75 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.34 (brs, 2H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H). LCMS = 96.1 % purity. MS(APCI+)= 407.1 (M+l).
[00673] Scheme 57.
Figure imgf000328_0001
1-237 P-361
Example 254. Preparation of P-277
[00674] Synthesis of l-[3'-(6-Amino-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-2'-fluoro-6'-methoxy- biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone (P-277). A solution of 1-223 (1.00 g, 3.01 mmol) and 2- aminopyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (728 mg, 3.31 mmol) in N,N- dimethylformamide (8 mL) was degassed using a nitrogen stream for 10 min. To the solution was added potassium carbonate (1.25 g, 9.03 mmol), allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (165 mg, 0.451 mmol), and bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (398 mg, 0.903 mmol) under nitrogen and the suspension was stirred at 65°C under nitrogen for 15 h. To the reaction was added ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL) and the biphasic suspension was filtered through celite (-15 g). The celite was washed with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL), and water (2 x 20 mL) and the filtrate was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and the organic extracts were combined. The organic solution was washed with water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (impurities eluted with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes, product eluted with 12.5 % acetone in dichloromethane) to give P-277 (653 mg, 62% yield) as an orange oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.99 (m, IH), 7.95 (dt, J = 7.73 Hz, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.61-7.59 (m, IH), 7.52 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.30 (dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.09 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.71 (dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 0.8 Hz, IH), 6.46 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H). LCMS = 100.0% purity. MS(APCI+) = 351.1 (M+ 1).
Example 255. Preparation of P-361
[00675] Synthesis of 1 -[5-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-3-(2-chloro-ethyl)-urea (1-237). A solution of P-277 (300 mg, 0.856 mmol) in chloroform (7.4 mL) was purged with nitrogen for 5 min at room temperature. To this solution was added 2-chloroethylisocyanate (90.3 mg, 0.856 mmol), and the reaction was stirred at reflux for 24 h. Additional 2-chloroethylisocyanate (220 uL, 2.57 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at reflux for an additional 16 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the resultant red syrup was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (0-25% acetone in dichoromethane) followed by preparatory thin layer chromatography to give 1-237 (41.7 mg, 11% yield) as a yellow oil.
[00676] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yi]-imidazolidin-2-one (P -361). A suspension of 1-237 (40.0 mg, 0.0877 mmol) and sodium carbonate (27.9 mg, 0.263 mmol) in acetonitrile (1 mL) was stirred at reflux overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the resultant yellow oil was crystallized in diethyl ether (2 mL), filtered, washed with hexanes (2 x 1 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven overnight at 400C to give P-361 (17.1 mg, 46% yield) as an off white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz ,CDCl3) 8.10 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (s, 1 H), 7.95 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 - 7.48 (m, 3 H), 7.46 - 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.14 - 7.05 (m, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.72 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.42 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 2 H), 3.89 (s, 2 H), 3.82 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 2 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 2.62 (s, 3 H) ppm. LCMS = 91.4% purity. MS(APCI+) = 420.1 (M+l). Example 256. Preparation of P-355
Figure imgf000330_0001
1-238
[00677] Synthesis of 5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridine-2- carbonitrile (1-238). Into a 250 mL round-bottomed flask was added 3.O g of 5-bromo- pyridine-2-carbonitrile (3.0 g, 16.39 mmol), bis(piniacolato)diboron (4.58 g, 18.03 mmol), KOAc (5.47 g, 55.74 mmol), and DMSO (100 mL). After degassing for 20 minutes, PdCl2dppf-CH2Cl2 (1.39 g, 1.64 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for 24 hours at 80 0C, and then at room temperature for 3 days. 50 mL water was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The dark-colored residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 20% acetone/hexanes to give a red solid. The solid was triturated with hexane to give 1.72 g (46%) of 1-238 as a light-pink solid.
Figure imgf000330_0002
[00678] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-ylmethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (P-355). Into a 20 mL vial was added 1-33 (401 mg, 1.22 mmol), 1-238 (336 mg, 1.46 mmol), K2CO3 (504 mg, 3.65 mmol), DME (5 mL), water (0.5 mL), ethanol (0.5 mL), and the suspension was degasses for 15 minutes. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (141 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred at 80 0C for 16 hours. The reaction was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 15 - 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes to afford P-355 (64 mg, 15%) as a light-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl3) δ 8.62 (br s, 1 H), 7.68 - 7.56 (m, 2 H), 7.40 - 7.30 (m, 3 H), 7.26 - 7.21 (m, 1 H), 7.13 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.75 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.03 (br s, 2 H), 3.78 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 98.5%, 353.0 (APCI+).
Example 257. Preparation of P-344
Figure imgf000331_0001
[00679] Synthesis of C- [5 -(3 '-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yi]-metriylamine (P-344). Into a 100 mL round bottom flask was added P-355 (0.55 g, 1.56 mmol), methanol (20 mL), concentrated HCl (0.65 mL, 7.79 mmol), and 10% Pd/C (100 mg). The suspension was stirred under a H2 balloon for 18 hours, then filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated. To the solid was added IN aqueous NaOH and the product was extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 5-10% methanol/dichloromethane to give P-344 (89 mg, 16%) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.55 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.32 (br s, 3 H), 7.71 (dd, J= 1.9, 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 - 7.37 (m, 3 H), 7.36 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 2 H), 7.27 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.75 (br s, 2 H), 4.14 (q, J= 5.8 Hz, 2 H), 4.01 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 95.1%, 357.1 (APCI+).
Example 258. Preparation of P-367
Figure imgf000331_0002
[00680] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-ylmethyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester (P-367). Into an 8 mL vial was added P-344 (43 mg, 0.12 mmol), dichloromethane (2 mL), triethylamine (33 uL, 0.24 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and ethyl chloroformate (20 mg, 0.18 mmol) was added. After 15 minutes at room temperature the solution was concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 40 - 60% ethyl acetate to give 23 mg (54%) of P-367 as a white solid. 1H NMR (400MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.39 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.59 (dd, J= 1.7, 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 - 7.40 (m, 2 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 7.33 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.20 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.22 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 2 H), 4.03 - 3.96 (m, 2 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 1.16 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 429.1 (APCI+).
Example 259. Preparation of P-368
Figure imgf000332_0001
[00681] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-ylmethyl]-urea (P-368). Into an 8 mL vial was added P-344 (43 mg, 0.12 mmol), dichloromethane (2 mL), and trimethylsilyl isocyanate (49 uL, 0.36 mmol). After 1 hour at 35 0C, the solution was concentrated. The resulting solid was triturated with ether to afford P-368 (25 mg, 52%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.44 (s, 1 H), 7.68 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 - 7.40 (m, 2 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 7.34 (t, J= 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 2 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.51 (br s, 1 H), 5.64 (br s, 2 H), 4.25 (d, J= 5.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.97 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H). LC/MS = 96.4%, 400.1 (APCI+).
[00682] Example 260. Preparation of P-371
Figure imgf000332_0002
[00683] Synthesis of 3-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-ylmethyl]- 1 , 1 -dimethyl-urea hydrochloride (P-371). Into an 8 mL vial was added P-344 (23 mg, 0.064 mmol), dichloromethane (1.5 mL), triethylamine (18 uL, 0.13mmol) and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. Dimethylcarbamyl chloride (9 uL, 0.097) was added and the reaction stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. The dichloromethane solution was washed with water and brine, and then concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 5% methanol/dichloromethane. The colorless oil obtained was triturated with ether to obtain a white solid. The resulting solid was dissolved in 2 mL of 4.0 M HCl/dioxane and stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The oil was treated with ether to form a solid, which was filtered to obtain P-371 (6.1 mg, 20%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.60 (s, 1 H), 8.08 (d, J= 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.62 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 - 7.35 (m, 4 H), 7.28 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (br s, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.41 (br s, 2 H), 4.08 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 2.82 (s, 6 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 428.1 (APCI+).
Example 261. Preparation of P-372
Figure imgf000333_0001
[00684] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-3-ethyl-urea (P -372). Into an 8 mL vial was added P-344 (23 mg, 0.064 mmol), dichloromethane (1.5 mL), and the solution was cooled to room temperature. Ethyl isocyanate (8 uL, 0.097 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature and then concentrated. To the resulting solid was added 4.0 M HCl/dioxane and the solution was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature and then concentrated. The oil which was obtained was treated with ether to form a solid, which was filtered to afford P-372 (15.1 mg, 50%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.63 (s, 1 H), 8.14 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 - 7.33 (m, 4 H), 7.28 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.62 (br s, 1 H), 6.31 (br s, 1 H), 4.42 (s, 2 H), 4.10 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.01 (q, J= 7.1 Hz, 2 H), 0.99 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3 H) ppm. MS: 428.1 (APCI+).
Example 262. Preparation of P-373
Figure imgf000334_0001
[00685] Synthesis of 4-Methyl-piperazine- 1 -carboxylic acid [5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-amide (P-373). Into an 8 mL vial was added P-344 (23 mg, 0.064 mmol), dichloromethane (1.5 mL), triethylamine (18 uL, 0.13 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and 4-methyl-piperazine-l-carbonyl chloride (10 mg, 0.097 mmol) was added. After 18 hours at room temperature the reaction was washed with water, followed by brine. The organics were concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 5 - 10% methanol/dichloromethane to afford 28 mg of semi-solid. The semi-solid was dissolved in 2 mL of 4.0M HCl/dioxane and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, and then concentrated. Ether was added and a solid formed, which was filtered. To the solid was added 5N aqueous NaOH and the product was extracted with dichloromethane and then concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash column chromatography eluting with 10% methanol/dichloromethane afforded P-373 (9.6 mg, 31%) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.38 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (dd, J= 2.0, 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 - 7.39 (m, 2 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 7.32 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.26 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 2 H), 3.93 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.17 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 4 H), 2.29 - 2.20 (m, 4 H), 2.16 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 483.1 (APCI+). Example 263. Preparation of P-374
Figure imgf000335_0001
[00686] Synthesis of 1 -(2-Chloro-ethyl)-3 -[5-(3 '-chloro^-fluoro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl- 3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-urea (1-239). Into an 8 mL vial was added P-344 (63 mg, 0.177 mmol), dichloromethane (2 mL), and the reaction was cooled to 0 0C. Chloroethyl isocyanate (19 mg, 0.177 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and then concentrated to yield 1-239 which was used as is.
Figure imgf000335_0002
[00687] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-imidazolidin-2-one (P-374). Into an 8 mL vial was added 1-239 (82 mg, 0.177 mmol), THF (2 mL), and the suspension was cooled to 0 0C. Sodium hydride (8 mg, 0.212 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. An additional 4 mg of sodium hydride was added and the reaction was stirred at 50 0C for 1 hour. Water was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 25 - 50% acetone/dichloromethane to give P-374 (35 mg, 47%, 2 steps) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.42 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (dd, J= 1.9, 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 - 7.39 (m, 2 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 7.34 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.41 (s, 1 H), 4.28 (s, 2 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.31 - 3.19 (m, 4 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 426.1 (APCI+). Example 264. Preparation of P-375
THF
Figure imgf000336_0001
Figure imgf000336_0002
P-374 p-375
[00688] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-3-methyl-imidazolidin-2-one (P -375). Into an 8 mL vial was added P-374 (21 mg, 0.05 mmol), THF (1 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. Sodium hydride (3 mg, 0.076 mmol) was added and after 15 minutes at room temperature, methyl iodide (6 uL, 0.101 mmoL) was added. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and then 1 mL of water was added. The THF was evaporated and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate and concentrated. The residue was passed through a silica gel plug eluting with methanol, which afforded P-375 (18.1 mg, 82%) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.42 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (dd, J= 2.0, 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 - 7.39 (m, 2 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 7.34 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.31 (s, 2 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.24 (s, 4 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 97.8%, 440.1 (APCI+).
Example 265. Preparation of P-520
Figure imgf000336_0003
[00689] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin- 2-ylmethyl]-carbamic acid phenyl ester (P-520). Into an 18 mL vial was added P-344 (128 mg, 0.36 mmol), TEA (0.10 mL, 0.72 mmol), and dichloromethane (3 mL). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and phenylchloroformate (68 uL, 0.54 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 15 minutes the reaction was concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (25% - 75% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded P- 520 (102 mg, 59%) as an off-white solid. (400MHz, DMSO-d6) 8.44 (s, 1 H), 8.30 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (dd, J= 1.5, 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 - 7.26 (m, 8 H), 7.24 - 7.17 (m, 1 H), 7.12 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 2 H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.33 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.96 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 477.1 (APCI+).
Example 266. Preparation of P-460
Figure imgf000337_0001
[00690] l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-3 -methyl-urea hydrochloride (P-460). Into an 8 mL vial was added P-520 (84 mg, 0.18 mmol), DMSO (2 mL), and 40% aq. MeNH2 (0.14 mL). After stirring for 30 minutes at room temperature, 5 mL of water was added. The product was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 2 mL) and the organics were concentrated. The white solid was triturated with ether to afford the free base compound. To the free base was added 4N HCl/dioxane (2 mL) and after stirring for 5 minutes at room temperature the solution was concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether to provide P-460 (42 mg, 53%) as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.64 (s, 1 H), 8.16 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 - 7.34 (m, 4 H), 7.28 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.80 (br s, 1 H), 6.30 (br s, 1 H), 4.44 (s, 2 H), 4.10 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 2.55 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 97.5%, 414.0 (APCI+).
Example 267. Preparation of P-461
Figure imgf000337_0002
[00691] l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-3-ethyl-imidazolidin-2-one hydrochloride (P -461). Into an 18 mL vial was added P-374 (65 mg, 0.16 mmol), THF (3 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. NaH (9 mg, 0.23 mmol) was added and the suspension was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. EtI (25 uL, 0.31 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Water was added and the product was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 3 mL). The organics were washed with water, brine, and concentrated. To the residue was added 2 mL of 4N HCl/dioxane. After stirring to dissolve, the solution was concentrated. The resulting residue was triturated with ether, filtered, washed with ether, and dried to give P-461 (51 mg, 65%) as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.63 (br s, 2 H), 8.07 (br s, 1 H), 7.60 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 - 7.33 (m, 4 H), 7.29 (d, J= 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.51 (s, 2 H), 4.09 (br s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.57 (s, 2 H), 3.31 (s, 2 H), 3.19 - 3.10 (m, 2 H), 1.10 - 0.97 (m, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 84.2%, 454.2 (APCI+).
Example 268. Preparation of P-462
Figure imgf000338_0001
P-372 P-462
[00692] l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-l-oxy-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-3 -ethyl-urea (P-462). Into an 18 mL vial was added P-372 (66 mg, 0.15 mmol), dichloromethane (4 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. mCPBA (69 mg, 0.31 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour after which 5 mL of saturated aqueous NaHCθ3 was added. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed sequentially with 5 mL each of saturated aqueous NaHCθ3, H2O, and brine. The residue was then washed with IN NaOH (2 x 5 mL) , water (5 mL), and brine (5 mL). The product was dried over Na2SO/t, filtered and concentrated to obtain P-462 (14.8 mg, 22%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.19 (s, 1 H), 7.53 - 7.34 (m, 4 H), 7.29 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 - 7.16 (m, 2 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.38 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.17 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.22 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 2 H), 3.91 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.09 - 2.91 (m, 2 H), 0.97 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 444.1 (APCI+).
Example 269. Preparation of P-463
mCPBA
Figure imgf000339_0001
Figure imgf000339_0002
[00693] l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-l-oxy-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-imidazolidin-2-one (P-463). Into an 18 mL vial was added P-374 (62 mg, 0.15 mmol), dichloromethane (4 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. mCPBA (82 mg, 0.36 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour after which 5 mL of aqueous IN NaOH was added. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 3 mL) . The organics were combined and washed with water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL) and then concentrated. The residue was taken up in 5 mL of EtOAc and it was washed with 5 mL of brine, dried over Na2SO/t, and concentrated to a solid. The residue was triturated with ether to afford P-463 (23.5 mg, 35%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.23 (s, 1 H), 7.49 - 7.34 (m, 4 H), 7.32 - 7.16 (m, 3 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.56 (s, 1 H), 4.31 (s, 2 H), 3.93 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.45 - 3.36 (m, 2 H), 3.32 - 3.25 (m, 2 H) ppm. LC/MS = 93.4%, 442.0 (APCI+).
Example 270. Preparation of P-465
Figure imgf000339_0003
P-344 1-240
[00694] [5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]- carbamic acid 2-chloro-ethyl ester (1-240). Into an 18 mL vial was added P-344 (100 mg, 0.28 mmol), dichloromethane (4 mL), TEA (78 uL, 0.56 mmol), and after the solution was cooled to 0 0C 2-Chloroethyl chloroformate (43 uL, 0.42 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then 5 mL of water was added. The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with 5 mL more dichloromethane. The organics were combined, washed with 5 mL of water and 5 mL of brine, dried over Na2SO4, and then concentrated. The residue which was obtained was used as is in the next reaction.
Figure imgf000340_0001
[00695] 3-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-oxazolidin-2-one hydrochloride (P -465). Into an 18 mL vial was added 1-240 (0.28 mmol), THF (3 mL), and NaH (28 mg, 0.70 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, 50 0C for 4 hours, and then room temperature for 3 days. To the reaction was added 5 mL of water and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The organics were washed with brine and then dried over Na2SO4. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 20% - 50% acetone/hexanes. The free base which was obtained was dissolved inl mL of 4N HCl/dioxane and then concentrated. Compound P-465 was obtained as a tan solid (24.1 mg, 19% for 2 steps). 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.52 (s, 1 H), 7.77 (br. s., 1 H), 7.49 - 7.32 (m, 6 H), 7.27 (br s, 1 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.47 (s, 2 H), 4.35 - 4.24 (m, 2 H), 4.01 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.57 - 3.50 (m, 2 H) ppm. LC/MS = 100.0%, 427.1 (APCI+).
Example 271. Preparation of P-521
Figure imgf000340_0002
[00696] N-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-oxalamic acid ethyl ester (1-241). Into an 18 mL vial was added P-344 (152 mg, 0.43 mmol), TEA (0.11 mL, 0.85 mmol), and dichloromethane (4 mL). The solution was cooled to 0 0C and ethyl chlorooxoacetate (71 uL, 0.64 mmoL) was added. After 20 minutes at room temperature the reaction was washed with brine and the organics were concentrated. The semi-solid was triturated with 1: 1 ether:EtOAc, filtered, and washed with EtOAc to provide 1-241 (69 mg, 35%) as a gray-blue solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ) 9.38 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 7.59 (dd, J= 4.0, 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.48 - 7.25 (m, 8 H), 7.22 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2 H), 4.39 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.32 - 4.18 (m, 2 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 1.27 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 97.9%, 457.0 (APCI+).
Figure imgf000341_0001
[00697] N-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2- ylmethyl]-oxalamide (P-521). Into an 8 mL vial was added 1-241 (14.8 mg, 0.032 mmol) and 2 mL of 7N NHs/MeOH. After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, the solution was concentrated to afford P-521 (11.9 mg, 87%) as a tan solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 9.15 (t, 1 H), 8.41 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.08 (br s, 1 H), 7.82 (br s, 1 H), 7.59 (dd, J= 1.9, 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 - 7.25 (m, 5 H), 7.19 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.39 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 2 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H) ppm. LC/MS = 98.9%, 428.0 (APCI+).
Example 272. Preparation of I- 145.
Chloromethylformate
Pyridine Tetrahydrofuran
Figure imgf000341_0003
Figure imgf000341_0002
1-32 1-145
[00698] Synthesis of Carbonic acid 3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl ester methyl ester (1-145). A solution of (3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy- biphenyl-3-yl)-methanol (1-32, 3.0Og, 11.3 mmol) in pyridine (2.31 g, 29.3 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was cooled to 0 0C in an ice water bath. The reaction vessel was purged with nitrogen and methyl chloroformate (2.34 g, 24.8 mmol) was added. The ice bath was removed and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The white suspension was adjusted to pH 2 by addition of 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (-25 mL) and the yellow biphasic solution was diluted with dichloromethane (200 mL) and water (150 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL). The dichloromethane extracts were combined, washed with water (2 x 200 mL) and brine (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-145 (3.84 g, quantitative yield).
[00699] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.41-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.29-7.26 (m, IH), 6.76 (dd, J= 8.40 Hz, 0.80 Hz, IH), 5.204 (s, 2H), 3.800 (s, 3H), 3.795 (s, 3H) ppm.
[00700] LCMS = 98.2% purity. MS(APCI+) = 249.0 (M-78), MS(APCI-) = 249.0 (M-
78).
Example 273. Preparation of P-376
Figure imgf000342_0001
I-243 I-244 P-376
[00701] Synthesis of 2-(3-chloro-phenyl)-3-methoxy-6-methyl-pyridine (1-243): To 2- bromo-3-methoxy-6-methylpyridine (0.2 g, 1.0 mmol), 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (1) (0.19 g, 1.2 mmol), PPh3 (0.13 g, 0.5 mmol), K2CO3 (0.06 g, 0.4 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (0.03 g, 0.12 mmol) was added dioxane (3 mL), and EtOH-H2O (1: 1, 1.5 mL). Ar gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 180 0C for 15 m using microwave oven (Biotage Intiator II). The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and H2O and dichloromethane (40 mL each) were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes then dichloromethane to afford 0.19 g (81%) of 1-243 as a viscous liquid.
[00702] Synthesis of 6-bromomethyl-2-(3-chloro-phenyl)-3-methoxy-pyridine (I- 244). To 1-243 (1.02 g, 4.36 mmol) and NBS (0.78 g, 4.36 mmol) in CCl4 (20 mL) was added benzoylperoxide (0.03 g, 0.12 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 80 0C under N2 for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in mixture of dichloromethane and hexanes (1: 1, 8 mL ) and purified by silica gel column chromatography using 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes to afford 0.83 g (61%) of 1-244 as a viscous liquid.
[00703] Synthesis of {4-[6-(3-chloro-phenyl)-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]- phenyl}-urea (P-376). To 1-244 (0.31 g, 1.0 mmol), [4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl- [l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyl]-urea (0.39 g, 1.5 mmol), (PPh3)4Pd (0.12 g, 0.1 mmol) and K3PO4 (0.42 g, 2.0 mmol) was added DME (8 mL), and EtOH-H2O (1 : 1, 4 mL). Ar gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 160 0C for 20 m using microwave oven (Biotage Intiator II). The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated and H2O and dichloromethane (50 mL each) were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 3-5% methanol in dichloromethane than triturated with 1: 1 ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford 0.023 g (6%) of P-376 as off-white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO- d6, 400 MHz): 8.42 (s, 1 H), 7.84-7.93 (m, 2 H), 7.4-7.54 (m, 3 H), 7.3 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 7.22 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.14 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 5.77 (s, 2 H), 3.99 (s, 2 H), 3.83 (s, 3 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 368.0 (M+l), LC-MS: 92.5%. Example 274. Preparation of P-379
Figure imgf000344_0001
1-244 p.379
[00704] Synthesis of 5-[6-(3-chloro-phenyl)-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-pyridin- 2-ylamine (P-379) To 1-244 (0.1 g, 0.32 mmol), 5 -(4,4,5,5 -tetramethyl [l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (0.08 g, 0.38 mmol), (PPh3)4Pd (0.04 g, 0.03 mmol) and K3PO4 (0.14 g, 0.64 mmol) was added DME (3 mL), and EtOH-H2O (1: 1, 1.54 mL). Ar gas was bubbled through the stirred reaction for 5 min. The reaction was stirred at 150 0C for 20 m using microwave oven (Biotage Intiator II). The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated. The residue was purified by prep TLC using 70% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford 0.06 g (55%) of P-379 as a viscous liquid. IH NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.03 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.93-4 -7.96 (m, 1 H), 7.82- 7.86 (m, 1 H), 7.34-7.58 (m, 3 H), 7.2 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.47 (dd, J= 8.4, 0.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.35 (s, 2 H), 4.01 (s, 2 H), 3.84 (s, 3 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 326.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 100%.
Example 275. Preparation of P-386
1) Ethylisocyanate Pyridine
2) 2 M HCI-Ether
Figure imgf000344_0003
Figure imgf000344_0002
P-379 P-386
[00705] Synthesis of l-{5-[6-(3-chloro-phenyl)-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]- pyridin-2-yl} -3 -ethyl-urea hydrochloride (P-386). To P-379 (0.05 g, 0.15 mmol) in pyridine (1.5 mL) was added ethylisocyanate (0.033 g, 0.46 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. Water and ethyl acetate (20 mL each) were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 30 mL), brine (20 mL), dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ether (2 mL), then 2M HCl in ether (0.5 ml) was added, stirred for 1 h. The ether layer was decanted, triturated with ether (2 x 2 mL), dried to afford 0.045 g (68%) of P-386 as light yellow solid. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz): 10.03 (br s, 1 H), 7.84-7.9 (m, 3 H), 7.76 (br s, 1 H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 -7.5 (m, 2 H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.08 (s, 2 H), 3.85 (s, 3 H), 3.15-3.23 (m, 2 H), 1.08 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 397.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 99%, HPLC 97.9% pure.
Example 276. Preparation of P-099
Figure imgf000345_0001
I-246
[00706] Synthesis of (4-Fluoro-phenyl)-(2 -hydro xy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3- yl)-methanone (1-246). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed nitrobenzene (1.0 mL) and AICI3 (92.7 mg, 0.695 mmol). After stirring for 5 minutes, A- fluorobenzoyl chloride (83.2 μL, 0.695 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for 1 hour at room temperature. Then, 1-81 (150 mg, 0.579 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 19 hours. The reaction mixture as quenched with water (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The extractions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to a yellow solid. The crude material was triturated with Et2O (5 mL) and the solid was collected by suction filtration. After the solid was washed with Et2O, 64.5 mg of 1-246 was isolated as a light yellow solid in 30% yield. MS(APCI-): 366.0 (M-I)
Figure imgf000345_0002
1-246 P-099 [00707] Synthesis of 3-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-2-ol (P-099) In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-246 (60 mg, 0.163 mmol) and triethylsilane (350 μL). The mixture was cooled in an ice- water bath and then TFA (350 μL) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and reacted for 17 hours. After this time period, additional triethylsilane (1.1 mL) and TFA (1.1 mL) was introduced and the reaction mixture was heated to 60 0C in an oil bath for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by a stream of N2, quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography utilizing 15% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 18.9 mg of P-099 as a viscous, tan oil in 33% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 4.73 (s, 1 H), 6.55 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 6.96-7.00 (m, 2 H), 7.01 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.19-7.22 (m, 2 H), 7.63 (t, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (dt, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.22-8.26 (m, 2 H) ppm. MS(APCI-): 352.1 (M-I); LC-MS: 98%.
Example 277. Preparation of P-137
Figure imgf000346_0001
[00708] Synthesis of 4-(2-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-carbonyl)- benzonitrile (1-247). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed nitrobenzene (2.0 mL) and AlCl3 (515 mg, 3.86 mmol). After stirring for 5 minutes, 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride (83.2 μL, 0.695 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for 30 minutes at room temperature. Then, 1-81 (200 mg, 0.771 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 0C for 17 hours. The reaction was quenched with IM HCl (4 mL), water was added (20 mL) and then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The material began to solidify which was increased by the addition of hexanes (4 mL). The solid was collected by suction filtration, washed with hexanes (3 x 1 mL) to produce 147 mg of 1-247 as a light yellow solid in 51% yield. MS(APCI-): 373.1 (M-I); LC-MS: 91%.
Figure imgf000347_0001
1-247
P-137
[00709] Synthesis of 4-[Hydroxy-(2-hydroxy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl)- methyl]-benzonitrile (P-137). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-247 (20 mg, 0.0534 mmol), absolute EtOH (300 μL), anhydrous THF (400 μL) followed by NaBH4 (40.5 mg, 1.07 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 17 hours. The reaction was quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to produce 12.0 mg of P-137 as an off-white solid in 63% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.01 (d, J= 3 Hz, 1 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 6.08 (m, 1 H), 6.55 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.13 (s, 1 H), 7.54 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.59 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.69-7.72 (m, 1 H), 8.19-8.22 (m, 1 H), 8.26-8.27 (m, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI-): 375.1 (M-I).
Example 278. Preparation of P- 138
Figure imgf000347_0002
1-247 P-138
[00710] Synthesis of 4-(2-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- benzonitrile(P-138). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-247 (60 mg, 0.160 mmol) and triethylsilane (600 μL). The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice- water bath and then TFA (600 μL) was added. The mixture was heated to 70 0C for 23 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by a stream of N2 followed by the addition of water (20 mL) and extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography utilizing 25% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 21.9 mg of P- 138 as a pale yellow solid in 38% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.72 (s, 3 H), 4.02 (s, 2 H), 4.77 (s, 1 H), 6.56 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J= 9 Hz, 2 H), 7.57 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.64-7.70 (m, 2 H), 8.24-8.27 (m, 2 H) ppm. MS(APCI-): 359.1 (M-I), LC-MS: >99%.
Example 279. Preparation of P- 157
Figure imgf000348_0001
[00711] Synthesis of (4-Dimethylamino-phenyl)-(2 -hydro xy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro- biphenyl-3 -yl)-methanone (1-248). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed nitrobenzene (2.5 mL) and AICI3 (773 mg, 5.80 mmol). After stirring for 5 minutes, A- dimethylamino-benzoyl chloride (533 mg, 2.90 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for 30 minutes at room temperature. Then, 1-81 (300 mg, 1.16 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 0C for 23 hours. The reaction was quenched with IM HCl (4 mL), water was added (20 mL) and then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography utilizing 10% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 167 mg of 1-248 as a yellow solid in 37% yield.
Figure imgf000349_0001
P-157
1-248
[00712] Synthesis of 3-(4-Dimethylamino-benzyl)-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-2-ol (P-157). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-248 (165 mg, 0.420 mmol) and triethylsilane (1.6 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and then TFA (1.6 mL) was added. The mixture was heated to 65 0C for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by a stream of N2 followed by the addition of water (25 mL) and extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography utilizing 50% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 52.4 mg of P-157 as a orange-red viscous oil in 33% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.91 (s, 6 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.90 (s, 2 H), 4.86 (s, 1 H), 6.55 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 6.69 (2, J= 9 Hz, 2 H), 7.11-7.15 (m, 3 H), 7.57 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.17-8.20 (m, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 379.1 (M+l); LC-MS: >99%.
Example 280. Preparation of P- 173
Figure imgf000349_0002
1-81 I-249
[00713] Synthesis of (2-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl)-(4-pyrazol-l-yl- phenyl)-methanone (1-249). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed nitrobenzene (2.4 mL) and AICI3 (515 mg, 3.86 mmol). After stirring for 5 minutes, A- pyrazol-1-yl-benzoyl chloride (318 mg, 1.54 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for 45 minutes at room temperature. Then, 1-81 (250 mg, 0.964 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 0C for 17 hours. The reaction was quenched with IM HCl (10 mL), water was added (15 mL) and then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography utilizing 50% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 257 mg of 1-249 as a yellow solid in 64% yield.
Figure imgf000350_0001
1-249 P-173
[00714] Synthesis of 6-Methoxy-3 '-nitro-3-(4-pyrazol- 1 -yl-benzyl)-biphenyl-2-ol (P- 173). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-249 (150 mg, 0.361 mmol) and triethylsilane (1.3 mL, 8.14). The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and then TFA (1.3 mL, 17.5 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 70 0C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by a stream of N2 followed by the addition of water (20 mL) and extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography utilizing 20% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 105 mg of P-173 as a yellow viscous oil in 33% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.73 (s, 3 H), 4.01 (s, 2 H), 4.79 (s, 1 H), 6.44-6.45 (m, 1 H), 6.56 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.13 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.33 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.60- 7.65 (m, 3 H), 7.69-7.71 (m, 2 H), 7.88 (d, J= 3 Hz, 1 H), 8.22-8.23 (m, 1 H), 8.24-8.26 (m, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 402.1 (M+l); LC-MS: >99%. Example 281. Preparation of P- 174
Figure imgf000351_0001
I-250
[00715] Synthesis of [4-(3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazol-4-yl)-phenyl]-(2 -hydro xy-6-methoxy- 3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl)-methanone (1-250) In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed nitrobenzene (2.4 mL) and AICI3 (515 mg, 3.86 mmol). After stirring for 5 minutes, 3,5-dimethyl-isoxazole-4-carbonyl chloride (246 mg, 1.54 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for 45 minutes at room temperature. Then, 1-81 (250 mg, 0.964 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 0C for 17 hours. The reaction was quenched with IM HCl (10 mL), water was added (15 mL) and then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography utilizing 50% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 194 mg of 1-250 as a light brown solid in 55% yield.
Figure imgf000351_0002
1-250 P-174
[00716] Synthesis of 3-[4-(3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazol-4-yl)-benzyl]-6-methoxy-3'-nitro- biphenyl-2-ol (P-174). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed TFA (114 μL, 1.22 mmol) and anhydrous dichloromethane (450 μL). The solution was cooled to about - 40 to -50 0C in an acetone-dry ice bath. Then NaBH4 (46.2 mg, 1.22 mmol) was added portion wise over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was warmed to 0 0C in an ice- water bath and then a solution of 1-250 (45 mg, 0.122 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (450 μL) was added drop wise over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and reacted for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was slowly quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by SiCh column chromatography utilizing 30% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 16.9 mg of P- 174 as a pale yellow viscous oil in 39% yield.
[00717] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.16 (s, 3 H), 2.32 (s, 3 H), 3.62 (s, 2 H), 3.71 (s, 3 H), 4.84 (s, 1 H), 6.51 (d, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 6.95 (d, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.66-7.70 (m, 2 H), 8.24-8.28 (m, 2 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 355.1 (M+l); LC-MS: >99%.
Example 282. Preparation of P- 180
Figure imgf000352_0001
P-138 P-1 go
[00718] Synthesis of 4-(2-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- benzaldehyde(P-180). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-138 (105 mg, 0.291 mmol) and anhydrous THF (950 μL). The solution was cooled in an ice-water bath for 10 minutes and then DIBAL-H (1.0M in hexanes, 1.46 mL, 1.46 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and reacted for 17 hours. The reaction was cooled in an ice-water bath, quenched slowly with IM HCl (4 mL) followed by the addition of water (20 mL) and extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography utilizing 25% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 32.4 mg of P-180 as an off-white solid in 31% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.72 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (s, 2 H), 4.76 (s, 1 H), 6.57 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.13 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.63-7.70 (m, 2 H), 7.81 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 8.24-8.26 (m, 2 H), 9.97 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI-): 362.1 (M-I); LC-MS: 99%. Example 283. Preparation of P- 183
Figure imgf000353_0001
P-180 P-183
[00719] Synthesis of 3-(4-Hydroxymethyl-benzyl)-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-2- ol(P-183). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-180 (23 mg, 0.0630 mmol) and anhydrous MeOH (250 μL). The mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and then NaBH4 (11.9 mg, 0.315 mmol) was added upon which the reaction mixture became a solution. The reaction was stirred for 22 hours at room temperature, quenched with IM aqueous HCl (4 mL) and water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography utilizing 50% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 15.1 mg of P-183 as an orange viscous oil in 65% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.98 (s, 2 H), 4.67 (s, 2 H), 4.74 (s, 1 H), 6.55 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.13 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.24-7.32 (m, 4 H), 7.62 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.68-7.71 (m, 1 H), 8.21-8.25 (m, 2 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 348.1 (M-17); LC-MS: >99%.
Example 284. Preparation of P- 190
Figure imgf000353_0002
[00720] Synthesis ofN-[4-(2-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-carbonyl)- phenyl]-acetamide (1-251). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed nitrobenzene (4.6 mL) and AlCl3 (1.23 g, 9.24 mmol). After stirring for 5 minutes, A- acetylamino-benzoyl chloride (913 mg, 4.62 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for 30 minutes at room temperature. Then, 1-81 (600 mg, 2.31 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 70 0C for 21 hours. The reaction was quenched with IM aqueous HCl (10 mL), water was added (100 mL) and then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (200 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was triturated with Et2θ (35 mL), collected by suction filtration and washed with Et2O (5 x 2 mL) to produce 333 mg of 1-251 as a pale orange solid in 35% yield. MS(APCI+): 407.0 (M+ 1)
Figure imgf000354_0001
1-251 P-190
[00721] Synthesis ofN-[4-(2-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- phenyl]-acetamide (P-190). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-251 (200 mg, 0.492 mmol) and triethylsilane (1.80 mL, 11.3). The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and then TFA (1.80 mL, 24.6 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 70 0C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by a stream of N2 followed by the addition of water (30 mL) and extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by SiO2 column chromatography utilizing 5% IM NH3 in MeOH/ dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 36.6 mg of P-190 as a light yellow solid in 19% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.16 (s, 3 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 4.74 (s, 1 H), 6.55 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (bs, 1 H), 7.7.11 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.20 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.42 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.62 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.68-7.70 (m, 1 H), 8.21-8.25 (m, 2 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 393.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 93%. [00722] Scheme 58.
Figure imgf000355_0001
I-254 P-260 P-267
Example 285. Preparation of P-260
[00723] Synthesis of 3-Iodo-4-methoxy-phenylamine (1-252). In a 3-neck 250 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a stir bar, condenser and N2 lines was placed iron powder (3.50 g, 62.7 mmol), ammonium chloride (4.88 g, 91.3 mmol), ethanol (72 mL) and water (23 mL). The mixture was heated to 85 0C and then 2-iodo-l-methoxy-4- nitro-benzene (5.0 g, 17.9 mmol) was added portion wise over a period of about 2 minutes. The mixture was allowed to stir at 85 0C for 2 hours and then filtered through Celite. The Celite was washed with EtOH (100 mL) and the filtrate was concentrated. To the concentrated material was added water (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organic portion was removed and the aqueous portion was re-extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (150 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 50% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 3.92 g of 1-252 as a brown semisolid in 88% yield. MS(ESI+): 250.1 (M+l).
[00724] Synthesis of l-(5'-Amino-2'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-ethanone (1-253). In a 3-neck 100 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a condenser, stir bar and N2 lines was placed 1-252 (2.92 g, 11.7 mmol), 3-acetlylphenylboronic acid (2.11 g, 12.9 mmol), potassium carbonate (4.85 g, 35.1 mmol), triphenylphosphine (921 mg, 3.51 mmol), 1,4- dioxane (23 mL), 50% aqueous ethanol (23 mL) followed by palladium (II) acetate (263 mg, 1.17 mmol). The mixture was heated to 90 0C for 16 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The palladium catalyst was removed via filtration and to the filtrate was added IM aqueous HCl (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 75 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (75 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 50% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 1.18 g of 1-253 as a pale orange oil in 42% yield. MS(APCI+): 242.0 (M+l).
[00725] Synthesis of l-[2'-Methoxy-5'-(4-nitro-phenylamino)-biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone (1-254). To a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed l-iodo-4-nitrobenzene (1.26 g, 5.07 mmol), cesium carbonate (2.20 g, 6.76 mmol), (±)-2,2'- bis(diphenylphosphino)-l,l'-binaphthalene (316 mg, 0.507 mmol), and a solution of I- 253 (816 mg, 3.38 mmol) in toluene (13.5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and then tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (310 mg, 0.338 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 110 0C for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and then filtered through Celite. The filtrate was treated with water (40 mL), IM HCl (40 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 75 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (75 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 35% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 277 mg of 1-254 as a dark orange solid in 23% yield.
[00726] Synthesis of l-[5'-(4-Amino-phenylamino)-2'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]- ethanone hydrochloride(P-260). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed iron powder (148 mg, 2.66 mmol), ammonium chloride (207 mg, 3.87 mmol), absolute EtOH (3.1 mL) and water (1.0 mL). The mixture was heated to 85 0C and then 1-254 (275 mg, 0.759 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered through Celite and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 75% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 207 mg of the free base as a dark orange oil in 82% yield. The free base was treated with 4.0 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1.0 mL) and stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was treated with diethyl ether (4 mL) and the solid was collected via suction filtration. After washing the solid with diethyl ether (3 x 2 mL), 20 mg of P-260 was isolated as a brown solid in 44% yield.
[00727] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.61 (s, 3 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 4.63 (br s, 1
H), 7.02-7.20 (m, 7H), 7.57 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.75 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.92 (d, J = 8 Hz,
IH), 8.02 (t, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 9.42 (br s, 3H) ppm. MS(APCI-): 366.9 (M-2)
Example 286. Preparation of P-267
[00728] Synthesis of N-[4-(3'-Acetyl-6-methoxy- biphenyl-3-ylamino)-phenyl]- methanesulfonamide (P-267). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-260 (free base) (60.0 mg, 0.180 mmol), anhydrous dichloromethane (600 μL), pyridine (14.6 μL, 0.180 mmol), methanesulfonyl chloride (13.9 μL, 0.180 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 17 hours and then quenched with IM aqueous HCl to pH 1-2. After adding water (20 mL), an extraction was performed with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 10% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 25 mg of P-267 as an off- white solid in 34% yield after drying in a high vacuum oven for 2 hours at 40 0C. [00729] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.2.63 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 3.81 (s, 3 H), 6.08 (br s, 1 H), 6.91-6.98 (m, 3 H), 7.11-7.14 (m, 4 H), 7.51 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (dt, J = 8, 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (t, J= 2 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 411.1 (M+ 1) LC-MS: 97%.
Example 287. Preparation of P-261
Figure imgf000358_0001
[00730] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1-255). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-223 (295 mg, 0.888 mmol), 4-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]- phenylboronic acid (232 mg, 0.977 mmol), potassium carbonate (270 mg, 1.95 mmol), 1,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (39.1 mg, 0.0888 mmol), allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (16.2 mg, 0.0444 mmol) and dimethylformamide (1.5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 0C for 17 hours. In order to consume residual 1-223, additional allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (32.5 mg, 0.0888 mmol) and 1,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (78.2 mg, 0.178 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 80 0C for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and to the filtrate was added water (40 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (40 mL). After an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 30% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 365 mg of 1-255 as a pale yellow solid in 91% yield.
Figure imgf000358_0002
[00731] Synthesis of l-[3'-(4-Amino-benzyl)-2'-fluoro-6'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]- ethanone; hydrochloride (P -261). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed I- 255 (265 mg, 0.590 mmol), dichloromethane (2.0 ml) and trifluoroacetic acid (438 μL, 5.90 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then quenched to pH 7 with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. After the addition of water (30 mL) and extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was treated with diethyl ether (3 mL) and 2.0 M HCl in diethyl ether (1 mL) and allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours. The solid was collected an washed with diethyl ether (3 x 2 mL) to produce 139 mg of P-261 as a pale orange powder in 61% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.59 (s, 3 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.96 (s, 2 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.20-7.34 (m, 5 H), 7.57 (d, J= 5 Hz, 2 H), 7.85 (bs, 1 H), 7.94-7.97 (m, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 350.1 (M+l- HCl).
Example 288. Preparation of P-269
Figure imgf000359_0001
P-261 P-269
[00732] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- urea (P-269). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-261 (31 mg, 0.0803 mmol), water (400 μL), acetic acid (200 μL) and sodium cyanate (20.9 mg, 0.321 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then water (20 mL) was added followed by an extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 75% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 18 mg of P-269 as an off-white solid in 56% yield. UH NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.62 (s, 3 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 4.59 (br s, 2 H), 6.27 (br s, 1 H), 6.72 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 (s, 4H), 7.52 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (dd, J= 9, 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (br s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 393.1 (M+l); LC-MS:
95%.
[00733] Scheme 59.
Pd2(dba)3 BINAP
Cs2CO3, t oluene
Figure imgf000360_0001
Figure imgf000360_0002
I-258
Example 289. Preparation of P-280
[00734] Synthesis of 3'-Chloro-2-methoxy-5-nitro-biphenyl (1-256). In a 3-neck 500 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a stir bar, condenser and nitrogen lines was placed was placed 2-iodo-l-methoxy-4-nitrobenzene (7.0 g, 25.1 mmol), 3- chlorophenylboronic acid (4.32 g, 27.6 mmol), potassium carbonate(10.4 g, 75.3 mmol), triphenylphosphine (1.98 g, 7.53 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (50 mL), 50% aqueous EtOH followed by palladium acetate (564 mg, 2.51 mmol). The mixture was heated to 90 0C in an oil bath for 16 hours and then quenched with IM aqueous HCl (80 mL). After the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, water (100 mL) and IM aqueous HCl (100 mL) were added followed by extractions with ethyl acetate (3 x 150 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (250 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 20% EtOAc/Hexanes as the eluent to produce 4.26 g of 1-256 as an orange solid in 64% yield. MS(ESI+): 263.3 (M+). [00735] Synthesis of S'-Chloro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S-ylamine (1-257). In a 3-neck 250 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a stir bar, condenser and nitrogen lines was placed iron powder (3.17 g, 56.7 mmol), ethanol (66 mL) and water (21 mL). The mixture was heated to 85 0C in an oil bath and then 1-256 (4.26 g, 16.2 mmol) was added and the reaction was continued at 85 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through Celite. To the filtrate was added water (150 mL) and extractions were performed with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column utilizing 65% EtOAc/Hexanes as the eluent to produce 2.87 g of 1-257 as an orange viscous oil in 76% yield. MS(APCI+): 234.0 (M+ 1)
[00736] Synthesis of (3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-(4-nitro-phenyl)-amine (I- 258). In a 3-neck 100 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a stir bar, condenser and nitrogen lines was placed 1-257 (1.2 g, 5.13 mmol), 4-iodo-nitrobenzene (1.92 g, 7.70 mmol), (±)-2,2'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-l,l'-binaphthalene (480 mg, 0.770 mmol), cesium carbonate (3.34 g, 10.3 mmol), toluene (21 mL) followed by tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (470 mg, 0.513 mmol). The mixture was heated to 100 0C in an oil bath for 17 hours and then cooled to room temperature and quenched with IM aqueous HCl (50 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and to the filtrate was added water (50 mL) followed by extractions with ethyl acetate (2 x 75 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 25% EtOAc/Hexanes as the eluent to produce 1.36 g of 1-258 as a red-orange solid in 75% yield.MS(APCI+): 355.1 (M+l)
[00737] Synthesis ofN-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-benzene-l,4-diamine; hydrochloride(P-280). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed iron powder (330 mg, 5.92 mmol), ethanol (6.9 mL) and water (2.2 mL). The mixture was heated to 85 0C in an oil bath and then 1-258 (600 mg, 1.69 mmol) was added and the reaction was continued at 85 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through Celite. To the filtrate was added water (50 mL) and extractions were performed with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 75% EtOAc/Hexanes as the eluent to produce 480 mg of the free base of P-280. To the free base was added Et2O (4 mL) and 2.0 M HCl in Et2O (2 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solid was collected, washed with Et2O (10 mL) and dichloromethane (8 mL) and then dried in a high vacuum oven set at 35 0C for 2 hours to produce 355 mg of P-280 as a pale blue solid in 58% yield. [00738] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 7.02-7.21 (m, 7 H), 7.38-7.45 (m, 3 H), 7.51-7.53 (m, 1 H), 9.97 (br s, 3 H) ppm. MS(ESI+): 326.4 [(M+1)-HC1]. LC/MS: 92%.
Example 290. Preparation of P-294
[00739] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylamino)-phenyl]-urea(P- 294). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-280 (150 mg, 0.415 mmol), water (2.4 mL), acetic acid (1.2 mL) and sodium cyanate (108 mg, 1.66 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours and then water (20 mL) was added followed by an extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 40% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 46 mg of P-294 as a light purple solid in 30% yield. 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 3.71 (s, 3 H), 5.67 (br s, 2 H), 6.90-6.92 (m, 3 H), 7.01 (s, 2 H), 7.23 (d, J= 9 Hz, 2 H), 7.37-7.49 (m, 4 H), 7.68 (s, 1 H), 8.23 (br s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 368.1 (M+l); LC- MS: 95%.
Example 291. Preparation of P-281
Figure imgf000362_0001
P-281
I-223 [00740] Synthesis of l-[3'-(2-Amino-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-2'-fluoro-6'-methoxy- biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone hydrochloride(P-281). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-223 (704 mg, 2.12 mmol), 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan- 2-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (515 mg, 2.33 mmol), potassium carbonate (879 mg, 6.36 mmol), l,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (280 mg, 0.636 mmol), allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (116 mg, 0.318 mmol) and dimethylformamide (4.2 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 70 0C for 65 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and to the filtrate were added water (40 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (40 mL). After an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 20% acetone/dichloromethane (gradient elution increased to 30%, then 40% acetone/dichloromethane) as the eluent to produce 341 mg of P-281 an off-white solid in 46% yield. Then P-281 (20 mg, 0.0569 mmol) was treated with 1,4-dioxane (1 mL) and the mixture was heated to form a solution. To this solution was added 4.0M HCl in 1,4- dioxane (1 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solvent was removed via nitrogen stream and the resulting solid was triturated with diethyl ether (1 mL), collected via suction filtration and washed with diethyl ether (3 x 1 mL) to produce 12 mg of P-281 HCl salt as a pale yellow solid in 55% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.59 (s, 3 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.83 (s, 2 H), 6.97 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.59 (d, J= 6 Hz, 2 H), 7.88 (bs, 1 H), 7.95-7.97 (m, 1 H), 8.36 (bs, 2 H). MS(APCI +): 352.1 [(M+1)-HC1]; LC-MS: 98%.
Example 292. Preparation of P-284
Figure imgf000363_0001
[00741] Synthesis ofN-[5-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-methanesulfonamide(P-284). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-281 (free base) (70.0 mg, 0.199 mmol), pyridine (800 μL) and methane sulfonyl chloride (15.4 μL, 0.199 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then heated to 50 0C for 2 hours and then quenched with aqueous IM HCl to pH 1-2. After adding water (20 mL), an extraction was performed with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 20% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 29 mg of P-284 as a light yellow solid in 34% yield after drying in a high vacuum oven for 2 hours at 35 0C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.62 (s, 3 H), 3.44 (s, 3 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H), 3.91 (s, 2 H), 6.76 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.158 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.59 (dd, J= 8, 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (t, J= 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (m, 1 H), 8.51 (s, 2 H), 9.85 (br s, IH) ppm. MS(APCI+): 430.0 (M+l); LC-MS: 92%. HPLC: 97%.
Example 293. Preparation of P-315
Figure imgf000364_0001
P-315
[00742] Synthesis of 1 -[5-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-3 -ethyl -urea (P-315), In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-281 (free base) (80 mg, 0.228 mmol), pyridine (1.0 mL) and ethyl isocyanate (36.1 μL, 0.456 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. TLC analysis indicated that the reaction mixture consisted of mostly starting materials. To the reaction mixture was added ethyl isocyanate (180 μL, 2.28 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 55 0C for 65 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (3 mL) and the resulting solid was collected, washed with water (3 x 2 mL), ethyl acetate (3 x 1 mL) and dried in a high vacuum oven set at 40 0C for 4 hours to produce 59 mg of P-315 as a white solid in 61% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 1.09 (t, J= 7 Hz, 3 H), 2.59 (s, 3 H), 3.18-3.26 (m, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.90 (s, 2 H), 6.97 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.57-7.59 (m, 2 H), 7.88 (s, 1 H), 7.94-7.97 (m, 1 H), 8.46 (s, 2 H), 8.91 (t, J= 4 Hz, 1 H), 9.61 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 423.1 (M+l); LC- MS: 94%, HPLC: 93%.
Example 294. Preparation of P-325
Figure imgf000365_0001
[00743] Synthesis of l-[3'-(2-Dimethylamino-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-2'-fluoro-6'- methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone (P-325). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-223 (200 mg, 0.602 mmol), dimethyl-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- [l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (165 mg, 0.662 mmol), potassium carbonate (250 mg, 1.81 mmol), l,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (79.6 mg, 0.181 mmol), allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (33.0 mg, 0.0903 mmol) and dimethylformamide (1.2 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 65 °C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and to the filtrate were added water (40 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (40 mL). After an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 90 mg of P- 325 as a yellow solid in 39% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.59 (s, 3 H), 3.07 (s, 6 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.77 (s, 2 H), 6.94 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.58 (d, J= 5 Hz, 2 H), 7.87 (s, 1 H), 7.94-7.96 (m, 1 H), 8.24 (s, 2 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 380.1 (M+l); LC-MS: >99%. Example 295. Preparation of P-362
Figure imgf000366_0001
P-362
[00744] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-urea (P-362). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-281 (free base) (30 mg, 0.0854 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (800 μL) pyridine (34.5 μL, 0.427 mmol) and trimethylsilyl isocyanate (57.8 μL, 0.427 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 90 0C for 18 hours and then water (15 mL) and IM HCl (15 mL) were added followed by an extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined and dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. To the residue was added hexanes until cloudy and the resulting solid was collected, washed with hexanes (3 x 1 mL) and dried in a high vacuum oven set at 40 0C for 4 hours to produce 8 mg of P-362 as a pale yellow solid in 23% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.59 (s, 3 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.80 (s, 2 H), 6.96 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.58-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1 H), 7.94-7.97 (m, 1 H), 8.29 (s, 2 H) ppm. LC-MS: >99%.
Example 296. Preparation of P-366
Figure imgf000366_0002
P-366
[00745] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Acetyl-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(2-chloro-ethyl)-urea (P-366). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-281 (free base) (70 mg, 0.199 mmol), chloroform (1.5 mL) and chloroethylisocyanate (17.0 μL, 0.199 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 65 0C for 18 hours. TLC analysis indicated a small amount of starting material was present. To the reaction mixture was added chloroethylisocyanate (50.9 0 μL, 0.597 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 75 0C for 22 hours. The reaction was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 15% acetone/dichlormethane and then recrystallized by dissolving the solid with dichloromethane (1 mL) and adding hexanes until cloudy. The solid was collected, washed with hexanes (3 x 1 mL) to produce 9 mg of P-366 as a white solid in 10% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.62 (s, 3 H), 3.69-3.72 (m, 4 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H), 3.89 (s, 2 H), 6.76 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.15 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 (s, 1 H), 7.51-7.59 (m, 2 H), 7.94-7.98 (m, 2 H), 8.38 (s, 2 H), 9.36 (br s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 457.1 (M+ 1).
Example 297. Preparation of P-288
Figure imgf000367_0001
1-258 1-259 P-288
[00746] Synthesis of (3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-methyl-(4-nitro-phenyl)- amine (1-259), In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-258 (600 mg, 1.69 mmol), anhydrous DMF (6.8 mL), NaH (60%)(94.6 mg, 2.37 mmol) and methyl iodide (579 μL, 9.30 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 0C for 17 hours and then quenched with water (30 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (30 mL). After extracting with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL), the extracts were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 20% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 490 mg of 1-259 as a yellow-orange solid in 79% yield. [00747] Synthesis ofN-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-N-methyl-benzene-l,4- diamine; hydrochloride (P-288). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed iron powder (260 mg, 4.66 mmol), ethanol (5.3 mL) and water (1.7 mL). The mixture was heated to 85 0C in an oil bath and then 1-259 (490 mg, 1.33 mmol) was added and the reaction was continued at 85 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through Celite. To the filtrate was added water (50 mL) and extractions were performed with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 50% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to produce 376 mg of the free base of P-288 as an orange, viscous oil. To the free base was added Et2θ (5 mL) and 2.0 M HCl in Et2O (3 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solid was collected, washed with Et2O (6 mL) and dried in a high vacuum oven set at 40 0C for 3 hours to produce 225 mg of P-288 as a light brown solid in 54% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.25 (s, 3 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 6.85 (d, J= 9 Hz, 2 H), 7.12 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.15-7.21 (m, 4 H), 7.38-7.44 (m, 3 H), 7.52-7.54 (m, 1 H), 9.84 (br s, 3 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 339.1 (M+l- HCl); LC-MS: 99%.
Example 298. Preparation of P-293
Figure imgf000368_0001
[00748] Synthesis of {4-[(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-methyl-amino]- phenyl}-urea (P-293). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-288 (100 mg, 0.266 mmol), water (1.6 mL), acetic acid (800 μL) and sodium cyanate (69.2 mg, 1.06 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours and then water (30 mL) was added followed by an extraction with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether (2 mL) to produce 49 mg of P-293 as an off-white solid in 48% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.19 (s, 3 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 5.72 (br s, 2 H), 6.87-6.89 (m, 3 H), 6.94 (dd, J= 9, 3 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J= 9 Hz, 2 H), 7.36-7.43 (m, 3 H), 7.48 (br s, 1 H), 8.34 (br s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 382.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 98%.
[00749] Scheme 60.
Figure imgf000369_0001
Et2O
Figure imgf000369_0002
Figure imgf000369_0003
P-334 P-335
Example 299. Preparation of P-334
[00750] Synthesis of l-[2'-Fluoro-6'-methoxy-3'-(4-nitro-benzyl)-biphenyl-3-yl]- ethanone (1-261) In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-223 (600 mg, 1.81 mmol), 4-nitrophenylboronic acid (332 mg, 1.99 mmol), potassium carbonate (750 mg, 5.43 mmol), l,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (239 mg, 0.543 mmol), allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (99.3 mg, 0.272 mmol) and dimethylformamide (3.6 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 0C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and to the filtrate were added water (40 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (40 mL). After an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 410 mg of 1-261 as a red-orange, wet solid in 60% yield. MS(ESI-): 378.5 (M-I).
[00751] Synthesis of 1 -[2'-Fluoro-6'-hydroxy-3 '-(4-nitro-benzyl)-biphenyl-3 -yl]- ethanone (1-262). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-261 (351 mg, 0.925 mmol) and dichloromethane (3.0 mL). The solution was cooled to -78 0C in a dry- ice/acetone bath over 15 minutes and then boron tribromide (1.0M in dichloromethane) (2.78 mL, 2.78 mmol) was added and the vial was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature over a period of 2 hours. The reaction was poured into ice-water (40 mL) and then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to produce 274 mg of 1-262 as a brown solid in 81% yield.
[00752] Synthesis of l-[6'-Ethoxy-2'-fluoro-3'-(4-nitro-benzyl)-biphenyl-3-yl]- ethanone (1-263). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was added 1-262 (200 mg, 0.547 mmol), dimethylformamide (3.6 mL) and iodoethane (131 μL, 1.64 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes and then potassium carbonate (227 mg, 1.64 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 mL) and acidified to pH 1 with IM HCl. An extraction was performed with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL) and the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to produce 185 mg of 1-263 as a red-orange oil in 86% yield.
[00753] Synthesis of 1 -[3 '-(4-Amino-benzyl)-6'-ethoxy-2'-fluoro-biphenyl-3 -yl]- ethanone; hydrochloride (P-334). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed iron powder (129 mg, 2.31 mmol), ethanol (5.6 mL) and water (850 μL). The mixture was heated to 85 0C in an oil bath and then 1-263 (260 mg, 0.661 mmol) was added and the reaction was continued at 85 0C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through Celite. To the filtrate was added water (50 mL) and extractions were performed with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 40% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent. To this purified material (free base) was added Et2O (3 mL) and 2.0 M HCl in Et2O (1.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solid was collected and dried in a high vacuum oven set at 40 0C for 3 hours to produce 46 mg of P-334 as an orange solid in 17% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 1.18 (t, J= 7 Hz, 3 H), 2.59 (s, 3 H), 3.47 (br s, 2 H), 3.96 (s, 2 H), 4.03 (q, J= 7 Hz, 2 H), 6.94 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.20-7.32 (m, 5 H), 7.55-7.62 (m, 2 H), 7.91 (s, 1 H), 7.94 (dt, J= 7, 2 Hz, 1 H) ppm. [00754] MS(APCI+): 364.1 (M+l- HCl); LC-MS: 98%.
Example 300. Preparation of P-335
[00755] Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Acetyl-6-ethoxy-2-fluoro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-phenyl]- urea (P-335). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-334 (38 mg, 0.0950 mmol), water (500 μL), acetic acid (250 μL) and sodium cyanate (24.7 mg, 0.380 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then water (3 mL) was added and then the pH was adjusted to 6 with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The resulting solid was collected and dried in a high vacuum oven set at 40 0C for 4 hours to produce 20 mg of P-335 as a pale orange solid in 53% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.27 (t, J= 7 Hz, 3 H), 2.62 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 3.99 (q, J= 7 Hz, 2 H), 4.65 (s, 2 H), 6.40 (s, 1 H), 6.70 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.078 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 (s, 4 H), 7.50 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.62 (dd, J= 8, 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (dt, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (br s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 407.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 94%.
Example 301. Preparation of P-340
Figure imgf000371_0001
P-269 P-340 [00756] Synthesis of {4-[2-Fluoro-3 '-(1 -hydroxy-ethyl)-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 - ylmethyl] -phenyl} -urea (P-340). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P- 269 (21 mg, 0.0535 mmol), methanol (200 μL) and sodium borohydride (6.1 mg, 0.161 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and then quenched with water (2 mL) and IM aqueous HCl (4 mL). After stirring for 20 minutes, a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution was used to adjust the mixture to pH 7-8. After extracting with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified via column chromatography utilizing 40% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent produce 10 mg of P-340 as a white solid in 49% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 1.33 (d, J= 6 Hz, 3 H), 3.69 (s, 3 H), 3.83 (s, 2 H), 4.70-4.78 (m, 1 H), 5.15 (d, J= 4 Hz, 1 H), 5.76 (s, 2H), 6.89 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.06 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.13 (d, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.25-7.36 (m, 4 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 377.1 [(M+l)-18]; LC-MS: >99%.
Example 302. Preparation of P-381
Figure imgf000372_0001
P-168 P-381
[00757] Synthesis ofN-[4-(2-Fluoro-6-methoxy-3'-pyrrolidin-l-yl-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-phenyl]-acetamide (P-381). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-168 (100 mg, 0.233 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (800 μL) and pyrrolidine (117 μL, 1.40 mmol). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes and then dichlorobis(chloro tert-butyl phosphine) palladium (50.2 mg, 0.0932 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 85 0C for 20 hours and then filtered through Celite. The filtrate was treated with water (20 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (20 mL). After an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 20% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent and to produce 31 mg of P-381 as a pale orange solid in 32% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 1.38 (d, J= 14 Hz, 4 H), 2.01 (s, 3 H), 3.24 (m, 4 H), 3.65 (s, 3 H), 3.84 (s, 2 H), 6.76 (d, 1 H), 6.84 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 6.93 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.17 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 (br s, 1 H), 7.30-7.32 (m, 1 H), 7.48 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 9.83 (s, 1 H) ppm. LC-MS: 92%.
Example 303. Preparation of P-390
Figure imgf000373_0001
P-168
P-390
[00758] Synthesis of N-[4-(2-Fluoro-6-methoxy-3'-morpholin-4-yl-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-phenyl]-acetamide (P-390). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-168 (80 mg, 0.187 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (27.0 mg, 0.281 mmol), toluene (700 μL), morpholine (19.6 μL, 0.224 mmol) and 2,8,9-triisobutyl-2,5,8,9- tetraaza-l-phosphabicyclo[3.3.3]undecane (13.3 μL, 0.0374 mmol). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 15 minutes and then tris(dibenzylideneacetone)- dipalladium(O) (8.56 mg, 0.00935 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 90 0C for 18 hours and then filtered through Celite. The filtrate was treated with water (20 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (20 mL). After an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 10% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent and to produce 21 mg of P-390 as an off white solid in 26% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.01 (s, 3 H), 3.09 (t, J= 5 Hz, 4 H), 3.69 (s, 3 H), 3.72 (t, J= 5 Hz, 4 H), 3.85 (s, 2 H), 6.72 (d, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 6.83 (br s, 1 H), 6.87 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 6.92 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.13 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.18-7.27 (m, 2 H), 7.47 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.69-7.80 (m, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 435.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 95%. Example 304. Preparation of P-385
Figure imgf000374_0001
P-385
[00759] Synthesis of 4-[5'-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-morpholine (P-385). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-185 (200 mg, 0.678 mmol), 4-[3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyl]-morpholine (216 mg, 0.746 mmol), potassium carbonate (281 mg, 2.03 mmol), triphenylphosphine (53.3 mg, 0.203 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (1.1 mL), 50% aqueous ethanol (1.1 mL) followed by palladium (II) acetate (15.2 mg, 0.0678 mmol). The mixture was heated to 90 0C for 18 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The palladium catalyst was removed via filtration through Celite. To the filtrate were added water (30 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (30 mL). After the aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 20% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent and dried in a high vacuum oven set at 40 0C for 9 hours to produce 137 mg of P-385 as a yellow viscous oil in 54% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.18 (t, J= 5 Hz, 4 H), 3.78 (s, 3 H), 3.87 (t, J= 5 Hz, 4 H), 3.92 (s, 2 H), 6.87-7.01 (m, 5 H), 7.04 (t, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (dd, J= 8, 3 Hz, 1 H), 7.12-7.17 (m, 3 H), 7.30 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 378.1 (M+l); LC- MS: >99%
Example 305. Preparation of P-391
Figure imgf000375_0001
P-391
[00760] Synthesis of 2-Chloro-6-[5-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridine (P- 391). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-185 (250 mg, 0.847 mmol), 2-chloro-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridine (243 mg, 1.02 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (122 mg, 1.27 mmol) and 1,4-dioxane. The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes and then dichlorobis(chloro tert-butyl phosphine) palladium (122 mg, 0.127 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 90 0C for 18 hours and then filtered through Celite. The filtrate was treated with water (20 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (20 mL). After an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent. The material was then recrystallized with diethyl ether and hexanes to produce 29 mg of P-391 as a white solid in 10% yield. [00761] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.84 (s, 3 H), 3.96 (s, 2 H), 6.91 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 6.94-6.98 (m, 2 H), 7.12-7.17 (m, 2 H), 7.23 (dd, J= 8, 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8, 1 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 328.0 (M+l); LC-MS: 97%.
[00762] Scheme 61.
Figure imgf000376_0001
Example 306. Preparation of P-395
[00763] Synthesis of Carbonic acid 3'-cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl ester methyl ester (1-266). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-265 (465 mg, 1.81 mmol), anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (6.0 mL) and pyridine (381 μL, 4.71 mmol). The resulting clear solution was cooled in an ice water bath for 10 minutes and then methyl chloroformate (308 μL, 3.98 mmol) was added and reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and reacted for 17 hours. The reaction was acidified to pH 1 with IM HCl, water (30 mL) was added followed by an extraction with dichlormethane (2 x 60 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. After drying in a high vacuum oven for 2 hours at 45 0C, 378 mg of 1-266 was isolated as a light yellow in 66% yield.
[00764] Synthesis of 3'-(2-Amino-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-2'-fluoro-6'-methoxy- biphenyl-3-carbonitrile (P-395). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed I- 266 (120 mg, 0.381 mmol), 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyrimidin- 2-ylamine (92.7 mg, 0.419 mmol), potassium carbonate (158 mg, 1.14 mmol), 1,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (50.3 mg, 0.114 mmol), allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (20.9 mg, 0.0572 mmol) and dimethylformamide (1.3 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 85 0C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and to the filtrate were added water (30 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (30 mL). After an extraction with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 10% acetone/dichloromethane and then 30% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 62 mg of P-395 as a pale yellow solid in 49% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ) δ 3.73 (s, 5 H), 6.47 (s, 2 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.33 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.61-7.69 (m, 2 H), 7.82-7.84 (m, 2 H), 8.12 (s, 2 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 335.1 (M+ 1); LC-MS: 94%.
Example 307. Preparation of P-399
[00765] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-3 -ethyl -urea (P-399). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-395 (60 mg, 0.180 mmol), pyridine (600 μL) and ethyl isocyanate (71.2 μL, 0.900 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. TLC analysis indicated that the reaction mixture consisted of about 50% starting materials. To the reaction mixture was added ethyl isocyanate (71.2 μL, 0.900 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 55 0C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (4 mL) and the resulting solid was collected, washed with water (3 x 2 mL), ethyl acetate (3 x 2 mL) and dried in a high vacuum oven set at 40 0C for 18 hours to produce 36 mg of P-399 as a white solid in 49% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 1.09 (t, J= 7 Hz, 3 H), 3.19-3.25 (m, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.89 (s, 2 H), 6.98 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.61-7.70 (m, 2 H), 7.83-7.85 (m, 2 H), 8.46 (s, 2 H), 8.91 (t, J= 6 Hz, 1 H), 9.611 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 406.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 92%. [00766] Scheme 62
*
Figure imgf000378_0001
Example 308. Preparation of P-400
[00767] Synthesis of 5-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (1-267) In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-42 (1.0 g, 3.57 mmol), 5-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (865 mg, 3.93 mmol), potassium phosphate (tribasic) (1.52 g, 7.14 mmol), dimethoxyethane (6.0 mL) and 50% aqueous ethanol (6.0 mL). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes and then add tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (619 mg, 0.536 mmol). The mixture was heated to 60 0C for 4 hours and then the palladium catalyst was filtered off. To the filtrate were added water (50 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL). After extracting with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 10% acetone/dichloromethane, 30% acetone/dichloromethane, 40% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 308 mg of 1-267 as a yellow viscous oil in 29% yield. MS(APCI+): 295.0 (M+ 1); LC-MS: >99%.
[00768] Synthesis of l-[5-(3-Bromo-4-methoxy-benzyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-ethyl-urea (I- 268). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-267 (300 mg, 1.02 mmol), pyridine (3.5 mL) and ethyl isocyanate (646 μL, 8.16 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 mL) and IM aqueous HCl (30 mL). After extracting with dichloromethane (2 x 60 mL), the organic portions were washed with IM aqueous HCl (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude sticky material was recrystallized with diethyl ether (2 mL), ethyl acetate(l mL) and hexanes (700 μL). The resulting solid was collected by suction filtration and washed with diethyl ether (2 x ImL) to produce 49 mg of 1-268 as an off-white solid in 13% yield. MS(APCI+): 366.0 (M+l); LC-MS: 98%.
[00769] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Cyano-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]- 3 -ethyl-urea (P -400). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-268 (47 mg, 0.129 mmol), 3-cyanophenylboronic acid (22.7 mg, 0.155 mmol), potassium phosphate (tribasic) (54.8 mg, 0.258 mmol), dimethoxyethane (250 μL) and 50% aqueous ethanol (250 μL). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 15 minutes and then add tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (14.9 mg, 0.0129 mmol). The mixture was heated to 85 0C for 18 hours and then the palladium catalyst was filtered off. To the filtrate were added water (20 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (20 mL). After extracting with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 15% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 27 mg of P- 400 as a white solid in 55% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 1.07 (t, J= 7 Hz, 3 H), 3.13-3.20 (m, 2 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 3.84 (s, 2 H), 7.07 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 (s, 1 H), 7.25 (s, 1 H), 7.55-7.62 (m, 3 H), 7.77-7.82 (m, 1 H), 7.90 (m, 1 H), 8.10 (br s, 1 H), 9.06 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 387.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 98%.
Example 309. Preparation of P-433
Figure imgf000379_0001
dioxane
1-214
[00770] Synthesis of 4-Tributylstannanyl-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (1-214). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 4-iodo-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (1.26 g, 5.48 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (18 mL), and bis(tributyl)tin (3.32 mL, 6.58 mmol). After the reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 15 minutes, bis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(II) dichloride (192 mg, 0.274 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 90 0C for 18 hours and then quenched with 2.2 M aqueous potassium fluoride (100 ml) in order to consume excess tin reagent. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the mixture was filtered through Celite. To the filtrated was added water (50 mL), followed by extractions with ethyl acetate (5 x 100 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with 2.2 M aqueous potassium fluoride (150 mL), water (150 mL) and brine (150 mL). After drying the organic portion with magnesium sulfate, the material was concentrated and purified by column chromatography utilizing 5% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 1.24 g of 1-214 as a colorless oil in 58% yield. MS(APCI+): 394.0 (M+l)
Figure imgf000380_0001
[00771] Synthesis of 4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carbonitrile (P-433). In an 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-33 (162 mg, 0.492 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (2.3 mL), and 1-214 (232 mg, 0.590 mmol). After the reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes, bis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(II) dichloride (17.3 mg, 0.0246 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 80 0C for 18 hours. To the reaction mixture was added water (40 mL) followed by extractions with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (40 mL), dried (magnesium sulfate) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 102 mg of P-433 as an orange oil in 59% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 3.74 (s, 3 H), 4.06 (s, 2 H), 6.98 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.28-7.30 (m, 1 H), 7.38-7.47 (m, 4 H), 7.56 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (s, 1 H), 8.65 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 354.0 (M+l); LC-MS: 97%. Example 310. Preparation of P-437
Figure imgf000381_0001
P-437
[00772] Synthesis of C-[4-(3 '-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-methylamine (P-437). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-433 (95 mg, 0.269 mmol), methanol (2.8 mL), concentrated HCl (113 μL, 1.35 mmol), 10% palladium on activated carbon (19.0 mg), followed by attachment of a balloon of hydrogen. The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours and then filtered through Celite. To the filtrate was added water (20 mL), the pH was adjusted to 10-11 with IM NaOH, and extractions were done with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (magnesium sulfate) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing 10% methanol/dichloromethane to produce 14 mg of P-437 as a black, semi-solid in 14% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.17 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.78 (s, 2 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H),6.96 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.06-7.07 (m, 1 H), 7.28-7.47 (m, 6 H), 8.37 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 358.0 (M+l); LC-MS: 96%.
[00773] Scheme 63
Figure imgf000381_0002
1-271 P-454 Example 311. Preparation of P-454
[00774] Synthesis of 2-Bromo-l-methoxy-4-(4-nitro-benzyl)-benzene (1-269). In a 100 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-42 (2.0 g, 7.14 mmol), 4-nitrophenylboronic acid (2.27 g, 7.85 mmol), potassium phosphate (tribasic) (3.03 g, 14.3 mmol), dimethoxyethane (12 mL) and 50% aqueous ethanol (12 mL). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes and then added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (825 mg, 0.714 mmol). The mixture was heated to 60 0C for 4 hours and then the palladium catalyst was filtered off. To the filtrate were added water (50 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (100 mL). After extracting with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (150 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 15% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 1.06 g of 1-269 as a pale yellow solid in 46% yield. MS(APCI-): 321.2 (M-I).
[00775] Synthesis of 3'-Chloro-2-methoxy-5-(4-nitro-benzyl)-biphenyl (1-270). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-269 (960 mg, 2.98 mmol), 3- chlorophenylboronic acid (559 mg, 3.58 mmol), ), potassium phosphate (tribasic) (1.27 g, 5.96 mmol), dimethoxyethane (5 mL) and 50% aqueous ethanol (5 mL) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (344 mg, 0.298 mmol). The mixture was heated to 67 0C for 65 hours and then the palladium catalyst was filtered off. To the filtrate were added water (50 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (70 mL). After extracting with ethyl acetate (3 x 75 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (80 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 1.05 g of 1-270 as a yellow viscous oil in quantitative yield. MS(APCI-): 351.8 (M-2).
[00776] Synthesis of 4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenylamine (I- 271). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed iron powder (586 mg, 10.5 mmol), ethanol (12 mL) and water (3.8 mL). The mixture was heated to 85 0C in an oil bath and then 1-270 (1.05 g, 3.00 mmol) was added and the reaction was continued at 85 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through Celite. To the filtrate was added water (60 mL) and extractions were performed with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (60 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to produce 862 mg of 1-271 as a pale orange viscous oil in 89% yield. MS(APCI+): 324.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 97%.
[00777] Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Chloro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S -ylmethyl)-phenyl]-thiazol- 2-yl-amine (P-454). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-271 (70 mg, 0.216 mmol), 2-bromothiazole (38.5 μL, 0.432 mmol), 10% aqueous ethanol (1.1 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (36.0 μL, 0.432 mmol). The mixture was heated to 95 0C for 18 hours and then combined with the reaction mixture from a 50 mg scale reaction of the exact same type. After water (30 mL) and 5% aqueous potassium carbonate (30 mL) were added, the aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL) and the organic portions were combined, washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried (magnesium sulfate) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography utilizing 3% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 70 mg of P-454 as viscous, light yellow oil in 47% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.79 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 6.61 (d, J= 4 Hz, 1 H), 6.91 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.12-7.19 (m, 5 H), 7.27-7..33 (m, 4 H), 7.38 (dt, J= 7, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (t, J= 2 Hz, 1 H). MS(APCI+): 407.0 (M+l); LC-MS: 99%.
Example 312. Preparation of P-458
Figure imgf000383_0001
1-177 P-458
[00778] Synthesis of 2- {[5-(3 '-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-methyl-amino} -ethanol (P-458). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-177 (40 mg, 0.110 mmol), 2-(methylamino)-ethanol (13.2 μL, 0.165 mmol), isopropanol (600 μL) and diisopropylethylamine (57.5 μL, 0.330 mmol). The mixture was heated to 80 0C for 18 hours, combined with an identical 20 mg scale reaction and then treated with water (30 mL), IM HCl (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (magnesium sulfate) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 10% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 35 mg of P-458 as a colorless, viscous oil in 52% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.10 (s, 3 H), 3.52-3.53 (m, 4 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 3.75 (s, 2 H), 4.64 (t, J= 5 Hz, 1 H), 6.93 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.27-7.32 (m, 2 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H), 7.43-7.47 (m, 2 H), 8.22 (s, 2 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 402.0 (M+l); LC-MS: 99%.
Example 313. Preparation of P-467
Figure imgf000384_0001
1-271 P^67
[00779] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-(l- methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-amine (P-467). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-271 (150 mg, 0.463 mmol), 2-bromo-l-methyl-lH-imidazole (67.8 μL, 0.695 mmol), p-toluenesulfonic acid (106 mg, 0.556 mmol) and toluene (2.0 mL). The mixture was heated to 115 0C for 18 hours and then treated with water (30 mL) followed by adjustment to pH 10 with 5% aqueous potassium carbonate. After extracting with ethyl acetate (2 x 35 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 5% then 50% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 89 mg of P-467 as a pale orange solid in 47% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-Ci6) δ 3.45 (s, 3 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.82 (s, 2 H), 6.61 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 6.81 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.02-7.07 (m, 3 H), 7.15 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (dd, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.24 (d, J= 8, 2 H), 7.35-7.44 (m, 3 H), 7.48 (bs, 1 H), 8.09 (s, 1 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 404.1 (M+l). LC-MS: >99%. [00780] Scheme 64:
Figure imgf000385_0001
I-274 P-515
Example 314. Preparation of P-515
[00781] Synthesis of 4-[4-(3-Bromo-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzyl)-pyridin-2-yl]- piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1-273). In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-31 (642 mg, 2.15 mmol), 4-[4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl- [l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (922 mg, 2.37 mmol), potassium phosphate (tribasic) (913 mg, 4.30 mmol), dimethoxyethane (3.6 mL) and 50% aqueous ethanol (3.6 mL). After degassing with nitrogen for 15 minutes, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (248 mg, 0.215 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 60 0C for 5 hours and then the palladium catalyst was removed by filtering through Celite. To the filtrate were added water (50 mL) and a saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL). After extracting with ethyl acetate (3 x 75 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (75 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 35% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 495 mg of 1-273 as a yellow, viscous oil in 48% yield. MS(APCI+): 480.0 (M+l); [00782] Synthesis of 4-[4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1-274). In a 18 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-273 (490 mg, 1.02 mmol), 3-chlorophenyl boronic acid (191 mg, 1.22 mmol), potassium phosphate (tribasic) (433 mg, 2.04 mmol), dimethoxyethane (2.0 mL) and 50% aqueous ethanol (2.0 mL). After degassing with nitrogen for 15 minutes, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (118 mg, 0.102 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 90 0C for 22 hours and then the palladium catalyst was removed by filtering through Celite. To the filtrate was added water (150 mL) followed by extractions with ethyl acetate (3 x 75 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (75 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 25% then 35% ethyl acetate/hexanes as the eluent to produce 360 mg of 1-274 as a pale yellow solid in 69% yield. MS(APCI+): 512.1 (M+)
[00783] Synthesis of l-[4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-piperazine (P-515) In a 40 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed I- 274 (360 mg, 0.703 mmol) and dichlormethane (2.3 mL). The solution was cooled in an ice-water bath for 10 minutes and then trifluoroacetic acid (522 μL, 7.03 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and then concentrated by a stream of nitrogen. To the oil was added water (50 mL), a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (till pH 8) followed by extractions with dichloromethane (2 x 75mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column utilizing 10%, 15% and then 20% methanol/dichloromethane as the eluent to produce 120 mg of P-515 as an off- white solid in 41% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.80 (t, J= 5 Hz, 4 H), 3.39 (t, J= 5 Hz, 4 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.84 (s, 2 H), 6.46 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1 H), 6.69 (s, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (bd, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.41- 7.47 (m, 2 H), 7.98 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 412.1 (M+l); LC-MS: >99%. Example 315. Preparation of P-518
Figure imgf000387_0001
P-518
[00784] Synthesis of 4-[4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid amide (P-518). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-515 (50 mg, 0.121 mmol), water (800 μL), acetic acid (400 μL) and sodium cyanate (31.5 mg, 0.484 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then water (30 mL) was added. After adjusting to pH 8 with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, the aqueous portion was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to produce an off-white solid. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether (1 mL), collected and dried in a high vacuum oven for 18 hours to produce 17 mg of P-518 as an off-white solid in 30% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.36-3.44 (m, 8 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.85 (s, 2 H), 6.03 (s, 2 H), 6.48 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1 H), 6.76 (s, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.33 (t, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 7.41-7.47 (m, 2 H), 8.00 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 455.1 (M+l).
Example 316. Preparation of P-519
Figure imgf000387_0002
[00785] Synthesis of 4-[4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid ethylamide (P-519). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed P-515 (60 mg, 0.146 mmol), pyridine (500 μL) and ethyl isocyanate (92.5 μL, 1.17 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then treated with water (20 mL) and a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL). After extractions with dichloromethane (3 x 30 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with IM HCl (2 x 30 mL), brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to produce an off-white solid. The crude material was triturated with diethyl ether (1 mL), collected and dried in a high vacuum oven for 18 hours to produce 22 mg of P-519 in 31% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 1.02 (t, J= 4 Hz, 3 H), 3.05-3.18 (m, 2 H), 3.42 (br s, 4 H), 3.53 (br s, 4 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (s, 2 H), 6.57 (m, 2 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.28 (d, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.35-7.48 (m, 3 H), 7.96 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 483.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 98%.
Example 317. Preparation of P-527
Figure imgf000388_0001
P-527
[00786] Synthesis of 2-[l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl]-pyridine (P-527). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 2- (lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyridine (31.4 mg, 0.216 mmol), DMF (600 μL) and sodium hydride (60%)(l 1.9 mg, 0.296 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 25 minutes and then a solution of 1-33 (75 mg, 0.228 mmol) and DMF (600 μL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction was quenched with water (40 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 35 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 30% acetone/dichloromethane to produce 58 mg (65%) of P-527 as a colorless viscous oil. [00787] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 5.39 (s, 2 H), 7.00 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.15-7.18 (m, 1 H), 7.29-7.31 (m, 1 H), 7.36 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (s, 1 H), 7.42-7.49 (m, 2 H), 7.65 (dt, J= 8, 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (td, J= 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (s, 1 H), 8.36 (s, 1 H), 8.48-8.50 (m, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 394.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 92%.
Example 318. Preparation of P-528
Figure imgf000389_0001
P-528
[00788] Synthesis of 4-[l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl]-pyridine (P-528). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed A- (lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyridine (31.4 mg, 0.216 mmol), DMF (600 μL) and sodium hydride (60%)(l 1.9 mg, 0.296 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 25 minutes and then a solution of 1-33 (75 mg, 0.228 mmol) and DMF (600 μL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction was quenched with water (40 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 35 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 40% acetone/dichloromethane to produce 41 mg of P-528 as a white solid in 46% yield. [00789] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 5.38 (s, 2 H), 7.00 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (br d, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (s, 1 H), 7.42-7.48 (m, 2 H), 7.57-7.58 (m, 2 H), 8.09 (s, 1 H), 8.49 (m, 3 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 394.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 90%.
Example 319. Preparation of P-544
Figure imgf000390_0001
P-544
[00790] Synthesis of 2-[l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl]-pyridine hydrochloride salt (P-544). In an 8 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 2-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-pyridine (41.8 mg, 0.288 mmol), DMF (800 uL) and sodium hydride (15.8 mg, 0.394 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 25 minutes and then a solution of 1-33 (100 mg, 0.303 mmol) in DMF (800 uL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction was quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography utilizing 15% acetone/dicholormethane as the eluent to produce 79 mg as a colorless, viscous oil. The hydrochloride salt was formed by treated the purified product with 1,4-dioxane (500 uL) and 4.0M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (500 uL). After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature the reaction mixture was concentrated and dried in a high vacuum oven set at 35 0C for 18 hours to provide 80 mg of P-544 as a white solid in 62% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 5.49 (s, 2 H), 7.01 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (s, 1 H), 7.30 (br d, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.36-7.40 (m, 2 H), 7.43-7.49 (m, 2 H), 7.59 (br s, 1 H), 8.01 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.16 (bs, 2 H), 8.65 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 394.1 (M+1-HC1); LC-MS: >99%.
Example 320. Preparation of P-545
Figure imgf000391_0001
P-545
[00791] Synthesis of 2-[l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl]-pyrazine (P-545). Same as procedure for P-544. Target compound crashed out of DMF with addition of water (6 mL), collect solid, wash with water (3 x 2 mL), dry in vacuum oven to afford 46 mg (35 %) of P-545 as an off- white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 5.42 (s, 2 H), 7.01 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (br d, J= 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (t, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 2 H), 8.14 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (s, 1 H), 8.54-8.55 (m, 1 H), 8.99 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 395.1 (M+l); LC-MS: 99%.
Example 321. Preparation of P-546
Figure imgf000391_0002
[00792] Synthesis of 4-[l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yi]-pyrimidine hydrochloride salt (P-546). Same as procedure for P-544. Purification was performed using 30% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent. HCl salt formation provided 73 mg of P-546 HCl salt as a white solid in 56% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 5.43 (s, 2 H), 7.01 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (br d, J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (br s, 1 H), 7.40-7.49 (m, 3 H), 7.79 (dd, J= 6, 1 Hz, 1 H), 8.21 (s, 1 H), 8.61 (s, 1 H), 8.71 (br d, J= 5 Hz, 1 H), 9.07 (s, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 395.1 (M+ 1 -HCl); LC-MS: >99%.
Example 322. Preparation of P-549
Figure imgf000392_0001
P-549
[00793] Synthesis of 3-[l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH- imidazol-2-yl]-pyridine hydrochloride salt (P-549). Same as procedure for P-544. Purification was performed using 5% methanol/dichloromethane as the eluent. HCl salt formation provided 14 mg of P-549 as a pale yellow solid in 11% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.74 (s, 3 H), 5.47 (s, 2 H), 6.96 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.21-7.23 (m, 1 H), 7.28-7.31 (m, 2 H), 7.44-7.46 (m, 2 H), 7.67-7.70 (m, 1 H), 7.88 (s, 2 H), 8.23 (dt, J = 8, 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.85 (dd, J= 5, 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.94 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 394.1 (M+1-HC1); LC-MS: >99%.
Example 323. Preparation of P-559
Figure imgf000392_0002
P-559
[00794] Synthesis of l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2- thiophen-2-yl- IH- imidazole hydrochloride salt (P-559). Same as procedure for P-544. Purification performed using 5% methanol/dichloromethane as the eluent. HCl salt formation provided 61 mg of P-559 in 46% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 5.52 (s, 2 H), 6.84 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.27-7.28 (m, 1 H), 7.31-7.34 (m, 1 H), 7.37 (bs, 1 H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 2 H), 7.70-7.75 (m, 3 H), 8.00 (br d, J= 4 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 399.1 (M+ 1 -HCl); LC-MS: >99%.
Example 324. Preparation of P-551
Figure imgf000393_0001
[00795] Synthesis of 2-[l-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-5- trifluoromethyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl]-pyridine hydrochloride salt (P-551). Same as procedure for P-544. Purification performed using 3% methanol/dichloromethane as the eluent. HCl salt formation provided 49 mg of P-551 as a white solid in 32% yield.
[00796] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 5.58 (s, 2 H), 7.01 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.28-7.30 (m, 1 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H), 7.44-7.48 (m, 3 H), 7.50 (s, 1 H), 7.94-8.06 (m, 2 H), 8.64-8.66 (m, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 462.1 (M+ 1- HCl); LC-MS: >99%.
Figure imgf000393_0002
[00797] Synthesis of 3-[2-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-5- trifluoromethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-pyridine hydrochloride salt (P-552). Same as procedure for P-544. Purification performed using 20% acetone/dichloromethane as the eluent. HCl salt formation provided 53 mg of P-552 as an off-white solid in 35% yield.
[00798] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 3.75 (s, 3 H), 5.58 (s, 2 H), 7.01 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.27-7.31 (m, 2 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 7.43-7.49 (m, 2 H), 7.72 (t, J= 8 Hz, 2 H), 8.48 (br d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.70 (dd, J= 5, 1 Hz, 1 H), 9.17 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 462.1 (M+1-HC1); LC-MS: 98%.
Example 326. Preparation of P-388
Figure imgf000394_0001
P-252
1-272 P-388
[00799] Synthesis of 1 -(2-Chloro-ethyl)-3 -[5-(3 '-chloro^-fluoro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl- 3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-urea (1-272).. To a solution of P-252 (180 mg, 0.525 mol) in chloroform (4 mL) was added 2-chloroethylisocyanate (66.4 mg, 0.630 mmmol) under nitrogen. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 48 h. Additional 2- chloroethylisocyanate (33.2 mg, 315 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred at 80 0C overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (0-5% acetone in dichloromethane) to give I- 272 (86.9 mg, 37% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 9.75 (s, IH), 8.10 (m, IH), 7.47-7.38 (m, IH), 7.38-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.10 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.90 (s, IH), 6.72 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, IH), 6.58 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.89 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.72-3.67 (m, 4H) ppm. LCMS = 55.1% purity. MS(APCI+) = 448.0 (M).
[00800] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-imidazolidin-2-one (P-388). A suspension of 1-272 (85.0 mg, 0.190 mmol) and sodium carbonate (60.3 mg, 0.569 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 mL) was stirred at reflux 21 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the sodium carbonate removed by filtration. The solid was washed with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL) and the filtrate removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography eluting with 15% acetone in dichloromethane and using two developments, triturated in diethyl ether (2 mL), and filtered to give P-388 (11.8 mg, 15% yield) as a red pink powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) d: 8.09 (s, IH), 7.43-7.28 (m, 5H), 7.08 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.97 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.69 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.42 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.82 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 95.9% purity. MS(APCI+) = 412.1 (M+l).
Example 327. Preparation of 1-275
Figure imgf000395_0001
1-275
[00801] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-275). 1-275 was synthesized from 1-145 (516 mg, 1.59 mmol) and 2-methylcarboxypyridine-5-boronic acid pinocol ester (460 mg, 1.75 mmol) using the a similar proceedure to P-252. The crude material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (0-5% acetone in dichloromethane) to give 1-275 (381 mg, 62% yield) as an orange syrup. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.65 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.06 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.66 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.37-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.26- 7.24 (m, IH), 7.11 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.73 (dd, J = 8.6 Hz, 1.0 Hz, IH), 4.04 (s, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 96.8% purity. MS(APCI+)= 386.0 (M+l).
Example 328. Preparation of 1-276
Figure imgf000395_0002
[00802] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid (1-276). To a solution of 1-275 (317 mg, 0.822 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.2 mL), methanol (2.2 mL), and water (2.2 mL) was added 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (1.64 mL, 1.64 mmol). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature for 23 h. The pH was adjusted with glacial acetic acid to pH 4. Approximately three-fourths of the solvent was removed under vacuum, and the remaining suspension was diluted with water (10 mL). The suspension was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 10 mL), and the combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-276 (250.8 mg, 82% yield) as a beige solid.
[00803] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.50 (m, IH), 8.13 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.76- 7.71 (m, IH), 7.37-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.24 (m, IH), 7.13 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.74 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H) ppm.MS(APCI+) = 327.2 (M-44), MS(APCI-)= 327.9 (M-44).
Example 329. Preparation of P-382
Figure imgf000396_0001
[00804] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid dimethylamide (P-382). A solution of 1-276 (50.0 mg, 0.134 mmol), dimethyl amine (33% by weight in ethanol, 26.6 uL, 0.148 mmol), EDCI (28.4 mg, 0.148 mmol), and HOBt (20.0 mg, 0.148 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 36 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (5 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (5 mL), and the aqueous wash extracted with ethyl acteate (5 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (10 mL), water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude yellow oil was purified by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane) and dried under high vacuum at room temperature for 4 h to give P-382 (28.6 mg, 54% yield) as a clear syrup.1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.48 (s, IH), 7.63-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.12 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.73 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.00 (s, 2H), 3.770 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 97.4% purity. MS(APCI+)= 399.1(M+1).
Example 330. Preparation of P-401
Figure imgf000397_0001
[00805] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid amide (P-401). To a suspension of 1-276 (100 mg, 0.269 mmol) in toluene (3 mL) was added thionyl chloride (70.5 uL, 0.807 mmol). The reaction was sealed with nitrogen and stirred at 115 0C for 4 h over which it turned to a deep brown solution. The solvent and excess thionyl chloride were removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (3mL). To the yellow solution was added aqueous concentrated ammonium hydroxide (5.8 uL, 0.807 mmoL) and the brown suspension was stirred at room temperature over night. The brown suspension was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The two organic extractions were combined, washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude product. The product was purified by silica gel silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography (eluting with 10% acetone in dichoromethane) to give P-401 (42.0 mg, 42% yield) as an off-white solid.1 HNMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) 8.54 (s, IH), 8.04 (s, IH), 7.96 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.78 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.57 (s, IH), 7.45-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.28 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, IH), 6.96 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 100.0 % purity. MS (APCI+) = 371.0 (M+l). \ [00806] Scheme 65
Figure imgf000398_0001
1-277 1-278
Figure imgf000398_0002
1-279 1-280
Example 331. Preparation of 1-280
[00807] Synthesis of Carbonic acid 3'-cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl ester methyl ester (1-278). 1-278 was synthesized from 2'-fluoro-3'-hydroxymethyl-6'- methoxy-biphenyl-3-carbonitrile (500 mg, 1.94 mmol) using the same conditions as I- 145 to give 1-278 (466 mg, 75% yield) as a tacky white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.71 (m, IH), 7.65-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.54 -7.52 (m, IH), 7.45-7.41 (m, IH), 6.79 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, IH), 5.21 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 95.9% purity. MS(APCI-) = 240.1 (M-75). MS(APCI+) = 279.1 (M-32).
[00808] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1-279). 1-279 was synthesized from 1-278 (440.0 mg, 1.40 mmol) and 2-methylcarboxypyridine-5-boronic acid pinocol ester (405 mg, 1.54 mmol) using the similar conditions to the preparation of P-252. The crude product was purified by trituration with diethyl ether (25 mL), filtered, and washed with diethyl ether (2 x 5 mL) to give 1-279 (354 mg, 67% yield) as a yellow powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.65 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.07 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.69-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.51 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.15 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.75 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.05 (s, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 96.3% purity. MS(APCI+) = 377.1 (M+l). [00809] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid (1-280). A solution of 1-279 (150 mg, 0.399 mmol) and 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (797 uL, 0.797 mmol) in methanol (1.5 mL), water (1.5 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (1.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature 11.5 h. Approximately one- half of the solvent was removed under vacuum and the remaining suspension was acidified with glacial acetic acid (2 mL). The suspension was diluted with water (50 mL), and extracted into dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-280 (109 mg, 76% yield) as a yellow foam.
Example 332 . Preparation of P-415
Figure imgf000399_0001
1-280 P-415
[00810] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Cyano-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid amide (P-415). P-415 was synthesized from 1-280 (100 mg, 0.276 mmol) using the same conditions as for the prepation of P-401. The crude product was purified by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography (eluting with 25% acetone in dichloromethane), triturated with diethyl ether (5 mL), filtered, and washed with hexanes (2 mL) to give P-415 (10.0 mg, 10% yield) as a beige powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.46 (m, IH), 8.13 (d, J = 8.00 Hz, IH), 7.78 (s, IH), 7.70-7.61 (m, 4H), 7.51 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.16 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.76 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.55 (s, IH), 4.04 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS purity = 94.6%. MS (APCI+) = 362.1 (M+l).
[00811] HPLC (254 nm); 92.23%. [Mobile Phase A and Mobile Phase B = Water and Acetonitrile, Symmetry Cl 8, (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 um), Flow=1.0 mL/min, Inj. Wash = ACN, Inj. VoL= 10 uL. Retention time = 24.17 min] Example 333. Preparation of P-504
Figure imgf000400_0001
1-81 1-281 P-504
[00812] Synthesis l-(2,6-Dimethoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (1-281). To a stirred solution of starting 1-81 (1.93 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and 1-hydroxymethyl- pyrrolidin-2-one (1.93 mmol, 1.0 eq) in nitrobenzene at room temperature was added aluminum chloride (1.93 mmol, 1.0 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction was diluted with water, and extracted with 2 portions of dichloromethane. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via silica gel plug filtration, using a methanol/dichloromethane gradient as eluent to afford I- 281 as a glassy solid in 72 % yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.03 (quintet, J = 8.0, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (dd, J = 8.4, 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.34 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.26 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.58 (dd, J = 8.4, 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.77 (dt, J = 7.6, 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.21 (ddd, J = 8.0, 1.2, 0.8 Hz, IH), 8.32 (dd, J = 2.0, 1.6 Hz, IH) ppm. LC/MS (100%): APCI(+) found: 357.1 (M+l); calc'd : 356.4 m/z.
[00813] Synthesis l-(2,6-Dihydroxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P-504 ). To a stirred solution 1-281 in dichloromethane at -70 0C was added 1 eq. of boron tribromide as a 1.0 M solution in dichloromethane. The resultant mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 3 h, the reaction was again cooled to -70 0C and an additional 1 eq. of boron tribromide solution was added, and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature, and stir for 16 h. The reaction was cooled to - 700C, and excess (3.6 eq.) boron tribromide solution was added, and the reaction warmed to room temperature with stirring over 18 h. The reaction was quenched with water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were washed successively with water and brine, and the dried (MgSO4) solution was concentrated to afford P-504 as a tan solid in 59% yield.
[00814] 1H NMR, (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ): 1 -96 (quintet, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (dd, J = 8.4, 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 6.48 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.65 (dd, J = 8.8, 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.78 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.12-8.14 (m, 2H), 9.45 (s, IH), 9.55 (s, IH) ppm . LC/MS (90.9%):APCF found: 327.1 (M-I); calc'd: 328.3 m/z.
Example 334. Preparation of P-504, 1-282 and P-229
Figure imgf000401_0001
[00815] (Demethylation of 1-281: To a stirred solution of 1-281 in dichloromethane at -700C was added a 1.0 M solution of boron tribromide in dichloromethane over 1 minute. The resultant solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight, at which point TLC analysis indicated no progress. The reaction was again cooled to -700C, and additional boron tribromide solution (1 eq.) was added over 1 min. The resultant solution was allowed to warm to room temperature, and stirred for 1 min, at which point, The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, and extracted with 3 portions of ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were washed with 3 portions of water, and brine. The solution was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated in vacuo, and the residue purified via preparatory thin layer chromatography using 30% acetone in hexanes to afford the above compounds; P-504, 1-282, P-229.
[00816] 1-282: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^): 1.93 (quintet, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (dd, J = 8.0, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.24-3.30 (M, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.71 (dd, J = 9.2, 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.85 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.6 Hz, IH), 8.19-8.21 (M, 2H), 9.76 (s, IH) ppm. LC/MS (97%) APCI+ found: 343.1 (M+l); calc'd: 342.4 m/z [00817] P-229: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^): 1.96 (quintet, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.44 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 6.65 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.22 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.67 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.73 (dt, J = 7.6, 1.6, 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.07 (m, IH), 8.15 (ddd, J = 8.4, 1.6, 1.2 Hz, IH) 9.53 (s, IH) ppm. LC/MS (100%) APCI+ found: 343.1 (M+l); calc'd: 342.4 m/z
Example 335. Preparation of P-394
Figure imgf000402_0001
1-285 P-394
[00818] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Cyano-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-urea (P- 384). A suspension of 1-285 (0.60 mmol, 1.0 eq), 3 -cyanophenylboronic acid (1.2 mmol, 2 eq), potassium phosphate (1.2 mmol, 2 eq), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.06 mmol, 0.1 eq) in 5 mL of dimethoxyethane and 1.6 mL of 50% aqueous ethanol was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. The resultant mixture was heated at 800C for 18 h and cooled to ambient temperature. The solids were removed by filtration and the cake washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate washed with successive portions of water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under a stream of nitrogen to a volume of 5 mL, and the solids collected by filtration, washed with 2 portions of ethyl acetate, and dried in vacuo over ethyl acetate vapors for 3 h to afford the title compound, P-394, as a solid in 62% yield. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, DMSO-έfc): 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 5.76 (s, 2H), 7.04-7.10 (m, 3H), 7.20-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.60 (dd, J= 8.0, 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.77-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.89 (dd, J= 1.6, 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.40 (s, IH) ppm. LC/MS = 98.5% purity : APCI+ found : 358.1 calc'd : 357.4 m/z Example 336. Preparation of P-421
Figure imgf000403_0001
P-421
[00819] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Chloro-6-hydroxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-urea (P- 421). To a suspension of P-378 (2.2 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dichloromethane at -70 0C was added a 1.0 M solution of boron tribromide in dichloromethane (6.6 mmol, 3 eq) over 5 min. The resultant mixture was allowed to stir and warm to ambient temperature, and stirred for 20 min. The reaction was poured into ice water (100 mL), stirred for 30 min, filtered, and the cake washed with successive portions of water and hexanes. The solids were dried in vacuo over ethyl acetate vapors for 4 h to afford the title compound P-421, which was taken into further reactions as is. A portion of P-421 was further purified via chromatography on silica gel using acetone in dichloromethane as eluent, followed by trituration with dichloromethane to afford pure P-421 compound as a white solid.
[00820] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 3.78 (s, 2H), 5.75 (s, 2H), 6.86 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.00 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.07 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.28 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.4 (m, IH), 7.41 (dd, J= 8.0, 7.6 Hz, IH), 4.47 (m, IH), 7.56 (m, IH), 8.40 (s, IH), 9.50 (s, IH) ppm. LC/MS = 100% purity. APCI+ found : 353.0 calc'd : 352.8 m/z
Example 337. Preparation of P-420
Figure imgf000403_0002
P-420
[00821] Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Chloro-6-ifluoromethoxy-2-fluoro-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- phenyl]-urea (P-420). To a solution of P-421 (0.992 mmol, 1.0 eq) in 10 mL of dimethylformamide was added sodium hydroxide (2.98 mmol, 3 eq), and the resultant suspension stirred 5 min. Sodium chlorodifluoroacetate (4.96 mmol, 5 eq) was added, and the mixture stirred at 500C for 18 h, and cooled to ambient temperature. Additional sodium hydroxide (2 mmol, 2 eq) and sodium chlorodifluoroacetate (3 mmol, 3 eq) were added, and the reaction stirred at 50 0C for an additional 5 h. The reaction was poured into 50 mL of water, and extracted with 3 portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with successive portions of water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified 3 times with flash column chromatography on silica gel, followed by prep TLC to afford the title compound ,P-420, as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ): 3.89 (s, 2H), 5.76 (s, 2H), 7.10 (t, J= 74.4 Hz, IH), 7.12 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (s, IH), 7.27-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.33 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.39-7.50 (m, 4H), 8.41 (s, IH) ppm. LC/MS = 98.1% purity. APCI+ found : 403.0 calc'd : 402.8 m/z
Example 338. Preparation of P-468
Figure imgf000404_0001
P-468
P-243
[00822] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-hydroxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- urea (P-468). To a suspension of P-243 (3.9 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dichloromethane at -70 0C was added a 1.0 M solution of boron tribromide in dichloromethane (12 mmol, 3 eq) over 30 sec. The resultant mixture was allowed to stir and warm to ambient temperature, and stirred for 1 h. The reaction was poured into ice water (75 mL), filtered, and the cake washed with successive portions of water and hexanes. The solids were dried in vacuo at 40-45 0C for 16 h to afford the title compound P-468, which was taken into further reactions as is. A portion of the title compound P-468 was further purified via chromatography on a silica gel using acetone in dichloromethane as eluent to afford pure P-468 title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^): 3.78 (s, 2H), 5.76 (s, 2H), 6.73 (d,J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.04-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.46 (m, 3H), 8.41 (s, IH), 9.82 (s, IH) ppm. HPLC purity : 99.5 % [00823] Scheme 66. Preparation of 1-286, 1-287, 1-150, 1-147 and 1-288
Figure imgf000405_0001
1-287 1-150 1-147
Figure imgf000405_0002
I-288
Example 339. Preparation of 1-286, 1-287, 1-150, 1-147 and 1-288
[00824] Synthesis of 3-Bromo-4-difluoromethoxy-benzaldehyde (1-286). A suspension of 3-bromo-4-hydroxy-benzaldehyde (4.97 mmol; 1.0 eq.), cesium carbonate (7.46 mmol; 1.5 eq.) and sodium chlorodifluoroacetate was stirred at 65 0C for 5.5 h. The mixture was partitioned with ethyl acetate and water, and the aqueous portion extracted with diethyl ether. The combined extracts were washed with successive portions of water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound, 1-286, as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 7.49 (t, J= 72.4 Hz, 3H), 7.54 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.00 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.26 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 9.96 (s, IH) ppm.
[00825] Synthesis of 3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde (1-287). A mixture of 1-286 (7.98 mmol, 1.0 eq), 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (8.76 mmol, 1.1 eq), cesium carbonate (15.9 mmol, 2.0 eq) and palladium(II)acetate (0.40 mmol, 0.05 eq) in 20 mL of DMF was degassed with nitrogen for 5 min. The resulting suspension wsa heated to 50 0C for 2 h, cooled to ambient for 16 h, and additional palladium(II) acetate (0.40 mmol, 0.05 eq) added, and the reaction heated again to 50 0C for 2 h. The reaction was cooled to <30 0C, and the solids removed by filtration. The filtrate was partitioned with ethyl acetate and water, and the aqueous portion extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were washed with successive portions of 5% lithium chloride, 0.5 N HCl, water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound, 1-287, as an oil in 98% yield. 1HNMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 7.40 (t, J= 72.8 Hz, IH), 7.49-7.62 (m, 5H), 8.02-8.04 (m, 2H), 10.04 (s, IH) ppm.
[00826] Synthesis of (S'-Chloro-ό-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-S-yO-methanol (1-150). To a solution of 1-287 (6.8 mmol, 1.0 eq) in a mixture of 18 mL of THF and 6 mL of water at 0-5 0C was added sodium borohydride (10 mmol, 1.5 eq), and the resultant mixture stirred for 10 minutes. The reaction was diluted with 10 mL of water, and the pH adjusted to 8 with 15% ammonium chloride, and extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with successive portions of water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound, 1-150, in quantitative yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 4.54 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 2H), 5.28 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, IH), 7.14 (t, J= 74.0 Hz, IH), 7.27 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.40 (s, IH), 7.42-7.52 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00827] Synthesis of 5-Bromomethyl-3'-chloro-2-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl (1-147). To a solution of 1-150 (3.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane at 0-5 0C was added phosphorous tribromide (1.8 mmol, 0.5 eq), and the resulting solution was allowed to stir and warm naturally to ambient temperature over 2 h. To the reaction was added 15 mL of ice water, and the aqueous portion was extracted with 2 portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with successive portions of saturated sodium bicarbonate, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound, 1-147 as an oil in 53% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 4.77 (s, 2H), 7.21 (t, J= 74.0 Hz, IH), 7.31 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.41-7.60 (m, 6H) ppm. [00828] Synthesis of 5-(3'-Chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-2-fluoro- pyridine (1-288). A suspension of 1-147 (1.7 mmol, 1.0 eq), 2-fluoropyridine-5-boronic acid (1.9 mmol, 1.1 eq), and potassium phosphate (3.4 mmol, 2.0 eq) in a mixture of of dimethoxyethane (11 mL), and of 50% ethanol (5.4 mL) was degassed with nitrogen for 5 min. To the reaction was addded tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.09 mmol, 0.05 eq), and the mixture was degassed further for 2 min. The suspension was heated to 65 0C for 1.5 h, cooled to ambient temperature, thiol functionalized silica gel (0.344 mmol )was added and stirred for 3 h. The solids were removed by filtration, the filtrate partition with ethyl acetate and water, and the aqueous extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with successive portions of water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified via flash column chromatography on silica gel using acetone in hexanes as eluent to afford the title compound as an oil in 55% yield.
[00829] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 4.03 (s, 2H), 7.12 (t, J= 70.0 Hz, IH), 7.11 (dd, J= 8.4, 3.2 Hz, IH), 7.25 (s, IH), 7.31 (s, IH), 7.36 (dd, J= 6.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.41- 7.52 (m, 6H), 7.90 (td, J= 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.22 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH) ppm.
Example 340. Preparation of P-614
Figure imgf000407_0001
1-288 P-614
[00830] Synthesis of 2-Azetidin-l-yl-5-(3'-chloro-6-difluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3- ylmethyl)-pyridine (P-614). A mixture of 1-288 (0.404 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and azetidine (0.445 mmol; 1.1 eq.) in excess DBU was heated to 160 0C for 2.5 h, and allowed to cool to room temperature. The resultant mixture was partitioned with dichloromethane and 0.5N HCl, and the aqueous portion extracted with dichloromethane. The organics were washed with 0.5 N HCl and water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel using acetone in dichloromethane as eluent to afford the title compound, P-614, as an oil in 32% yield.
[00831] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 3.83-3.88 (m, 6H), 6.29 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.10 (t, J= 74.0 Hz, IH), 7.22 (s, IH), 7.27-7.50 (m, 8H), 8.01 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, IH) ppm. LC/MS (99%) - found : 402.4 calc'd : 400.9 m/z. Example 341. Preparation of P-422
Figure imgf000408_0001
[00832] Synthesis of 5-(3 '-chloro^-fluoro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S -ylmethyl)-2- tetrazol-1-yl-pyridine (P-422). A suspension of P-252 (0.18 g, 0.53 mmol) and sodium azide (0.1 g, 1.58 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (5 mL) was added trimethylorthoformate (0.17 g, 1.58 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 18 . The reaction was diluted with cold water (60 mL), and basified with sat. NaHCθ3 solution. The supesnion was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 5 mL), washed with brine (10 ml), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane, than preparatory thin layer chromatography 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford the free base of P-422 (0.13 g, 62% yield) as white solid. A portion of the free base of P-422 (0. 04 g, 0.1 mmol) in ether (2 mL), then 2M HCl in ether (0.3 ml) was added, stirred for 4 h. The ether layer was decanted, triturated with ether (2 x 2 mL), dried to afford P-422 (0.03 g, 64% yield) as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 10.13 (s, 1 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.0 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.36-7.48 (m, 4 H), 7.26- 7.34 (m, 1 H), 6.98 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.11 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H) ppm; MS(APCI+): 368.0 (M+l), LC-MS: 100%.
Example 342. Preparation of P-434
TMS-isocyanate
THF/Pyndine
Figure imgf000408_0003
1-134 P-434
[00833] Synthesis of [4-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-carbonyl)-phenyl]- urea (P-434). To 1-134 (0.14 g, 0.36 mmol) in THF (2.0 mL) was added pyridine (0.5 mL) and trimethylsilylisocyanate (0.06 g, 0.54 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 90 h, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was then triturated with 1 : 1 dichloromethane-hexanes (5 mL), and dried to afford P -434 (0.16 g, 98% yield) as off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 9.08 (br s, 1 H), 7.34-7.78 (m, 8 H), 7.14 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 6.09 (s, 2 H), 3.85 (s, 3 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 399 (M+l), LC-MS: 100%
Example 343. Preparation of P-441
Figure imgf000409_0001
1-135 P-441
[00834] Synthesis of {4-[l-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-l-hydroxy- ethyl]-phenyl}-urea (P-441). To 1-135 (0.06 g, 0.15 mmol) in THF (10.0 mL) was added methylmagnesium bromide (3M solution in diethyl ether, 0.2 mL, 0.6 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 h, cooled to 0 0C, and quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (3 mL). The reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL), washed with brine (40 ml), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography using 6% methanol- in dichloromethane to afford P-441 (0.04 g, 61% yield) as white solid.
[00835] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-(Z6): 8.42 (s, 1 H), 7.70 (t, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.14-7.42 (m, 7 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 5.76 (s, 2 H), 5.60 (s, 1 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 1.82 (s, 3 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 397 (M-16), LC-MS: 99.0%.
Example 344. Preparation of P-532
Figure imgf000409_0002
1-291 I-292 P-532
[00836] Synthesis of 3'-Chloro-3-[bisdeutero-(4-nitro-phenyl)-methyl]-2-fluoro-6- methoxy-biphenyl (1-291). A solution of (3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)- (4-nitro-phenyl)-methanone (500 mg, 1.30 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was purged with nitrogen. Trifluoroacetic acid (2.49 mL, 32.40 mmol) was added and the reaction cooled to 0 0C in an ice water bath. To the solution was added sodium borodeuteride (543 mg, 12.96 mmol) portion wise over 45 min. The reaction was stirred for 20 h, allowing to warm to room temperature. The reaction was neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 mL) to pH 7.5, and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The extract was washed with water (2 x 25 mL) and brine (25 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give crude 1-291. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give 1-291 (157 mg, 32% yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-<4): 8.18-8.15 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.37 (m, 5H), 7.29-7.27 (m, IH), 6.97 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 3.74 (s, 3H) ppm.
[00837] Synthesis of 4-[(3 '-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -yl)-bisduetero- methyl]-phenylamine (1-292). A suspension of 1-291 (140 mg, 0.375 mmol), iron powder (73.2 mg, 1.31 mmol) and solid ammonium chloride (102 mg, 1.91 mmol) in ethanol (1.5 mL) and water (500 uL) was heated to 105 0C for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum, the residue suspended in water (20 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude 1-292. The product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography to give 1-292 (103 mg, 30.0 % yield) as an orange oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.39 (m, IH), 7.36-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.07 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.03-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.68 (dd, J= 8.4 Hz, 1.2 Hz, IH), 6.65-6.61 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.57 (s, 2H) ppm.
[00838] Synthesis of {4-[(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-bisduetero- methyl] -phenyl} -urea (P-532). A solution of 1-292 (80 mg, 0.233 mmol) and sodium cyanate (30.2 mg, 0.465 mmol) in water (4 mL) and glacial acetic acid (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction basified with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 mL), and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The extract was dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum to give crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography eluting with 5% acetone in dichloromethane to give P-532 (35.4 mg, 39% yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-Cl6): 8.42 (s, IH), 7.47-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.36 (s, IH), 7.30-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.07 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, IH), 5.76 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H) ppm.LCMS = 100.0 % purity MS (APCI+) = 387.1 (M+l); HPLC (254 nm); 98.747 %. [Mobile Phase A and Mobile Phase B = Water and Acetonitrile, Symmetry Cl 8, (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 um), Flow=1.0 mL/min, Inj. Wash = ACN, Inj. VoL= 10 uL. Retention time = 27.89 min]
Example 345. Preparation of P-402
Figure imgf000411_0001
P-402
[00839] Synthesis of 2-Bromo-5-(3 '-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 - ylmethyl)-pyridine (P-402). A solution of 1-33 (400 mg, 1.21 mmol) and 2- bromopyridine-5-boronic acid (282 mg, 1.39 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (12 mL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 10 minutes. To the solution was added potassium phosphate (770 mg, 3.63 mmol), ethanol (2.5 mL), water (2.5 mL), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (140 mg, 0.12 mmol) and the reaction was stirred under nitrogen for 2 h. The ethanol and dimethoxyethane were removed under vacuum, and the aqueous solution extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (10 mL) and brine (1OmL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes, followed by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography eluting with 15% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give P-402 (243 mg, 49% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.27 (s, 1 H), 7.24 - 7.41 (m, 6 H), 7.09 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.72 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.91 (s, 2 H), 3.76 (s, 3 H) ppm. Calc.406.68; APCI+(M+!): 407.9, 96%. Example 346. Preparation of P-469
Figure imgf000412_0001
P-469
[00840] Synthesis of 3-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-oxazolidin-2-one (P-469). A solution of P-402 (100 mg, 0.246 mmol) and 2-oxazolidinone (21.4 mg, 0.246 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) and water (7 uL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 15 min. To the solution was added sodium tert- butoxide (33.0 mg, 0.344 mmol), xantphos (8.5 mg, 0.0148 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (1.65 mg, 0.00737 mmol), and the reaction was heated to 100 0C with stirring for 20 h. Additional 2-oxazolidinone (21.4 mg, 0246 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (33.0 mg, 0.344 mmol), xantphos (8.5 mg, 0.0148 mmol), and palladium(II)acetate (1.65 mg, 0.00737 mmol) were added, and reacted stirred at reflux overnight. The reaction was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (25 mL). The organic extract was washed with water (25 mL), brine (25 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel preparatory thin layer chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes x 2, 35% ethyl acetate in hexanes x 4) to give crude product. To the crude oil was added diethyl ether (2 mL) and 2 N hydrochloric acid in diethyl ether. The suspension was stirred for 2 h, and filtered to give P-469 (22.9 mg, 21% yield) as a yellow powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 8.27 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.68 (dd, J= 8.6 Hz, 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.48- 7.27 (m, 6H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.44 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H). LCMS purity = 97.43 %. MS(APCI+) = 413.0 (M+ 1). Example 347. Preparation of P-470
Figure imgf000413_0001
[00841] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-3-methyl-imidazolidin-2-one (P-470). A solution of P-402 (115 mg, 0.283 mmol), 1 -methyl- imidazolidin-2 -one (56.7 mg, 0.566 mmol), and xantphos (9.0 mg, 0.0170 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was degassed under a nitrogen stream for 15 min. To the solution was added sodium tert-butoxide (38.0 mg, 0.396 mmol), water (7 uL), and palladium(II) acetate (1.90 mg, 0.00848 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at 100 0C for 24 h. The reaction was diluted with water (30 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified by slica gel thin layer chromatography eluting with 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes and developed 6 times to give P-470 (76.1 mg, 63% yield).
[00842] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.21 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 8.15 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.49-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.08 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.69 (dd, J= 9.8 Hz, 1.0 Hz, IH), 4.02 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.46 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H) ppm.
Example 348. Preparation of P-423
Figure imgf000413_0002
[00843] Synthesis of l-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-piperazine (P-423). To carbonic acid 3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy- biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl ester methyl ester (0.2 g, 0.62 mmol), l-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- [l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-piperazine (0.2 g, 0.68 mmol), bis- diphenylphosphinopentane (0.08 g, 0.18 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.26 g, 1.85 mmol) and allyl palladium (II) chloride dimer (0.034 g, 0.09 mmol) was added dimethyl formamide (6 mL). The reaction was degassed with an argon stream for 10 min. The reaction was stirred at 85 0C for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, poured onto crushed ice-water (150 mL), filtered, washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 10% methanol in dichloromethane to afford P- 423 (0.05 g, 18% yeild) as light brown gummy solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-(Z6): 3.20 (br s, 3 H) 3.55 - 3.99 (m, 10 H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.59 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (br s, 1 H), 7.23 - 7.39 (m, 3 H), 7.39 - 7.55 (m, 2 H), 7.69 (br s, 1 H), 8.02 (s, 1 H), 9.33 (br s, 2 H) ppm. Calc.411.9; APCI+(M+1): 412.1, 97%.
[00844] Example 349. Preparation of P-514
Figure imgf000414_0001
P-423 P-514
[00845] Synthesis of 4-[5-(3'-chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid ethylamide hydrochloride (P-514). To P-423 (0. 05 g, 0.11 mmol) in pyridine (1.5 mL) was added ethylisocyanate (0.023 g, 0.33 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20 h, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using 5% methanol in dichloromethane to give crude material. The solid was dissolved in diethyl ether (2 mL), then 2M HCl in diethyl ether (0.5 ml) was added, the reaction stirred for 1 h, and concentrated under vacuum to afford P-514 (0.035 g, 58% yield) as light yellow solid. [00846] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^): 8.20-8.26 (m, 1 H), 7.93 (s, 1 H), 7.74 (br s, 1 H), 7.4-7.48 (m, 2 H), 7.26-7.38 (m, 3 H), 7.21 (br s, 1 H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.59 (br s, 1 H), 3.89 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.40 - 3.75 (m, 8 H), 3.01-3.16 (m, 2 H), 1.00 -1.08 (m, 3 H) ppm. MS(APCI+): 483.1 (M+l), LC-MS: 99.1%.
[00847] Scheme 67: Synthesis of P-564
p
Figure imgf000415_0001
1-293
Figure imgf000415_0002
P-564
Example 350. Preparation of P-564
[00848] Synthesis of 4-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-l-methyl-piperidin-4-ol (1-293). A solution of N-methyl-piperidin-4-one (1.50 g, 13.3 mmol) in diethyl ether (10 mL) was degassed under a nitrogen stream. The solution was cooled to 00C in an salt ice bath. To the stirring solution was added 4-flurophenylmagnesium bromide (1.74 g, 14.6 mmol) dropwise over 5 min. A solid formed partway through the addition, and additional diethyl ether was added (2 mL). The reaction was then stirred at 00C for 2 h. To the suspension was added aqueous ammonium chloride (15 mL). The biphasic solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL) and additional saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL). The layer was separated, and the organic extract washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-293 (965 mg, 32% yield) as a brown powder. The product was taken on without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 7.51-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.09 (m, 2H), 4.80 (s, IH), 2.52-2.53 (m, 3H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.54 (m, 2H) ppm.
[00849] Synthesis of 4-(3 '-Chloro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S -yl)-4-(4-fluoro-phenyl)- 1 - methyl-piperidine (P564). To nitrobenzene (2 mL) was added a solution of 1-293 (286 mg, 1.37 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1.5 mL). The reaction was stirred under a nitrogen atomosphere, cooled ot 0° C in an ice-water bath, and aluminum trichloride (304 mg, 2.28 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 30 min over the time which the solution turned from orange to purple. To the solution was added 1-294 (250 mg, 1.14 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (0.5 mL). The solution was stirred for 2 h allowing to warm to room temperature. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), water (50 mL), and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL), and extracted into 4N aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 mL). The aqueous extract was basified to pH 9 with solid sodium bicarbonate, and the product extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL), and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was purified by flash slica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes. The impure product was diluted with dichloromethane, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in diethyl ether, filtered, and the mother liquor removed under vacuum to give P-564 (109 mg, 23% yield) as a yellow orange powder.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.46-7.46 (s, IH), 7.32-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.24- 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.99-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.87 (m, IH), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.46 (m, 8 H), 2.24 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 96.14% purity MS[APCI+] = 410.1 (M+l),
[00850] Scheme 68 : Synthesis of P-516
Figure imgf000417_0001
1-295 _ A.
Figure imgf000417_0002
1-296 1-297 1-298
Figure imgf000417_0003
P-516
Example 351. Preparation of P-516
[00851] Synthesis of 3-Bromo-4-tridueteromethoxy-benzaldehyde (1-295). A suspension of 3-bromo-4-hydroxy-benzaldehyde (15.0 g, 74.6 mmol) and solid potassium carbonate (10.3 g, 74.6 mmol) in dimethylformamide (150 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 15 min. To the suspension was added trideuteromethyl iodide (21.6 g, 149.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 60 h. The reaction was diluted with water (1000 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 600 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (1000 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vaccum to give 1-295 (16.33 g) as a gummy beige solid which was taken on without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) d: 9.86 (s, IH), 8.10 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.94 (dd, J= 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.32 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH) ppm.
[00852] Synthesis of 3'-Chloro-6-trideuteromethoxy-biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde (1-296). A suspension o f 1-296 (10. Og, 45.9 mmol) and 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (7.90 g, 50.45 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (225 mL) and 1 N aqueous cesium carbonate (45 mL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 30 min. To the suspension was added palladium(II) acetate (1.04 g, 4.59 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 50 0C overnight. The suspension was filtered through celite and washed with dimethyl formamide (100 mL). The solution was diluted with water (1000 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 600 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (500 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude brown product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 15% acetone in hexanes to give 1-296 (10.29 g, 90% yield) as a clear oil which solidified to a yellow powder.
[00853] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 9.94 (s, IH), 7.96 (dd, J= 8.4 Hz, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.86 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.58 (s, IH), 7.49-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.35 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH) ppm.
[00854] Synthesis of (3'-Chloro-6-trideuteromethoxy-biphenyl-3-yl)-methanol (I- 297). A solution of 1-296 (9.75 g, 39.05 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (75 mL) and water (75 mL) was cooled to 0 0C in an ice water bath. Over 5 minutes was added solid sodium borohydride (2.22 g, 58.58 mmol). The reaction was stirred, allowing to warm to room temperature over 3 h. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (250 mL), washed with water (125 mL), and the aqueous wash extracted with ethyl acetate (250 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give product. The crude material was dried under high vacuum to give 1-297 (9.01 g, 92% yield) as a pale yellow oil.
[00855] Synthesis of 5-Bromomethyl-3'-chloro-2-trideuteromethoxy -biphenyl (I- 298). A solution of 1-297 (9.00 g, 35.76 mmol) and phosphorus tribromide (4.84 g, 17.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was stirred at 0 0C and allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring for 18.5 h. The reaction was cooled in an ice water bath and 150 mL water was added. The reaction was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (250 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 1-298 (10.5 g, 92% yield^H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): 7.51-7.40 (m, 6H), 7.12 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.75 (s, 2H) ppm.
[00856] Synthesis of [5-(3'-Chloro-6-trideuteromethoxy -biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2-yl]-urea (P-516). A suspension of 1-298 (5.00 g, 15.89 mmol), 1- (uriedo)phenylboronic acid pinacol ester (4.16 g, 15.89 mmol), and solid potassium phosphate (6.75 g, 31.79 mmol), in 1, 2 -dimethoxy ethane (40 mL), water (10 mL), and ethyl alcohol (10 mL), was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 15 minutes. To the suspension was added palladium tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) (3.67 g, 3.18 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight for 17 h. The suspension was diluted with ethyl acetate (250 mL), washed with water (200 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude dark red gum was dissolved in 100 mL DCM, and silia-thiol (10 g) was added. The suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The suspension was filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (10% isopropyl alcohol in dichloromethane), and dried under high vacuum overnight to give P-516 (1.20 g, 20% yield) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^): 7.48-7.47 (m, IH), 7.44-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.83 (s, 2H) ppm. LCMS = 94.2% purity. MS (ESI+) = 370.4 (M+l).
[00857] HPLC (254 nm); 97.000 %. [Mobile Phase A and Mobile Phase B = Water and Acetonitril, Symmetry C18, (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 um), Flow=1.0 mL/min, Inj. Wash = ACN, Inj. VoL= 10 uL. Retention time = 26.69 min]
[00858] Scheme 69.
Figure imgf000420_0001
PR225 1-299
Hydrochloric Acid
Figure imgf000420_0002
PR226 1-271
Example 352. Preparation of 1-299 and 1-271
[00859] N-μ-CS'-Chloro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S-ylmethyO-phenyη-acetamide (1-299) A solution of 1-154 (3.90 g, 12.5 mmol) and 2-acetimidopyridine-5-boronic acid pinocol ester (3.60 g, 13.8 mmol) in 1,2 -dimethoxyethane (100 mL) was degassed with a nitrogen stream for 15 min. To the solution was adde ethanol (12.5 mL), water (12.5 mL), solid potassium phosphate (5.30 g, 25.0 mmol), and degassing was continued for 20 min. To the resulting suspension, triphenyl phosphine (985 mg, 3.78 mmol) and palladium(II)acetate (281 mg, 1.25 mmol) were added under nitrogen. The suspension was heated to 85 0C with stirring for 4 h. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (500 mL), washed with water (2 x 250 mL) and brine (250 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography eluting with 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give 1-299 (2.20 g, 48% yield) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR.(400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 7.49 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.42-7.28 (m, 5H), 7.16-7.10 (m, 5H), 6.89 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H) ppm.
[00860] 4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenylamine hydrochloride salt (1-271). A solution of 1-299 (2.20 g, 6.01 mmol) in ethanol (90 mL) and concentrated aqueous hydrochloric acid (90 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, and heated to 80 0C for an additional 2 h. The reaction was diluted with water (500 m), basified to pH 9 with soild sodium bicarbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 250 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (250 mL) and brine (250 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude product was stirred in 2 N hydrogen chloride in ethyl ether (15 mL) for 3 h at room temperature. The suspension was filtered to give 1-271 (1.55 g, 80% yield) as a beige powder. [00861] 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) d: 9.95 (br s, 2H), 7.49-7.34 (m, 6H), 7.25- 7.20 (m, 4H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.94 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS = 94.5% purity. MS(APCI+) = 324.1 (M+l)
Example 353. Preparation of P- 129
Figure imgf000421_0001
P-129
[00862] Synthesis of (2-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-yl)-isoxazol-5-yl- methanone (P-129). Nitrobenzene (1 mL) and AICI3 (154 mg, 1.15 mmol) were placed in an 8 mL vial with a stir bar and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Isoxazole-5- carbonyl chloride (151 mg, 1.15 mmol) was added and the solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for another 30 minutes. Then adding 1-81 (250 mg, 0.96 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours and heating for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (90 mL) washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /hexane to yield 100 mg (32 %) of P-129. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.91 (s, 3 H) 6.71 - 6.78 (m, 1 H) 7.10 - 7.15 (m, 1 H) 7.52 - 7.64 (m, 1 H) 7.57 - 7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.72 - 7.77 (m, 1 H) 8.21 - 8.30 (m, 1 H) 8.44 - 8.47 (m, 1 H), 8.48 - 8.53 (m, 1 H), 12.62 (s, IH) ppm. Example 354. Preparation of P- 130
Figure imgf000422_0001
P-130
[00863] Synthesis of 3-isoxazol-5-ylmethyl-6-methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-2-ol (P- 130). Compound P-129 (80 mg, 0.24 mmol) was diluted with TFA (2 mL) and cooled to -20 0C. . NaBFLt was added slowly and then the solution was purge with N2 for 2 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours under N2. The reaction was quenched with ice/water (20 mL) and the pH was adjusted to ~6 using saturated aqueous NaHCθ3. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL) and the combined ethyl acetate extracts were washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by preparative chromatography plate with 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes to yield 52 mg of compound (P- 130). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.73 (s, 3 H), 4.12 (s, 2 H), 4.89 (s, 1 H), 5.99 (s, 1 H), 6.57 (d, J= 8.59 Hz, 1 H), 7.20 (d, J= 8.59 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 - 7.73 (m, 2 H), 8.14 (s, 1 H), 8.22 - 8.29 (m, 2 H) ppm. LC-MS (APCI+): 327.1 (M+l).
Example 355. Preparation of P-133
Figure imgf000422_0002
[00864] Synthesis of 3-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-benzylamine (P- 133). A reaction mixture of compound 1-70 (300 mg, 0.93 mmol), 2-[2-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzyl]-isoindole-l,3-dione (338 mg, 0.93 mmol), triphenylphosphine (73 mg, 0.28 mmol), K3PO4 (394 mg, 1.86 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (20.8 mg, 0.09 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (8 mL), ethanol (0.8 mL) and water (0.8 mL) was stirred at 80 0C for 20 hours under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL), washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate/hexane to yield 370 mg of product that was reacted with hydrazine hydrate (0.11 mL, 2.34 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 800C for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting residue was triturated with diethyl ether to obtain 150 mg (77%) of compound P-133. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.45 (br s, 2 H), 3.80 (s, 3 H), 3.86 (s, 2 H), 4.07 (s, 2 H), 6.92 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 - 7.31 (m, 5 H), 7.37 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H) 8.15 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.34 Hz, 1 H) 8.38 (s, 1 H) ppm. LC-MS (APCI+): 349.1 (M+l) 100 %.
Example 356. Preparation of P-158
Figure imgf000423_0001
[00865] Synthesis ofN-[2-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-benzyl]- formamide (P-158). Formic acid (0.18mL, 4.57mmol) was added to acetic anhydride (0.42mL, 4.57mmol) at 0 0C. Then reaction mixture was heated at 50 0C for 2 hours. 0.3mL of the above mixture was added dropwise into the DCM (ImL) solution of P-133 (50mg, 0.14 mmol) at -30 0C and then stirred at -100C 30 minutes then room temperature 20 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate,washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4 After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by 2g silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /hexane as eluent to give 53 mg of product P-158. Yield: 100 %. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ppm 3.81 (s, 3 H) 4.05 (s, 2 H) 4.50 (d, J=5.77 Hz, 2 H) 5.50 (br. s., 1 H) 6.93 (d, J=8.99 Hz, 1 H) 7.03 - 7.14 (m, 2 H) 7.16 - 7.35 (m, 4 H) 7.54 (t, J=7.98 Hz, 1 H) 7.80 (d, J=7.51 Hz, 1 H) 8.13 - 8.19 (m, 2 H) 8.37 (s, 1 H) LC-MS (APCI+): 349.1 (M+l) 98.2 %. Example 357. Preparation of P -501
Figure imgf000424_0001
P-158 P-501
[00866] Synthesis ofN-[2-(6-Hydroxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-benzyl]- formamide ((P-501). To a mixture of compound P-158 (30 mg, 0.08 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL), was added BBr3 (IM in dichloromethane, 0.24 mL, 0.24 mmol) at -78 0C under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 0C to room temperature and room temperature over night. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 6 mL). The ethyl acetate extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO/t. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by preparative chromatography plate with 2% methanol (7M NH3)/dichloromethane (two developments) to give 20 mg (69%) of compound P-501. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 4.03 (s, 2 H), 4.49 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 2 H), 5.52 (br s, 1 H), 6.83 - 6.90 (m, 1 H), 6.98 - 7.10 (m, 2 H), 7.19 - 7.33 (m, 4 H), 7.58 (t, J =,1.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.84 (d, J =,1.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.12 - 8.22 (m, 2 H), 8.39 (s, 1 H) ppm; LC-MS (APCI+): 363.1 (M+l) 100 %.
Example 358. Preparation of P-160
Figure imgf000424_0002
P-160
[00867] Synthesis of [3-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (11x6) (P-160). A reaction mixture of compound 1-70 (400 mg, 1.24 mmol), 3-(n-Boc-aminomethyl)phenylboronic acid (312 mg, 1.24 mmol), triphenylphosphine (98 mg, 0.37 mmol), K3PO4 (526 mg, 2.48 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (27.8 mg, 0.12 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (10 mL), ethanol (1 mL) and water (1 mL) was stirred at 80 0C 20 hours under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL), washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /hexane to yield 200 mg of product P-160. Yield: 36 % 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ppm 1.44 (s, 9 H) 3.81 (s, 3 H) 3.97 (s, 2 H) 4.28 (br. s., 2 H) 4.80 (br. s., 1 H) 6.94 (d, J=8.32 Hz, 1 H) 7.05 - 7.22 (m, 5 H) 7.22 - 7.30 (m, 1 H) 7.54 (t, J=7.98 Hz, 1 H) 7.83 (d, J=7.65 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 (dd, J=8.25, 1.14 Hz, 1 H) 8.39 (s, 1 H); LC-MS (APCI-): 448.2 (M-I) 100 %.
Example 359. Preparation of P-161
Figure imgf000425_0001
P-161
[00868] Synthesis of 3-(6-Methoxy-3'-nitro-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-benzylamine (P- 161). To a mixture of compound P-160 (53 mg, 0.12 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL), was added TFA (3 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature, for 1 h. After removal of most solvent, the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2 x 10 mL), water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by preparative chromatography plate with 2% methanol (7M NH3)/dichloromethane to yield 30 mg (73%) of compound P-161. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.81 (s, 3 H), 3.84 (s, 2 H), 3.98 (s, 2 H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J=7.51 Hz, 1 H), 7.13 - 7.23 (m, 4 H), 7.22 - 7.31 (m, 1 H), 7.54 (t, J=7.98 Hz, 1 H), 7.83 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1 H), 8.11 - 8.20 (m, 1 H), 8.39 (s, 1 H) ppm; LC-MS (APCI+): 349.1 (M+ 1) 100 %. Example 360. Preparation of P-179
Figure imgf000426_0001
[00869] l-(3-Bromo-4-metrioxy-benzyl)-lH-pyridin-2-one (1-205). A reaction mixture of compound 1-42 (550 mg, 1.96 mmol), pyridin-2-ol (170 mg, 1.78 mmol), K2CO3 (538 mg, 3.89 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (5 mL) was stirred at 80 0C for 20 hours under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (15 mL), washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate/hexanes to yield 230 mg (39%) of 1-205.
[00870] Synthesis of l-(3'-Acetyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-lH-pyridin-2-one (P-179). A reaction mixture of compound 1-205 (100 mg, 0.35 mmol), 3-acetylphenyl boronic acid (58 mg, 0.35 mmol), triphenylphosphine (18 mg, 0.07 mmol), K2CO3 (145 mg, 1.05 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (9.5 mg, 0.04 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (3 mL), ethanol (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was stirred at 80 0C for 20 hours under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL), washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by preparative chromatography plate with 2% methanol (7M NH3)/dichloromethane to give 52 mg (46%) of compound P-179. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.63 (s, 3 H), 3.80 (s, 3 H), 5.13 (s, 2 H), 6.10 - 6.18 (m, 1 H), 6.55 - 6.64 (m, 1 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 - 7.37 (m, 4 H),7.45 - 7.53 (m, 1 H), 7.69 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (s, 1 H) ppm. LC-MS (APCI+): 334.1 (M+ 1). Example 361. Preparation of P- 172
Figure imgf000427_0001
P-172
[00871] l-(3'-Acetyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one (P172). A reaction mixture of compound 1-181 (120 mg, 0.42 mmol), 3-acetylphenyl boronic acid (69.2 mg, 0.42 mmol), triphenylphosphine (22 mg, 0.08 mmol), K2CO3 (174 mg, 1.26 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (9.5 mg, 0.04 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL), ethanol (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was stirred at 80 0C for 20 hours under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL), washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by preparative chromatography plate with 2%methanol (7M NH3)/dichloromethane to give 48 mg (34%) of compound P-172. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.93 - 2.06 (m, 2 H), 2.44 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2 H), 2.64 (s, 3 H), 3.30 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.81 (s, 3 H), 4.45 (s, 2 H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.20 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 - 7.29 (m, IH), 7.45 - 7.56 (m, 1 H), 7.71 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (s, 1 H) ppm. LC-MS (APCI+): 324.1 (M+l).
Example 362. Preparation of P -241
Figure imgf000427_0002
[00872] Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Chloro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S -ylmethyl)-phenyl]- dimethyl- amine (P-241). A reaction mixture of compound 1-154 (200 mg, 0.64 mmol), 4-(dimethylamino)phenylboronic acid (138 mg, 0.83 mmol), triphenylphosphine (34 mg 0.12 mmol), K2CO3 (132 mg, 0.96 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (14.0 mg, 0.06 mmol) in 1,2- dimethoxyethane (2 mL), ethanol (0.25 mL) and water (0.25 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 3.5 hours under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL), washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /hexane to yield 140 mg of product P-241 as the free base. This residue was dissolved in ether (3 mL) and stir for 0.5 hour, followed by adding 2M HCl solution in ether (3 mL) and the solution was stirred for another 2 hours. Removal of the solvent provided P-241 HCl salt (120 mg, 77%) as a white solid. [00873] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.14 (s, 6 H), 3.80 (s, 3 H), 3.99 (s, 2 H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 (d, J= 2.0\ Hz, 1 H), 7.09 - 7.14 (m, 1 H), 7.27 - 7.39 (m, 5 H), 7.48 (s, 1 H), 7.67 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2 H), 14.64 (br s. IH) ppm.
Example 363. Preparation of P-246
Figure imgf000428_0001
[00874] Synthesis of N-[4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- methanesulfonamide (P-246). A reaction mixture of compound 1-145 (300 mg, 0.96 mmol), 4-(N-phenyl-methanesulfonamide)boronic acid (228 mg, 0.96 mmol), triphenylphosphine (75 mg, 0.29 mmol), K3PO4 (407 mg, 0.92 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (22.0 mg, 0.10 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL), ethanol (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was stirred at 80 0C for 16 hours under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL), washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Afterfiltration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate/hexanes as eluent to give 46 mg (16%) of P- 246. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.99 (s, 3 H) 3.79 (s, 3 H) 3.94 (s, 2 H) 6.20 (br. s., 1 H) 6.91 (d, J=8.32 Hz, 1 H) 7.08 - 7.17 (m, 4 H) 7.16 - 7.22 (m, 2 H) 7.27 - 7.34 (m, 2 H) 7.35 - 7.41 (m, 1 H) 7.48 (s, 1 H) Example 364. Preparation of P-476
Figure imgf000429_0001
1-33 1-300 P-476
[00875] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Chloro-6-hydroxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-methyl- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1-300). A reaction mixture of compound 1-33 (300 mg, 0.96 mmol), methyl-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (417 mg, 1.25 mmol), triphenylphosphine (52 mg, 0.20 mmol), K3PO4 (414 mg, 2.0 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (52.0 mg, 0.20 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL), ethanol (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was stirred at 80 0C for 3 hours under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL), washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After Titration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /hexane as eluent to give 340 mg (81%) of product 1-300.
[00876] Synthesis of [4-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-methyl- amine hydrochloric acid (P-476). 1-300 (90 mg, 0.21 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (1 mL) and then TFA (1 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature 0.5 hour, followed by removal TFA in vacuo. The material was acidified with aqueous IM HCl to pH = 2 and extracted with ether (3 x 3 mL). The aqueous layer was then basified with aqueous 2M Na2CO3 to pH = 9 and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 3 mL) and the combined extracts were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ether (3 mL) and 2M HCl solution in ether (3 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for 2 hours. The solid was vacuum filtered to afford 32 mg (41%, two steps) of P-476 as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.98 (s, 3 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 6.90 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 - 7.12 (m, 2 H), 7.27 - 7.39 (m, 5 H), 7.45 - 7.54 (m, 3 H), 11.47 (br s, 2 H) ppm. Example 365. Preparation of P-247
Figure imgf000430_0001
1-154 1-301 I-302 P-247
[00877] Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Chloro-ό-methoxy-biphenyl-S -ylmethyl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1-301). A reaction mixture of compound 1-154 (300 mg, 0.96 mmol), 4-(N-Boc-amino)phenylboronic acid (228 mg, 0.96 mmol), triphenylphosphine (75 mg, 0.29 mmol), K3PO4 (407 mg, 1.92 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (22.0 mg, 0.10 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL), ethanol (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was stirred at 80 0C for 3 hours under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL), washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /hexane to yield 200 mg (50%) of product I- 301.
[00878] Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1-302) 1-301 (140 mg, 0.33 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of DMF and stirred for 10 minutes under N2; then NaH was added. Once effervescence had ceased, ethyl iodide was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and quenched with 20 mL of water. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL), and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, 120 mg (81 %) of 1-302 was collected.
[00879] Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)-phenyl]- ethylamine;HCl salt (P-247). Compound 1-302 (120 mg, 0.27 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (1 mL) and then added TFA (1 mL) was added The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. The mixture was cincentrated and the residue was dissolved in ether (2 mL) and 2M HCl solution in ether (2 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for another 2 hours. The solid was vacuum filtered to afford 30 mg (29%, two steps) of P-247 as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.32 - 1.43 (m, 3 H), 3.32 (br s, 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 6.90 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 - 7.14 (m, 2 H), 7.23 - 7.39 (m, 5H), 7.44 - 7.55 (m, 3 H), 11.40 (br. s., 1 H) ppm.
Example 366. Preparation of P-477
Figure imgf000431_0001
[00880] Synthesis of N-[3-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- acetamide (P-477). A reaction mixture of compound 1-154 (500 mg, 1.60 mmol), 3-(N- Phenyl-acetamide)boronic acid (280 mg, 1.60 mmol), triphenylphosphine (126 mg, 0.48 mmol), K3PO4 (678 mg, 3.20 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (36.0 mg, 0.16 mmol) in 1,2- dimethoxyethane (5 mL), ethanol (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 16 hours under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL), washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /hexane and methanol/dichloromethane to yield 178 mg (30 %) of P-477) 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.11 - 2.23 (m, 3 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 6.90 (d, J=8.32 Hz, 1 H), 6.95 (d, J=7.51 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 - 7.09 (m, 1 H), 7.09 - 7.16 (m, 2 H), 7.19 - 7.34 (m, 4 H), 7.34 - 7.42 (m, 2 H), 7.50 (s, 1 H) ppm.
Example 367. Preparation of P-255
Figure imgf000431_0002
[00881] Synthesis of 3-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenylamine (P- 255). To a 24 mL vial was placed P-477 (80mg, 0.22 mmol) , concentrated HCl (4 mL) and EtOH (4 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 85 0C over night. White solid was formed upon cooling to room temperature. To the vial was added H2O (10 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes then filtered to yield 75 mg (95%) of P-255. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.77 (s, 3 H), 3.96 (s, 2 H), 6.84 - 6.96 (m, 1 H), 7.03 - 7.14 (m, 2 H), 7.16 - 7.44 (m, 7 H), 7.50 (s, 1 H), 10.50 (br s, 2 H) ppm.
Example 368. Preparation of P-270
Figure imgf000432_0001
P-270
[00882] Synthesis of [3-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-urea (P- 270). To a 24 mL vial was placed P-255 (60mg, 0.17 mmol), NaOCN (21.7mg, 0.33 mmol), AcOH (1 mL) and H2O (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. The white solid formed was filtered to yield 54 mg. (87%) of P- 270. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-dβ) 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.86 (s, 2 H), 5.76 (s, 2 H), 6.78 (m, 1 H), 7.04 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 - 7.20 (m, 3 H), 7.23 - 7.25 (m, 1 H), 7.35 - 7.43 (m, 3 H), 7.48 (m, 1 H), 8.43 (s, IH) ppm.
Example 369. Preparation of P -271
Figure imgf000432_0002
P-271
[00883] Synthesis of N-[3-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-phenyl]- methanesulfonamide (P-271). To a 4 mL vial was added P-255 (60 mg, 0.17 mmol), followed by pyridine (2 mL) then methanesulfonyl chloride (13 μL) at 00C. The resulting solution was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL). The combined organics were concentrated under vacuum, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with methanol/dichloromethane to yield 36.7 mg (55 %) of P-271). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.98 (s, 3 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 2 H), 6.53 (s, 1 H), 6.91 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 - 7.17 (m, 5 H), 7.22 - 7.35 (m, 3 H), 7.34 - 7.41 (m, 1 H), 7.48 (s, 1 H) ppm.
Example 370. Preparation of P-282
Figure imgf000433_0001
P-282
[00884] Synthesis of 3-(3'-Chloro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide (P- 282). A reaction mixture of compound 1-154 (200 mg, 0.64 mmol), 3-benzamid boronic acid (129 mg, 0.96 mmol), triphenylphosphine (50 mg, 0.20 mmol), K3PO4 (271mg, 1.28 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (14.0 mg, 0.06 mmol) in 1, 2 -dimethoxy ethane (2.5 mL), ethanol (0.25 mL) and water (0.25 mL) was stirred at 80 0C overnight under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 3 mL), and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate /hexane and dichloromethane to yield 108 mg (48 %) of P-282).
[00885] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.78 (s, 3 H), 3.99 (s, 2 H), 6.12 (br s, 2 H), 6.89 (d, J=8.32 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 - 7.15 (m, 2 H), 7.23 - 7.39 (m, 5 H), 7.48 (s, 1 H), 7.57 - 7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.69 (s, 1 H) ppm.
Example 371. Preparation of P-303
Figure imgf000434_0001
P-303
[00886] Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- phenyl]-dimethyl-amine (P-303). A reaction mixture of compound 1-33 (100 mg, 0.30 mmol), 4- NN-dimethylphenylboronic acid (60 mg, 0.36 mmol), K3PO4 (127 mg, 0.60 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL), ethanol (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was purged with argon for 5 minutes before adding palladium tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) (18 mg, 0.02 mmol) and then stirred at 80 0C overnight under argon. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x3 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried over Νa2S04. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate/hexane and methanol/ ethyl acetate as eluent to give free base P-303. P-303 was dissolved in ether (2 mL) and HCl (2M in ether) was added and the resulting solution was then stirred for 30 minutes. Filtration of the mixture afforded 53 mg (43%) of P-303 HCl salt. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.91 (s, 6 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.87 (s, 2 H), 6.62 - 6.74 (m, 3 H), 7.01 - 7.13 (m, 3 H), 7.24 - 7.36 (m, 3 H), 7.40 (s, 1 H) ppm.
Example 372. Preparation of P-310
Figure imgf000434_0002
[00887] Synthesis of 2-(3'-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylmethyl)-5- ethoxy-thiophene (P-310). A reaction mixture of compound 1-33 (100 mg, 0.30 mmol), 4-ethoxythiophene boronic acid (50 mg, 0.36 mmol), K3PO4 (127 mg, 0.60 mmol) in 1,2- dimethoxyethane (4 mL), ethanol (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was purged with Ar for 5 minutes before adding palladium tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) (18 mg, 0.02 mmol) and then stirred at 80 0C over night under Ar. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (3 x 3 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate/hexanes and methanol/ethyl acetate as eluent to give 40 mg (35 %) of P-310. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.39 (t, J= 8 Hz, 3 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.89 (2, 2 H), 4.00 (q, 2 H), 6.80 (m, 1 H), 7.05 - 7.40 (m, 7H) ppm.
Example 373. Preparation of P-311
Figure imgf000435_0001
[00888] Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- phenyl]-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1-303). A reaction mixture of compound I- 33 (300 mg, 0.91 mmol), methyl-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)- phenylj-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (240 mg, 1.09 mmol), palladium tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) (53 mg, 0.05 mmol), K3PO4 (380 mg, 1.82 mmol) in 1,2- dimethoxyethane (10 mL), ethanol (1 mL) and water (1 mL) was purged with argon for 5 minutes before adding palladium tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) (53 mg, 0.05 mmol) and then stirred at 80 0C for 2 hours under argon. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate /hexane as eluent to give 240 mg (60 %) of 1-303.
[00889] Synthesis of [4-(3 '-Chloro-2-fluoro-6-methoxy-biphenyl-3 -ylmethyl)- phenyl]-methyl-amine (P-311). 1-303 (240 mg, 0.21 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (1 mL) and then TFA (1 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. The solvent was removed and the residue was diluted with ether (3 mL) and HCl (2M in ether) (2 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The resulting solids were filtered to provide 130 mg (70 %) of P-311 HCl salt. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.99 (br s, 3 H), 3.76 (s, 3 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 6.71 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.07 (t, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 - 7.40 (m, 6 H), 7.47 - 7.55 (m, 2 H), 11.46 (br s, 1 H) ppm.
Example 374. Preparation of P-326
Figure imgf000436_0001
P-326
[00890] Synthesis of l-[3'-(4-Dimethylamino-benzyl)-2'-fluoro-6'-methoxy-biphenyl- 3-yl]-ethanone (P-326). In an 24 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-223 (150 mg, 0.45 mmol), 4-(dimethylamino)phenylboronic acid (89.1 mg, 0.54 mmol), potassium carbonate (136 mg, 0.99 mmol), l,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (60 mg, 0.14 mmol), allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (26 mg, 0.07 mmol) and dimethylformamide (3 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 0C over night under N2. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and to the filtrate was added water (10 mL). After extraction with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to give free base product. Conversion of the free base product to HCl salt was accomplished by dissolving the free base in ether (2 mL) and then HCl (2N in ether) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 0.5 hour. The resulting solids were filtered to provide 66.2 mg (39 %) of P-326 HCl salt. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.62 (s, 3 H), 2.91 (s, 6 H), 3.74 (s, 3 H), 3.88 (s, 2 H), 6.70 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 3 H), 7.04 - 7.14 (m, 3 H), 7.47 - 7.55 (m, 1 H), 7.54 - 7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.94 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.00 (s, 1 H) ppm. Example 375. Preparation of P-332
Figure imgf000437_0001
[00891] Synthesis of 1 -[3 '-(6-Dimethylamino-pyridin-3 -ylmethyl)-2'-fluoro-6'- methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-ethanone (P-332). In an 24 mL vial equipped with a stir bar was placed 1-223 (150 mg, 0.45 mmol), 6-(dimethylamino)pyridin-3-yl-boronic acid (155 mg, 0.54 mmol), potassium carbonate (136 mg, 0.99 mmol), 1,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)pentane (60 mg, 0.14 mmol), allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (26 mg, 0.07 mmol) and dimethylformamide (3 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 0C overnight under N2. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and to the filtrate was added water (10 mL). After extraction with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL), the organic portions were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography utilizing EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent to give free base product. Conversion of the free base product to HCl salt was accomplished by dissolving it in dichloromethane (1 mL) and then adding HCl (2N in ether) and stir 0.5 hour. After filtration, 100 mg (59 5) of P-332 HCl salt was obtained.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.40 (br s, 6 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H), 3.85 (s, 2 H); 6.7 - 8.1 (m, 9H).
Table of IH NMR Spectra
Figure imgf000437_0002
Figure imgf000438_0001
Figure imgf000439_0001
Figure imgf000440_0001
Figure imgf000441_0001
Figure imgf000442_0001
Figure imgf000443_0001
Figure imgf000444_0001
Figure imgf000445_0001
Figure imgf000446_0001
Figure imgf000447_0001
Figure imgf000448_0001

Claims

CLAIMS We claim:
1. A compound of formula I
Figure imgf000449_0001
or salt thereof wherein
R1 is an optionally substituted carbocycle or optionally substituted heterocycle of three or fewer rings;
R is an optionally substituted carbocycle or optionally substituted heterocycle of two or fewer rings;
R3 is chosen from H, -C(O)NH2, -(d-C6)alkyl, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, -(Ci-C6)alkyl-R30,
-(C2-C6)alkyl-R31, and saturated 4- or 5-membered heterocycle optionally substituted with methyl;
R30 is chosen from -C(=0)NH2 and 4- or 5-membered heterocycle optionally substituted with methyl;
R31 is chosen from (Ci-C/Oalkoxy, amino, hydroxy, (Ci-C6)alkylamino and di(Ci-
C6)alkylamino;
R4 is chosen from H and F;
R6 is chosen from H, (Ci-Ce)alkyl and halogen;
X is N, N→O, or C-R5;
R5 is chosen from H, halogen, OH, (Ci-C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxy, CF3, CN, NH2 ,
CH2OH, CH2NH2 and C≡CH; and
M is chosen from direct bond, -C(R20)(R21)-, -0-, -NR22-, -S(O)n-, -C(O)-,
-C(R20)(R21)C(R20)(R21)-, -C(R20)=C(R21)-, -C(R20)(R21)-O-, -C(R20)(R21)-NR22-, -
451 C(R20)(R21)-S(O)n-, -C(R20)(R21)-C(=O)-, -O-C(R20)(R21)-, -NR22-C(R20)(R21)-,
-S(O)n-C(R20)(R21)-, -C(=O)-C(R20)(R21)- and
Figure imgf000450_0001
-
Figure imgf000450_0002
is a five or six-membered ring optionally substituted with methyl; and n is zero, one or two; and
R20, R21 and R22 are selected independently in each occurrence from H and (Ci- C4)alkyl; with the provisos that:
(a) when R3 is methyl, M is CH2 and R2 is a five-membered ring heterocycle, then R1 cannot be pentamethyltetralin;
(b) when R3 is methyl, M is CH2 and R1 is a five-membered ring heterocycle, then R2 cannot be pentamethyltetralin.
2. A compound or salt according to claim 1 wherein X is N or N→O:
Figure imgf000450_0003
452
3. A compound or salt according to claim 1 wherein X is CR of formula:
Figure imgf000451_0001
wherein R2 is chosen from pyrazolyl and substituted phenyl.
4. A compound or salt according to any of claims 1, 2 or 3 wherein M is chosen from direct bond, -CH2-, -CH(OH)-, -C[(CH3)(OH)]-, -C[(CH3)(NH2)]-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -NH-, -N(CH3)-, -S(O)n-, -CH2NH-, -CH2CH2-, -CH=CH-, -CH2S(O)n-, -CH2O- and
Figure imgf000451_0002
5. A compound or salt according to any of claims 1, 2 or 3 wherein R1 is a substituted phenyl.
6. A compound or salt according to any of claims 1, 2 or 3 wherein R1 is an optionally substituted heterocycle chosen from pyrazole, pyrrole, indole, quinoline, isoquinoline, tetrahydroisoquinoline, benzofuran, benzodioxan, benzodioxole, morpholine, thiazole, pyridine, pyridine N-oxide, pyrimidine, thiene, furan, oxazole, oxazoline, oxazolidine, isoxazolidine, isoxazole, dioxane, azetidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, pyridazine, azepine, pyrazolidine, imidazole, imidazoline, imidazolidine, purine, imidazolopyridine, pyrazine, thiazolidine, isothiazole, 1,2- thiazine- 1,1 -dioxide, 2,6,7-trioxabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, quinuclidine, isothiazolidine, benzimidazole, thiadiazole, benzopyran, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzoxadiazole, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, benzothiene, thiamorpholine, thiamorpholine sulfoxide, thiamorpholine sulfone, oxadiazole, triazole, tetrazole,
453 isoindole, pyrrolopyridine, triazolopyridine and the dihydro and tetrahydro congeners thereof.
7. A compound or salt according to claim 6 wherein R1 is an optionally substituted heterocycle chosen from pyrazole, benzodioxole, morpholine, thiazole, pyridine, pyridine N-oxide, pyrimidine, thiene, oxazolidine, isoxazole, azetidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, imidazole, imidazolidine, imidazolopyridine, pyrazine, 1,2- thiazine- 1 , 1 -dioxide, benzimidazole, thiadiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, oxadiazole, triazole, tetrazole, isoindole, pyrrolopyridine, triazolopyridine and the dihydro and tetrahydro congeners thereof.
8. A compound or salt according to claim 5 wherein said substituted phenyl is substituted with a substituent chosen from halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, acyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, carbonyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, benzenesulfonyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, oxaalkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl, carboxyalkylcarbonylamino, carboxamido, aminocarbonyloxy, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, cyano, acetoxy, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, (alkyl)(aryl)aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkoxy, alkyl(hydroxyalkyl)amino, heterocyclylalkoxy, mercapto, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylamino, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylthio, arylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylamino, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, acylaminoalkyl, acylaminoalkoxy, acylamino, amidino, aryl, benzyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclylamino, hydroxyimino, alkoxyimino, oxaalkyl, aminosulfonyl, trityl, amidino, guanidino, ureido, -NHC(=O)NHalkyl, -NHC(=O)NH-heterocyclyl, -alkyl-NHC(=O)N(alkyl)2, heterocyclylalkylcarbonylamino, benzyloxyphenyl, benzyloxy, the residues of amino acids, amino acid amides, protected residues of aminoacids, protected residues of amino acid amides, N-methylated amino acids and N-methylated amino acid amides.
9. A compound or salt according to claim 5 wherein said substituted phenyl is substituted with a substituent chosen from -CH3, -CH2CF3, -CF3, -CHO, -COOH,
454 -CN, halogen, -OH, , -OEt, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NHEt, -C(=0)NMe2 -COOCH3, -COOEt, -CH2NHC(=O)NH2, -CH(CH3)NHC(=O)NH2, -CH2NHC(=0)H, -CH2NHC(=O)CH3, -CH2C(=O)NH2, -CH2COOH, -CH2COOEt, -CH2NHC(=O)OEt, -CH2NHC(=O)O-C6H5, -CH2NHC(=O)C(=O)NH2, -CH2NHC(=O)NHEt, -C(CH3)2OH, -CH2NHC(=O)N(CH3)2, -CH2NHC(=O)NHCH3, -CH2NH2, -CH(CH3)NH2, -C(CH3)2NH2, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -CH2OC(=O)NHEt, -OCH3, -0C(=0)NH2, -OCH2CH2N(CH3)2, -OCH2CH2OCH3, -NHC(=0)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHEt, -NHCH3, -NHEt, -NH(tBoc), -NHCH2COOH, -N(CH3)CH2COOH, -NHC(O)NHCH2CH2Cl, -NHSO2NH2, -NHEt, -N(CH3)2, -NH2, , -NH(CH3)C(=O)NH2, -NHSO2CH3, -N(SO2CH3)2, -NHC(=O)OCH3, -NHC(=O)OtBu, -NHC(=O)CH3, -SO2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2CH2COOH, -NHC(=O)NHCH2COOH, -CH2NHCHO, -NHC(=O)NHCH2COOEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)3COOEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)2COOEt, -N(CH3)CH2CH2OH, -NHC(O)OEt, -N(Et)C(O)OEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)2COOH, -NHC(=O)CH2N(CH3)2, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)3COOH, -NHC(=O)CH2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2CH2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2NH(tBoc),
Figure imgf000453_0001
10. A compound or salt according to claim 6 wherein said substituted heterocycle is substituted with a substituent chosen from halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, acyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, carbonyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, benzenesulfonyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, oxaalkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl, carboxyalkylcarbonylamino, carboxamido, aminocarbonyloxy, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, cyano, acetoxy, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminoalkyl, (alkyl)(aryl)aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkoxy, alkyl(hydroxyalkyl)amino, heterocyclylalkoxy, mercapto, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylamino, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylthio, arylsulfonyl,
455 arylsulfonylamino, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, acylaminoalkyl, acylaminoalkoxy, acylamino, amidino, aryl, benzyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclylamino, hydroxyimino, alkoxyimino, oxaalkyl, aminosulfonyl, trityl, amidino, guanidino, ureido, -NHC(=O)NHalkyl, -NHC(O)NH- heterocyclyl, -alkyl-NHC(=O)N(alkyl)2, heterocyclylalkylcarbonylamino, benzyloxyphenyl, benzyloxy, the residues of amino acids, amino acid amides, protected residues of aminoacids, protected residues of amino acid amides, N- methylated amino acids and N-methylated amino acid amides.
11. A compound or salt according to claim 6 wherein said substituted heterocycle is substituted with a substituent chosen from -CH3, -CH2CF3, -CF3, -CHO, -COOH, -CN, halogen, -OH, , -OEt, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NHEt, -C(=O)NMe2 -COOCH3, -COOEt, -CH2NHC(=O)NH2, -CH(CH3)NHC(=O)NH2, -CH2NHC(=O)H, -CH2NHC(K))CH3, -CH2C(=O)NH2, -CH2COOH, -CH2COOEt, -CH2NHC(=O)OEt, -CH2NHC(=O)O-C6H5, -CH2NHC(=O)C(=O)NH2, -CH2NHC(=O)NHEt, -C(CH3)2OH, -CH2NHC(=O)N(CH3)2, -CH2NHC(=O)NHCH3, -CH2NH2, -CH(CH3)NH2, -C(CH3)2NH2, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -CH2OC(=O)NHEt, -OCH3, -OC(O)NH2, -OCH2CH2N(CH3)2, -OCH2CH2OCH3, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(O)NHEt, -NHCH3, -NHEt, -NH(tBoc), -NHCH2COOH, -N(CH3)CH2COOH, -NHC(O)NHCH2CH2Cl, -NHSO2NH2, -NHEt, -N(CH3)2, -NH2, , -NH(CH3)C(O)NH2, -NHSO2CH3, -N(SO2CH3)2, -NHC(=O)OCH3, -NHC(O)OtBu, -NHC(O)CH3, -SO2NH2, -NHC(O)CH2CH2COOH, -NHC(O)NHCH2COOH, -CH2NHCHO, -NHC(O)NHCH2COOEt, -NHC(O)NH(CH2)3C00Et, -NHC(O)NH(CH2)2C00Et, -N(CH3)CH2CH2OH, -NHC(O)OEt, -N(Et)C(O)OEt, -NHC(O)NH(CH2)2C00H, -NHC(O)CH2N(CHO2, -NHC(O)NH(CHO3COOH, -NHC(O)CH2NH2, -NHC(O)CH2CH2NH2, -NHC(0)CH2NH(tBoc),
Figure imgf000454_0001
456
12. A compound or salt according to any of claims 1, 2 or 3 wherein R2 is chosen from optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted monocyclic unsaturated heterocycle, unsubstituted bicyclic unsaturated heterocycle and fluoro-substituted bicyclic unsaturated heterocycle.
13. A compound or salt according to claim 8 wherein R is chosen from optionally substituted phenyl, indole, benzodioxole, benzoxadiazole, benzodioxan, benzimidazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, pyridine and pyridine N-oxide.
14. A compound or salt according to claim 13 wherein R2 is chosen from meta- substituted phenyl, indole, benzodioxole, 2,2-difluorobenzodioxole, benzooxadiazole, benzimidazole, 5 -(pyridin-4-yl)[ 1,2,4] oxadiazole, 5-(pyridin-4-yl)[l,3,4]oxadiazole, benzodioxan, 4-chloropyrazole, 4-(pyridin-4-yl)pyrazole, 6-chloropyridine, 3- (trifluoromethyl)pyrazole, and pyridine N-oxide.
15. A compound or salt according to claim 13 wherein R2 is substituted phenyl:
Figure imgf000455_0001
wherein R7 is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, halo(Ci-Ce)alkyl, hydroxy, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, (Ci-C6)oxaalkyl, carboxy, (Ci-C6)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl (-CONH2), (Ci-C6)alkylaminocarbonyl, acyl, hydroxy(Ci-C6)alkyl, halo(Ci-Ce)alkoxy, amino(Ci-C6)alkyl, , amino, (Ci-C6)alkylamino, di[(Ci- Ce)alkyl] amino, mercapto, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (Ci-
457 C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonamido, acylamino, amidino, phenyl, benzyl, hetercyclyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, and heteroaryloxy; and
R8 and R13 are chosen independently from H and F.
16. A compound or salt according to claim 15, wherein R and R are H and R is chosen from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, oxadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, methylthio, methanesulfinyl, methanesulfonyl, methansulfonamido, amino, methoxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, and morpholinyl.
17. A compound or salt according to any of claims 1, 2 or 3 wherein R1 is chosen from optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted five membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted six-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted 4-7 membered non-aryl heterocycle, and optionally substituted fused bicycle.
458
18. A compound or salt according to claim 17, wherein R1 is chosen from optionally substituted phenyls; optionally substituted five membered heteroaryls selected from thiazoles, thiadiazoles, pyrazoles, oxadiazole, isoxazoles, triazoles, imidazoles, thiophenes, tetrazoles and oxazoles; optionally substituted six membered hereroaryls selected from pyridines, pyrimidines, pyridazinones, pyrimidinone, pyridinone, pyrazines and diazines; optionally substituted 5-and 6- membered non- aryl heterocyclics selected from tetrahydrothiophenes, piperazine, oxazolidinones, imidazolidinones, morpholines, piperidines, pyrrolidinones, pyrrolidinediones, pyrrolidines, piperidinones, piperidinediones and trioxa-bicyclo[2.2.2]octanes; and optionally substituted fused bicycles selected from benzoxazolones, indoles, isoindolinediones, 2H-pyrrolopyridinediones, purines, indolinediones, triazolopyridinones, benzimidazoles, benzoxadiazoles, quinolines and quinolones; wherein the substituents are chosen independently from hydrogen, halogen, halo(Ci- Ce)alkyl, hydroxyl, (Ci-Ce)alkoxy, carboxy, (Ci-Ce)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl (- CONH2), (Ci-C6)alkylaminocarbonyl, cyano, carbonyl (oxo), acyl, hydroxy(Ci- Ce)alkyl, halo(Ci-C6)alkoxy, amino(Ci-C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxy(Ci-C6)alkyl, nitro, amino, (Ci-C6)alkylamino, di[(Ci-C6)alkyl]amino, mercapto, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate, sulfonimide, acylamino, amidino, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, aminocarbonyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, (Ci- C6)alkoxycarbonyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, carboxy(Ci-Ce)alkyl, formylamino(Ci-C6)alkyl, carboxy(Ci-C6)alkylamino, -(CH2)p-NR12CO-(CH2)q-NR9R10, -NHSO2R11, - OCH2CH2NR9R10 -NHSO2NR9R10, -SO2NR9R10, -(CH2)p-NHCOR9, OCONR9R10 and NR12COOR11;
R3 is chosen from -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3, -CHF2 and -CH2F; R5 is chosen from H, -F, -OH, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, -CN, -NH2 and -C≡CH; R2 is
(a) phenyl and R7 is chosen from H, halogen, nitro, acetyl, hydroxyethyl, - NH2, -SCH3, methoxycarbonyl, -SOCH3, -SO2CH3, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CN, -CF3, - CH2OCH3 ; or
(b) benzoxadiazole, benzodioxole, 2,2-difluorobenzodioxole, benzoxadiazole, benzodioxan, benzimidazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, pyridine and pyridine N-oxide; R9 is chosen from H, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy(Ci-C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxycarboxy(Ci-C6)alkyl;
459 R10 is H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, or taken together, or
R9 and R10 together form a heterocycle optionally substituted with (Ci-Ce)alkyl; p is 0 or 1, q is 0, 1 or 2,
Rn is linear (Ci-C6)alkyl,
R12 is H or (Ci-C6)alkyl; or two adjacent substituents together form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring; with the provisos that
(i) when R5 is H, R3 is -CH3 and R1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyrazole, then R is m-nitrophenyl or optionally substituted heterocycle;;
(ii) when R5 is H, R3 is -CH3, and R2 is meta-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, then R1
Figure imgf000458_0001
is not
(iii) when R5 is H, R3 is -CH3, and R2 is m-nitrophenyl then R1 is not
Figure imgf000458_0002
(iv) when R5 is H, R3 is -CH3, and R2 is m-methoxyphenyl or m-acetylphenyl,
Figure imgf000458_0003
then R1 is not
460
19. A compound or salt according to claim 1 of formula
Figure imgf000459_0001
wherein
Rla is phenyl, five-membered heteroaryl, six-membered heteroaryl, 4-7 membered non-aryl heterocycle or fused bicycle;
R14 is chosen from H, -CH2NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHEt, -CH3, -CH2CF3, -CH2NHC(=O)CH3, -NHCH3, -NHEt, -NH(tBoc), -CHO, -NHC(=O)NHCH2CH2C1, -NHSO2NH2, -NHEt, -N(CH3)2, -NH2, -COOH, -C(=0)NH2, -CH2CC=O)NH2, -CH2COOH, -CH2COOEt, -CN, -OCH3, -0C(=0)NH2, -NH(CH3)CC=O)NH2, halogen, -CH2NHC(=O)OEt, - NHSO2CH3, -N(SO2CH3)2, -NHC(=0)0CH3, -OH, -CH2NHC(=O)N(CH3)2, -CH2NH2, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -SO2NH2, -NHC(=0)NHCH2C00H, -CH2NHCHO, -NHC(=0)NHCH2C00Et, -COOCH3, , -COOEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)3COOEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)2COOEt, -NH(Et)C(=O)OEt, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)2COOH, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -OEt, -NHC(=O)CH2N(CH3)2, -NHC(=O)NH(CH2)3COOH, -NHC(=O)CH2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2CH2NH2, -NHC(=O)CH2NH(tBoc), -OCH2CH2N(CH3)2, -OCH2CH2OCH3, 3 '-nitro-6-methoxybiphenyl-3 -ylmethyl, tetrahydroimidazol-2-on- 1 -yl, 3 -methyltetrahydroimidazol-2-one- 1 -yl,
461 pyrazol- 1 -yl,
Figure imgf000460_0001
,
Figure imgf000460_0002
R15 is chosen from H, NO2, OH, NH2, and -NHSO2NH2; or
R15 together with R14 forms methylene dioxy;
R27 is chosen from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, halo(Ci-Ce)alkyl, hydroxy, (Ci- Ce)alkoxy, (Ci-Ce)oxaalkyl, carboxy, (Ci-Ce)alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl (-CONH2), (Ci-C6)alkylaminocarbonyl, acyl, hydroxy(Ci-C6)alkyl, halo(Ci- Ce)alkoxy, amino(Ci-C6)alkyl, , amino, (Ci-C6)alkylamino, di[(Ci- C6)alkyl] amino, mercapto, (Ci-C6)alkylthio, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (Ci- C6)alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6)alkylsulfonamido, acylamino, amidino, phenyl, benzyl, hetercyclyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, and heteroaryloxy;
R28 is chosen from H and F, or
R27 together with R28 forms a five-membered ring.
20. A compound or salt according to claim 19 wherein R27 and R28 represent a fused heterocycle at 3- and 4- positions so that the residue formed from R27 and R28 together with the phenyl to which they are attached is chosen from:
Figure imgf000460_0003
21. A compound or salt according to claim 19 wherein R27 is chosen from halogen, nitro, acetyl, hydroxyethyl, amino, methylthio, trifluoromethyl, methoxymethyl, methoxycarbonyl, trifluoromethoxy, cyano and 1,3,4- thiadiazol-2-yl, or taken together R7 and R8 are methylenedioxy or difluoromethylenedioxy.
462
22. A compound or salt according to claim 21 wherein Rla is chosen from a benzene ring, a triazole, a pyridine or pyridine-N-oxide, a pyrazole, a tetrahydrothiophene, an imidazole, a pyrimidine, a thiadiazole, and an imidazopyridine.
23. A compound or salt according to any of claims 1 -3 wherein R5 is fluoro, H, CN or OH.
24. A compound or salt according to any of claims 1-3 wherein R is methyl or fluoromethyl.
25. A compound or salt according to claim 1 of formula:
Figure imgf000461_0001
wherein
R3 is methyl or fluorinated methyl;
Y is CH or N;
R a is chosen from halogen, cyano, acetyl, methylthio, nitro and trifluoromethyl; and
Rlb is chosen from -NR1 'C(O)NR18R1 y and
Figure imgf000461_0002
463 wherein
Figure imgf000462_0001
is a 4-7 membered ring heterocycle attached through its nitrogen;
R17, and R18 are independently chosen from H, (Ci-Ce)alkyl and halo(Ci-Ce)alkyl;
R19 is chosen from H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, halo(d-C6)alkyl, -[(Ci-C6)alkyl]COOH, and -
[(Ci-C6)alkyl]COO(Ci-C6)alkyl; and RR2200 iiss cchhoosseenn ffrroomm aa ccaarrbbooxxyylliicc aacciidd,, a carboxamide, a carboxylic ester, a primary, secondary or tertiary alcohol and a primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
26. A compound or salt according to claim 25 wherein
X is CH, CF or N-O;
M is -CH2- or -S-;
R27a is chosen from chloro, cyano, acetyl and methylthio; and
R16 is chosen from -NR17C(=O)NR18R19,
Figure imgf000462_0002
and
Figure imgf000462_0003
27. A compound or salt according to claim 26 wherein Y is CH; M is -CH2-; R 27a is chloro; and R16 is -NR17C(=O)NR18R19.
28. A compound or salt according to claim 27 wherein R16 is -NR17C(=O)NR18R19 and R17, R18 and R19 are all hydrogen.
464
29. A salt of a compound of any of claims 1-3 or 25-28 wherein the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28.
31. A pharmaceutical composition comprising
(a) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier;
(b) a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28; and
(c) a second agent chosen from cholinesterase inhibitors, NMDA antagonists, calpain inhibitors and antioxidants.
32. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 31 wherein said second agent is chosen from tacrine, huperzine, donepezil, lanicemine, remacemide, neramexane, memantine, vitamin E and coenzyme QlO.
33. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition mediated by phosphodiesterase-4 comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28.
34. A method according to claim 33 wherein said disease or condition is chosen from stroke, myocardial infarct, and cardiovascular inflammatory conditions.
35. A method according to claim 33 wherein said disease or condition is cancer.
36. A method according to claim 33 wherein said disease or condition is chosen from asthma and COPD.
465
37. A method for improving cognitive function comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28.
38. A method according to claim 37 wherein said cognitive function is memory or cognition.
39. A method according to claim 37 for treating learning disorders.
40. A method for treating schizophrenia or Huntington's disease comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28.
41. A method for treating or preventing bone loss comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28.
42. A method for treating depression or anxiety comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28.
43. A method for treating bladder inflammation, bladder overactivity and pain arising from bladder inflammation comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-
28.
44. Use of a compound or salt according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28 for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disorder responsive to inhibition of phosphodiesterase-4 in a subject in need thereof.
45. Use according to claim 44 wherein said disorder is chosen from stroke, myocardial infarct, and cardiovascular inflammatory conditions.
46. Use according to claim 44 wherein said disorder is cancer.
466
47. Use according to claim 44 wherein said disorder is chosen from asthma and COPD.
48. Use of a compound or salt according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28 for improving cognitive function.
49. Use according to claim 48 wherein said cognitive function is memory, learning disorder or cognition.
50. Use of a compound or salt according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28 for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of schizophrenia or Huntington's disease.
51. Use of a compound or salt according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28 for the treatment or prevention of bone loss.
52. Use of a compound or salt according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28 for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of depression or anxiety.
53. Use of a compound or salt according to any of claims 1-3 or 25-28 for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of bladder inflammation, bladder overactivity and pain arising from bladder inflammation.
54. Use of a compound or salt of any of claims 1 -3 or 25-28 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disorder is chosen from stroke, myocardial infarct, cardiovascular inflammatory conditions, cancer, asthma, COPD, memory, learning disorder, cognition, schizophrenia, Huntington's disease, bone loss, depression, anxiety, bladder inflammation, bladder overactivity or pain arising from bladder inflammation.
467
PCT/US2008/084193 2007-11-21 2008-11-20 Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating inflammation WO2009067600A2 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN2008801251758A CN102089279A (en) 2007-11-21 2008-11-20 Biaryl PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammation
AU2008326381A AU2008326381B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2008-11-20 Biaryl PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammation
JP2010535064A JP2011505341A (en) 2007-11-21 2008-11-20 Biaryl PDE4 inhibitors to treat inflammatory, cardiovascular and CNS disorders
EP08851045A EP2222638A2 (en) 2007-11-21 2008-11-20 Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating inflammation
CA2722582A CA2722582A1 (en) 2007-11-21 2008-11-20 Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating inflammation
PCT/US2008/084193 WO2009067600A2 (en) 2007-11-21 2008-11-20 Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating inflammation
IL205881A IL205881A0 (en) 2008-11-20 2010-05-20 Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating inflammation

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US98955107P 2007-11-21 2007-11-21
US60/989,551 2007-11-21
PCT/US2008/084193 WO2009067600A2 (en) 2007-11-21 2008-11-20 Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating inflammation

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009067600A2 true WO2009067600A2 (en) 2009-05-28
WO2009067600A3 WO2009067600A3 (en) 2009-07-30

Family

ID=41650335

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/084193 WO2009067600A2 (en) 2007-11-21 2008-11-20 Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating inflammation

Country Status (6)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2222638A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2011505341A (en)
CN (1) CN102089279A (en)
AU (1) AU2008326381B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2722582A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2009067600A2 (en)

Cited By (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010059838A2 (en) * 2008-11-20 2010-05-27 Decode Genetics Ehf Pde4 inhibitors selective for the long form of pde4 for treating inflammation and avoiding side effects
CN102617457A (en) * 2011-01-28 2012-08-01 天津药物研究院 New method for preparing roflumilast
US8338405B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2012-12-25 Dart Neuroscience Llc Therapeutic piperazines
CN103012408A (en) * 2012-11-28 2013-04-03 中国科学院广州生物医药与健康研究院 Synthesis method of epinastine
CN103012255A (en) * 2011-09-21 2013-04-03 天津康鸿医药科技发展有限公司 Roflumilast crystal form compound, preparation method, composition and applications thereof
JP2013530241A (en) * 2010-06-30 2013-07-25 アイロンウッド ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド sGC stimulant
JP2013532734A (en) * 2010-08-04 2013-08-19 ユニバーシティ オブ バージニア パテント ファウンデーション Compositions and methods for treating inflammatory diseases
JP2014503537A (en) * 2010-12-24 2014-02-13 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・ベー・フェー N-substituted azetidine derivatives
US8791267B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2014-07-29 Decode Genetics Ehf Biaryl PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammatory, cardiovascular and CNS disorders
EP2784068A1 (en) * 2012-02-20 2014-10-01 Xu, Jiangping Phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor capable of avoiding vomiting
WO2014158998A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2014-10-02 Dart Neuroscience, Llc Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as pde4 inhibitors
US8865723B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2014-10-21 Tetra Discovery Partners Llc Selective PDE4 B inhibition and improvement in cognition in subjects with brain injury
US9061030B2 (en) 2010-11-09 2015-06-23 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. sGC stimulators
US9073875B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2015-07-07 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
WO2015136473A1 (en) 2014-03-14 2015-09-17 Wockhardt Limited A process for preparation of sodium (2s, 5r)-6-(benzyloxy)-7-oxo-1,6-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2-carboxylate
WO2016064445A1 (en) 2014-10-24 2016-04-28 Biotherapeutics, Inc. Lanthionine synthetase c-like 2-based therapeutics
EP3165224A1 (en) 2015-11-09 2017-05-10 Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg Use of pde4 inhibitors for the prophylaxis and/or therapy of dyslipoproteinaemia and related disorders
WO2017089347A1 (en) 2015-11-25 2017-06-01 Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of braf inhibitor resistant melanomas
WO2020219615A1 (en) * 2019-04-23 2020-10-29 Tetra Discovery Partners, Inc. 3-hydroxy-2-phenyl-6-(pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)pyridine derivatives as pde4d inhibitors
WO2021127472A1 (en) 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine c-like protein 2 ligands, cells prepared therewith, and therapies using same
US11078192B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2021-08-03 Guangzhou Maxinovel Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Aromatic acetylene or aromatic ethylene compound, intermediate, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
US11197891B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2021-12-14 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Therapies with lanthionine C-like protein 2 ligands and cells prepared therewith
WO2022057928A1 (en) 2020-09-18 2022-03-24 上海医药集团股份有限公司 Carbonyl heterocyclic compound and application thereof
WO2022119090A1 (en) * 2020-12-01 2022-06-09 한국과학기술연구원 Biphenyl pyrrolidine and biphenyl dihydroimidazole derivatives for inhibiting activity of 5-ht7 serotonin receptor, and pharmaceutical composition comprising same as active ingredient
US11384048B2 (en) 2017-12-29 2022-07-12 Guangzhou Maxinovel Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Aromatic vinyl or aromatic ethyl derivative, preparation method therefor, intermediate, pharmaceutical composition, and application
RU2802185C2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2023-08-22 Дарт Нейросайенс (Кайман) Лтд. Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as pde4 inhibitors

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110041253B (en) * 2018-01-17 2022-03-29 上海翰森生物医药科技有限公司 Pyridine N-oxide derivative and preparation method and application thereof
CN112374984A (en) * 2020-11-06 2021-02-19 苏州求索生物科技有限公司 Preparation process of 2-bromo-4-hydroxyanisole
CN117756794B (en) * 2023-12-18 2024-07-16 和径医药科技（上海）有限公司 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound, and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0675118A2 (en) * 1994-03-29 1995-10-04 Eisai Co., Ltd. Biphenylderivatives, process for their preparation and their use as medicaments
WO1996016058A1 (en) * 1994-11-23 1996-05-30 Neurogen Corporation Aminomethyl aryl compounds; dopamine receptor subtype selective ligands
WO1997032853A1 (en) * 1996-03-08 1997-09-12 Novartis Ag Triaryl compounds
WO1999031062A1 (en) * 1997-12-17 1999-06-24 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Novel pyridine compounds
WO2000014083A1 (en) * 1998-09-09 2000-03-16 Inflazyme Pharmaceuticals Ltd. SUBSTITUTED η-PHENYL-Δ-LACTONES AND ANALOGS THEREOF AND USES RELATED THERETO
EP1227086A1 (en) * 1999-10-22 2002-07-31 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 1-substituted phenyl-1-(1h-imidazol-4-yl) alcohols, process for producing the same and use thereof
WO2002072009A2 (en) * 2001-03-07 2002-09-19 Maxia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic derivatives for the treatment of cancer and other proliferative diseases
WO2003094845A2 (en) * 2002-05-08 2003-11-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyridine-based thyroid receptor ligands
WO2004084824A2 (en) * 2003-03-24 2004-10-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Biaryl substituted 6-membered heterocyles as sodium channel blockers
WO2004092140A1 (en) * 2003-04-03 2004-10-28 Merck & Co., Inc. Biaryl substituted pyrazoles as sodium channel blockers
WO2004093799A2 (en) * 2003-04-18 2004-11-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Thyroid receptor ligands
WO2005047270A2 (en) * 2003-11-10 2005-05-26 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted triazoles as sodium channel blockers
WO2005051298A2 (en) * 2003-11-19 2005-06-09 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Novel phosphorus-containing thyromimetics
WO2006056854A1 (en) * 2004-11-23 2006-06-01 Pfizer Products Inc. Dibenzyl amine compounds and derivatives
WO2006066978A1 (en) * 2004-12-23 2006-06-29 Galderma Research & Development Novel ligands that modulate rar receptors, and use thereof in human medicine and in cosmetics
WO2006083477A2 (en) * 2005-01-07 2006-08-10 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses
WO2007079186A2 (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-07-12 Merck & Co., Inc. 1, 3-oxazolidin-2-one derivatives useful as cetp inhibitors
WO2008001959A1 (en) * 2006-06-28 2008-01-03 Sanwa Kagaku Kenkyusho Co., Ltd. Novel 6-5 bicycic heterocyclic derivative and medical use thereof

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0249963B1 (en) * 1986-06-20 1992-04-22 Idemitsu Kosan Company Limited Polycarbonates
GB9114760D0 (en) * 1991-07-09 1991-08-28 Pfizer Ltd Therapeutic agents
US5594141A (en) * 1994-11-23 1997-01-14 Neurogen Corporation Certain aminomethyl biphenyl, aminomethyl phenyl pyridine and aminomethyl phenyl pyrimidine derivatives; novel dopamine receptor subtype selective ligands
WO1997003967A1 (en) * 1995-07-22 1997-02-06 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Limited Substituted aromatic compounds and their pharmaceutical use
FR2754260B1 (en) * 1996-10-04 1998-10-30 Adir NOVEL SUBSTITUTED DERIVATIVES OF BIPHENYL OR PHENYLPYRIDINE, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
AU3363599A (en) * 1998-03-26 1999-10-18 Max-Planck Institut Fur Biochemie Heterocyclic families of compounds for the modulation of tyrosine protein kinase
US7960369B2 (en) * 2002-11-08 2011-06-14 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Receptor function regulator
WO2005030206A1 (en) * 2003-09-24 2005-04-07 Imclone Systems Incorporated Aryl-1,3-azole derivatives and methods for inhibiting heparnase activity
RU2006126978A (en) * 2003-12-25 2008-01-27 Такеда Фармасьютикал Компани Лимитед (Jp) 3- (4-BENZYLOXYPHENYL) PROPANIC ACID DERIVATIVES
ES2439736T3 (en) * 2005-11-08 2014-01-24 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocyclic modulators of ATP binding cassette transporters
CA2856037C (en) * 2005-12-28 2017-03-07 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
UA93548C2 (en) * 2006-05-05 2011-02-25 Айерем Елелсі Compounds and compositions as hedgehog pathway modulators
CN102516115B (en) * 2006-08-09 2016-05-11 史密丝克莱恩比彻姆公司 As the antagonist of Opioid Receptors or the new compound of inverse agonist
US20100249084A1 (en) * 2007-03-21 2010-09-30 Youngsheng Chen Substituted pyrimidines as adenosine receptor antagonists
EP2222639A1 (en) * 2007-11-21 2010-09-01 Decode Genetics EHF Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating pulmonary and cardiovascular disorders
FR2932180B1 (en) * 2008-06-04 2012-08-10 Centre Nat Rech Scient DIHYDRO ISO CA-4 AND THE LIKE: CYTOTOXICALLY POWERFUL, INHIBITORS OF TUBULIN POLYMERIZATION

Patent Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0675118A2 (en) * 1994-03-29 1995-10-04 Eisai Co., Ltd. Biphenylderivatives, process for their preparation and their use as medicaments
WO1996016058A1 (en) * 1994-11-23 1996-05-30 Neurogen Corporation Aminomethyl aryl compounds; dopamine receptor subtype selective ligands
WO1997032853A1 (en) * 1996-03-08 1997-09-12 Novartis Ag Triaryl compounds
WO1999031062A1 (en) * 1997-12-17 1999-06-24 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Novel pyridine compounds
WO2000014083A1 (en) * 1998-09-09 2000-03-16 Inflazyme Pharmaceuticals Ltd. SUBSTITUTED η-PHENYL-Δ-LACTONES AND ANALOGS THEREOF AND USES RELATED THERETO
EP1227086A1 (en) * 1999-10-22 2002-07-31 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 1-substituted phenyl-1-(1h-imidazol-4-yl) alcohols, process for producing the same and use thereof
WO2002072009A2 (en) * 2001-03-07 2002-09-19 Maxia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic derivatives for the treatment of cancer and other proliferative diseases
WO2003094845A2 (en) * 2002-05-08 2003-11-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyridine-based thyroid receptor ligands
WO2004084824A2 (en) * 2003-03-24 2004-10-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Biaryl substituted 6-membered heterocyles as sodium channel blockers
WO2004092140A1 (en) * 2003-04-03 2004-10-28 Merck & Co., Inc. Biaryl substituted pyrazoles as sodium channel blockers
WO2004093799A2 (en) * 2003-04-18 2004-11-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Thyroid receptor ligands
WO2005047270A2 (en) * 2003-11-10 2005-05-26 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted triazoles as sodium channel blockers
WO2005051298A2 (en) * 2003-11-19 2005-06-09 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Novel phosphorus-containing thyromimetics
WO2006056854A1 (en) * 2004-11-23 2006-06-01 Pfizer Products Inc. Dibenzyl amine compounds and derivatives
WO2006066978A1 (en) * 2004-12-23 2006-06-29 Galderma Research & Development Novel ligands that modulate rar receptors, and use thereof in human medicine and in cosmetics
WO2006083477A2 (en) * 2005-01-07 2006-08-10 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses
WO2007079186A2 (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-07-12 Merck & Co., Inc. 1, 3-oxazolidin-2-one derivatives useful as cetp inhibitors
WO2008001959A1 (en) * 2006-06-28 2008-01-03 Sanwa Kagaku Kenkyusho Co., Ltd. Novel 6-5 bicycic heterocyclic derivative and medical use thereof

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NG. PH. BUU-HOI, AND MICHEL. SY: "The Pfitzinger Reaction with Ketones Derived from o-Hydroxydiphenyl" JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 21, no. 1, 1956, pages 136-138, XP002517829 *
R. FUSCO, AND F. SANNICOLO: "Rearrangement of arylhydrazones of aromatic and arylaliphatic carbonyl compounds to biphenyl derivatives. 3" JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 46, no. 1, 1981, pages 83-89, XP002517830 *
S. YOGI, K. HOKAMA, S. TAKAYOSHI, O. TSUGE: "Synthesis of Imido-Substituted 3,8-Diphenyl-1,2-diazacycloocta-2,4,6,8-te traenes and their Thermolysis" BULLETIN OF THE CHEMICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN, vol. 60, February 1987 (1987-02), pages 731-735, XP002517828 *
See also references of EP2222638A2 *
SRINIVASARAO ARULANANDA BABU, MAKOTO YASUDA, AND AKIO BABA: "In(III)-Mediated Chemoselective Dehydrogenative Interaction of ClMe2SiH with Carboxylic Acids: Direct Chemo- and Regioselective Friedel?Crafts Acylation of Aromatic Ethers" ORGANIC LETTERS, vol. 9, no. 3, 12 January 2007 (2007-01-12), pages 405-408, XP002517831 *

Cited By (59)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8501745B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2013-08-06 Dart Neuroscience (Cayman) Ltd. Piperazine PDE4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US8338405B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2012-12-25 Dart Neuroscience Llc Therapeutic piperazines
US8791267B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2014-07-29 Decode Genetics Ehf Biaryl PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammatory, cardiovascular and CNS disorders
WO2010059838A3 (en) * 2008-11-20 2010-12-02 Decode Genetics Ehf Pde4 inhibitors selective for the long form of pde4 for treating inflammation and avoiding side effects
WO2010059838A2 (en) * 2008-11-20 2010-05-27 Decode Genetics Ehf Pde4 inhibitors selective for the long form of pde4 for treating inflammation and avoiding side effects
JP2013530241A (en) * 2010-06-30 2013-07-25 アイロンウッド ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド sGC stimulant
US10189809B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2019-01-29 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SGC stimulators
US8748442B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2014-06-10 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. sGC stimulators
US9617197B2 (en) 2010-08-04 2017-04-11 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Compositions and methods for treating inflammatory diseases
JP2013532734A (en) * 2010-08-04 2013-08-19 ユニバーシティ オブ バージニア パテント ファウンデーション Compositions and methods for treating inflammatory diseases
CN103338767A (en) * 2010-08-04 2013-10-02 弗吉尼亚大学专利基金会 Compositions and methods for treating inflammatory diseases
CN103338767B (en) * 2010-08-04 2018-06-22 弗吉尼亚大学专利基金会 Treat the composition and method of diseases associated with inflammation
US9061030B2 (en) 2010-11-09 2015-06-23 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. sGC stimulators
JP2014503537A (en) * 2010-12-24 2014-02-13 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・ベー・フェー N-substituted azetidine derivatives
CN102617457A (en) * 2011-01-28 2012-08-01 天津药物研究院 New method for preparing roflumilast
CN103012255A (en) * 2011-09-21 2013-04-03 天津康鸿医药科技发展有限公司 Roflumilast crystal form compound, preparation method, composition and applications thereof
EP2784068A1 (en) * 2012-02-20 2014-10-01 Xu, Jiangping Phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor capable of avoiding vomiting
EP2784068A4 (en) * 2012-02-20 2014-10-22 Xu Jiangping Phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor capable of avoiding vomiting
JP2015503570A (en) * 2012-02-20 2015-02-02 徐 江平XU, Jiangping Phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor capable of preventing vomiting reaction
US8865723B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2014-10-21 Tetra Discovery Partners Llc Selective PDE4 B inhibition and improvement in cognition in subjects with brain injury
US9499497B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2016-11-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
US9073875B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2015-07-07 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
CN103012408B (en) * 2012-11-28 2015-02-04 中国科学院广州生物医药与健康研究院 Synthesis method of epinastine
CN103012408A (en) * 2012-11-28 2013-04-03 中国科学院广州生物医药与健康研究院 Synthesis method of epinastine
US9573937B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-02-21 Dart Neuroscience (Cayman) Ltd. Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as PDE4 inhibitors
AU2018202148B2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2019-10-31 Dart Neuroscience (Cayman) Ltd. Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as PDE4 inhibitors
CN105143207A (en) * 2013-03-14 2015-12-09 达特神经科学(开曼)有限公司 Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as pde4 inhibitors
RU2802185C2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2023-08-22 Дарт Нейросайенс (Кайман) Лтд. Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as pde4 inhibitors
US9120770B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-09-01 Dart Neuroscience (Cayman) Ltd. Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as PDE4 inhibitors
US11279691B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2022-03-22 Dart Neuroscience Llc Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as PDE4 inhibitors
TWI672292B (en) * 2013-03-14 2019-09-21 開曼群島商達特神經科學（開曼）有限責任公司 Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as pde4 inhibitors
AU2014241430B2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2018-04-26 Dart Neuroscience (Cayman) Ltd. Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as PDE4 inhibitors
TWI623523B (en) * 2013-03-14 2018-05-11 達特神經科學（開曼）有限責任公司 Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as pde4 inhibitors
US9040692B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-05-26 Dart Neuroscience (Cayman) Ltd. Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as PDE4 inhibitors
EP3345902A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-07-11 Dart NeuroScience (Cayman) Ltd Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as pde4 inhibitors
CN108299400A (en) * 2013-03-14 2018-07-20 达特神经科学(开曼)有限公司 Substituted pyridine as PDE4 inhibitor and substituted pyrazine compound
WO2014158998A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2014-10-02 Dart Neuroscience, Llc Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as pde4 inhibitors
RU2668073C2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2018-09-26 Дарт Нейросайенс (Кайман) Лтд. Substituted pyridine and pyrazine compounds as pde4 inhibitors
WO2015136473A1 (en) 2014-03-14 2015-09-17 Wockhardt Limited A process for preparation of sodium (2s, 5r)-6-(benzyloxy)-7-oxo-1,6-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2-carboxylate
US10201538B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2019-02-12 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine synthetase C-like 2-based therapeutics
WO2016064445A1 (en) 2014-10-24 2016-04-28 Biotherapeutics, Inc. Lanthionine synthetase c-like 2-based therapeutics
US10493072B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2019-12-03 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine synthetase C-like 2-based therapeutics
US10682349B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2020-06-16 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine synthetase C-like 2-based therapeutics
US10849895B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2020-12-01 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine synthetase C-like 2-based therapeutics
EP3757099A1 (en) 2014-10-24 2020-12-30 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine synthetase c-like 2-based therapeutics
US11571419B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2023-02-07 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine synthetase C-like 2-based therapeutics
US10028950B2 (en) 2014-10-24 2018-07-24 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine synthetase C-like 2-based therapeutics
EP3165224A1 (en) 2015-11-09 2017-05-10 Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg Use of pde4 inhibitors for the prophylaxis and/or therapy of dyslipoproteinaemia and related disorders
WO2017089347A1 (en) 2015-11-25 2017-06-01 Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of braf inhibitor resistant melanomas
US11078192B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2021-08-03 Guangzhou Maxinovel Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Aromatic acetylene or aromatic ethylene compound, intermediate, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
US11197891B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2021-12-14 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Therapies with lanthionine C-like protein 2 ligands and cells prepared therewith
US11384048B2 (en) 2017-12-29 2022-07-12 Guangzhou Maxinovel Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Aromatic vinyl or aromatic ethyl derivative, preparation method therefor, intermediate, pharmaceutical composition, and application
US11104660B2 (en) 2019-04-23 2021-08-31 Tetra Discovery Partners, Inc. PDE4D inhibitors
WO2020219615A1 (en) * 2019-04-23 2020-10-29 Tetra Discovery Partners, Inc. 3-hydroxy-2-phenyl-6-(pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)pyridine derivatives as pde4d inhibitors
US11117881B2 (en) 2019-12-20 2021-09-14 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine c-like protein 2 ligands, cells prepared therewith, and therapies using same
US11377437B2 (en) 2019-12-20 2022-07-05 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine C-like protein 2 ligands, cells prepared therewith, and therapies using same
WO2021127472A1 (en) 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Landos Biopharma, Inc. Lanthionine c-like protein 2 ligands, cells prepared therewith, and therapies using same
WO2022057928A1 (en) 2020-09-18 2022-03-24 上海医药集团股份有限公司 Carbonyl heterocyclic compound and application thereof
WO2022119090A1 (en) * 2020-12-01 2022-06-09 한국과학기술연구원 Biphenyl pyrrolidine and biphenyl dihydroimidazole derivatives for inhibiting activity of 5-ht7 serotonin receptor, and pharmaceutical composition comprising same as active ingredient

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011505341A (en) 2011-02-24
AU2008326381A1 (en) 2009-05-28
AU2008326381B2 (en) 2014-10-23
CA2722582A1 (en) 2009-05-28
CN102089279A (en) 2011-06-08
EP2222638A2 (en) 2010-09-01
WO2009067600A3 (en) 2009-07-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2008326381B2 (en) Biaryl PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammation
US8791267B2 (en) Biaryl PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammatory, cardiovascular and CNS disorders
US11649233B2 (en) Halo-allylamine SSAO/VAP-1 inhibitor and use thereof
ES2521016T3 (en) Di-substituted pyridine derivatives as anticancer agents
WO2010059838A2 (en) Pde4 inhibitors selective for the long form of pde4 for treating inflammation and avoiding side effects
US9440954B2 (en) Derivatives of 1-phenyl-2-pyridinyl alkyl alcohols as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
AU2008326385B2 (en) Substituted benzoazole PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammatory, cardiovascular and CNS disorders
US20240208999A1 (en) Heterocyclic compound
AU2006276231A1 (en) HIV reverse transcriptase inhibitors
CN115052860A (en) Collagen 1 translation inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200880125175.8

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08851045

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 205881

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010535064

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 586281

Country of ref document: NZ

Ref document number: 2008326381

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase in:

Ref document number: 20107013784

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2242/KOLNP/2010

Country of ref document: IN

Ref document number: 2008851045

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase in:

Ref document number: 2008326381

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20081120

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2722582

Country of ref document: CA